\ 


\ 


« 


, 


l 


\ 


I 


OUTLINES  OF  LECTURES 


DELIVERED  TO  THE 


IiaTin  Glasses 

\ 

OF  THE 

University  of  Virginia, 

BY 


WM.  E.  PETERS,  A 


PROFESSOR  OF  LATIN. 


wzsthut  Hl 


library 

Mass 


NEW  K  DITTOING  REVISED. 


Published  by  Anderson  Bros., 

UNIVERSITY  OF  VA. 

1894. 


BOSTOK  COLLEGE  LIBRARY 
CHESTNUT  HILL,  MASS. 


Copyrighted  1885-1894,  by  Anderson  Bros.,  University  of  Ya. 


131232 


The  following  presentation  of  the  Latin  Case  Relations 
has  been  prepared  for  the  convenience  and  aid  of  students  who 
pursue  their  Latin  Studies  at  the  University.  In  its  prepara¬ 
tion  the  facts  are  given  as  they  have  been  observed  in  reading 
the  Literature  of  the  language.  The  attempt  has  been  made 
to  cover  by  General  Principles  as  many  facts  as  possible, 
and  to  teach  exceptions  always  in  connection  with  the  principle 
which  they  violate.  Again,  if  the  fundamental  sense  of  a  verb 
requires  a  given  case,  the  same  sense  when  it  characterizes  an 
adjective  should  require  the  same  case.  The  attempt  has  been 
made  to  show  this  fact. 

In  the  completion  of  this  work  I  desire  to  express  my  thanks 
to  my  friends,  Dr.  Robert  S.  Radford,  and  Mr.  J.  H.  Paxton, 
Assistant  Instructor  in  Greek  and  Latin,  who  kindly  assumed 
the  work  of  reading  the  proof  and  of  verifying  the  examples 
quoted. 


W.  E.  Peters. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS 


I.  Parts  of  speech  are  the  elements  into  which  the 
words  of  language  are  distributed.  They  are: 

1.  The  Noun  Substantive.  The  Noun  Substantive  is  the  name 
of  anything  which  furnishes  the  matter  of  independent  thought 
and  conclusion.  It  may  represent  either  a  concrete  or  an  ab¬ 
stract  relation,  as  “Virtus,”  “manhood,”  “courage,”  “vir¬ 
tue”  ;  “  Arbor,”  “  a  tree.” 

2.  The  Pronoun.  The  Pronoun  is  a  kind  of  noun-substantive: 
it  is  a  noun-substantive  modified.  The  modification  necessary 
to  render  a  noun-substantive  a.  Pronoun  is  that  the  foimci 
shall  be  conceived  in  the  relation  of  speaker  (first  person),  of 
the  person  addressed  (second  person),  of  the  person  or  thing 
spoken  of  (third  person).  The  Pronoun,  then,  is  the  represent¬ 
ative  of  a  noun  in  the  first,  second ,  or  third  person.  Hence  Tu 
can  represent  Caesar  only  as  the  person  addressed. 

3  The  Numeral.  The  numeral  is  the  name  of  number,  and  as 
this,  in  a  series ,  furnishes  the  matter  of  independent  thought, 
the  Numeral  is  a  noun-substantive. 

4.  The  Adjective.  The  Adjective  embraces  two  elements,  a  sub¬ 
stantive  element  and  an  attributive  element.  The  substantive 
element  of  an  adjective  is  quality.  Hence  an  adjective  attrib¬ 
utes  quality;  as  vir  fortis.  In  this  phrase  the  quality  courage 
is  attributed  to  vir. 

5.  The  Participle.  The  Participle  embraces  two  elements,  a  sub¬ 
stantive  clement  and  an  attributive  element.  The  substantive 
element  of  a  participle  is  action  or  state.  Hence  a  Participle 
attributes  action  or  state;  as,  equus  currens.  In  this  phrase 
the  action  running  is  attributed  to  equus.  Equus  stans. 

Rem.  The  adjective  differs  from  the  participle  only  in  the  kind  of  its 


10 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


substantive  element;  that  of  the  adjective  is  quality,  while  that  of  the 
participle  is  action  or  state.  They  agree  in  their  attributive  character. 

6.  The  Verb.  The  Verb  embraces  two  elements,  a  substantive 
element,  and  an  affirmative  or  declarative  element.  The  sub¬ 
stantive  element  of  the  Verb  is  action  or  state.  The  substan¬ 
tive  element  of  the  Verb  is  a  noun  substantive.  Hence  the 
element  that  distinguishes  the  Verb,  as  a  part  of  speech,  is  the 
affirmative.  In  the  phrase  puer  currit  the  action  running  is 
affirmed  of  the  subject  puer. 

2.  Particles.  Particles  express  the  circumstances  of 
space,  time,  manner,  degree,  in  which  the  substantive  ele¬ 
ment  of  a  verb,  adjective,  participle,  or  the  essential  sense 
of  a  second  adverb  exists  or  is  conceived.  They  are: 

1.  The  Preposition.  The  Preposition  is  a  peculiar  kind  of  ad¬ 
verb,  or  word  associated  with  a  verb  to  indicate  the  position  or  di¬ 
rection  in  space  and  time  or  in  figurative  relations,  borrowed 
from  space  and  time,  in  which  the  substantive  element  of  a 
verb  moves  or  exists.  The  preposition,  apart  from  its  associa¬ 
tion  with  the  substantive  element  of  a  verb,  cannot  determine 
case.  Hence  it  is  a  misconception  of  the  office  and  capability 
of  a  preposition  to  say  that  it  governs  a  given  case.  As  the 
same  preposition  may  be  associated  with  two  cases,  the  modi¬ 
fication  in  the  sense  of  the  preposition  which  determines  which 
case  is  to  be  used  must  be  sought  elsewhere  than  in  the  prepo¬ 
sition  itself.  The  restriction  of  the  capability  of  the  preposi¬ 
tion  to  a  given  case  is  fixed  by  the  substantive  element  of  the 
verb  with  which  it  is  associated.  To  illustrate:  The  Accusative 
expresses  the  relation  of  the  terminus  or  end  in  a  general  way. 
When  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb  is  motion,  the  case — 
accusative— which  represents  the  end  of  motion,  or  general 
terminus,  must  be  used.  The  employment  of  this  case  is  here 
determined  independently  of  the  preposition.  The  office  of  the 
preposition  is  to  so  modify  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb 
as  to  show  that  the  motion  or  action  extends  near  to,  up  to, 
into,  under,  & c.,  the  end  or  terminus  stated  in  the  accusative. 
Again,  the  ablative  expresses  the  general  where  or  at  relation. 
When  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb  denotes  state  or  con- 


LATTIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


11 


dition ,  the  case— ablative— which  represents  the  where  or  at 
relation,  must  be  used.  The  employment  of  the  case  is  here, 
too,  determined  independently  of  the  preposition.  The  office  of 
the  preposition  is  to  so  modify  the  substantive  element  of  the 
verb  as  to  show  that  the  state  or  condition  exists  or  occurs 
near,  upon ,  in  front  of,  under,  & c.,  the  object  in  the  ablative. 
Again,  the  ablative  expresses  the  general  whence  relation.  This 
relation  can  be  expressed  only  when  the  substantive  element  of 
the  verb  expresses  action  or  motion.  Here,  too,  the  case  is 
independent  of  the  preposition,  the  office  of  which  is  to  so 
modify  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb  as  to  show  that 
the  action  or  motion  proceeds  from  near,  from  within,  down  or 
up  from  the  object  in  the  ablative. 

If  we  consider  the  preposition  from  the  stand-point  of  the 
case,  the  same  result  is  substantially  reached.  By  the  aid  of  it 
when  associated  with  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb,  the 
relation  of  the  case-object  to  the  verbal  element  is  more  exactly 
expressed  than  could  be  done  by  the  ease  alone— e.  g., 

Puer  currit.  The  substantive  element  is  running.  This  may 
be  modified  by  a  preposition.  Thus  : 

Running  to,  up  to,  into.  The  case  required  is  the  Accusative 
which  furnishes  the  general  terminus  or  end. 

Running  under — which  reaches  under.  The  Accusative  as  the 
case  of  the  general  terminus  or  end  is  required. 

Running  upon — which  ends  upon.  The  Accusative  as  the  case 
of  the  general  terminus  or  end  is  required. 

Running  through— which  extends  through.  The  Accusative 
as  the  ca.se  of  general  extent  is  required. 

Running  across  or  over.  The  Accusative  as  the  case  of  gen¬ 
eral  extent  is  required. 

Running  on  (in)— which  occurs  upon.  The  Ablative  as  the 
ease  of  the  general  at  relation  is  required. 

Running  under — which  occurs  under.  The  Ablative  as  the 
case  of  the  general  at  relation  is  required. 

Running  from  near  (ab)— which  starts  from  near.  The  Abla¬ 
tive  as  the  case  of  the  general  whence  relation  is  required. 

Running  out  of  (ex)— which  starts  from  within.  .The  Abla¬ 
tive  as  the  case  of  the  general  whence  relation  is  required. 


12 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Running  from  upon  (cx) — which  starts  from  upon.  The  Ab¬ 
lative  as  the  case  of  the  general  whence  relation  is  required. 

Hence : 

Puer  ad  tectum  currit=The  boy  runs  to  the  building. 

Puer  in  tectum  currit=The  boy  runs  into  the  building. 

Puer  sub  tectum  currit=The  boy  runs  under  the  building. 

Puer  in  tectum  currit=The  boy  runs  upon  the  building. 

Puer  per  tectum  currit— The  boy  runs  through  the  building. 

Puer  per  (trails)  campum  currit=The  boy  runs  over  ( across ) 

the  field. 

Puer  in  tecto  currit=The  boy  runs  on  the  building. 

Puer  sub  arbore  currit=The  boy  runs  under  the  tree. 

Puer  pro  tecto  currit=The  boy  runs  in  front  of  the  building. 

Puer  a  tecto  currit=The  boy  runs  from  the  building. 

Puer  e  tecto  currit=The  boy  runs  out  of  the  building. 

Puer  de  templo  currit=The  boy  runs  down  from  the  temple. 

The  same  office  is  performed  by  a  preposition  in  association 
with  a  verb  whose  substantive  element  denotes  state  or  condition. 
Thus : 

Puer  sub  arbore  stat=nThe  boy  stands  under  the  tree. 

Puer  in  tecto  stat=The  boy  stands  on  the  building. 

Puer  pro  tecto  stat=The  boy  stands  in  front  of  the  building. 

2.  The  Adverb.  The  adverb  expresses  the  relation  of  space,  time, 
manner,  degree,  number,  in  which  the  substantive  element  of  a 
verb,  adjective,  participle,  or  the  essential  sense  of  a  second  ad¬ 
verb  is  conceived — e.  g., 

Alium  esse  censes  nunc  meatque  olim.  Recte  et  sapienter  faeere. 
Magnopere  desiderare. 

Tu  eum  nee  nimis  unquam  nee  nimis  saepe  laudaveris. 

3.  The  Conjunction.  The  Conjunction  presents  the  relation  of 
condition,  addition,  cause,  consequence,  purpose,  result,  &c.,  in 
which  one  member  of  a  sentence  stands  to  a  second— e.  g., 

Si  hoc  dieis,  erras.  Venit  et  vidit.  Quae  cum  ita  sint.  Haec 
acta  res  cst  ut  nol files  restituerentur  in  civitatem. 

4.  1  he  Interjection.  The  Interjection  cannot  properly  be  called 
a  pai  t  of  speech.  It  is  a  natural  vocal  sound  or  exclamation, 
expressive  of  an  emotion  of  pain,  grief  or  pleasure.  When  a  case 
is  associated  with  an  interjection,  the  explanation  of  the  case  is 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


13 


best  found  in  the  meaning  or  force  of  the  ease  itself.  In  other 
words,  the  ease  expresses  the  relation  in  which  the  object  pre¬ 
sented  by  it  stands  to  the  emotion  represented  by  and  involved 
in  the  interjection — e.  g., 

Heu  me  miserum !  Here  the  Accusative,  in  accordance  with 
a  leading  sense  of  the  case,  expresses  the  limitation,  or  measure, 
or  extent  of  the  emotion  involved  in  the  interjection. 

Vae  miscro  mihi !  The  Dative  in  one  sense  is  the  ease  of  general 
personal  interest.  It  presents  an  object  whose  advantage  or  dis¬ 
advantage  is  sought  or  experienced.  The  interjection  vae  implies 
an  emotion  of  pain  or  dread  which  properly  finds  its  object  in 
the  Dative  as  the  case  of  disadvantage.  But  here  too  the  Accu¬ 
sative  may  be  used  which,  as  has  been  seen,  furnishes  the  object 
as  the  limitation  or  measure  of  the  emotion — e.g.,  Vae  te.  Plaut. 
Asin.  II.  4.  75. 

3.  Case.  Case  is  the  relation  in  which  a  noun  substan¬ 
tive  stands  to  another  word  in  a  sentence.  Modifications 
of  this  relation  are  indicated  by  certain  additions  to  the 
stem,  called  case-endings — e.  g., 

Reg-s,  reg-is,  reg-i,  reg-em,  reg-s,  reg-e. 

Reg-es,  reg-um,  reg-ibus,  reg-es,  reg-es,  reg-ibus. 

4.  Nominative.  The  Nominative  is  a  casus  rectus.  It 
is  the  case  of  the  subject.  It  simply  states  the  subject  of 
discourse,  the  person  or  thing  spoken  of.  It  answers  the 
questions  Who?  What ?  In  the  Nominative,  as  the  sub¬ 
ject  of  discourse,  may  be  presented  a  noun  substantive, 
an  adjective  restricted  to  its  substantive  element,  or 
stripped  of  its  attributive  force,  an  infinitive,  a  participle 
restricted  to  its  substantive  element  or  stripped  of  its  at¬ 
tributive  character,  a  sentence  or  part  of  a  sentence,  a 
word  considered  simply  with  reference  to  its  sound,  e.  g., 

Puer  discit.  Bonum  mentis  est  virtus.  Facta  honesta  sunt. 
Mentiri  non  est  tuum.  Imperare  sibi  maximum  est  imperium. 
Aut  longum  aut  breve  est. 

5.  Vocative.  The  Vocative  is  also  a  casus  rectus.  It  is 


14 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


the  case  employed  to  introduce  the  subject  in  the  relation 
of  direct  address  or  appeal.  When  the  address  or  appeal 
is  marked  by  surprise,  joy,  or  anger,  then  the  Interjection 
0  is  usually  associated  with  the  Vocative,  in  prose.  In 
poetry,  however,  the  Interjection  is  often  used,  even  when 
there  is  no  special  emphasis — e.  g., 

Vincere  scis,  Hannibal.  Credo  ego  vos,  indices,  mirari. 

0  dii  boni !  quid  est  in  hominis  vita  din  !  0  paterni  generis 

oblite  ! 

Accusative  Case. 

6.  The  Accusative  is  a  casus  obliquus.  It  is  the  ease  of 
the  object.  In  fact,  the  Accusative  presents  the  primary 
and  leading  relation  of  the  object.  The  other  casus  obli- 
cjui  present  only  modifications  of  the  antecedent  and  fun¬ 
damental  relation  of  the  object  in  the  Accusative.  What¬ 
ever  is  said  or  thought  must  be  expressed  or  conceived  in 
the  Accusative.  As  the  case  of  the  object,  the  Accusative 
answers  the  questions  Whom  ?  What  ? 

7.  The  Accusative  presents  the  direct  object  of  a  tran¬ 
sitive  verb  by  supplying  the  object  upon  which  it  operates 
or  acts. 

Inner  and  Outer  Object :  Accusative  of  Extent. 

8.  The  Accusative  presents  the  direct  object  of  an  active 
verb  not  as  the  object  acted  upon,  but  as  the  object 
effected  or  produced  by  the  verb’s  action. 

9.  1  he  Accusative  furnishes  the  object  as  the  nearer 
definition,  or  as  the  exact  complement  or  measure  of  the 
substantive  element  of  an  intransitive  or  neuter  verb,  of  a 
passive  verb,  ol  an  adjective,  of  a  participle,  or  even  of  a 
statement  oi  idea.  It  may  be  well  to  consider  more  closelv 
these  several  relations  of  the  object  in  the  Accusative. 


EATIN  CASE-REEATIONS. 


15 


10.  The  object  may  be  one  that  receives  and  suffers  the 
verb’s  action,  one  that  is  acted  upon  and  affected  by  it. 
In  this  case,  the  object,  as  compared  with  the  verb’s  ac¬ 
tion,  is  antecedent  and  preexistent ,  and  hence  external  to 
it,  and  may  be  designated  as  the  object  external  and  af¬ 
fected — e.  g., 

Miles  captivum  gladio  transfixii.  Here  the  object  captivum  is 
external  to  the  verb’s  action  and  affected  by  it. 

11.  The  object  maybe  one  preexistent  as  compared  with 
the  verb’s  action,  external  to  it,  but  not  a  ffected  by  it.  In 
this  case  the  object  may  be  designated  as  the  object  exter¬ 
nal  but  not  affected — e.  g., 

Pauci  regem  sequebantur.  Strepitum  armorum  audivit. 

12.  The  object  may  be  one  that  does  not  receive  or 
suffer  the  verb’s  action,  but  one  that  is  developed ,  pro¬ 
duced ,  or  effected  by  it.  In  this  case  the  object  is  not  pre¬ 
existent  and  external  to  the  verb’s  action,  but  is  co-exist¬ 
ent  with  it,  exactly  measures  it,  and  may  be  designated 
as  the  object  internal  and  effected — e.  g., 

Dens  mundum  creavit.  Here  the  relation  of  the  object  mundum 
to  the  action  of  creavit  is  not  that  of  captivum  to  the  action  of 
transfixit  in  the  sentence  given  above.  We  cannot  say  that  the 
object  mundum  is  antecedent  and  external  to  the  verb’s  action. 
It  is  the  object  developed,  produced,  and  effected  by  the  action. 
It  gives,  in  fact,  the  exact  measure  of  the  action  which  begins 
and  ends  with  its  product ,  namely,  mundum.  Hence  the  object 
expressed  in  mundum  is  the  object  internal  to  the  verb’s  action 
and,  at  the  same  time,  the  object  effected  by  it. 

13.  The  object  may  be  internal  to  the  verb’s  action  and 
hence  furnish  its  measure,  while  it  is  not  the  object  effected 
or  produced.  In  this  case  the  object  may  be  designated 
as  the  object  internal  but  not  effected — e.  g., 

Rex  vulnus  aeeepit.  While  the  object  vulnus  is  internal  to  and 
measures  or  restricts  the  action  of  aeeepit,  it  cannot  be  said  to 
be  the  object  effected  by  it. 


16 


UNIVERSITY  OE  VIRGINIA. 


14.  The  following,  then,  may  be  accepted  as  the  object- 
relations  expressed  by  the  Accusative  and  the  connections 
in  which  they  occur. 

1.  The  object  external  and  a  ffected  with  a  Transitive  verb— e.g., 
Dubitavit  an  solveret  pontem.  Curt.  IV,  61.  Ipse  in  iis  op- 

eribus  milites  disponit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  21.  Ergo  alter  alte- 
rius  ova  frangit.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  49,  125.  Glandes  sues  fregere 
sub  ulmis.  Verg.  Georg.  II,  72. 

2.  The  object  external  but  not  affected ,  with  an  Active  verb — e.  g., 
Palantes  et  incautos  ostentabat.  Curt.  IV,  5.  Romani  pul- 

veris  vim  magnam  animadvortunt.  Sail.  Jug.  53.  Accedebat 
ut  tempestatem  ferrent  faeilius.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  13.  Nos  eun- 
dem  potissimum  Thucvdidem  auctorem  probamus.Nep.Them.10. 

3.  The  object  internal  and  effected  with  an  active  verb  to  cre¬ 
ate,  to  make,  to  form,  to  name,  &c. — e.  g., 

Patrio  more  sacrificium  diis  praesidibus  loci  fecit.  Curt.  Ill, 
21.  Quae  homines  arant,  navigant,  aedificant,  virtuti  omnia 
parent.  Sail.  Cat.  2.  Si  pacem  populus Roinanus  cum  Helvetiis 
faceret.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  13. 

4.  The  object  internal  but  not  effected,  with  an  active  verb — e.g., 
Duo  in  obsidione  urbis  eius  vulnera  acceperat.  Curt.  IV,  28. 

Sentiet  levem  quemdam  motum.  Sen.  de  Ira.  I,  16,  7.  Ita 
oratoris  mihi  vim  cum  exprimere  subtiliter  visus  es.  Cie.  de  Or. 
II,  10,  39. 

Rem.  1.  The  difference  between  the  object  internal  and  effected  and  tha 
object  internal  but  not  effected  is  not  always  easily  traced. 

Rem.  2  The  simple  Infinitive  as  the  object  of  an  Active  verb  is  the 
inner  object — e.  g., 

Omnes  magno  fletu  auxilium  a  Caesare  petere  coeperunt.  Caess.  B. 
G.  I,  32.  Here  petere  is  the  internal  object  and  object  effected  of  eoepe- 
runt. 

15.  The  Accusative  furnishes  the  object  as  the  nearer 
definition,  the  exact  complement  or  measure  of  the  sub¬ 
stantive  element  of  a  verb  intransitive,  neuter,  and  pas¬ 
sive,  of  an  adjective,  of  a  participle,  of  a  statement, 
thought,  or  idea.  Here  the  object  is  internal.  It  is  pre¬ 
sented  in  the  following  connections  and  technical  uses  of 
the  Accusative. 


tvATIN  CASK-RKTvATlONS. 


17 


16.  The  Accusative  with  verbs  which  express  Peeling , 
or  Emotion ,  to  lament ,  to  rejoice ,  &c.— e.  g., 

Dimissatn  Scriboniam,  quia  doluisset  nimiam  potentiam  paeli- 
cis.  Suet.  Aug.  69.  Quid  ego  nunc  lugeam  vitam  hominum  ? 
Cic.  Tusc.  I,  34,  83.  Hoc  esse  graviorem  fortunam  Sequanorum, 
quod  soli  absentis  Ariovisti  crudelitatem  horrerent.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
32.  Haec  quidem  vita  mors  est,  quam  lamentari  possem,  si 
liberet.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  31,  75.  Haec  in  contione  questus  ex  pro- 
vineia  fugit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  30. 

Cognate  Accusative. 

17.  The  Cognate  Accusative,  or  the  Accusative  of  a 
noun  substantive  related  to  the  verb  with  which  it  is  as¬ 
sociated  : 

1.  In  origin— that  is,  the  substantive  has  the  same  radical  with 
the  verb — e.  g., 

Magna  voce  iuravi  verissimum  iusiurandum.  Cic.  Fam.  V, 

2,  7.  Putarem  me  idoneum  qui  officii  proponerem  spem  meis 
necessariis,  quo  tutiorem  sese  vitam  meo  praesidio  victuros  esse 
arbitrarentur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  2,  47,  118.  Mirum  atque  inseitum 
somniavi  somnium.  Plaut.  Rud.  Ill,  1,  5.  Nam  ego  hau  din 
apud  hunc  servitutem  servio.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  1,  17  (195). 
Magna  moenis  moenia.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  2,  73  (225).  Atridae 
duo  fratres  eluent  fecisse  facinus  maximum.  Plaut.  Asin.  V,  9, 
1  (925).  Scelestiorem  cenam  cenavi  tuam.  Plaut.  Rud.  II,  6, 
24  (508).  Pulmoneum  edepol  nimis  velim  vomitum  vomas. 
Plaut.  Rud.  II,  6,  27.  . 

2.  In  signification— that  is,  the  substantive  has  a  meaning  cor¬ 
responding  with  that  of  the  verb,  which  suits  that  of  the  verb, 
or  which  is  necessary  to  complete  the  verb’s  meaning— e.  g., 

Licet  hoc  videre  magis  laudari,  quod  terrain  quam  quod  cro- 
cum  olere  videatur.  Cic.  de  Or.  Ill,  25,  99.  Equus  spatio  qui 
saepe  supremo  vicit  Olympia.  Cic.  Sen.  \  ,  14.  Tioiam  lusit 
turma  duplex.  Suet.  Caes.  39.  Pyrrhicam  saltaverunt  Asiae 
Bithyniaeque  principum  pueri.  Suet.  Caes.  39.  Ludit  assidue 
alearn.  Suet.  Aug.  70.  Non  pugnavit  ingens  Idomeneus  solus 


18 


UNIVERSITY  OE  VIRGINIA. 


dicenda  Miisis  proelia.  Hor.  Od.  IV,  9,  19.  Olet  unguenta. 
Ter.  Ad.  I,  2,  37. 

Accusative  with  Compound  Verbs. 

18.  The  Accusative  occurs  with  Intransitive  Verbs  com¬ 
pounded  with  the  following  prepositions: 

1.  Ad. — e.  g.,  Vos  qui  accolitis  Histrum  fluvium.  Cic.  Or.  45, 
152.  Tyriam  qui  adveneris  nrhem.  Verg.  Aen.  I,  388. 

2.  Ante — e.  g.,  Hoc  animo  decertabant  ut  non  ita  se  reliquo- 
rum  eivinm  fatum  antecedere  existimarent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  G. 

3.  Con. — e.  g.,  Nunc  hunc  hau  scio  an  colloquar:  congrediar. 
Plant.  Most.  III.  2,  96  (770). 

4.  Circum. — e.  g.,  Quintilius  circumire  acicm  Curionis  coepit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  28.  Illi  circumsistunt hominem.  Caes.B.G.V,  7. 

5.  Ex.—e.  g.,  Urbe  in  decern  annos  prohibita  est,  donee  fdius 
lnbricum  iuventae  exiret.  Tac.  Ann.  VI,  49.  Eloquentiae  glo- 
riam  praestantissimorum  excessit.  Suet.  Caes.  55.  Non  vides  ut 
tota  corpora  quietum  egrediantur  habitum.  Sen.  de  Ira  I,  1,  5. 

6.  In.—e.  g.,  Cum  aeie  instructa  audacius  instaret  hostes.  Nep 
Epam.  9.  Veritus  ne  reliquos  populos  metus  invaderet.  Sail. 
Jug.  35. 

7.  Inter. — e.  g.,  Ludorum  diebus,  qui  cognitionem  intervenerunt. 
Tac.  Ann.  Ill,  23.  Regio  quae  duas  syrtes  interiacet.  Plin.  N.  H. 
V,  4,  27. 

8.  Oh. — e.  g.,  0  Apollo,  qui  umbilicum  certum  terrarum  obsides. 
Cic.  Div.  II,  56,  115.  Ferunt  Xerxen,  cum  exercitum  obisset. 
Plin.  Epist.  Ill,  7,  13. 

9.  Per—  e.  g.,  Caesar  omnem  agrum  Picenum  percurrit.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  15.  Venti  terras  perflant.  Verg.  Aen.  I,  83. 

10.  Prae.  e.  g.,  Horum  uterque  Isocratem  aetate  praecurrit. 
Cic.  Or.  52,  176.  Is  castra  praefluebat.  Tac.  Ann.  XV,  15. 

11.  Praeter.  e.  g.,  Altero  die  Apolloniam  praetervehuntur. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  26.  Decrescentia  ripas  flumina  praetereunt. 
Hor.  Od.  IV,  7,  3. 

12.  Sub. — e.  g.,  Testudine  facta  portas  suecedunt.  Caes.  B.  G. 
II,  6.  Qui  inter  annos  XIV  tectum  non  subissent.  Caes.  B.  G. 
I,  36.  Lycius  fecit  puerum  sufflantem  ignes.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXIV, 
8,  19  (79). 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


19 


13.  Super .— e.  g.,  Mater  eius  aetatis  suae  feminas  pulehritucline 
supergressa.  Tac.  Ann.  XIII,  45.  Victor  viros  supereminet 
omnes.  Verg.  Aen.  VI,  856. 

14.  Subtcr.—e.  g.,  Criminum  vim  subterfugere  nullo  modo  po- 
terat.  Cie.  Verr.  1, 3, 8.  Cum  fluctus  Sieanos  subterlabere.  Verg. 


Eel.  X,  4. 

15.  Trans e.  g.,  Milites  earn  (munitionem)  transgress!  Caes. 
B.  G.  VII,  46.  Fama  est  Remum  novos  transiluisse  muros.  Liv. 
T  7  2 


Rem.  1.  The  Compound  verbs  express  motion  or  state.  With  such 
verbs  the  Aeeusative,  while  representing  the  terminus  or  extent ,  is  prop¬ 
erly  the  Accusative  of  the  inner  object,  which  limits,  restricts,  and  meas¬ 
ures  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb.  Ihe  verb  excedere,  for  example, 
means  “  to  go  out,"  “  to  go  beyond."  The  verb’s  action,  when  restricted 
to  an  object  “ from  which”  or  “ out  of  which”  it  proceeds,  requires  the 
object  in  the  Ablative,  which  expresses  the  general  whence  relation  ;  but 
when  it  is  intended  to  limit  to  a  given  object  the  action  ” going  out," 
“ going  beyond,"  "exceeding,"  to  restrict  it  to  and  measure  it  by  this 
object,  then  the  Accusative,  which  furnishes  the  object  that  measures  an 
action,  and  so  is  internal  to  it,  must  be  used.  Again  the  verb  transit e 
means  “  to  go  over,"  “  to  go  across."  The  Accusative  in  connection  with 
this  verb  may  present  an  object  as  the  extent  of  the  action  in  accordance 
with  a  usual  sense  of  the  case,  or  the  action  "going  over,  across  may  be 


conceived  as  limited  to  and  measured  by  the  object  in  the  Accusative.  In 
this  case  the  object  restricts  and  measures  the  action,  is  internal  to  it, 
and  so  is  the  inner  object.  In  the  phrase  “  flu  men  transire,  while  the 
action ‘-going”  extends  “over”  or  “across”  the  river,  the  river  limits, 
restricts  and  measures  the  action  and  thus  stands  to  it  in  the  relation  ol 


the  inner  object. 

Rem.  2.  Some  of  these  verbs,  in  a  secondary  sense,  must  be  interpreted 
as  Active  verbs,  as  is  shown  by  their  personal  use  in  the  Passive— e.  g., 
Cum  sapiens  et  bonus  vir,  qualis  ille  fuit,  suftragiis  praeteritur.  Cie. 
Tusc.  V,  19,  54.  Neque  praetores  adiri  possent.  Cie.  Q.  fr.  I,  2,  5. 


Greek  Accusative. 

19.  The  Greek  Accusative,  or  the  Accusative  of  the  part 
affected. — In  this  case  a  general  statement  is  made  as  ap¬ 
plicable  totheentire  person  or  personal  relation,  but  which 
by  the  addition  of  the  Accusative  is  restricted  or  confined 
to  the  part  expressed  by  the  Accusative.  Ihe  Accusative 
thus  corrects  and  limits  the  general  statement  and,  as  it 


20 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


thus  presents  the  object  of  exact  measure,  it  furnishes  the 
object  internet I.  It  occurs: 

1.  With  a  Passive  Verb  and  Passive  Partieiple  and  furnishes 
the  measure ,  extent ,  and  so  the  inner  object  of  the  state  denoted 
by  the  Passive  form — e.  g., 

Et  capita  ante  aras  Phrygio  velamur  amictu.  Verg.  Aen. 
Ill,  545.  Consurgit  senior,  tunicacpte  inducitur  artus.  Verg. 
Aen.  VIII,  457.  Hannibal  ipse  adversum  femur  tragula  ictus 
cecidit.  Liv.  XXI,  7,  10.  Dextrum  genu  lapide  ictus,  et  crus  et 
utrumque  brachium  consauciatus.  Suet.  Aug.  20.  Clymene 
laniata  sinus  totum  percensuit  orbem.  Ov.  Met.  II,  335.  He- 
liades  caesae  pectora  palmis  Phaethonta  vocant.  Ov.  Met.  II, 
341.  Miles  ait  fractus  membra  labore.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  1,  5. 

Rem.  A  thing  worn  is  thus  expressed  in  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Anna  circumdat  humeris  et  inutile  ferrutn  cingitur.  Verg.  Aen.  II, 
511.  Pueri  laevo  suspensi  loculos  tabulamque  lacerto.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  6, 
74.  Inductaque  cornibus  aurum  victima  vota  cadit.  Ov.  Met.  II,  425. 

2.  With  an  intransitive  verb.  Compare  with  the  accusative  of 
extent — e.  g., 

Stare  loco  nescit:  micat  auribus  ettremit  artus.  Verg.  Georg. 
Ill,  84.  Caedit  totidem  nigrantes  terga  iuvencos.  Verg.  Aen. 
V,  97. 

3.  With  an  adjective.  Compare  with  the  accusative  of  extent — 
e-  g-» 

Ferrum  exercebat  nudus  membra  Pyracmon.  Verg.  Aen. 
VIII,  425.  Stabat  glacialis  Hiems  canos  hirsuta  capillos.  Ov. 
Met.  II,  30.  Deiphobum  vidit  lacerum  erudeliter  ora.  Verg. 
Aen.  VI,  495.  Corruit  ipse  suo  saucius  ense  latus.  Prop.  II, 
8,  22. 

Rem.  1.  The  Accusative  of  the  part  affected  is  chiefly  poetical.  It  is 
substituted  by  the  Ablative,  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  in,  the 
Accusative  with  in  (rarely  occurring,  and  only  when  motion  is  implied  in 
the  verb),  by  the  descriptive  Ablative,  and  the  Dative  or  Genitive  of  the 
person  with  the  part  affected  as  the  subject— e.  g., 

Ut  Hectorem  toto  peetore  trementem  provocasse  ad  pugnam  paeni- 
teret.  Cic.  Tusc.  IV,  22,  49.  Scaeva  transfixus  femore  et  h  umero  cus- 
todiam  portae  retinuit  Suet.  Caes.  68.  In  femore  vulneratus  est.  Just. 
9,  3.  L.  Cotta  in  adversum  os  vulneratur.  Caes.  B.G.  V.  35.  (In  vul- 
nnaic  in  is  implied  the  idea  of  aiming  at).  Armaornatumque  mutave- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


21 


rant  capite  atque  pedibus  nudis.  Sail.  Jug.  94.  Scipionis  femur  tragula 
confixum  erat.  Liv.  XXIV,  42,  2.  T.  Balventio  utrumque  femur  trag¬ 
ula  traicitur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  35. 

Rem.  2.  The  Accusative  with  such  verbs  as  retain  a  reflexive  sense, 
usually  verbs  “  to  clothe ,”  “  to  strip,"  may  best  be  explained  as  the  Ac¬ 
cusative  of  the  direct  outer  object— e.  g., 

Virgines  longam  vestem  indutae=Having  put  on  themselves,  &c. 
Veil.  II,  41.  Tunicas  albas  subligati.  Apul.  Met.  VIII,  27.  Androgei 
galeam  clipeique  insigne  decorum  induitur.  Verg.  Aen.  II,  392. 

Adverbial  Accusative. 

20.  The  Adverbial  Accusatives  most  frequently  occurring 
are  niagnam  (maiorem,  maximam)  partem,  meam  partem, 
meant  (tuam,  suam,  nostram,  vestram,&c.)  vicem,  cetera, 
reliqua,  alia,  pleraque,  omnia,  crebra,  diversa,  sera,  sem- 
piterna,  sempiternum,  aeternum,  perpetuum,  longum, 
immensum,  summum,  postremum,  supremum,  ultimum, 
recens,  nimium,  praeceps,  &c. — e.  g., 

Magnam  partem  ex  iambis  nostra  constat  oratio.  Lie.  Or.  56, 
189.  Maiorem  partem  in  ore  habitas  meo.  Plaut.  Paen.  I,  3,  4. 
Maximam  partem  lacte  atque  pecore  vivunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  1. 
Et  meam  partem  itidem  tacere.  Plaut.  Mil.  Gl.  Ill,  1,  5.  Cum 
suam  vicem  functus  officio  sit.  Liv.  I,  9,  15.  Quin  oppetam  pes- 
tem  eri  vicem  meam  (malam).  Plaut.  Capt.  Ill,  3,  11.  Qui  sese 
excruciari  meam  vicem  possit  pati?  Plaut.  Most.  II,  1,  8.  Quo- 
niam  res  familiaris  obsidis  vicem  apud  rem  publicam  esse  vide- 
batur.  Gell.  XVI,  10,  11.  Praeter  nomen  cetera  ignarus  populi 
Romani.  Sail.  Jug.  19,7.  Virum  cetera  egregium  secuta  ambitio 
est.  Liv.  35,  6.  Cetera  tereti.  Liv.  XXI,  8,  10.  Juvenemque 
et  alia  elarum.  Tac.  Ann.  XII,  3.  Alias  res  est  impense  impro- 
bus.  Plaut.  Epid.  IV,  1,  39.  Erratum  offendimus  in  commen- 
tariis  Vindicis  hominis  pleraque  haud  indiligentis.  Gell.  VI,  2,  1. 
Is  pleraque  impeccabilis.  Gell.  XVII,  19,  6.  Omnia,  quae  pater 
imperat,  parendum.  Gell.  II,  T,  3.  Equus  pede  terram  crebra 
ferit.  Verg.  Georg.  Ill,  500.  Gleba  versis  aeternum  frangenda 
bidentibus.  Verg.  Georg.  II,  400.  Exspectabam  hodie  aut  sum- 
mum  eras  ab  eo  tabellarios.  Cic.  Att.  XIII,  21,  2.  A  te  bis  terve 
summum  et  eas  perbreves  accepi.  Cie.  Fam.  II,  1,  1.  Et  magna 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


22 

w  w 

supremum  voce  ciemus.  Vcrg.  Acn.  Ill,  68.  Spcctaculo  intentos 
praeceps  trahit.  Tac.  Ann.  IV,  62. 

Rem.  1.  Withtlie  phrases  magnam  (maiorem, maximam)  partem,  com¬ 
pare  the  Ablative  parte  with  ex — e.  g., 

Magna  ex  parte  me  una  vobiscum  de  re  iudicium  facturum  eonfido. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  31.  Cum  rnagna  ex  parte  eorum  preeibus  adductus 
bellum  susceperit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  16.  Hanc  victoriam  rex  maiore  ex 
parte  virtuti,  quam  fortumae  suae  debuit.  Curt.  IV,  63.  Nondum  sen- 
tiebat  calamitatem  ex  maxima  parte  ad  ipsum  redundantem.  Curt.  IV, 
41.  Ne  minima  quidem  ex  parte  Lycurgi  legibus  conferendi.  Cic.  Off. 
I,  22,  76. 

Rem.  2.  Observe  the  phrases  ex  parte,  aliqua  ex  parte,  ulla  ex  parte, 
&c.— e.  g., 

Quae  ex  parte  res  ad  salutem  exercitus  pertinebat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  34. 
Si  ulla  ex  parte  sententia  huius  interdictideminutasit.  Cic.  Caec.  13,  38. 

21.  Certain  phrases  composed  of  the  Accusative  neuter 
of  a  Pronoun  with  an  Appositive  Genitive  or  a  Genitive  of 
Quantity,  and  also  certain  phrases  in  the  Accusative  are 
used  adverbially,  as  id  aetatis,  hocnoctis,  id  temporis,  idem 
aetatis,  id  auctoritatis,  quod  aetatis,  illud  horae,  idem 
temporis,  &c. ;  id  genus,  hoc  genus,  omne  genus,  multum 
temporis,  &c.  While  some  of  these  phrases  seem  to  substi¬ 
tute  other  case  relations  than  the  Accusative,  the  proper 
conception  of  them  is  that  of  the  Accusative  of  the  inner 
object— the  Accusative  of  the  nearer  definition,  &c.—  e.  g., 

Si  potuisset  scribere  se  in  balneis  cum  id  aetatis  filio  fuisse. 
Cic.  Clu.  51,  141.  Nam  Brutus  noster  non  audet  hominem  id 

aetatis  monere.  Cic.  Att.  XVI,  7,  5.  Ut - id  temporis  Roma 

proficisceretur.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  34,  97.  Mos  habebatur  prin- 
cipum  liberos  cum  ceteris  idem  aetatis  nobilibus  sedentes  vesci. 
Tac.  Ann.  XIII,  16.  Romanorum  nemo  id  auctoritatis  aderat. 
Tac.  Ann.  XII,  18.  Numquam  publico  se  illud  horae  sine  tribu- 
nis  commisit.  Suet.  Nero  26.  Scis  me  aliquid  id  genus  stditum 
sci ibere.  Cic.  Att.  XIII,  12,  3.  Quod  genus  in  nostris  membris 
latens  animi  vis  est.  Lucr.  Ill,  278. 

22.  The  Accusative  in  Exclamation, — This  Accusative 
presents,  perhaps,  the  simplest  and  purest  form  of  the  Inner 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


23 


object.  It  is  the  complement  or  measure  ol  thought  or 
feeling.  It  occurs : 

1.  Without  an  Interjection— e.  g., 

Me  caecum,  qui  haec  ante  non  viderim  !  Cic.  Att.  X,  10,  1.  For- 
tunatum  Nicobulnm,  qui  ilium  produxit  sibi!  Plant.  Bacch.  Ill, 
3,  51. 

Rem.  1.  This  Accusative  associated  with  bene  occurs  in  toasts — e.  g., 
Bene  vos.bene  nos, bene  te,  bene  me, bene  nostram  etiam  Stephanium. 
plaut.  Sticli.  V,  4,  27.  Sed  “bene  Messalam  ”  sua  quisque  ad  pocula 
dicat.  Tib.  II,  1,  31. 

The  explanation  of  this  Accusative  by  ellipsis,  as  “bene  te  habere 
(valere)  iubeo  ”  is  unnecessary. 

Rem.  2.  The  particle  ne  is  sometimes  appended  to  this  Accusative  when 
the  exclamation  is  characterized  by  the  idea  of  disgust,  aversion,  oppo¬ 
sition,  or  lack  ol  belief — e.  g., 

Huncine  hominem  !  hancineimpudentiam!  banc  audaciam  !  Cic.Verr. 
II,  V,  25,  62. 

2.  With  an  Interjection.  Here  the  Accusative  measures  the 
emotion  or  feeling  involved  in  the  Interjection. 

Thus  with  en  (em)-e.  g., 

En  causam  cur  lex  ferretur !  Cic.  Phil.  V,  6,  15.  En  memori- 
am  mortui  sodalis!  en  metum  vivorum  existimationis.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  I,  37,  93. 

With  Ecce  ! — e.  g., 

Ecce  me  nullum  senem.  Plaut.  Cas.  II,  4,  26. 

Rem.  1.  The  interjection  ecce  does  not  occur  with  the  Accusative  in 
Cicero. 

With  0  !— e.  g., 

0  hominem  pudentem !  Cic.  Att.  XIV,  18,  1.  0  hominem 
opportunum  mihi !  Plaut.  Pseud.  II,  4,  41. 

With  heu  ( ehcu ) — e.  g., 

Heu  me  miserum !  Cic.  Phil.  VII,  4,  14.  Elieu  me  miserum ! 
Sail.  Jug.  VII,  14,  9. 

Wizh  hem  !  in  comedy— e.  g., 

Hem  amores  tuos!  Plaut.  Poen.  I,  1,  *9. 

With  Pro  /— e.  g., 

Pro  deum  atque  hominum  fidem.  Sail.  Cat.  20. 

Pro  deorum  atque  hominum  fidein !  Cic.  Tusc.  V.  16,  48. 

Pro  fidem  !  Thebani  cives.  Plaut.  Amph.  I,  1,  220. 


24 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGTNTA. 


With  edepol !  in  Plautus — e.  g., 

Edepol  specie  lepida  mulierem  !  Plant.  Rud.  II,  4,  2. 

Edepol  hominem  infelieem !  Plant.  Asin.  II,  2,  20. 

With  apage ! — e.  g., 

Apage  istum  eircumduetorem !  Plaut.  Most.  Ill,  2,  159. 

23.  The  Infinitive  as  the  object  of  an  Intransitive  or 
Passive  verb,  or  of  an  Adjective. 

1.  The  Infinitive  with  an  Intransitive  verb  measures  the  sub¬ 
stantive  element  of  the  verb  and  is  the  inner  object — e.  g., 

Helvetios - uti  obsides  accipere,  non  dare  consuerint.  Caes. 

B.  G.  I,  14.  Quid  dubitas  uti  temporis  opportunitate  ?  Caes. 

B.  Civ.  II,  34. 

2.  The  Infinitive  with  a  Passive  Verb  and  a  Passive  Participle 
furnishes  the  inner  object — e.  g., 

Stella  crinita,  quae  summis  potestatibus  exitium  portendere 

putatur.  Suet.  Nero  36.  Exstinxisse  nefas  laudabor.  Verg. 

Aen.  II,  585.  Beluae  truci  cantu  deterritae  sequi  classem  sub- 

ierunt  aquas.  Curt.  X,  2. 

3.  The  Infinitive  with  an  adjective  measures,  as  the  inner  object, 
the  substantive  element  of  the  adjective.  Insueto  vera  audire 
ferocior  oratio  visa  est.  Liv.  XXXI,  18,  3. 

24.  The  Infinitive  in  questions  and  exclamations.— In 

questions  the  Infinitive  occurs  with  and  without  the  en¬ 
clitic  ne.  Here  the  Infinitive  furnishes  the  measure  of 
thought  or  feeling — e.  g., 

Servum  antestari !  vide.  Plaut.  Cure.  V,  2,  25.  Tantamne  rem 
tarn  neglegenter  agere  ?  Ter.  And.  I,  5,  18. 

25.  Accusative  and  Infinitive  in  questions  and  exclama¬ 
tions,  with  and  without  the  enclitic  ne.  Here  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  and  Infinitive  presents  the  measure  of  thought  or  feel¬ 
ing— e.  g\, 

Foras  aedibus  me  eicier.  Plaut.  Asin.  I,  2,  1.  Perii,  hoc  servum 
meum  non  nauei  faeere  esse  aussum  !  Plaut.  Baceh.  V,  1,  16.  Vir- 
ginalem  me  ore  ploratum  edere!  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  8,  21.  Tene 
ad  eos  venire,  qui  vere  indices  appellentur.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  41,  98. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


25 


Menc  incepto  desistere  vietam  ?  Yerg.  Aen.  I,  37.  Hancine  aeta- 
tem  exercere  me  amoris  gratia!  Plaut.  Mil.  Gl.  Ill,  1,  31. 

26.  The  Supine  in  um  may  best  be  explained  as  the  Ac¬ 
cusative  of  the  Inner  object,  particularly  when  it  presents 
theobject  as  the  restriction  or  measure  of  the  verb’s  action. 
The  purpose  expressed  by  the  supine  is  incidental  to  the 
Accusative  as  the  end  contemplated — e.  g., 

Cognoscit  profectum  eum  venatum.  Nep.  Dat.  4.  Dico  esse 
iturum  me  mercatum.  Plaut.  Merc.  I,  1,  82.  Filium  Aruntem 
Ariciam  oppugnatum  mittit.  Liv.  II,  14,  5. 

27.  The  Infinitive  in  the  construction  of  the  Accusative 
with  the  Infinitive  with  a  verb  of  Saying  or  Thinking  is  the 
inner  object  of  the  governing  verb,  while  the  subject  of  the 
Infinitive  is  the  outer  object — e.  g., 

Dieo  amicum  tuum  venisse.  In  this  sentence  venisse  (the  arri¬ 
val)  limits  dico ,  while  the  person  about  whom  the  arrival  is 
stated  is  amicum. 

28.  As  the  case  of  the  outer  or  inner  object — object  af¬ 
fected  or  effected — must  be  explained  the  Accusative  with 
a  verbal  substantive  and  the  verbal  adjective  in  -bundus. 
The  verbal  substantive  retains  the  signification  of  the  verb 
from  which  it  is  derived,  and  the  kind  of  the  object  must  be 
determined  by  the  sense  of  the  verb  which  the  substantive 
represents.  This  construction  occurs  quite  frequently  in 
Plautus,  and  in  the  form  of  a  question  introduced  by  quid ? 
The  Accusative  with  the  verbal  in  -bundus  finds  its  expla¬ 
nation  in  the  fact  that  the  adjective  has  the  force  of  the 
present  participle,  with  a  strengthened  meaning,  of  the  verb 
from  which  it  is  derived — e.  g., 

Quid  tibi  hanc  curatiost  rem  ?  Plaut.  Amph.  I,  3,  21.  Quid  tibi 
ergo  meam  me  invito  tactiost?  Plaut.  Aul.  IV,  10,  14.  Quid  tibi 
hanc  aditiost?  Plaut.  True.  II,  7,  62.  Haec  prope  contionabun- 
dus  circumibat  homines,  Liv.  Ill,  47,  3.  Haec  contionabundus 
in  dies  magis  augebat  iras  hominum.  Liv.  V,  29,  10.  Hanno 


26 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


vitabundus  castra  hostium  castra  posmt.  Liv.  XXV,  13,  4 
Populabundus  agros  ad  oppidum  pervenit.  Cell.  XI,  15,  7. 


Double  Accusative. 


29.  The  Double  Accusative  occurs  with  Active  verbs 
compounded  with  the  prepositions  circum  and  trans.  Of 
the  two  Accusatives  one  is  the  outer  object,  the  other  the 
inner  object.  The  preposition  trans  mav  be  repeated  with 
the  inner  object.  The  verbs  most  frequently  occurring  are 
circumducere,  traducere,  traicere,  transportare— e.  g., 

Caesar  certior  factus  est  tres  partes  copiarum  Helvetios  flumen 
traduxisse.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  12.  Flumen  Axonam  exercitum  tra¬ 
ducere  maturavit.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  5.  Postulavit  ne  quam  multi- 
tudinem  hominum  amplius  trans  Rhenum  traduceret.  Caes.  B.  G. 
I  35.  Milites  his  navibus  flumen  transportat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I, 
54.  Caesar  equitum  partem  flumen  traicit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  83. 
Ouos  Pompeius  omnia  sua  praesidia  circumduxit.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
Ill,  61.  Eho,  istum,  puere,  circumduce  hasee  aedes.  Plaut.  Most. 

Ill,  2,  157. 

Rem.  1.  In  the  phrase  “milites  flumen  transportare”  it  is  obvious  that 
the  Accusative  flumen,  which  measures  and  limits  the  substantive  ele¬ 
ment  of  transport  are,  is  the  inner  object,  while  milites  is  the  outer  object. 

Rem.  2.  From  the  examples  it  will  be  seen  that  the  repetition  of  the 
preposition  in  composition  is  the  exception. 

Rem.  3.  The  outer  object  becomes  the  subject  of  the  compound  verb  in 
the  Passive— e.  g., 

Reperiebat  Belgas  Rhenum  antiquitus  traductos  consedisse.  Caes.  B. 

G.  II,  4. 


30.  Two  Accusatives,  one  the  outer  object  (a  personal 
relation),  the  other  the  inner  object  (an  impersonal  rela¬ 
tion),  occur  with  verbs  “to  teach”  “  to  conceal  ”  “to  ask” 
“to  request”  “to  beg”  “to  demand”  and,  to  a  limited 
extent,  with  verbs  “to  order”  “to  compel”  “toaid”  “to 
charge  with”  The  following  verbs  will  be  considered : 


1.  Docere—e.  g., 

Testudines,  quas  captivi  (eos)  docuerant,  parare  coeperunt 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


27 


Caes.  B.G.V,  42.  Desine  id  me  docere.  Cic.Tusc.  II,  12,  29.  Ne- 
potes  et  litteras  et  notare  aliaque  rudimenta  docuit.  Suet.  Aug.  64. 

Rem.  1.  The  verb  docere  “  to  inform ,”  “  to  give  notice,"  “  to  apprise ,” 
requires  the  inner  object  to  be  expressed  by  the  preposition  de  and  the 

Ablative — e.  g., 

Pollicetur  L.  Piso  sese  iturum  ad  Caesarem,  qui  de  his  rebus  eum 
doceat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  3. 

Adherbal  Romam  legatos  miserat,  qui  senatum  docerent  de  caede 
fratris.  Sail.  Jug.  13. 

Rem.  2.  The  Passive  of  docere  occurs  with  the  external  object  as  the 
subject,  and  the  inner  object  retained  in  the  Accusative,  but  not  in  the 
best  Latin.  The  Passive  of  docere  is  best  supplied  by  discere—e.  g., 

Motus  doceri  gaudet  Ionicos  virgo.  Hor.  Od.  Ill,  6,  21.  Potius  ilia 
doeendi  erunt  minus  vulgata.  Quint.  I,  5,  11.  Dionysius,  cum  a  Zeno- 
ne  fortis  esse  didicisset,  a  dolore  dedoctus  est.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  25,  60. 
Unde  porro  ilia  potuit,  quae  docebat  alios,  ipse  didicisse.  Cic.  Div.  II, 

23,  51.  ,  . 

Rem.  3.  With  doctus  the  Accusative  of  the  inner  object  maybe  retained. 

It  is,  however,  best  expressed  in  the  Ablative  e.  g., 

Docte  sermones  utriusque  linguae.  Hor.  Od.  Ill,  8, 5.  Familiares  mei 
docti  et  Graecis  litteris  et  Latinis.  Cic.  Brut.  46,  169.  Litteris  Graecis 
et  Latinis  docta.  Sail.  Cat.  25. 

Rem.  4.  The  Ablative  of  the  Instrument  occurs  with  docere.  Apart 
from  this  Ablative,  the  Ablative  with  docere  is  best  explained  as  the  Ab¬ 
lative  of  Means — e.  g., 

Socratem  fidibus  docuit  nobilissimus  fidicen.  Cic.  Fam.  IX,  22,  3. 
Vicarium  tibi  expediam  cui  tu  arma  tradas  et  tecum  ducas,  docendum 
cures  equo  arniisque.  Liv.  XXIX,  1,  8. 

Rem.  5.  The  Passive  of  docere  with  the  Ablative  of  the  Instrument  may 

be  expressed  by  discere — e.  g., 

Discebant  fidibus  antiqui.  Cic.  Sen.  VIII,  26. 

The  explanation  of  the  Ablative  of  Instrument  with  docere  and  discere 

by  ellipsis  of  canere  is  not  necessary. 

Rem.  6.  The  Infinitive  with  docere  must  be  explained  as  the  Accusative 
of  the  inner  object — e.  g., 

Nepotes  notare  docuit.  Suet.  Aug.  64.  Haec  mulier  docta  saltaie 
elegantius  quam  necesse  est  probae.  Sail.  Cat.  25.  Aequitatem  de- 
fendere  docentur.  Cic.  Or.  I,  57,  244. 

2.  Edocere.  Two  accusatives  occur  with  this  verb,  but  not  in 
Cicero.  In  the  sense  “to  inform ”  it  retains  uniformly  the  Accu¬ 
sative  of  the  inner  object,  and  does  not  require  de  with  the  Abla¬ 
tive.  In  other  respects  it  allows,  in  the  active  and  the  passive, 
the  same  case-constructions  as  docere— e.  g., 


28 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Quos  ille  (ea)  edocuerat  quae  dici  vellet.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  38. 
Sed  iuventutem  mala  facinora  edocebat.  Sail.  Cat.  16.  Subie- 
eit  ut  caelestes  caerimonias  idem  pontifex  edoceret.  Liv.  I,  20, 
7.  Cicero  cuneta  edoetus  praetoribus  imperat.  Sail.  Cat. 
45.  Iter  hostium  ab  exploratoribus  edoetus.  Tac.  Agr.  26.  Tot 
cladibus  edocti.  Liv.  XXX,  37,  1  (cladibus  ablative  of  means.) 

3.  Dedocere.  This  verb  does  not  often  occur.  It  allows  a 
double  accusative.  The  Accusative  of  the  inner  object  with  the 
Passive  does  not  occur.  The  outer  object  becomes  the  subject  of 
the  verb  in  the  passive — e.  g., 

Si  a  Polyaeno  'geometrica  discere  maluisset,  quam  ilium 
etiam  ipsum  dedocere.  Cic.  Fin.  I,  6,  20.  Dionysius,  cum  a 
Zenone  fortis  esse  didicisset,  a  dolore  dedoctus  est.  Cic.  Tusc.  II, 
25,  60.  Moneo  regnorum  gaudia  temet  dedoceas.  Stat.  Th.  II, 
409. 

4.  Erudire.  This  verb  takes  the  Accusative  of  the  outer  object 
but  not  that  of  the  inner  object.  The  relation  of  the  inner  ob¬ 
ject  is  approximately  supplied  by  the  Ablative  and  by  the  prepo¬ 
sition  in  and  the  Ablative.  With  the  meaning  u  to  inform"  the 
inner  object  is  expressed  by  the  preposition  de  and  the  Ablative. 
A  double  accusative  with  erudire  occurs  in  late  Latin,  but  is  not 
to  be  imitated — e.  g., 

Lentulum  cum  ceteris  artibus,  turn  imitatione  tui  fac  erudias. 
Cic.  Fam.  I,  7,  11.  Sed  tamen  non  fugisset  hoc  Graecos  homines 
oratorem  erudire  in  iure  civili.  Cic.  Or.  I,  58,  253.  Obviae  mihi 
velim  sint  tuae  litterae  quae  me  erudiant  de  omni  re  republica. 
Cic.  Fam.  II,  12,  1.  Aliquem  leges  erudire  Stat.  Th.  X,  507. 

Rem.  1.  The  outer  object  becomes  the  subject  of  erudire  in  the  Passive, 
while  the  Accusative  of  the  inner  object  does  not  occur  in  classical  Latin. 
The  relation  of  the  inner  object  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Nonne  Socraticis  erant  disputationibus  eruditi  ?  Cic.  Or.  Ill,  34, 139. 
Graecas  res  eruditi  erant.  Gell.  II,  21,  3.  Fiduciamque  peccandi  eru- 
ditus.  Gell.  XIX,  12,  9. 

31.  Celare.  This  verb  is  construed  with  two  Accusatives, 
representing  the  outer  and  inner  objects.  It  occurs  in  all 
periods  of  the  language — e.  g., 

Non  enim  te  celavi  sermonem  T.  Ampii.  Cic.  Fam.  II,  16,  3. 


LATTIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


29 


Iter,  quo  haheat,  omnes  celat.  Nep.Eum.  8.  Quom  istaec  flagi- 
tia  me  celavisti  et  patrem.  Plaut  Baeeli.  I,  2,  56. 

Rem.  1.  The  verb  celare  means  not  only  “  to  conceal ”  but  “  to  keep  in 
the  dark”  “  not  to  let  know .”  In  accordance  with  the  latter  sense  of  the 
verb,  the  relation  of  the  inner  objeet  must  be  expressed  with  the  prepo¬ 
sition  de  and  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

De  armis,  de  ferro,  de  insidiis  celare  te  noluit  ?  Cic.  Deiot.  VI,  1 8.  Sed 
Bassus  noster  me  de  hoc  libro  celavit;  te  quidem  non  videtur.  Cic. 
Fam.  VII,  20,  3.  Dixit  Phylarchus  se  cupisse  te  celare  de  phaleris.  Cie. 
Verr.  II,  IV,  12,  29. 

Rem.  2.  With  the  Passive  of  celare  the  inner  object,  when  a  neuter  pro¬ 
noun,  becomes  the  subject,  and  the  outer  object  remains  in  the  Accusa¬ 
tive.  In  this  case  celare  is  rendered  “  to  conceal  ” — e.  g., 

Sed  indicabo  tibi  quod  in  primis  te  celatum  volebam.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  Ill, 
5,  4.  Quor  haec,  tu  ubi  rescivisti  ilico,  celata  me  sunt?  Plaut.  Pseud. 
I,  5,  76. 

Rem.  3.  With  the  Passive  of  celare  in  the  sense  “  to  conceal”  the  outer 
object  becomes  the  subject,  while  the  inner  object  is  retained  in  the  Accu¬ 
sative.  This  is  the  less  natural  construction — e.  g., 

Nosne  hoc  celatos  tarn  diu?  Ter.  Hec.  IV,  4,  23. 

Rem.  4.  With  celare  in  the  Passive  the  outer  object  becomes  the  subject, 
while  the  inner  object  is  expressed  bv  the  preposition  de  and  the  Ablative. 
This  is  the  more  usual  construction — e.  g., 

Non  est  profecto  de  illo  veneno  celata  mater.  Cic.  Clu.  66, 189.  Credo 
celatum  esse  Cassium  de  Sulla  uno.  Cic.  Sulla.  13,  39.  Debeo  existi- 
mare  te  maximis  de  rebus  a  fratre  esse  celatum.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  2,  9.  Cf. 
Sed  heus  tu,  celari  videor  a  te.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  II,  15  (16),  4. 

32.  Rogare.  This  verb  signifies  both  to  ask  (to  question, 
to  interrogate)  and  to  request.  In  both  senses  it  takes 
two  Accusatives,  one  of  the  outer,  the  other  of  the  inner, 
object. 

1.  Rogare— to  ask  (to  interrogate) — e.  g., 

Quid  me  istud,  inquam,  rogas  ?  Cic.  Fin.  V,  28,  83.  Quid 
non  fecit?  quin  tu  id  me  rogas?  Plaut.  Bacch.  II,  3,  24. 

Rem.  1.  The  verb  rogare  in  the  sense  to  ask  (interrogate)  is  usual,  at 
least  in  Cicero,  only  with  sententiam  or  a  neuter  pronoun  in  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  of  the  inner  object.  The  outer  object  becomes  the  subject  of  the  verb 
in  the  Passive,  with  the  inner  object  (sententiam,  &c.)  retained  in  the 
Accusative — e.  g.. 

Quos  priores  sententiam  rogabat.  Cic.  Rep.  II,  20,  35.  Quasi  (eum) 
aliquid  rogaturus  propius  accessit.  Suet.  Caes.  82.  Multis  iam  senten- 


30 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


tiis  dictis  rogatus  sum  sententiam.  Cic.  Dom.  Sua.  \  II,  16.  S^ito  me 
non  esse  rogatum  sententiam.  Cic.  Att.  I,  13,  2.  Turn  D.  Junius  Si- 
lanus  primus  sententiam  rogatus.  Sail.  Cat.  50.  Ibi  C.Livius  (is  enim 
est  primus  rogatus  sententiam)  dixit.  Liv.  XXXVII,  14,  5. 

Rem.  2.  The  verb  rogare,  in  the  sense  “to ask”  (to  interrogate), allows 
the  preposition  de  with  the  Ablative  as  the  substitute  of  the  relation  of 
the  inner  object.  Here  rogare^^  to  ask  about  e.  g., 

Jam  de  istoc  rogare  omitte.  Plaut.  Pers.  IV,  4,  90.  Respondeto  ad 
ea,  quae  de  te  ipso  rogaro.  Cic.  Vatin.  IV,  10. 

2.  Rogare=“to  request,”  “to  beg.”  The  verb  in  this  sense 
takes  two  Accusatives,  of  the  inner  and  outer  objects.  Here  the 
Accusative  of  inner  object  is,  in  Cicero,  usually  the  neuter  of  a 
pronoun — e.  g., 

Hoc  vehementer  etiam  atque  etiam  rogo.  Cic.  Fam  XIII,  28 
b,  2.  Cum  eo  perveneris,  ut  nihil  deum  roges,  nisi  quod  rogare 
possis  palam.  Sen.  Ep.  X,  5.  Otium  divos  rogat  in  patente 
prensus  Aegaeo.  Hor.  Od.  II,  16,  1.  Roga  me  viginti  minas. 
Plaut.  Pseud.  IV,  6,  8. 

Rem.  1.  With  rogare,  in  the  sense  “to  beg,”  “to  request,”  the  external 
object  mav  be  expressed  by  the  preposition  a  (ab)  and  the  Ablative  e.g., 
Nunc  (a)  te  illud  primum  ro  gabo,nequid  invitus  mea  causa  facias. 
Cic.  Fam.  XIII,  1,2.  Ab  Metello  petundi  gratia  missionem  rogat.  Sail. 
Jug.  64. 

Rem.  2.  The  external  object  becomes  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  the  Pas¬ 
sive,  while  the  inner  object  is  retained  in  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Fuerant  hoc  rogati,  fuerant  ad  hanc  rem  collocati.  Cic.  Cael.  27,  64. 
Ouicquid  rogabatur,  religiose  promittebat.  Nep.  Att.  15. 

33.  The  verb  rogare  is  employed  in  several  technical 
senses : 

1.  To  ask  (the  people)  in  a  legislative  body,  for  the  enactment 
of  a  law,  or  the  passage  of  a  bill,  hence  to  introduce  a  bill,  to 
propose  a  law — e.  g., 

Quod  plebem  rogassint,  ratum  esto.  Cic.  Leg.  Ill,  3,  9.  Ego 

leges  perniciosas  rogavi.  Cic.  Phil.  II,  29,  72. 

Rem.  1.  The  inner  object  becomes  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  the  Pas¬ 
sive — e.  g., 

Nee  me  fallit  eas  leges  esse,  quae  non  in  perpetuum  rogentur.  Quint. 
II,  4,  40. 

2.  To  ask  (the  people),  in  a  legislative  body,  to  choose  or  to  elect 
a  magistrate,  to  offer  him  for  election — e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


31 


Ut  quiplebemRomanamtribunosplebirogaret.  Liv. Ill,  65,  4. 
Volet  ut  consules  roget  praetor.  Cic.  Att.  IX,  15,  2. 

3.  To  ask  soldiers  to  bind  themselves  by  an  oath,  hence  to  bind 
them  bv  an  oath,  to  swear  them.  Here  the  ablative  sacrament 
is  usually  employed — e.  g., 

Petit  quos  consulis  Sacramento  rogavisset,  ad  signa  convenire 
iuberet.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  1.  Sacramento  rogatos  arma  capere 
cogebat.  Liv.  XXXII,  26,  11. 

Rem.  1.  In  this  sense  rogare  rarely  occurs  absolutely— e.  g., 

Haben  tabellas  ?  Vis  rogare?  (=Vis  Sacramento  militem  rogare?) 
Plaut.  M.  G.  1,  1,  68. 

34.  Interrogare.  With  this  verb  occur  two  Accusatives, 
one  representing  the  inner,  the  other,  the  outer  object.  The 
double  Accusative  with  this  verbis  very  rare  in  Cicero — e.  g., 

Pusionem  quedam  Socrates  interrogat  quaedam  geometrica. 
Cic.  Tusc.  I,  25,  52,  Hoc  quod  (te)  interrogo,  responde.  Plaut. 
Merc.  I,  2,  70. 

Rf.m.  1.  After  Cicero  this  verb  was  used  in  the  Passive  with  the  outer 
object  as  subject  and  the  inner  object  retained  in  the  Accusative— e.  g., 
Hannibal  interrogatus  sententiam  in  belli  cogitationem  regem  aver- 
tit.  Liv.  XXXVI,  7,  1.  Interrogatus  Othonis  libertus  causam  digres- 
sus  respondet.  Tac.  H.  II,  53. 

Rem.  2.  The  matter,  when  distinctly  that  about  which  inquiry  is  made, 
is  expressed  by  the  preposition  de  and  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Visne  ut  ego  te  eisdemde  rebus  Latine  interrogem  ?  Cic.  Part.  Or.  1, 1. 

Rem.  3.  The  verb  interrogare  occurs  in  a  judicial  sense — “  to  bring  an 
action  against,”  “to  sue.”  The  manner  of  complaint  is  stated  in  the 
Genitive — e.  g., 

Pepigerat  Pallas,  ne  cuius  facti  in  praeteritum  interrogaretur  (=reus 
fieret)  Tac.  Ann.  XIII,  14. 

2.  Perrogare.  This  verb  occurs,  but  rarely,  with  two  Accusa¬ 
tives,  one  the  inner,  the  other  the  outer  object.  While  the  outer 
object  regularly  becomes  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  the  passive, 
yet  the  inner  object  may  be  used  as  the  subject — e.  g., 

Cum  perrogarent  (senatores)  sententias  consules.  Tac.  H. 
IV,  9.  Ceteri  populi  Achaeorum  cum  sententias  perrogarentur. 
Liv.  XXXII,  13,  1.  Perrogari  eo  die  sententiae  non  potuere. 
Liv.  XXIX,  19,  10. 


32 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Rem.  1.  The  matter  about  which  is  expressed  by  the  preposition  de  and 

the  Ablative— e.  g.,  . 

Sententias  de  maiore  negotio  non  more  atque  ordme  perrogabat. 

Suet.  Aug.  35. 

Rem.  2.  The  verb  perrogare  is  used  in  the  technical  sense  to  carry 
through,”  “  to  pass  a  law  ”  after  it  has  been  proposed  (rogare)— e.  g., 
Tribunus  plebis  legem  perrogavit.  Val.  Max.  VIII,  6. 

3.  With  percontari.  This  verb  occurs  occasionally  with  two 
Accusatives— one  of  the  inner,  the  other  of  the  outer  object— e.  g., 
Forte  meum  si  quis  te  percontabitur  aevum.  Hor.  Ep.  I,  20, 
26.  Earn,  quoque  esse,  quae  percontari  vellet.  Liv.  XXXIX, 

12,  1. 

Rem.  1.  The  external  object  is  best  expressed  by  the  preposition  ex  and 
the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Cum  percontaretur  ex  auicula  quadam  quanti  aliquid  venderet.  Cic. 
Brut.  46,  172.  Solebat  ex  me  Deiotarus  percontari  nostri  augurii  dis- 
ciplinam.  Cic.  Div.  II,  36,  76. 

Rem.  2.  Nearly  identical  with  percontari  and  the  outer  object  in  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  ex  is  percontari  with  the  outer  object  in  the 
Accusative  and  the  inner  object  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  de 
e.  g-, 

Deinde  ego  ilium  de  suo  regno,  ille  me  de  nostra  re  pubhca  perconta- 
tus  est.  Cic.  Rep.  VI,  9,  9.  Percontatus  regionis  peritos  de  ascensu 
Haeini.  Liv.  XL,  21,  2. 

35.  The  following  verbs  occur  occasionally  with  two  Ac¬ 
cusatives,  one  the  outer,  the  other  the  inner,  object. 

1.  Cnnsulere — “  to  consult’1— e.  g., 

Nee  te  id  consulo.  Cic.  Att.,  VII,  20,  2.  Ibo  et  consulamhanc 
rem  amicos,  quid  faciendum  censeant.  Plaut.  Men.  IV,  3,  26. 

Rem.  1.  The  inner  object  is  best  stated  in  the  Ablative  with  the  prepo¬ 
sition  de — e.  g\, 

De  quo  cum  consulerent  Athenienses  Apollinem  Pythium,  oraculum 
editum  est.  Cic.  Leg.  II,  16,  40. 

2.  Velle — e.  g., 

Quin  tu  uno  verbo  die,  quid  est  quod  me  velis?  Ter.  And.  If 
1,  18.  Si  quid  ille  se  velit,  ilium  ad  se  venire  oportere.  Caes. 
B.  G.  I,  34. 

36.  The  following  verbs  occur  with  two  Accusatives,  one 
the  outer,  the  other  the  inner,  object. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


33 


1.  Orare.  This  verb  in  Cicero  and  the  Comedians,  takes  two 
Accusatives,  when  the  Accusative  of  the  inner  object  is  the  neu¬ 
ter  of  a  pronoun.  In  later  writers  the  inner  object  is  not  re¬ 
stricted  to  the  neuter  of  a  pronoun — e.  g., 

Illud  te  ad  extremum  et  oro  et  hortor.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  I,  1,  46. 
Libertate,  quam  imperium  adeptum  suppliciter  orabat.  Suet. 
Vesp.  16.  Hi  omnes  auxilia  regem  orabant.  Liv.  XXVIII,  5,  6. 
Summo  hausit  de  gurgite  lymphas,  multa  deos  orans.  Verg.  Aen. 
IX,  24. 

2.  Exorare.  This  verb,  chiefly  in  the  Comedians  and  Poets, 
takes  two  Accusatives — the  inner  and  outer  objects — e.  g., 

Hanc  veniam  illis  sine  te  exorem.  Plaut.  Bacch.  V,  2,  82. 
Unum  exorare  vos  sinite  nos.  Plaut.  Capt.  II,  1,  17. 

3.  Obsecrare.  This  verb  occurs  occasionally  with  two  Accusa¬ 
tives — the  inner  and  outer  objects — e.  g., 

Itaque  hoc  te  obsecro.  Cic.  Quinct.  31,  99.  Nunc  hoc  te  obse- 
cro.  Ter.  Heaut.  IV,  1 , 32. 

4.  Venerari.  This  verb  occasionally  takes  two  Accusatives,  the 
inner  and  outer  objects — e.  g., 

Cum  ignorit  omnibus,  qui  multa  deos  venerati  sint  contra 
eius  salutetn.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  7,  2. 

5.  Implorare.  This  verb  may  be  construed  with  two  Accusa¬ 
tives,  the  inner  and  outer  objects.  This  is  shown  by  the  per¬ 
sonal  verb  in  the  Passive,  with  the  outer  object  as  subject — e.  g., 

Cum  legatus  Romanorum  merita  extulisset,  imploratos  auxil- 
ium.  Liv.  XXXIV,  23,  2. 

6.  Precari.  This  verb  sometimes  occurs  with  two  Accusatives, 
the  inner  and  outer  objects — e.  g., 

Efficiatis  ut  quod  deos  precati  eritis,  id  vos  velle  etiam  homi¬ 
nes  credamus.  Liv.  XL.  46,  9.  Sed  haec  ne  experiare!  quod 
precarer  deos,  nisi  meas  preces  audiredesissent.  Cic.Q.fr.  1,3,9. 

37.  The  verbs  “to  admonish,”  “to  remind*”  take  two 
Accusatives,  one  the  inner,  the  other  the  outer,  object. 

1.  Monere.  This  verb  is  construed  with  two  Accusatives,  when 
the  inner  object  is  the  neuter  of  a  pronoun,  of  an  adjective,  a 


34 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


multa,  &c. ;  in  any  other  ease  the  inner  object  is  expressed  in  the 

Ablative  with  the  preposition  c/e— e.  g., 

Fabius  earae  monuit,quae  non  mihi  venerant  in  mentem.  Cic. 
Fam.  Ill,  1,  1.  Id  ipsum,  quod  me  mones.  Cic.  Att.  XIV,  19,  1. 
Unum  illud  monere  te  possum.  Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  6,  2.  Quae  tibi 
eo  scribo,  quod  me  de  retinenda  Sestii  gratia  litteris  saepe  mon- 
uisti.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  II,  3,  6.  Oro  ut  Terentiam  moneatis  de  testa- 
mento.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  16,  5. 

Rem.  1.  The  outer  object  becomes  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  the  Pas¬ 
sive — e.  g., 

Idem  dici  de  Moneta  potest,  a  qua  praeterquam  de  sue  plena  quid 
unquam  moniti  sumus?  Cic.  Piv.  II,  32,  69.  Ea,quae  ab  eamonemur* 
audimus.  Cic.  Am.  XXIV,  88.  Ut  moneatur  officium  suum.  Plant- 
Stich.  1.2,1.  This  example  points  to  officium  instead  of  de  officio  with 
the  Active  of  the  verb. 

Rem.  2.  With  monere  the  Genitive  of  the  inner-object  relation  occurs, 
but  not  in  standard  Latin — e.  g., 

Turn  contractos  in  principia  temporis  ac  necessitatis  monet.  Tac. 
Ann.  I,  67. 

2.  Admonere.  This  verb  takes  two  Accusatives,  when  the  inner 
object  is  a  neuter  pronoun,  or  a  neuter  adjective,  as  multa  ;  other¬ 
wise  the  relation  of  the  inner  object  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  de.  Late  writers  use  the  Genitive  treely. 

Illud  me  praeclare  admones,  cum  ilium  videro.  Cic.  Att.  IX, 
9,  2.  Sed  te  illud  admoneo.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  I,  1,  38.  In  epistola  de 
aede  Telluris  et  de  porticu  Catuli  me  admones.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  Ill, 
1,  4.  Earn  rem  nos  locus  admonuit.  Sail.  Jug.  79.  De  moribus 
civitatis  tempus  admonuit.  Sail.  Cat.  5.  Admonebat  alium 
egestatis,  alium  cupiditatis  suae.  Sail.  Cat.  21. 

Rem.  1.  The  inner  object  is  retained  in  the  Accusative,  or  in  the  Abla¬ 
tive  with  the  preposition  de  with  the  Passive  of  admonere,  while  the 
outer  object  becomes  the  subject — e.  g., 

Illud  tamen  te  esse  admonitum  volo.  Cic.  Cael.  Ill,  8.  Libente  me 
vero,  ut  aliquid  de  doctrinae  studiis  admoneamur.  Cic.  Rep.  I,  9,  14. 
Multa  a  multis  admonetur.  Plaut.  Ep.  V,  3,  9. 

3.  Praemonere.  With  this  verb,  rarely  occurring,  the  inner  ob¬ 
ject,  when  the  neuter  of  a  pronoun,  can  be  stated  in  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  ;  rarely  when  any  other  word.  It  is  best  expressed  in  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  de.  The  external  object  becomes 
the  subject  of  the  verb  in  the  Passive — e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


35 


Haec  nequiquam  praemonito  magistro  equitum  Romam  est 
profectus.  Liv.XXII,  18,  10.  Reperietis  nos  de  istius  scelere  ac 
de  impendentibus  periculis  praemoneri.  Cic.  Har.  IV,  10.  Alias 
auxiliis  iuverunt,  alias  praemonendo  conatus  hostis.  Liv. 
XXXIII,  20,  12.  Caeli  varietatem  praemonitus.  Col.  11,  2. 
Here  praemonitus  varietatem  points  to  praemonere  varietatem 
in  the  Active. 

4.  Commonere.  This  verb  takes  two  Accusatives  of  the  inner 
and  outer  objects  in  Plautus.  In  other  writers  the  relation  of  the 
inner  object  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  de , 
sometimes  in  the  Genitive — e.  g., 

Officium  vostrum  ut  nos  malo  eupiatis  commonerier.  Plaut. 
Pseud.  I,  2,  17.  Officium  commonerier  points  to  officium  com¬ 
monere  in  the  Active. 

Quis  in  circum  maximum  venit  quin  is  de  avaritia  tua  com- 
moneretur?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  27,  97.  Sin  autem  adversae,  de 
periculo  commonendi  (erunt).  Cic.  Part.  Or.  27,  97.  Grammat- 
icos  officii  sui  commonemus.  Quint.  I,  5,  7. 

5.  Commonefacere  does  not  occur  with  two  Accusatives. 

38.  The  verbs  “to  demand,”  “to  order”  (iubere)  take 
two  Accusative  of  the  inner  and  outer  objects. 

1.  Poscere.  While  two  Accusatives  regularly  occur  with  this 
verb,  the  relation  of  the  outer  object  may  be  expressed  in  the  Ab¬ 
lative  with  the  preposition  ab — e.  g., 

Iste  unus  inventus  est  qui  parentes  pretium  pro  sepultura 
liberum  posceret.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  3,  7.  Terentius  claves  cum 
magistratus  poposcisset.  Liv.  XXVII,  24,  8.  Magistratum 
Sicyonium  nummos  poposcit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  17,  44.  Sagmina, 
inquit,  te,  rex,  posco.  Liv.  I,  24,  4.  Quamquam  non  debebam 
ego  abs  te  has  litteras  poscere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  16,  36.  Si  hoc 
a  me  muneris  non  universa  provincia  poposcisset,  tamen  digna 
causa  videretur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  47,  117.  Quasi  Juppiter  com- 
pluribus  tutorem  a  se  poscentibus  unum  ex  eis  demonstrasset. 
Suet.  Aug.  94. 

Rem.  1.  The  outer  object  becomes  the  subject  of  poscere  in  the  Passive, 
with  the  inner  object  retained  in  the  Accusative.  This  construction  with 
the  Passive  of  poscere  does  not  occur  in  standard  prose — e.  g., 


36 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Nec  tantum  segetes  alimentaque  debita  dives  poscebatur  humus.  Ov. 
Met.  I,  138. 

2.  Reposcere.  Two  Accusatives— the  inner  and  outer  objects— 
are  frequent  with  reposcere  in  all  periods  of  the  Language.  The 
outer  object,  however,  may  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the 
preposition  ah.  The  use  of  the  Passive  of  reposcere  with  the 
outer  object  as  subject  is  not  to  be  imitated — e.  g., 

'  Dixerunt  sese  hoc  habere  mandatum  ut  Verrem  simulacrum 
Cereris  reposcerent.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  51, 113.  Talenta  Thebani 
reposcunt  Thessalos.  Ouint.  V,  10,  111.  Eum  tu  continuo  vid- 
ulum  reposcito.  Plaut.  Rud.  V,  2,  58.  Hi  sapient  et  si  gravius 
quid  acciderit,  abs  te  rationem  reposcent.  Caes.  B.  G.  V.  30. 

3.  Exposcere.  This  verb  occurs  very  rarely  with  two  Accusa¬ 
tives.  The  external  object  may  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  ah — e.  g., 

Quod  deos  immortales  inter  nuncupanda  votaexpoposci.  Liv. 
VII,  40,  5.  Facile  erat  prospicere  ut  omnes  victoriam  ab  dis 
exposcerent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  5. 

4.  Postulare.  The  use  of  two  Accusatives  with  postulare  is 
questionable — e.  g., 

Orationes  (me)  duas  postulas.  Cic.  Att.  II,  7,  1.  Here  a  me  is 
also  read.  Quas  (sollicitudines)  elevare  tua  te  prudentia  pos- 
tulat,  Luceei.  ap.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  14,  2,  where  the  double  Accusative 
occurs  in  the  form  of  the  Accusative  with  the  Infinitive. 

Rem.  1.  With  postulare  express  the  outer  object  in  the  Ablative  with 
the  preposition  ab — e.  g., 

Acerbitatem  inimicorum  docet,  qui,  quod  ab  altero  postularent,  in  se 
recusarent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,32.  Haec  esse  quae  ab  eo  postularet.  Caes. 
B.  G.  I,  35. 

Rem.  2.  The  verb  postulare  occurs  in  the  Passive  with  the  inner  object 
as  subject — e.  g., 

Cum  aliquid  ab  amicis  quod  rectum  non  esset  postularetur.  Cic.  Am. 
X,  35. 

Rem.  3.  When  the  sense  is  to  make  a  demand  about  or  touching ,  pos¬ 
tulare  is  used  with  the  Ablative  and  the  preposition  de — e.  g., 

Ariovistus  legatos  ad  eum  mittit,  quod  antea  de  colloquio  postula- 
sset,  id  per  se  fieri  licere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  42. 

5.  Expostulate.  This  verb  does  not  occur  with  two  Accusa¬ 
tives. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


37 


6.  Flagitare .*  The  verb  flagitare  takes  two  Accusatives  of  the 
inner  and  outer  objects — e.  g., 

Interim  cotidie  Caesar  Aeduos  frumentum  flagitare.  Caes.  B. 
G.  1,16.  Dicendum  est  id,  quod  ille  meflagitat.  Cic.  Plane.  II,  6. 
Non  a  te  ipso  instituta  me  frumentum  flagitat?  Cic.  Dom.  VI, 
14.  Nee  potentem  amicum  largiora  flagito.  Hor.  Od.  II,  18, 13. 
Rem.  1.  The  outer  object  may  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the 
preposition  ab — e.  g., 

Quid  acta  tua  vita  a  te  flagitet  tu  videbis.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  13,  4.  Uni- 
cum  miser  abs  te  filium  optimum  flagitat.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  49,  128.  A 
te  cum  tua  promissa  per  litteras  flagitabam.  Cic.  Fam.  Ill,  11,  4. 

Rem.  2.  The  Passive  of  flagitare  occurs  with  the  inner  object  as  sub¬ 
ject— e.  g., 

Idque  ex  omnibus  partibus  ab  eo  flagitabatur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,  71. 

7.  Effiagitare.  This  verb  does  not  occur  with  two  Accusatives. 

8.  Exigere.  This  verb  does  not  occur  with  two  Accusatives. 
The  relation  of  the  outer  object  is  expressed  iu  the  Ablative  with 
the  preposition  ab — e.  g., 

Obsides  ab  Apolloniatibus  exigere  coepit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
12.  Mancipes  a  civitatibus  pro  frumento  pecuniam  exegerunt. 
Cic.  Caecil  X,  33. 

Rem.  1.  The  Passive  of  exigere  occurs  with  the  inner  object  as  subject, 
and  the  outer  object  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  ab— e.  g., 

Tota  Italia  pecuniae  a  municipiis  exiguntur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  6. 

Rem.  2.  The  use  of  the  Passive  of  exigere  with  the  outer  object  as  sub¬ 
ject  and  the  inner  object  retained  in  the  Accusative  is  not  to  be  imitated 
— e.  g., 

Ego  illud  minus  nihilo  exigor  portorium.  Gell.  XV,  14.  Cum  sciret 
socios  questum  venisse  sese  pecunias  exactos  esse.  Gell.  XV,  14.  The 
better  construction  would  be  pecunias  a  se  exactas  esse. 

9.  Jubere.  The  verb  iubere  occasionally  occurs  with  two  Accu¬ 
satives,  when  the  inner  object  is  a  neuter  pronoun— e.  g., 

Quae  te  aliquid  iuberent.  Cic.  Fam.  XIII,  26,  3.  Quod  te 
iubet  soror.  Plaut.  Aul.  II,  1,  31. 

Rem.  1.  The  outer  object  becomes  the  subject  of  iubere  in  the  Passive, 
while  the  inner  object  remains  in  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Quod  iussi  sunt,  faciunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  6. 

39.  The  verbs  “to  eompel  ”  occur  with  two  Accusatives, 
the  inner  and  outer  objects. 


38 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


1.  With  cogere.  With  this  verb  the  Accusative  of  the  inner 
object  furnishes  the  restriction  and  exact  measure  of  the  action 
of  the  verb — e.  g., 

Ille  civis,  qui  id  cogit  omnes  imperio.  Cic.  Rep.  I,  2,  3.  Ad 
.id  quod  sua  quemque  mala  cogebant.  Liv.  Ill,  7,  8.  Quid  non 
mortalia  pectora  cogis?  Verg.  Aen.  Ill,  55. 

Rem.  I.  The  external  object  becomes  the  subject  of  this  verb  in  the  Pas¬ 
sive,  while  the  inner  object  is  retained  in  the  Accusative— e.  g., 

Quod  aliquando  voluisset,  quam  quod  turn  cogerentur.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 

IV,  64,  142.  Si  cogi  aliquid . possent.  Liv.  IV,  26, 16.  Stoicus  homo 

cogi  aliquid  potest — sapientem  nihil  cogi  posse.  Gell.  XII,  5,  4. 

2.  With  Adduci.  The  Passive  adduci,  after  the  analogy  of  cogi, 
rarely  occurs  with  the  Accusative  of  the  inner  object  and  the 
outer  object  as  subject— e.  g., 

Nam  illud  adduci  vix  possum,  ut  ea,  etc.  Cic.  Fin.  I,  5,  14. 

40.  The  verbs  “  to  aid,”  “  to  help,”  occur  with  two  Accusatives 
—the  inner  and  the  outer  objects.  This  construction  is  rare,  and 
found  only  in  comedy. 

1.  Adiutare — e.  g., 

Id  adiuta  me,  quo  id  fiat  facilius.  Ter.  Hun.  I,  2,  70. 

2.  Adiuvare — e.  g., 

Neque  me  quicquam  consilio  adiuvas?  Ter.  Heaut.  V.  2,  59. 

41.  The  following  verbs  also  occasionally  occur  with  two 
Accusatives — one  the  inner,  the  other  the  outer,  object. 

1.  Arguere  ‘‘to  impeach” — e.  g., 

Id  unum  (masculine)  ex  iis,  qui  sibi  rem  aperuisset,  arguere 
sese  paratam  esse.  Liv.  XXVI,  11.17.  Quid  undas  arguit  ? 
Lucr.  VI,  404  (Wakefield).  Id  me  arguit.  Gell.  II,  23,  10. 

Rem.  1.  In  the  Passive  arguere  retains  the  inner  object  in  the  Accusa¬ 
tive,  with  the  outer  object  as  subject — e.  g., 

Exin  Cotta  Messallinus  arguitur  pleraque.  Tae.  Ann.  VI,  5. 

2.  Donare  and  Condonare.  These  verbs  occur  rarely,  in  come¬ 
dy,  with  two  Accusatives  of  the  inner  and  outer  objects — e.  g., 

Egone  te  pro  hoc  nuntio  quid  donem  ?  Ter.  Hec.  V,  4,  9. 

Argentum  quod  habes  condonamus  te.  Ter.  Phor.  V,  8,  54. 
Si  quam  rem  habes,  te  condono.  Plaut.  Bacch.  V.  2.  24. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


39 


Rem.  1.  The  passive  of  condonare  may  retain  the  inner  object  in  the 
Accusative. 

Habeo  alia,  quae  condonabitur.  Ter.  Eun.  prol.  17.  Here  condona- 
bitur  is  used  impersonally. 

42.  The  following  verbs  occur  with  two  Accusatives — 
inner  and  outer  objects. 

1.  Advertere ,  outer  object  animum  ;  inner  object  id,  hoc ,  & c. 
e.  g., 

Postquam  id  animum  advertit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  24. 

2.  Ire  ;  inner  object  infitias — e.  g., 

Hoc  quod  nemo  it  infitias.  Nep.  Ep.  10.  Amicitiam  hadeo 
non  eo  infitias.  Curt.  VII,  4. 

3.  Dare.  Objects  operam  and  id;  operam  the  outer,  ic?  the  inner, 
object — e.  g., 

Et  nunc  id  operam  do,  ut,  &c.  Ter.  And.  I,  1,  130. 

4.  Inducere.  Objects  animum  outer,  quod ,  & c.,  inner — e.  g., 

Id,  quod  animum  induxerat  paulisper,  non  tenuit.  Cic.  Att. 

VII,  3,  8. 

5.  Adigere.  A  personal  relation  the  outer,  iusiurandum  the 
inner,  object — e.  g., 

Idem  iusiurandum  adigit  Afranium.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,76.  Pro- 
vinciam  omnem  in  sua  verba  iusiurandum  adigit.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
II,  118.  Censores  iusiurandum  adigebant.  Liv.  XLIII,  15,  8. 

43.  The  following  verbs  “to  ask,”  “to  beg,”  “to  re¬ 
quest,”  do  not  allow  two  Accusatives.  The  relation  ot  the 
outer  object  must  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the 
preposition  ab,  while  the  inner  object  is  expressed  in  the 

Accusative. 

1.  Petere—e.  g., 

Fidem  ab  imperatore  de  Afranii  vita  petunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
I,  74.  Auxilium  ab  eo  petebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  9.  Haec 
cum  pluribus  verbis  flens  a  Caesare  peteret.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  20. 
Pacem  ab  Romanis  petierunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  13.  Iphicratem 
ab  Atheniensibus  ducem  petivit.  Nep.  Iph.  2.  A  quo  cum  pe- 
terent  opem.  Nep.  Epam.  7.  Ecquid  mirum  est,  si  tarn  ab 


40 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


amico  ammo  paccm  petit?  Curt.  IV,  43.  Ad  te  confugimus,  a 
te  opem  petimus.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  2,  5.,  T  ri  bun  a  turn  ab  eo  petivi. 
Cic  Q.  fr.  II,  13  (15,  a)  3.  M 

Rem.  1.  With  the  preceding  is  not  to  be  confounded  the  use  of  petere 
with  the  preposition  ex  in  the  sense  “to  seek  to  get,  or  obtain  over 
(from)” — e.  g., 

Papirius  ex  Romano  imperatore  victoriam  et  triumphum  petebat. 
Liv.  VIII,  33,  13. 

2.  Expetere—e.  g., 

Italia  ab  hoc  auxilium  absente  expetivit.  Cic.  Imp.  Pomp. 
XI,  29. 

3.  Repetere — e.  g., 

Cicero  Galium  ab  eodetn  Verticone  repetit.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,49. 
Rem.  1 .  The  inner  object  becomes  the  subject  of  petere,  expetere,  and 
repetere  in  the  Passive. 

44.  The  following  verbs  “to  ask,”  “to  inquire,”  do  not 
allow  two  Accusatives.  The  relation  of  the  outer  object 
must  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  a  preposition,  while 
the  inner  object  is  expressed  in  the  Accusative  or  in  the  form 
of  an  Indirect  Question. 

1.  Quaerere.  With  this  verb  the  relation  of  the  outer  object  is 
expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  a  preposition— 

a.  With  the  preposition  ex  and  the  Ablative  of  the  outer  ob¬ 
ject— e.  g., 

Quaerit  ex  solo  ea,  quae  in  conventu  dixerat.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
18.  Eius  rei  quae  causa  esset,  miratus  ex  ipsis  quaes  iit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  32.  Cum  ex  eaptivis  quaereret  Caesar,  quam 
ob  rem  Ariovistus  proelio  non  decertaret.  Caesar  B.  G.  I,  50. 
E  eaptivis  quaerit,  quis  castris  ad  Bagradam  praesit.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II,  39.  Ego  quaesivi  ex  Phania  quam  in  partem  pro- 
vinciae  putaret,  etc.  Cic.  Fam.  Ill,  6,  1.  Statim  quaesivi  e 
Balbo  per  codicillos  quid  esset  in  lege.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  18,  1. 

b.  With  the  preposition  a  (ab)  and  the  Ablative  of  the 
outer  object — e.  g., 

Eadem  secreto  ab  aliis  quaerit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  18.  Cum  ab 
his  quaereret,  quae  civitates  in  armis  essent.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  4. 
A  quo  cum  quaesisset,  quo  se  deduci  vellet.  Nep.  Epam.  4. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


41 


Quaesivit  a  me  vellemne  seeum  in  castra  proficisci.  Nep.  Han. 
2.  Quaero  abs  te;  cum  utrisne  istius  factum  collaturus  es? 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  83,  191. 

c.  With  the  preposition  de  and  the  Ablative  of  the  outer 
object — e.  g., 

Quaerebat  de  me  quid  suo  mihi  opus  fuisset  auxilio.  Cic. 
Pis.  IX,  18.  De  te  ipso  quaero  utrum  putes  huic  urbi  me¬ 
lius  fuisse  me  in  hac  civitate  nasci  an  te.  Cic.  Vat.  IV,  10. 
Quaero  de  te  arbitrerisne  Sempronium  in  tempore  pugnam 
inisse.  Liv.  IV,  40,  6.  Messala  de  Pompeio  quaesivit  quid 
de  religione  sentiret.  Cic.  Att.  I,  14,  2. 

2.  Exquirere.  With  this  verb  the  relation  of  the  outer  object 
is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  a  preposition. 

a.  With  the  preposition  a  ( ah )  and  the  Ablative  of  the  outer 
object — e.  g., 

A  te  nihildum  certi  exquiro,  sed  quid  videatur.  Cic.  Att. 
VII,  12,  4. 

b.  With  the  preposition  de  and  the  Ablative  of  the  outer 
object — e.  g., 

Jaetabat  exquisiturum  se  vel  fidiculis  de  Caesonia  siva, 
cur  earn  tantopere  diligeret.  Suet.  Cal.  33. 

c.  With  the  preposition  e(ex)  and  the  Ablative  of  the  outer 
object— e.  g.. 

Cum  ex  te  causas  divinationis  exquirerem,  multa  verba  fe- 
eisti.  Cic.  Div.  11,20,46.  Quae  ex  te  poterit  argumentis  hanc 
rem  magis  exquirere.  PI.  Rud.  IV,  4,  136. 

3.  Requirere.  With  this  verb  the  relation  of  the  outer  object  is 
expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  a  preposition. 

a.  With  the  preposition  a(ab)  and  the  Ablative  of  the  outer 
object — e.  g., 

Facilia  sunt  ea,  quae  a  me  de  Vatinio  et  de  Crasso  requiris. 
Cic.  Fam.  I,  9,  19. 

b.  With  the  preposition  e(ex)  and  the  Ablative  of  the  outer 
object — e.  g., 

De  quibus  tu  ex  me  requiris  quid  sibi  voluerint.  Cie.  Att.  V, 

21,  2. 

Rem.  1.  As  may  be  gathered  from  the  preceding  examples,  the  object 


42 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


“  about  which  ”  an  inquiry  is  made  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the 
preposition  de. 


45.  The  verbs  “to  name,”  “to  judge,”  “to choose,”  “to 
appoint,”  “to  make,”  and  the  like,  take  two  Accusatives. 
The  word  which  completes  the  sense  of  the  verb  is  the  inner 
object ;  the  person  or  thing  of  whom  or  which  the  state¬ 
ment  is  made  is  the  outer  object  e.  g., 


Cum  frugem  Cererem  appellamus,  vinum  autem  Liberum.  Cic. 
N.  D.  II,  23,  60.  Clamor  oritur  regem  patrem  appellantium. 
Curt.  IX,  13.  Hie  est  dominus  populi,  quern  Graeei  tyrannum 
vocant.  Cic.  Rep.  II,  26,  47.  Dictatorem  Albani  Mettum  Fufte- 
tium  creant.  Liv.  I,  23,  4.  Cidarim  Persae  vocabant  regium 
capitis  insigne.  Curt.  Ill,  8.  Pylas  incolae  dicunt  artissimas 
fauces.  Curt.  Ill,  9.  Hamilcarem  imperatorem  fecerunt.  Nep. 
Ham.  2.  Testamento  fecit  heredem  filiam.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  1, 43,  111. 

Rem.  1.  The  outer  object  becomes  the  subject  of  these  verbs  in  the  Pas¬ 
sive,  and  the  inner  object  becomes  the  predicate-appositive  or  the  predi¬ 
cate  attributive — e.  g., 

Regem  patrem  appellant  becomes  Rex  pater  appellatur  {pater  is  pred¬ 
icate-appositive).  Miserum  me  habes  becomes  Miser  (ego)  habeor 
(miser  is  predicate-attributive  of  ego). 


46.  The  Accusative  with  the  Infinitive  may  best  be  ex¬ 
plained  as  a  double  Accusative.  The  logical  subject  (Ac¬ 
cusative  before  the  Infinitive)  is  the  grammatical  outer 
object  of  the  leading  or  governingverb,  while  the  Infinitive 
is  the  grammatical  inner  object  of  the  same  verb — e.  g., 

Dicit  amicum  suum  advenisse^rrHe  says  that  his  friend  has  ar 
rived,  or  he  states  the  arrival  (advenisse)  of  (about)  his  friend 
(amicum),  as  to  his  friend. 

Accusative  of  the  Terminus  or  End. 

I.  In  Space. 

47.  For  practical  purposes  we  may  consider  that  the 
Accusative,  apart  from  its  relation  as  object,  inner  or  outer, 
affected  or  effected,  presents  as  its  second  general  sense  an 
object  as  the  Terminus  or  End  reached  or  intended  to  be 
reached,  an  object  contemplated,  and  hence  an  object  in  a 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


43 


terminal  or  final  relation.  The  object  in  this  sense  occurs 
in  three  connections. 

48.  I. — In  Space.  Here  the  Accusative  presents  an  object 
as  a  place  reached  or  intended  to  be  reached.  With  the 
Accusative  in  this  sense  a  preposition  is  regularly  asso¬ 
ciated.  The  preposition  to  be  used  depends  upon  the  exact 
relation  in  which  the  object  in  the  Accusative  stands  to  the 
verb’s  action ;  that  is,  whether  the  action  or  motion  ex¬ 
pressed  by  the  verb  extends  up  to  and  ends  at  or  near  the 
object;  whether  it  extends  into  and  ends  within  the  object ; 
whether  it  extends  into  and  ends  at  a  point  between  (of 
two  objects)  or  among  (of  several  objects) ;  whether  it 
reaches  the  top  of  and  ends  at  a  point  on  the  object; 
whether  it  reaches  a  point  under  the  object ;  whether  it 
extends  around  to  each  of  several  objects ;  whether  the 
object  is  reached  or  intended  to  be  reached  with  the  addi¬ 
tional  idea  of  hostility  or  friendship ;  whether  the  action 
extends  to  a  place  before  an  object,  &c. — e.  g., 

Itinera  duo,  quae  ad  portum  ferebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  27.  Libo 
quadriremes  quinque  ad  eas  misit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  24.  In  pro- 
vincias  praetores  mittuntur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  6.  C.  Julium  in 
Apuliam  demisit.  Sail.  Cat.  27.  Quod  priusin  tumulum  Afraniani 
venerant,  nostri  repelluntur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  43.  Equitatus 
noster  in  iugum  eonititur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  46.  Reperti  sunt  mi- 
lites,  qui  in  phalangas  insilirent.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  52.  Quos  Caesar 
in  Britanniam  proficiscens  reliquerat.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  37.  Cae- 
sari  nunciatum  est  equites  Ariovisti  tela  in  nostros  conicere. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  46.  Caesar  quod  memoria  tenebat  exereitum  eius 
sub  iugum  missum.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  7.  Dimisit  eircum  omnes  pro- 
pinquas  provincias.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  112.  Cursare  iste  homocum 
filio  blando  eircum  tribus.  Cic.Verr.  Act.  pr.  IX,  25.  Unde,  pop- 
ulo  consalutato,  eircum  templa  deductus  est.  Suet.  Tib.  17.  Le- 
gatos  circa  vicinas  gentes  misit.  Liv.  I,  9,  2.  Custodes  circa 
omnes  portas  missi,  ne  quis  urbe  egrederetur.  Liv.  XXVIII,  26, 
11.  T.  Quinctius  ante  signa  progressus  dixit.  Liv.  VII,  41,  1. 
Sequi  sese  iubet  et  ante  omnes  praecurrit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  34. 


44 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Equitatus  inter  duas  acies  perequitans  nostris  receptum  dat. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  46.  Fama  est  processisse  Latinum  inter  pri- 
mores.  Liv.  I,  1,  7.  Se  inter  equitum  turmas  insinuaverunt. 
Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  33.  Ille  supplicem  reeipi  inter  suos  iussit.  Curt. 
IV,  27.  Perturbantur  copiasne  adversus  hostem  ducere  an  cas- 
tra  defendere  praestaret.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  14.  Cum  alii  super  ali- 
orum  capita  ruerent.  Liv.  XXIV,  39,  5.  Contra  hostem  si  du- 
cerentur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  31.  Contra  hostem  profieiscitur. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  7.  Aggressi  universi  intra  multitudinem  sagittas 
coniciebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  50.  In  provinciam  Narbonem 
versus  eruptionem  facere  contendit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  7.  Labie- 
num  ad  oceanum  versus  in  eas  partes  proficisei  iubet.  Caes.  B.  G. 
VI,  33. 

Rem.  1.  With  certain  prepositions  the  Accusative  does  not  so  much 
present  an  object  as  the  real  end  ot  the  verb’s  action  as  one  with  refer¬ 
ence  to  which  the  end  of  the  action  is  fixed;  as  “to  go  a  point  over, 
above,  behind,  this  side  of,  beyond,  without,  below,  at  the  foot  of, 
across  (over)”  the  object  stated  in  the  Accusative.  The  prepositions 
are  super,  supra,  post,  citra,  ultra,  extra,  sub — e.  g., 

Pedes  levatis  super  capita  armis  ad  ipsum  alveum  penetrat.  Curt. 
IV,  38.  Here  super  capita  means  to  a  point  above  their  heads.  Terri- 
bilis  facies  erat,  cum  manu  arma  super  se  regentibus  traderent.  Curt. 
VIII,  49.  Si  essent  qui  sub  terra  habitassent  nec  tamen  exissent  supra 
terram.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  37,  95.  Here  supra  terram  means  to  a  point 
above  (over)  the  earth.  Baleares  post  montes  circumducit.  Liv.  XXII. 
4,  3.  Here  post  montes  means  to  a  point  behind  the  mountains.  Is 
naves  interiorem  in  portum  post  oppidum  reduxit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
39.  Ut  omnes  citra  flumen  eliceret.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  8.  Here  citra  flumen 
means  to  a  point  this  side  the  river.  Caesar  ultra  eum  locum  castra 
transtulit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  66.  Here  ultra  eum  locum  means  to  a 
point  beyond  that  place.  Unam  cohortem,  quae  extra  aciem  procur- 
rerat,  circumveniunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  55.  Here  extra  atiem  means  to 
a  point  without  the  line  of  battle.  Agmen  extra  munitiones  proces- 
serat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  8.  Delata  confestim  materia  infra  Veliam.  Liv. 
II,  7,  12.  Here  infra  Veliam  means  to  a  point  below  the  Velia.  Sub 
montem,  in  quo  erat  oppidum  positum  Ilerda,  succedunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
I,  45.  Here  sub  montem  means  to  a  point  under  (at  the  foot  of)  the 
mountain.  Cognoverat  magtiam  partem  equitatus  trans  Mosam 
missam.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  9.  Here  trans  Mosam  means  to  a  point  over, 
across,  the  Meuse. 

49.  While  a  preposition  is  regularly  employed  with  the 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


45 


Accusative  in  a  terminal  relation  in  space,  the  preposition 
may  be  in  composition — e.  g., 

Facile  erat  prospicere  ut  omnes  templa  deorum  adirent.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II,  5.  Eos  a  tergo  incurrerunt.  Sail,  fragm.  Hie  tibi 
rostra  Cato  advolat.  Cic.  Att.  I,  14,5,  Jugum  rigida  cerviee 
subeuntibus  barbaris  tempore  opus  est.  Curt.  VI,  7.  At  Xerxes 
protinus  accessit  astu.  Nep.  Them.  4. 

Rem.  1.  The  preposition  in  composition  is  sometimes  repeated  or  a  dif¬ 
ferent  preposition  employed  with  its  proper  modification  of  the  action  of 
the  verb — e.  g., 

Si  ille  ad  earn  ripam  naves  apptilisset  Cic.  Phil.  II,  12,  26.  Quia  in 
urbem  non  inierat.  Liv.  XXIV,  9,  2.  Alexandrum  in  Italiam  classem 
appulisse  constat.  Liv.  VIII,  3,  6. 

50.  The  Accusative  of  the  Terminus  or  End,  with  a  prep¬ 
osition,  is  employed  with  a  verb  in  which  motion  is  implied, 
also  with  a  substantive  in  which  motion  is  implied — e.  g., 

Haec  ad  eum  latius  atque  inflatius  Afranius  perscribebat.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II,  17.  Ea,  quae  in  terram  occultaverunt  Romani,  con- 
tegit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  85.  Illi  earros  impedimentaque  sua  in 
silvas  abdiderunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  18.  Se  Remis  in  elientclam 
dicabant.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  12.  In  fronton  lateraque  pugnari  coep- 
tum  est.  Liv.  XXII,  4,  7.  Sed  quid  ago?  paene  orationem  in 
epistolam  inclusi.  Cic.  Att.  1, 16, 10.  Itaque  dierum  quinque  scho- 
las  in  totidem  libros  contuli.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  4,  8.  Archimedes  lunae. 
solis,  quinque  errantium  motus  in  sphaeram  illigavit.  Cie.  Tusc. 
I,  25,  63.  Venit  in  suspicionem  mandata  ad  complures  dedisse 
ambigua.  Suet.  Tib.  12.  Audivi  conscensionem  in  naves  fore, 
Rhodiorum  elassi  domumitionem  dari.  Cic.  Div.  I.  32,  68.  Ouidve 
hincabitio?  quidve  in  navem  inscensio?  Plaut.  Rud.  II,  6,  19. 
Qui  inde  reditus  Romam  ?  Cic.  Phil.  II,  42,  108.  Iter  a  Gomphis 
Ambraciam.  Liv.  XXXII,  15,  6.  Spe  domum  reditionis  sublata. 
Caes.  B.  G.  1,  5. 

When  the  terminal  Accusative  is  domum,  or  the  name  of  a  city, 
or  any  other  word  requiring  it,  the  preposition  is,  of  course, 
omitted. 

51.  When  the  Accusative  of  the  terminus  is  associated 
with  any  other  relation  of  the  terminus,  this  also  must  be 


46 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


expressed  in  the  Accusative.  (Care  must  betaken  here  not 
to  follow  the  English  form  of  expression.)— e.  g., 

In  hiberna  in  Sequanos  exercitum  deduxit.  Caes.  B.  G,  I,  54. 
(—into  winter-quarters  in  the  country  of  the  Sequani,  but  not  in 
Sequanis).  Cum  se  in  silvas  ad  suos  receperant.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  19 
[not  in  silvis).  Pompeius  iter  in  hiberna  Appolloniam  habebat. 
Caes. B. Civ.  Ill,  11.  Caelius  ad  Caesarem  pervenit  Thurios.  Caes. 
B.  Civ. Ill,  22.  Qui  litterasin  Macedoniam  ad  suosnecessariosscrip- 
sisset.  Curt.  VII,  10.  Rursum  eum  ad  se  intra  munitiones  reci- 
pit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  58.  Impellit  uti  Romam  ad  suos  necessa- 
rios  scribant.  Sail.  Jug.  65.  Ad  Pharnabazum  in  Asiam  transiit. 
Nep.  Ale.  9. 

Rem.  1.  To  express  a  terminal  qualification  in  the  Ablative  is  a  rare 
irregularity,  and  one  not  to  be  imitated — e.  g., 

Parthorum  legati,  mandatis  Augusto  Romae  redditis,  eum  quoque 
adire  in  provincia  iussi.  Suet.  Lib.  16. 

52.  In  classical  prose  the  omission  of  a  preposition  with 
the  Accusative  of  the  name  of  a  place,  as  of  a  country, 
province,  &c.,  in  a  terminal  relation  is  very  rare.  The 
imitation  in  prose  of  this  usage  commenced  with  Sallust. 
It  is  occasionally  found  in  other  prose  writers — e.  g., 

Qui  dicitur  Aegyptum  profugisse.  Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  22  56. 

Coniectans  eum  Aegyptum  iter  habere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  106. 
These  are  the  only  well-established  cases  of  the  omission  of  a  pre¬ 
position,  in  classical  prose,  with  the  Accusative  of  the  name 
of  a  country  in  a  terminal  sense — I  tali  am  Laviniaque  litora 
venit.  Verg.  Aen.  I,  2.  Devenere  locos,  ubi  nunc  ingentia  cernes 
moenia.  Verg.  Aen.  IV,  365.  Quo  regnum  Italiae  Libycas  aver- 
teret  oras.  Verg.  Aen.  IV,  106.  Etruriam  transducto  exercitu. 
Liv.  X,  37,1  (properlyin  Eturiam.)  Aegyptum  proficiscitur.  Tac. 
Ann.  II,  59.  Rediens  Campaniam.  Suet.  Tib.  72. 

Names  of  Towns  and  Small  Islands. 

53.  With  the  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  small  island  in  a 
terminal  sense,  in  the  Accusative,  the  preposition  is  regu¬ 
larly  omitted. 

1 .  Name  of  city  or  town — e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE -RELATIONS. 


Bq 


*mmLHE.GE 

■  HtyL.  hAf.c 


Mass. 


Brundisium  erat  profectus  obviam  legionibus.  Cic.  Fam.  XII, 
23,  2.  Cognita  militum  voluntate  Ariminum  proficiscitur. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  8.  Adherbal  cum  paucis  equitibns  Cirtam  pro- 
fugit.  Sail.  Jug.  21.  Legati  Carthaginienses  Romam  venerunt. 
'  Nep.  Hann.  1.  Ille  Damascum  ante  lucem  intrat.  Curt.  III. 
33.  Amyntas  fuga  Tripolin  pervenit.  Curt.  IV,  5. 

2.  Name  of  an  island — e.  g.. 

Biduum  tempestate  retentus  inde  Cyprum  pervenit.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  Ill,  102.  Delum  venit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  17,  46.  Rex'  Aegi- 
nam  ad  classem  se  recepit.  Liv.  XXXI,  15,  7.  Rhodii  Ciam, 
inde  per  insulas  Rhodum  navigaverunt.  Liv.  XXXI,  15,  8. 

Rem.  1.  In  conformity  with  the  omission  of  a  preposition  with  the 
terminal  Accusative  of  the  name  of  a  small  island,  the  preposition  is,  in 
classical  prose,  occasionally  omitted  with  the  accusative  of  the  name  of 
a  large  island — e.  g., 

Inde  Sardinian!  cum  classe  venit.  Cic.  Imp.  Pomp.  XII,  34. 

54.  When  the  preposition  ad  is  associated  with  the  name 
of  a  town,  city  or  island  in  the  Accusative. 

1.  The  direction  is  indicated  ;  that  is,  the  town,  city,  or  island, 
is  the  place  in  the  direction  of  which  the  verb’s  action  tends. 
Observe  in  this  connection  the  Accusative  of  the  name  of  a 
town,  &c.,  with  versus — e.  g., 

Tres  viae  sunt  ad  Mutinam,  quo  festinat  animus.  Cic.  Phil. 
XII,  9,  22.  Prosequebantur  coactos  fugere  atque  ad  Ilerdam 
reverti.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,69.  Cum  ab  Aegina  Megaram  versus 
navigarem.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  5,  4. 

2.  Ad=£o  the  vicinity  of:  that  is,  the  vicinity  or  neighborhood 
of  the  town,  city,  or  island  is  the  place  reached — e,  g., 

Eodem  tempore  Laelius  cum  classe  ad  Brundisium  venit.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  100.  Caesar  ad  Genevam  pervenit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
7.  Caesar  castra  adGergoviam  movit.  Caes.  B.  C.  VII,  41.  In 
Italiam  ad  Hvdruntem  pervenimus.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  9,  2. 

3.  When  the  end  of  distance,  or  mere  extent ,  to  the  exclusion 
of  motion,  is  the  relation  to  be  expressed,  the  preposition  is  the 
rule  with  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

A  Salonis  ad  Oricum  portus  classibus  occupavit.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  Ill,  8.  Ad  Cassiopen  stadia  CXX  processitnus.  Cic.  Fam. 
XVI,  9,  1. 


48 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


4  The  preposition  in  with  the  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  island  m  the 
Accusative  was,  in  the  early  period  of  the  language,  very  common-e.  g., 

Eanique  hue  invitam  mulieram  in  Ephesum  advehit.  Plaut.  M.  G. 
II,  1,  35.  Postquam  hinc  in  Ephesum  abii.  Plaut.  Bacch.  I,  2,  61 
[171].  Eas  in  Anactorium  devehit.  Plaut.  Poen.  prol.  87.  Commi- 
gravit  in  Calvdonem.  Plant.  Poen.  prol.  94. 

Rem.  1.  We  are  inclined  to  insist  too  strenuously,  perhaps,  upon  the 
exclusion  of  the  preposition  from  the  Accusative  and  Ablative  of  the 
names  of  cities,  towns  and  islands.  While  such  exclusion  was  the  usage, 
and  one  which  should  be  observed,  the  preposition  is  found  too  frequently 
to  be  explained  by  the  restrictions  which  we  are  accustomed  to  assign. 
Suetonius  in  his  biographical  sketch  of  Augustus  intimates  that  the  use 
of  the  preposition  with  the  names  of  cities  was  not  inconsistent  with 
an  elegant  style.  He  states  that  Augustus,  whose  style  was  elegans  et 
temperatum  (Suet.  Aug.  86),  did  not  hesitate  to  use  a  preposition  with 
the  uame  of  a  city,  when  to  do  so  contributed  to  clearness  of  statement. 
The  language  used  by  Suetonius  implies  a  discretion  in  the  use  of  a  pre¬ 
position  with  the  name  of  a  city,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  an  allusion 
by  him  to  the  habit  of  Augustus  suggests  that  the  latter,  in  the  frequent 
use  of  a  preposition  with  the  name  of  a  city,  departed  from  a  recognized 
usage.  On  the  contrary,  Cicero,  in  a  letter  to  Atticus  (Cic.  Att.  VII,  3, 
10),  condemns  the  use  of  in  before  the  name  of  a  town.  In  a  previous 
letter  (Att.  V,  9,  1),  he  had  used  in  Piraeea.  In  VII,  3,  10,  he  writes: 
Venio  ad  Piraeea,  in  quo  magis  reprehendendus  sum.  quod  homo  Roma- 
nus  Piraeea  scripserim,non  Piraeeum— sic  enim  omnesnostri  locuti  sunt— 
quam  quod  in  addiderim  (Att.  V,  9,  1).  Non  enim  hoc  ut  oppido  prae- 
posui,  sed  ut  loco.  He  thus  recognizes  the  principle  that  in  should  not 
be  used  with  the  name  of  a  town,  and  justifies  in  Piraeea  on  the  ground 
that  it  was  not  the  name  of  a  town,  but  ol  a  locality  (a  deme). 

Rem.  2.  When  the  uame  of  a  city  or  town  is  associated  with  the  name 
of  any  other  place,  as  of  a  province,  &c.,  which  usually  requires  a  prep¬ 
osition,  the  preposition  may  be  omitted  with  the  name  of  the  province, 
&c.  The  construction  of  the  name  of  the  province  thus  conforms  to 
that  of  the  city,  and  is  used  without  a  preposition.  This  construction 
is  not  frequent — e.  g.. 

Legiones  Regium  atque  inde  Siciliam  transvectae.  Sail.  Jug.  28. 

Rem.  3.  When  the  name  of  the  city,  &c.,  is  associated  with  the  name 
of  a  province,  &c.,  it  is  best  to  construe  each  according  to  the  rules, 
omitting  the  preposition  with  the  name  of  the  city,  &c.,  and  using  it 
with  the  name  of  the  province,  &c\— e.  g., 

In  Ciciliam  atque  inde  Cyprum  pervenit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  102.  C. 

Manlium  Faesulas  atque  in  earn  partem  Etruriae  dimisit.  Sail.  Cat. 

27.  Cum  his  ad  Domitium  Corfinium  pervenit.  Cats.  B.  Civ.  I,  15* 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


49 


Varro  Cordubam  ad  Caesarem  venit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  19.  Senatum 
omnem  ad  se  Decetiam  evocavit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  33. 

55.  When  an  apposition  urbem,  oppidum,  insulam  is  asso¬ 
ciated  with  the  name  of  a  town,  city,  or  island  in  the  Ac¬ 
cusative,  a  preposition,  in  or  ad ,  according  to  the  sense  to 
be  expressed,  is  used,  and  placed  before  the  phrase — e.  g., 

Ad  urbem  Celaenas  exercitum  admovit.  Curt.  Ill,  1.  Ad  urbem 
Ancyram  ventum  erat.  Curt.  Ill,  3.  Ad  urbem  Tarson  pervenit. 
Curt.  Ill,  11.  Castra  movit  ad  urbem  Marathon.  Curt.  IV,  1. 
Ad  urbem  Solos  pervenerat.  Curt.  Ill,  17.  Ad  urbem  Gryam 
cum  omnibus  copiis  venit.  Curt.  IV,  22.  Ad  urbem  Maracanda 
mi-sit.  Curt.  VII,  28.  Ad  urbem  Marganiam  pervenit.  Curt.  VII, 
40.  Se  ad  urbem  Ilerdam  receperunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  45.  Ad 
urbem  Noram  cum  exercitu  missus.  Curt.  VIII,  39.  Ad  oppidum 
Avaricum  profectus  est.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  13.  Pervenit  ad  oppi¬ 
dum  Suthul.  Sail.  Jug.  37.  Ad  oppidum  Noviodunum  contendit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  II,  12.  Se  in  urbem  Corfinium  contulit.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
I,  19.  In  urbem  Chium  praesidium  introduxit.  Curt.  IV,  6.  In 
urbem  Cirtam  pervenit.  Sail.  Jug.  102. 

Rem.  1.  The  name  of  the  town  or  city  may  precede  the  apposition 
urbem,  oppidum — e.  g., 

Alexander  ad  Mennim  urbem  pervenit.  Curt.  V,  2.  Ad  Maracanda 

urbem  contendit.  Curt.  VII,  38.  Ad  Nvsam  urbem  pervenit.  Curt. 

VIII,  35. 

Rem.  2.  The  omission  of  the  preposition  is  rare — e.  g., 

Iam  pervenerat  Arbela  vicum.  Curt.  IV,  36.  Ilvam  insulam  traiecit. 

Liv.  XXX,  39,  2. 

In  such  cases  the  name  of  the  city  or  island  determines  the  construc¬ 
tion. 

56.  When  the  apposition  urbem,  oppidum,  &c.,  is  de¬ 
fined  by  an  adjective  or  genitive,  the  apposition  may  de¬ 
termine  the  construction  and  take  a  preposition,  or  the 
name  of  the  city,  &c.,  may  determine  the  construction,  in 
which  case  the  preposition  is  omitted.  In  case  of  the  use 
of  the  preposition,  the  name  of  the  city  may  precede  (so 
most  commonly)  or  follow  the  preposition;  in  case  of  the 


50 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


omission  of  the  preposition,  the  name  of  the  city  should 

precede  the  opposition. 

1  The  apposition  with  an  attributive  e.  g., 

Thalam  pervenit  in  oppidum  magnum  atqueopulentum.  Sail. 
Tug  75  Segestam  ad  immunem  civitatem  Venenus  Symma- 
chus  immittitur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  HI,  40.  92.  Ad  Sidona  ventum 

est  urbem  vetustate  inclitam.  Curt.  IV.  3. 

Rem.  1.  The  preposition  muy  be  omitted.  In  this  case  the  name  of  the 

city  determines  the  construction  and  precedes— e.  g.,  # 

'  Capuam  cotoniadeducetur  urbem  amplissimam  atque  ornatissimam. 
Cic.  Leg.  Agr.  II,  28,  76.  Catinam  cum  venisset  oppidum  locuples, 
honestum,  copiosum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  23,  50. 

2.  The  apposition  with  a  Genitive— e.  g., 

Ad  oppidum  Eleutherocilicum  Pindenissum  exercitum  adduxi. 
Cic.  Fam.  XV,  4,  10.  Tanta  hominum  oblivio  ut  maior  pars 
Veios  ad  hostium  urbem  fugerent.  Liv.  V.  38,  5.  Demaratus  se 
contulit  Tarquinios  in  urbem  Etruriae  florentissimam.  Cic.  Rep. 
II,  19,  34.  Devecta  ad  urbem  Syriae  Thapsacum.  Curt  X,  3. 
Mittitur  Sextius  in  oppidum  Jugurthae  Vagam.  Sail.  Jug.  29. 
Altero  die  ad  oppidum  Senonum  Vellaunodunum  vemt  Caes.  B. 

G.  VII,  11. 

Rem.  I.  The  preposition  may  be  omitted.  In  this  case  the  name  of  the 

city  determines  the  construction  and  precedes  e.  g-, 

Profectus  Politorium  urbem  Latinorum,  vi  cepit.  Liv.  I,  33,  1.  Me- 
deonem  Labeatium  gentis  urbem  profectus  est.  Liv.  XLIV,  32,  3. 
Inde  profectus  Gergoviam  Boiorum  oppidum.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  9. 

Rem.  2.  The  city  or  town  may  be  described  by  a  phrase  introduced  by 
the  relative,  or  by  the  Genitive  without  the  apposition  e.  g., 

Alesiam,  quod  est  oppidum  Mandubriorum,  iter  facere  coepit.  Caes. 

B.  G.  VII,  68.  Ipse  Genabum  Carnutum  proficiscitur.  Caes.  B.  G. 
VII,  11. 

Ram.  3.  The  Accusative  of  the  name  of  a  city  with  an  attributive  oc¬ 
curs  chiefly  in  poetry,  and  both  with  and  without  a  preposition— e.  g., 
Iter  ad  doctas  proficisci  cogor  Athenas.  Prop.  IV,  21,  1.  Atque  ali- 
quis  doctas  iam  nunc  eat,  inquit,  Athenas.  Ov.  Her.  II,  83. 


57.  The  Accusatives  domum,  domos,  rus  are  used  m  a 
terminal  sense  in  the  Accusative  without  a  preposition 


e.  g*, 

Sieulis  denuntiatum  esse  audio  domum 


ad  ilium  ut  venirent. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


51 


Cic.  Verr.  Act.  pr.  IX,  2,  5.  Milites  domum  revertuntur.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  12.  Desperatis  nostris  rebus  domum  contendunt. 
Caes.  B.  G.  II,  24.  Cum  aliis  reverti  domos  placeret.  Curt.  V,18. 
Ite  reduces  domos  Curt.  IX,  11.  Cum  rus  ex  urbe  tancpiam  e 
vineulis  evolavissent.  Cic.  Or.  II.  6,  22.  Quom  rus  homines  eunt. 
Plaut.  Capt.  I,  1,  10. 

58.  Domum  with  a  possessive  meam,  tuam,  suam,  nos¬ 
tram,  vestram  allows  a  preposition  only  in  the  comic  po¬ 
ets. 

1.  With  a  preposition  (only  in  comedy,  and  not  to  be  imitated  ) — e.  g., 
Quor  non  intro  eo  in  nostram  domum  ?  Plaut.  Amph.  I,  I,  253.  In 

nostram  advenit  domum.  Plaut,  Capt.  IV,  4,  3. 

2.  Without  a  preposition  (the  usual  construction) — e.  g., 

Quae  fuit  causa  cur  cuncta  civitas  Lampsacenorum  domum 

tuam  concurrent?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  1,21,80.  Dies  fere  nullus  est 
quin  hie  Satrius  domum  meam  ventitet.  Cic.  Att.  1,1,  3.  Spolia 
domum  suam  referre  conatus  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  60, 157.  Recta 
a  porta  domum  meam  venit.  Cic.  Fam.  IX,  19,  1.  Domum  suam 
istum  non  fere  quisquam  vocabat.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  XVIII,  52. 
Cum  nihil  aliud  ex  tanta  praeda  domum  suam  deportavisset.  Cic. 
Rep.  I,  14,  21.  Nihil  unquam  domum  suam  contulit.  Nep.  Ages. 
7.  Alius  alium  domos  suas  invitavit.  Sail.  Jug.  66. 

Rem.  1.  Instead  of  domum  with  a  possessive  the  Accusative  of  the 
personal  pronoun  with  ad  may  be  used.  This  use  of  a  personal  proT 
noun  with  a  preposition  is  frequent — e.  g., 

It  ad  nos.  Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  5,  67  (1282).  Ilia  ad  nos  pergit.  Plaut. 
M.  G.  IV,  5,  52  (1267).  Transcurre  curriculo  ad  nos.  Plaut.  M.  G., 
II,  6,  43  (523).  Transcurrito  ad  vos.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  6,  45  (525). 
Jam  ego  ad  te  exibo  foras.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  6,  57  (537).  Ad  se  ut  eas. 
Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  5,  60  (1275). 

59.  Domum  with  the  Genitive  of  the  possessor  occurs 
both  with  and  without  a  preposition. 

1.  With  preposition— e.  g., 

Arma  omnia  in  domum  Galloni  contulit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  18. 
Dico  te  priore  nocte  venisse  in  M.  Laecae  domum.  Cic.  Cat.  I, 
4,  8.  In  domum  Chelidonis  praeturam  totam  detulisti.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  V,  15,  38. 


52 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


2.  Without  a  preposition— e.  g., 

Cum  prima  luce  Pomponii  domum  venisse  dicitur.  Cic.  Off. 
Ill,  31,  112.  Ouo  dolore  tales  viros  meretricis  domum  venisse 
arbitramini  ?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  52,  137.  Domum  Chaionis  de 
verterunt.  Nep.  Pelop.  2. 

Rem.  1.  Instead  of  domum  with  the  Genitive,  of  the  possessor,  the  Ac¬ 
cusative  of  the  person  or  of  a.  personal  pronoun  maybe  used  with  a  pre¬ 
position — e.  g., 

Egon  ad  illam  earn,  quae  nupta  sit?  Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  5,  61  (1276). 
Transeuudumst  nunc  tibi  ad  Menedeum.  Ter.  Heaut.  IV,  4,  17  (739). 
Rem.  2.  When  domum  is  defined  by  an  adjective  representing  the  Gen¬ 
itive  of  the  possessor,  the  preposition  may  or  may  not  be  used. 

1.  With  a  preposition — e.  g., 

Si  in  domum  meretriciam  deducar.  ler.  Eun.  II,  3,  91.  In  meietri- 
cinm  domum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  55,  123.  Onera  atque  merces  in  prae- 
toriam  domum  deferebantur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  56,  14o. 

2.  Without  a  preposition — e.  g., 

Aurum  atque  argentum  domum  regiam  comportant.  Sail.  Jug.  76. 

Rem.  3.  With  any  other  than  possessive  pronoun,  and  with  any  other 
than  an  adjective  representing  the  possessor,  domum  takes  a  preposi¬ 
tion — e.  g., 

In  alias  domos  tamquain  in  colonias  exeunt.  Cic.  Oft'.  I,  17,  54.  In 
domum  maguifieam  (in  illam  domum )  venit. 

60.  When  domum  signifies  “House,”  “Building,”  and 
not  “  Home,”  the  use  of  the  preposition  is  the  rule.  Some 
writers,  notably  Livy,  seem  not  uniformly  to  have  ob¬ 
served  the  distinction,  but  to  have  used  the  preposition 
with  domum  in  the  sense  of  “Home” — e.  g., 

Tanta  coustantia  voeis . ut  ex  domo  in  domum  videretur  mi- 

grare.  Nep.  Att.  22.  Milites  hieme  saltern  in  domos  ac  tecta 
reduci  oportet.  Liv.  V,  2,  11.  Tunc  in  domos  atque  in  tecta  re- 
fugiebant.  Liv.  XXVI,  10,  7.  Rex  in  domum  se  recepit.  Liv. 
XLIV,  45,  12. 

2.  When  domum  means  “family”  or  “philosophical  school, 
the  use  of  the  preposition  is  the  rule— e.  g., 

Veni  ad  te,  qui  plurima  mala  in  domum  tuam  intuli.  Nep. 
Them.  9.  Antiocho  licuit  remigrare  in  domum  veterem  e  nova. 
Cic.  Fin.  I,  4,  13. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


53 


II.  Accusative  of  the  Terminus  or  End  in  Time. 

61.  The  Accusative  presents  not  only  the  object  reached, 
or  intended  to  be  reached,  in  Space,  but  also  the  Time  up 
to  or  into  which  an  action  or  event  reaches.  In  this  sense 
a  preposition  is  associated  with  the  Accusative. 

1.  With  the  preposition  ad — a.  g., 

Acies  ad  solis  occasum  continentur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  83.  Ad  id 
tempus  facultas  colloquendi  non  fuit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  24.  Ad 
meridiem  res  erat  producta.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  95.  Ab  hora  sep- 
tima  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  est.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  26.  Ad  horam 
nonam  in  ancoris  exspeetavit.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  23.  Resadmediam 
noctem  perducitur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  31.  Ad  senectutem  vixdt.  Nep. 
Iph.  3.  Sophocles  ad  summam  senectutem  tragoedias  fecit.  Cic. 
Sen.  VII,  22. 

2.  With  usque  ad — e.  g., 

Acriter  utrimque  usque  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  est.  Caes.  B. 
G.  I,  50.  Hie  usque  ad  septimum  diem  deliberandi  spatium  re- 
liquit.  Nep.  Eum.  12.  Epistolae  usque  ad  extremum  tempus 
ad  Atticum  missae.  Nep.  Att.  16.  Quidam  (dicunt)  et  naves 
pinxisse  usque  ad  quinquagesimum  annum.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV, 
101. 

3.  With  the  preposition  in.  With  the  preposition  in  it  is  meant 
that  a  point  within  a  period  stated  stated  in  the  Accusative  is 
the  end  of  the  action — in  other  words,  that  the  action  or  state 
expressed  in  the  verb  extends  into  the  period  of  time— e.  g., 

Romani  ab  sole  orto  in  multum  diei  in  acie  stetere.  Liv. 
XXVII,  2,  9.  Qui,si  in  nostrum  annum  reciderit.  Cic.  Att.  1,1, 
2.  Dixit  in  noctem  atque  etiam  nocte  illatis  lueernis.  Plin.  Ep. 
IV,  9,  14. 

Rem.  1.  With  usque  in,  a  more  distinct  statement  of  in. 

Neque  illi  didicerunt  haec  usque  in  senectutem.  Ouint.  XII,  11,  20. 
Senes  male  in  ilium  usque  diem  servati.  Quint.  VIII,  3,  68. 

Rem.  2.  Time,  while  not  distinctly  expressed,  may  be  implied  in  the 
word  in  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Rem  integram  ad  reditum  suum  iussit  esse. 

62.  The  preposition  ad  with  a  period  of  time  expresses 


54 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


the  end  of  the  period  as  the  limit  had  in  view.  This  rela¬ 
tion  is  more  exactly  rendered  by  the  English  “  hence  — e.  g., 
Needs  quid  intersit  utrumilluc  nunc  an  ad  decern  annos  veniam. 
Cic  Att.  XII,  46.  Here  ad  decern  annos=ten  years  hence.  Cur 
doleam  si  ad  decern  milia  annorum  gentem  aliquam  urbe  nostra 
potituram  putem  ?  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  37,  90.  An  exploratum  cuiquam 
potest  esse  quomodo  sese  habiturum  sit  corpus  non  dico  ad  an¬ 
num  sed  ad  vesperum  ?  Cic.  Fin.  II,  28,  92. 

63.  The  relation  “by”  or  “against”  a  given  time  is  ex¬ 
pressed  in  Latin  by  ad  and  in  with  the  Accusative.  With 
ad  the  beginning  of  the  period  of  time  is  the  limit  contem¬ 
plated  ;  with  in  a  point  within  the  period  or  end  had  in 
view.  In  other  words,  with  ad  the  conception  is  up  to, 
with  in  it  is  into  the  period  of  time.  This  Accusative  oc¬ 
curs  quite  frequently  with  verbs  “to delay,  “toappoint, 

“  to  return,”  & c. 

1.  With  the  preposition  ad—e.  g., 

Quando  ilia  frumentum  quod  deberet  non  ad  diem  dedit?  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  II,  2,  5.  Here  ad  diem  means  by  the  day;  ready  to 
give  by  the  appointed  day.  Edictum  praemittit  ad  quam  diem 
magistratus  sibi  esse  praesto  Cordubae  vellet.  Caes.  B.Civ.  II, 
19.  Here  ad  quam  diem  means  against  or  by  what  time  he 
wished  the  civil  magistrates  to  present  themselves  to  him  at 
Cordova.  They  could  defer  their  arrival  at  Cordova  only  to 
(up  to)  the  time  appointed.  Dixit  se  Laodiceae  fore  ad  meum 
adventum.  Cic.  Fam.  Ill,  5,  3.  Nulla  fuit  civitas  quin  ad  id 
tempus  partem  senatus  Cordubam  mitteret.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II, 
19.  Non  civis  Romanus  paulo  notior  quin  ad  diem  conveniret. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  19.  Si  quid  vellent,  ad  idus  Apriles  reverter- 
entur.  Caes.  B.  G.  1,  7.  His  ad  diem  adductis,  arbitros  inter 
civitates  dat.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,l.  Dies  appetebat  septiinus,  quern 
ad  diem  reverti  constituerat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  35.  An,  quod  ad 
diem  non  venerunt,  de  eorum  fide  dubitatis?  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  77. 

2.  With  the  preposition  in— e.  g., 

Petierunt  ut  sibi  concilium  totius  Galliae  in  diem  certam  in- 
dicere  liceret.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  30.  Itaque  se  quod  in  longiorem 


Latin  case-relations. 


55 


diem  collaturus  fuisset,  repraesentaturum.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  40. 
Is  de  se  consultum  dicebat,  utrum  igni  statim  necaretur  an  in 
aliud  tempus  reservaretur.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  53.  Auctio  consti- 
tuta  in  mensem  Januarium.  Cic.  Leg.  Agr.  1,2,4.  Pugilnm  par 
postulatum  distulit  in  insequentis  diei  matutinum  tempus. 
Suet.  Aug.  44. 

Rem.  1.  While  the  Accusative  with  the  preposition  ad  properly  pre¬ 
sents  the  time  by  which  an  action  must  be  accomplished,  and  up  to 
which  it  may  be  deferred,  it  seems  that,  in  some  cases,  the  Accusative 
with  ad  present  the  time  within  or  on  which  the  action  occurs — e.  g., 
Admonuit  tamen  ut  pecuniam  reliquam  Buthrotii  ad  diem  solverent. 
Cic.  Att.  XVI,  16,  4. 

64.  The  Accusative  of  a  period  of  time  or  of  an  event 
with  the  preposition  sub  expresses  the  time  immediately 
before  or  after  which  the  event  occurs. 

I.  Time  immediately  before — e.  g., 

Sub  vesperum  Caesar  portas  claudi  iussit.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  33. 
Videbant  praefectum  suum  sub  ipsam  certaminis  diem  ablega- 
tum.  Liv.  XXV,  41,  3.  Senatus  fuit  frequentior  quam  putar- 
amus  esse  posse  mense  Decembri  sub  dies  fastos.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  II, 

II.  Quibus  indictis  sub  tempus  pueros  venatum  ablegavit. 
Liv.  I,  35,  2.  Serite  hordea  campis  usque  sub  extremum  brumae 
imbrem.  Verg.  Georg.  I,  211. 

1.  Time  immediately  after.  Compare  secundum  with  the  Accu¬ 
sative.  Immediate  sequence  not  implied — e.  g., 

Africum  bellum  quod  fuit  sub  recentem  Romanam  pacem. 
Liv.  XXI,  2,1.  Sub  haec  dicta  omnes  pleni  lacrimarum  in  ves- 
tibulo  curiae  procubuerunt.  Liv.  VII,  31,  5.  Sub  hanc  vocem 
haud  minus  ferociter  subclamatum  est.  Liv.  XXI,  18,  13.  Co- 
actus  est  Pompeius  selegionem  abducturum,  sednon  statim  sub 
mentionem  obtrectatorum.  Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  44.  Scripseras 
fore  ut  secundum  comitia  aliquid  de  nobis  in  senatu  ageretur. 
Cic.  Att.  I.  13,  1.  Tua  ratio  est  ut  secundum  binos  ludos  mihi 
respondere  incipias.  Cic.  Verr.  prim.  act.  XI,  33. 

65.  Approximate  time,  expressed  in  English  by  about , 
and  representing  time  near  that  stated,  with  no  distinct 


56 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


reference  to  a  time  before  or  after  it,  is  also  expressed  in 
Latin  bv  the  preposition  ad  with  the  Accusative.  re 
facts  in  the  language  do  not  authorize  the  invariable  in¬ 
terpretation  of  this  relation  of  time  by  the  English  toward 
implying  time  before  -e.  g., 

Audivi  ex  te  cum  magnam  partem  noctis  vigilasses  ad  lucem 
dormire  te  coepisse.  Cic.  Div.  I,  28,  59. 


III.  Accusative  of  the  Terminus  in  Abstract  Relations, 

66.  In  Abstract  of  Figurative  Relations.  As  the  Accu¬ 
sative  expresses  an  object  in  Space,  which  is  the  end  or  t  e 
proposed  end  of  an  action,  and  a  period  of  Time  to  wmch 
or  into  which  an  action  tends  or  reaches,  so  it  expresses 
a  state  or  condition  reached  or  intended  to  be  reached. 
The  State  or  Condition  in  the  Accusative  is  as  really  the 
Terminus  or  End  as  is  the  object  in  space  or  the  period  of 
time.  With  the  Accusative  denoting  a  state  or  condition, 
reached  or  intended  to  be  reached,  the  use  ot  the  preposi¬ 
tion  is  the  rule.  The  preposition  to  be  employed  must  be 
determined  by  the  same  considerations  which  determine  it 
in  a  relation  of  Space  or  Time. 


1.  The  preposition  ad—  e.  g., 

Inflammare  ad  gloriam.  Cic.  Fam.  I,  7,  9.  Inflammare  ad 
.upiditates.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  19,  44.  Ad  severitatem  revocare^ 
Cic  Att  I,  16,  8.  Ad  artem  impellere.  Cic.  Or.  I,  28, 126.  Ad 
sanitatem  redire.  Cic.  Fam.  XII.  10,  1.  Ad  speciem  redigere. 
Cic.  Or.  III.  10.  Legiones  ad  suam  potentiam  converterat. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  4.  Ad  otium  deducere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  5.  Ad 
armavocare.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  7.  Ad  pernicietn  pertinere.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  9.  Ad  omnia  descendere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  9.  Ad  cus- 
todiam  attribuere.  Caes.  B.  Civ,  I,  17.  Ad  snpplicium  tradere. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  76.  Agmen  ad  dextram  retorquere.  Caes.  B. 
Civ  I,  69.  Ad  conditiones  recurrere.  Ceas.  B.  Civ.  II,  16.  Ad 
snpplicium  progredi.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  84.  Tollere  scutum  ad 
conatum.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  35.  Ad  desperationem  pervemre. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  42.  Ad  extremum  auxilium  descendere.  Caes. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


57 


B.  Civ.  Ill,  9.  Ad  indutias  pertinere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  17. 
Ad  rationem  redigere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  76.  Ad  sanitatem  re- 
verti.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,42.  Ad  colloquium  venire.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
43.  Ad  sententiam  deducere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  10.  Ad  interne- 
cionem  redigere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  28.  Ad  usum  pertinere.  Caes. 
B.  G.  Ill,  9.  Ad  conditionem  deducere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  10.  Ad 
arbitrium  redire.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  11.  Ad  vim  atque  arma  de- 
scendere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  33.  Ad  sententiam  descendere. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  78.  Ad  rem  se  offerre.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  89.  Ad 
paucitatem  redigere.  Curt.  Ill,  8.  Ad  curam  se  convertere. 
Curt.  IV,  11.  Ad  spem  et  fiduciam  erigere.  Curt.  IV,  39.  Ad 
internecionem  persequi.  Curt.  IV,  44.  Ad  officium  redire.  Nep. 
Cim.  2.  Ad  internecionem  bella  gerere.  Nep.  Cim.  2. 

67.  The  preposition  ad  with  the  Accusative,  as  may  be 
seen  from  some  of  the  preceding  examples,  and  more 
clearly  from  the  following,  expresses  the  object  had  in 
view,  and  may  be  defined  as  ad  Final — e.  g., 

Legiones  ad  eius  periculum  reservare.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  2.  Com- 
meatus  ad  obsidionem  urbis  reservare.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  36.  Re- 
tinetur  ad  magnas  utilitates  rei  publicae  religio.  Cic.  Div.  II,  33, 
70.  Tota  res  est  inventa  ad  quaestum.  Cic.  Div.  II,  41,  85. 

68.  An  object  contemplated  and  presented  with  ad  Final 
may  operate  as  the  exciting  cause  of  an  action.  This  oc¬ 
currence  of  ad  with  the  Accusative  is  quite  frequent  and 
in  such  eases  ad  may  be  designated  ad  Causal — e.  g., 

Cum  boves  quaedam  actae  addesiderium  relictarum  mugissent. 
Liv.  I,  7,  7.  Ad  quorum  casum  conclamavit  Albanus  exercitus. 
Liv.  1,  25,  6.  Clamor  ad  tantae  rei  miraculum  ortus.  Liv.  I,  39, 
2.  Nihil  aliud  ad  eum  nuntium  a  proposito  aversus,  quam  ut 
cadaver  eflerri  iuberet.  Liv.  II,  8,  8.  Ad  omnem  eius  mcntionem 
ingemiscit.  Suet.  Aug.  65.  Ad  omnem  tempestatis  suspicionem 
in  abditum  et  concameratum  locum  se  recepit.  Suet.  Aug.  90. 

69.  The  preposition  in — e.  g., 

In  mentem  venire.  Cic.  Fam.  III.  8,  5.  In  matrimonium  collo- 
care.  Cic.  Div.  I,  46,  104.  In  difficultatem  incurrere.  Cic.  Fam. 


58 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


IV,  2,  4.  In  miserias  incidere.  Cic.  Phil.  II,  10,  24.  In  conten- 
tionem  incidere.  Cic.  Am.  10,  34.  In  furoretn  incidere.  Cic.  Pis. 
90  46  In  contentionem  venire.  Cic.  Div.  II,  63,  129.  In  calam- 
itatem  venire.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  17,  49.  In  contumeliam  vertere. 
Caes  B  Civ.  I,  8.  In  periculum  deducere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  19. 
In  periculum  venire.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  17.  In  aliam  partem  tra- 
here.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  21.  In  conspectum  deducere.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 

I  22.  In  timorem  pervenire.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  61.  In  potestatem 
venire.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  22.  In  conspectum  reverti.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  42.  In  sollicitudinem  venire.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  31.  In 
timorem  venire.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  31.  In  fugam  conicere.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  37.  In  deditionem  venire.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  99.  In 
servitutem  abducere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  11.  In  locum  honoris  resti- 
tuere.  Caes.  B.  G.  18.  In  spem  venire.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  18.  In  lib- 
ertatisconditiones  recipere.  Caes.  B.  G.  1,2,  31.  In  cruciatum  ve¬ 
nire.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  31.  In  servitutem  tradere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  51. 
In  deditionem  accipere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  31.  In  fidem  venire.  Caes. 
B.  G.  II,  13.  In  servitutem  redigere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  14.  In 
fidem  recipere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  1 5.  In  contemptionem  venire.  Caes. 
B.  G.  HI,  17.  In  fugam  dare.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  26.  In  vincula  conicere. 
Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  27.  In  periculum  deducere.  Caes.  B.  G.V,  31.  In 
clientelam  se  dicare.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  12.  In  suspicionem  venire. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  19.  Instatum  commodum pervenire.  Caes.  B.  G. 
VII,  6.  In  fugam  conicere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  13.  In  potestatem 
redigere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  13.  In  servitutem  abstrahere.  Caes. 
B.  G.  VII,  42.  In  cruciatum  dedere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  71.  In 
matrimonium  ducere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  9.  In  matrimonium  dare. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  3.  In  maius  laudare  Sen.  Helv.  VII,  4.  In  metum 
venire.  Curt.  IV,  9.  In  rationem  vertere.  Curt.  IV,  40.  In  odium 
pervenire.  Nep.  Lys.  1.  In  gratiam  redire.  Nep.  Thras.  3.  In 
opinionem  adducere.  Nep.  Dat.  6.  In  locum  succedere.  Nep.  Ep- 
am.  7.  In  exilium  eicere.  Nep.  Pel.  1.  In  familiaritatem  perve¬ 
nire.  Nep.  Eum.  1.  In  tutelam  pervenire.  Nep.  Eum.  2.  In  in¬ 
vidiam  venire.  Nep.  Epam,  7.  In  spem  adducere.  Sail.  Jug.  42. 
In  sententiam  ire.  Sail.  Cat.  50. 

Rem.  1.  The  Accusative  with  the  preposition  in  expresses  the  state  to 
which  a  thing  is  reduced  or  into  which  it  is  changed  or  transformed— e.  g., 

Gallia  in  partes  tres  divisa  est.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  1.  Quod  fit,  cum  terra 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


59 


in  aquam  se  vertit.  Cic.  N.  D.  111,12,31.  Regium  imperium  in  su- 
perbiam  dominationemque  se  eonvertit.  Sail.  Cat.  6.  Ille  in  humum 
saxumque  undamque  transit.  Ov.  Met.  XI,  643. 

Rem.  2.  The  Accusative  with  the  preposition  in  sometimes  expresses 
not  the  object  reached  b}^the  verb’s  action,  but  to  which  itt  ends,  and  also 
the  object  as  an  end  had  in  view.  In  the  latter  case  the  preposition  in  is 
the  equivalent  of  ad,  and  may  be  termed  in  Final :  in  the  former  case 
the  preposition  in  is  best  translated  by  towards — e.  g., 

Belgae  spectant  in  septentriones  et  orientem  solem.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  1. 
Quid  nunc  supina  sursum  in  coelum  conspicis  ?  Plaut.  Cist.  II,  3,  7. 
Ea  pecunia  data  a  Pompeio  in  stipendium.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  23.  Erit 
in  omnes  causas  paratus.  Quint.  X,  5,  12.  Videt  eum  paratum  in  res 
novas.  Tac.  H.  IV,  32.  Datas  in  praesidium  eohortes  accepit.  Tac.  H. 
IV,  35. 

70.  The  preposition  sub.  The  Accusative  with  the  pre¬ 
position  sub  denotes  the  state  or  condition  reached  so  as 
to  be  under  it.  Such  a  relation  is  strictly  figurative. 

Ilia  sub  iudicium  sapientis  et  dele ctum  cadunt.  Cic.  Fin.  Ill,  18, 
61.  Ea,  quae  sub  eos  (sensus)  subiecta  sunt.  Cic.  Acad.  IT,  23, 
74.  Cum  incolas  eius  insulae  sub  potestatem  redigcre  vellet. 
Nep.  Milt.  1.  Graeciam  sub  tuam  potestatem  te  redacturum  pol- 
licetur.  Nep.  Paus.  2.  Gallia  sub  populi  Romani  imperium  re- 
dacta.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  29.  Finitimos  sub  imperium  suum  coegere. 
Sail.  Jug.  18. 

71.  While  the  rule  is  to  use  a  preposition  with  the  ter¬ 
minal  Accusative  presenting  an  abstract  relation,  it  some¬ 
times  occurs  that  the  preposition  is  in  composition  and 
need  not  be  repeated — e.  g., 

Ne  frustra  ingressus  turpem  causam  videretur,  legem  proinul- 
gavit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  20. 

72.  A  preposition,  either  separately  expressed  or  in 
composition,  is  employed  with  the  terminal  Accusative 
expressing  state  or  condition,  except  in  case  of  the  supine 
in — um  and  of  certain  idiomatic  and  fixed  expressions, 
which  may  well  be  explained  as  the  Accusative  of  the 
inner  object.  These  expressions  are  pessum  dare,  pessum 


60 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


abire,  venum  dare,  venum  ire,  infitias  ire,  exsequias  ire, 
suppctias  ad  venire — e.  g., 

Argos  habitatum  concessit.  Nep.  Them.  8.  Quod  multos  etiam 
bonos  pessum  dedit.  Tac.  Ann.  Ill,  66.  Nunc  eum  cum  navi  sci¬ 
licet  abisse  pessum  in  altum.  Plaut.  Rud.  II,  3,  64  (395).  Sanxe- 
runt  ut  familia  (eius)  ad  aedem  Cereris  venum  iret.  Liv.  II,  55,  7. 
Neque  graviore  unquam  ultus  est  poena,  quam  ut  eaptivos 
sub  lege  venum  daret.  Suet.  Aug.  21.  Quod  nemo  it  infitias.  Nep. 
Ep.  10.  Neque  ego  infitias  eo  tarn  sponsiones  quam  foedera 
sancta  esse  apud  eos  homines.  Liv.  IX,  9,  4.  Si  hoc  palam  pro- 
ferimus,  ille  infitias  ibit,  sat  scio.  Ter.  Ad.  Ill,  2,  41.  Exsequi¬ 
as  Chremeti  quibus  est  commodum  ire.  Ter.  Phor.  Y,  9,  37.  Nae 
tibi  suppetias  tempore  adveni  modo.  Plaut.  Men.  V,  7,  31. 

73.  As  in  space,  so  in  abstract  relation  the  Accusative 
of  the  terminus  or  end  with  a  preposition  must  be  used 
with  a  verb  in  which  motion  or  action  is  implied—  e.  g., 

In  quam  exercitationem  nos  studiose  dedimus.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  4, 
7.  Quam  se  cumque  in  partem  dedisset,  omnium  fuit  facile  prin- 
ceps.  Cic.  Tusc.  Ill,  16,  59.  In  miseriam  nascimur  sempiternam. 
Cic.  Tusc.  I,  5,  9.  In  potestatem  esse.  Liv.  II,  14,  4.  In  custo- 
diam  habere.  Liv.  XXII,  25,  6.  Asservari  in  carcerem.  Liv. 
VIII,  20,  7.  Amisisti  matrem  statim  nata,immo  dum  nasceris  et 
ad  vitam  exposita  es.  Sen.  Helv.  2,  4. 

Accusative  of  Extent. 

/.  In  Space. 

74.  The  Accusative  presents  as  its  third  general  sense 
the  relation  of  amount  or  extent.  In  other  words,  it  pre¬ 
sents  an  object  which  measures  the  extent  or  amount  of 
the  action  or  state  expressed  in  the  verb.  This  relation  of 
extent  or  amount  may  be  considered — 

I.  In  space.  The  Accusative  furnishing  an  object  in 
space  as  the  measure  or  extent  of  an  action  or  state  takes, 
as  a  rule,  a  preposition,  determined  by  the  modification  of 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


61 


the  general  amount  or  extent  to  be  expressed.  The  prep¬ 
ositions  used  are  the  following: 

1.  The  preposition  per.  This  preposition  may  be  translated 
through ,  along ,  over ,  across — e.  g., 

Per  lines  Larinatinm  in  Apuliam  pervenit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  23. 
Per  temonem  percurrere  consuerunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  33.  Per 
hoc  dorsum  asperi  tres  aditus  erant.  Curt.  Ill,  10.  Iter  in  ul- 
teriorem  Galliam  per  Alpes  erat.  Cues.  B.  G.  I,  10.  Per  pontem 
equitatus  erat  mittendus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  61.  Oeultum  iter  est 
per  calles.  Curt.  V,  10.  Per  eorum  corpora  reliquos  transire 
conantes  repulerunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  10. 

Rem.  1.  The  Accusative  with  the  preposition  per  occurs  in  a  distribu¬ 
tive  sense.  Here  the  conception  is  “  at  certain  points  throughout" — e.  g., 
Elephanti  quoque  per  modica  intervalla  agmini  immixti.  Curt.  VIII, 
42.  Pecudes  per  pabula  laeta  corpora  deponunt.  Lucr.  I,  257. 

2.  The  preposition  trans— across,  over.  In  many  cases  not 
only  over ,  but  to  a  point  over  ( across ) — e.  g., 

Qui  sine  metu  trans  Rhenum  remigraverunt.  Caes.B.G.IV,  4. 
Nullum  tempus  intermiserunt,  quin  trans  Rhenum  legatos  mit- 
terent.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  55.  Praefectus  vexillum  trans  vallum 
hostium  traiecit.  Liv.  XXV,  14,  4.  Rhodanum  copias  traieci. 
Cic.  Fam.  X,  11,  2. 

Rem.  1.  The  Accusative  with  trans  oftener  expresses  the  result  of  the 
relation  across  or  over  with  verbs  in  which  motion  is  not  expressed — e.g., 
Germani,  qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt.  Caes.  B.G.  1,28.  Trans  mon- 
tem  Taurum  de  Matrinis  est  auditum.  Cic.  Fam.  II,  15,  5. 

3.  The  preposition  secundum— along,  parallel  with — e.  g., 

Sex  legiones  ipse  secundum  flumen  Elavar  duxit.  Caes.  B. 
G.  VII,  34.  Secundum  flumen  paucae  stationes  equitum  vide- 
bantur.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  18.  Legiones  iter  secundum  mare  su- 
perum  faciunt.  Cic.  Att.  XVI,  8,  2. 

4.  The  preposition  praeter— along,  by,  past — e.  g., 

Fulvius  Ligures  praeter  oram  Etrusci  maris  Neapolim  trans- 
misit.  Liv.  XL,  41,  3.  Praeter  castra  Caesaris  suas  copias 
traduxit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  48.  Amnis  praeter  radices  Amazoni 
montis  lapsus.  Plin.  N.  H.  VI,  4,  10. 

5.  The  preposition  circum— around,  about — e.  g., 

Terra  cireum  axem  se  summa  celeritate  convertit.  Cic.  Acad* 


62 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


II  39,  123.  Stellae,  cjuas  vagas  dicimus,  circum  terram  fer 
untur.’  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  40,  103.  Sol,  cuius  magnitudine  multis 
partibus  terra  superatur,  circum  earn  ipsam  volvitur.  Ox.  N.  D. 
II  40,  102.  Illi  indignantes  circum  claustra  fremunt.  Verg. 

Aen.  I,  56. 

6.  The  preposition  inter— between, extending  between ;  among 
—extending  from  one  to  another  of  several  e.  g., 

Inter  bina  castra  Pompei  atque  Caesaris  unum  flumen  inte- 
rerat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  19.  Ager  Tarquinorum  qui  inter  ur- 
bem  ac  Tiberim  fait.  Liv.  II,  5,  2.  Vitam  in  silvis  inter  deserta 
ferarum  lustra  domosque  traho.  Verg.  Aen.  Ill,  646. 


75.  The  Accusative  of  “ extent,"  “  amount  occurs  with 

the  preposition  in  composition  e.  g., 

Caesar  omnem  agrum  Picenum  percurrit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  15. 
Nisi  eguisset,  nunquam  Euphratem  transire  voluisset.  Cic. 

Fin.  Ill,  22,  75. 


76.  The  extent  or  amount  of  Distance  with  the  verbs 
abesse  and  distare  is  expressed  in  the  Accusative  without 
a  preposition.  Here  the  Accusative  defines  the  extent  or 

measure  of  Distance  expressed  in  the  verb  e.  g.. 

Id  oppidum  milia  passuum  a  castris  aberat  viginti.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  61.  Hie  locus  abest  aClupeis  passuum  XXII  milia.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II,  23.  Hie  locus  ab  hoste  circiter  passus  sexcentos  abe¬ 
rat.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  49.  Turres  pedes  LXXX  inter  se  distabant. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  72.  Pontes  effecerat  duos  distantes  inter  se  mi¬ 
lia  passuum  quattuor.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  40. 

Rem.  1.  The  verb  distare  is  frequently  employed  in  the  reciprocal  rela¬ 
tion  expressed  by  inter  se. 

Rem.  2.  Distance  maybe  indefinitely  expressed  by  tantum,  quantum, 
procul,  longe,  plus,  longius,longissime,  & c.— e.  g., 

Eius  fossae  solum  tantumdem  patebat  quantum  summa  labra  dista¬ 
bant.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  72.  Dum  longius  ab  munitione  aberant  Galli. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  82.  Parthi  ab  illo  aditu  Cappadociae  longe  aberant. 
Cic.  Att.  V,  10,  2.  Ab  his  cognoscit,  non  longe  ex  eo  loco  oppidum 
Cassibellauni  abesse.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  21.  Tantum  a  vallo  eius  prima 
acies  aberat,  ut . Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  56.  Longissime  a  maxitnis  cas¬ 

tris  Caesaris  aberant.  Caes.  B.  tiv,  III,  62.  Est  procul  in  pelago 
saxum.  Verg.  Aen.  V,  124. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


63 


77.  The  Accusative  without  a  preposition  furnishes  the 
measure  of  distance  in  connection  with  other  verbs,  than 
abesse  and  distare,  whose  substantive  element  must  be 
defined  by  distance — e.  g., 

Fines,  qui  in  longitudinem  milia  passtmm  CCXL  patebant. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  2.  Milia  passuum  decern  novem  murum  fossamque 
perducit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  8.  Cuius  fines  a  maritimis  civitatibus 
dividit.a  inari  circiter  milia  passuum  LXXX.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  11. 
Reliquas  omnes  munitiones  ab  ea  fossa  passus  CCC  reduxit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  72.  Eo  die  milia  passuum  viginti  progreditur. 
Caes.  B.G.  V,47.  Milia  passuum  triaabeorumcastriscastraponit. 
Caes. B.  G.  I,  22.  Octo  milia  passuum  ex  eo  loco  procedit.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  Ill,  76.  Munitionem  ad  flumen  perduxerat  circiter  passus 
quadringentos.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  66.  Docet  copias  Trevirorum 
tria  milia  passuum  longe  ab  suis  castris  consedisse.  Caes.  B. 
G.  V,  47.  Ab  hac  regula  mihi  non  licet  transversum  digitum 
discedere.  Cic.  Acad.  II,  18,  58.  Locus  erat  castrorum  paula- 
tim  ab  imo  aeclivis  circiter  passus  mille.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  19 
(Pons)  qui  erat  ab  oppido  milia  passuum  circiter  tria.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  16.  Inde  octoginta  fere  stadia  progressus.  Curt.  IV,  36. 
Petra  in  altitudinem  XXX  eminet  stadia.  Curt.  VII,  41.  Cam¬ 
pus  est  ab  oppido  circiter  milia  passuum  decern.  Nep.  Milt.  4. 

78.  The  point  or  place  from  which  distance  is  measured 
even  when  the  name  of  the  town,  city,  or  island,  is,  as  a 
rule,  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  a  (ab), 
less  frequently  e  (ex),  particularly  when  the  distance  is 
estimated  from  within.  The  distance  may  be  expressed  as 
estimated  from  a  point  beyond,  this  side  of,  below,  by 
ultra,  citra,  infra  and  the  Accusative ;  also  from  a  point  in¬ 
dicated  by  inde,  hinc,  &c.=z thence,  hence,  & c.  The  word 
longe  is  sometimes  superfluously  associated  with  the  Ab¬ 
lative  of  the  place  from  which  distance  is  estimated — e.  g., 

Abest  directo  itinere  ab  Utica paulo  amplius  passus  mille.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II,  24.  Is  locus  est  citra  Leucadem  stadia  CXX.  Cic. 
Fam.  XVI,  2.  Milibus  duobus  ultra  eum  castra  fecit.  Caes.  B. 
G.  I,  48.  Quibus  ex  locis  cum  longius  esset  progressus.  Caes.  B. 


0^  UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 

Civ  II  41.  Han  longe  abesse  oportet  homines  hine.  Plant.  Rud. 

I  4  37.  Docet  eopias  Trevirorum  tria  milia  passuum  longe  a 

suis' eastris  consedisse.  Caes.  B.  G.  V.47,  Locum  del, git  ab  Ava- 
suis  cast,  co  VII.  16.  In  the  last 

rico  longe  milia  passuum  XVI.  Laes.  o.  a. 

two  examples  the  addition  of  longe  seems  unnecessary. 

79.  With  abesse  and  distare ,  as  with  other  veibs,  in¬ 
stead  of  the  Accusative  giving  the  amount  or  extent  o 
distance,  the  Ablative  without  a  preposition  may  be  used 
This  is,  perhaps,  not  so  much  the  Ablative  of  difference 
between  the  two  points  considered,  as  it  is  the  Abla  ive 
expressing  the  where  relation.  In  other  words  the  Abla¬ 
tive  expresses  the  end  of  the  distance  as  the  place  where 
an  object  is.  This  relation  is  exactly  stated  in  Enghs  y 
“at  the  distance  of"  (two  orthree  miles,  &c.).  the  Abla¬ 
tive  then  locates  the  object  by  giving  the  distance  at 
which  it  is  from  a  second  object  e.  g., 

Certior  factus  est  Ariovisti  copias  a  nostris  milibus  passuum 
IV  et  XX  abesse.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  42.  Non  amplms  pedum  mil, bus 
duobus  ab  eastris  castra  distabant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  M.  Legio- 
ntm  Caesar  passibus  ducentis  ab  eo  tumulo  const, tint.  Caes.  . 
G.  1,  43.  Milibus  passuum  duobus  ultra  eum  castra  eci  .  aes. 

B  G  1  48.  (Observe  ultra  eum  as  the  point  from  which  the  is- 
tance  is  estimated).  Milibus  passuum  sex  a  Caesaris  eastris  sub 
monte  consedit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  48.  (Observe  the  phrase  sub 
monte,  the  place  at  which,  defining  milibus  passuum  sex),  eque 
longius  ab  Oceano  milibus  passuum  LXXX  in  R  enum  m 
Cacs  B  G  IV  10.  Transeunt  Rhenum  XXX  milibus  passuum 
inlra  eum  locum.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  35.  (Observe  infra  eum  locum 
as  i lie  point  from  which  the  distance  is  estimated).  Inde  urbem 
fuisse  XX  siadiis  distantem  credunt.  Curt.  V,  23.  (Observe  mde 
as  the  point  from  which  the  distance  is  reckoned). 

80.  The  specific  distance  in  the  Accusative  or  Ablative 
is  indefinitely  augmented  by  amplius or  longius,  and  dimin¬ 
ished  by  minus.  These  comparatives  are  Accusatives  ot 
indefinite  measure,  and  indefinitely  define  the  specific  dis- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


65 

tance  in  the  Accusative  or  Ablative,  as  the  case  is  allowed 
or  required  by  the  verb.  When  the  specific  distance  is 
stated  in  the  Accusative,  as  determined  by  the  verb,  the 
Accusative  may,  by  association  with  the  comparative,  be 
expressed  in  the  Ablative  as  the  object  of  comparison. 
Hence  when  the  Ablative  of  the  specific  distance  is  found 
in  connection  with  one  of  the  comparatives,  and  when  the 
verb  allows  either  the  Accusative  or  the  Ablative  of  the 
specific  distance,  it  cannot  be  decided  whether  the  Abla¬ 
tive  is  the  original  case  indefinitely  augmented  or  dimin¬ 
ished  by  the  comparative,  or  whether  it  results  from  the 
Accusative  as  the  original  construction  and  becomes  the 
Ablative  as  the  object  of  comparison  with  the  compara¬ 
tives  am  pi  ins,  longius  or  minus.  While  the  Ablative  of 
the  specific  distance  with  the  comparative  greatly  prevails 
over  the  Accusative,  it  is  not  uniformly  employed — e.  g., 

Neque  longius  a  mari  passibus  trecentis  aberant.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
Ill,  66.  In  this  example  passibus  trecentis  is  either  an  Ablative 
determined  by  aberant ,  and  strengthened  by  the  addition  of 
longius,  or  it  results  from  :  Neque  longius  a  mari  passus  trecentos 
aberant,  with  passus  stated  in  the  Ablative  (passibus)  as  the  ob¬ 
ject  of  comparison  after  longius — e.  g., 

Non  longius  milia  passuum  VIII  ab  hibernis  aberant  copiae. 
Caes.  B.  G.  V,  53.  Neque  longius  ab  Oceano  milibus  passuum 
LXXX  in  Rhenum  influit.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  10.  Castra  amplius 
millibus  passuum  VIII  in  latitudinem  patebant.  Caes.  B.  G.  II, 
7.  Docetoppidum  Vagam  non  amplius  mille  passuum  abesse.  Sail. 
Jug.  68.  Non  longius  mille  passibus  ab  nostris  munitionibus 
considunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  79.  Comperit  minus  quinque  et  vi- 
ginti  milibus longeab  Utica  eius  copias  abesse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II, 
37. 

81.  It  has  been  stated  that  thn  point  from  which  dis¬ 
tance  is  estimated  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative,  generally 
with  a  (ab),  less  frequently  with  e  (ex).  Sometimes  the 
point  from  which  the  distance  is  reckoned  is  not  stated  in 


66 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


the  member  of  the  sentence  in  which  the  distance  is  given, 
but  is  to  be  gathered  from  the  preceding  context.  In  this 
case  the  preposition  a  (ab)  is  used  with  the  designation  of 
the  distance,  and  is  translated  off  or  away,  i.  e.,  off  or 
away  from  the  point  to  be  gathered  from  the  context— e.g., 

Ad  eastra  Caesaris  contenderunt  et  ab  milibus  passuum  minus 
duobus  eastra  posuerunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  7.  Here  ab  milibus 
passuum  minus  duobus=less  than  two  miles  away  (off),  that  is, 
from  the  camp  of  Caesar.  Collocatis  insidiis  biparti  to  in  silvis 
occulto  loco,  a  milibus  passuum  circiter  duobus  Romanorum  ad- 
ventum  exspectabant.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  32.  Suberant  montes  at- 
cpie  a  milibus  passuum  V  itinera  difficilia  excipiebant.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  65.  Positis  castris  a  milibus  passuum  XV.  auxilia  Ger- 
manorum  exspectare  constituunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  7.  Increpi- 
tare  vocibus,  quod  tanta  machinatio  ab  tanto  spatio  instruere- 
tur.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  30. 

Rem.  1.  It  is  an  irregularity  to  use  a  (ab)  with  the  Ablative  of  dis¬ 
tance,  when  the  point  from  which  the  distance  is  reckoned  is  expressed 
in  the  sentence — e.  g., 

Duodeviginti  onerariae  naves  ex  eo  loco  ab  milibus  passuum  octo 
vento  tenebantur.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  22. 

Rem.  2.  It  seems  that  the  Ablative  with  a  (ab)  was  not  used  with 
abesse  and  distare. 

82.  There  are  other  forms  of  expression  for  distance — 
e-  g-, 

1.  Iter  and  via  are  defined  by  a  Genitive  e.vpressing  time — e.  g., 
Bidui  iter  progressus  ad  flumen  Bagradam  pervenit.  Caes.  B. 

Civ.  II,  24.  Cum  tridui  viam  processisset,  nuntiatum  est  ei.  Caes. 
B.  G.  I,  38.  Nuntiatum  est  ei  Ariovistum  tridui  viam  a  suis  fini- 
bus  profecisse.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  38.  Video  quot  dierum  via  sit.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  III,  83,  191. 

2.  The  distance  is  often  expressed  by  spatio  (=  at  the  distance) 
or  by  intervallo  (—  at  the  interval),  defined  by  the  Genitive, 
stating  the  specific  distance ;  or  the  terms  spatio  and  intervallo 
may  be  defined  by  an  adjective  in  the  statement  of  indefinite  dis¬ 
tance — e.  g., 

Quod  oppidum  a  Corfinio  VII,  milium  intervallo  abest.  Caes. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


67 


B.  Civ.  1,18.  Sex  milium  passuum  intervallo  a  Saburra  consede- 
rat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  38.  Cum  non  magno  ab  ea  (legione)  inter¬ 
vallo  septima  constitisset.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  23.  Aecedebat  ut  rari 
magnisque  intervallis  praeliarentur.  Caes.  B  G.  V,  16.  Longius 
progressus  sedetim  milium  spatio  eonstitit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  41. 
Cum  Viridovix  contra  eum  duum  milium  spatio  consedisset. 
Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  17.  (Observe  contra  eum  as  the  point  from  which 
distance  is  reckoned).  Hie  locus  aequo  fere  spatio  ab  castris 
Ariovisti  et  Caesaris  aberat.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  43.  Reliquas  subse- 
qui  iussit  ut  non  longo  inter  se  spatio  castra  facerent.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  87. 

3.  The  terms  bidui,  tridui,  or  any  temporal  designation  in  the 
Genitive  (dierum  decern),  and  giving  the  time  necessary  to  com¬ 
plete  the  distance,  may  be  used  to  define  indefinite  distance 
(spatio).  These  Genitives  may  also  define  iter  (viam) — e.  g. 

Ventidius  bidui  spatio  abest  ab  ea.  Cic.  Fam.  X.  171.  Nos  in 
castra  proper  abamus  quae  aberant  bidui.  Cic.  Att.  V,  16.4. 
(With  bidui  supply  spatio.  iter  or  viam).  A  quibus  (castris) 
aberam  bidui.  Cic.  Att.  V,  17.1.  (Supply  spatio,  iter,  or  viam.) 
Cum  abessent  aliquot  dierum  viam,  in  Macedonian!  perrexi.  Cic. 
Plane.  XL1,98.  Nuntiatum  estquadridui  iter  a  Laodicea  afuisse. 
Cic.  Fam.  XII,  15,  7.  Sic  itineris  causa  primum  est  devium, 
deinde  ab  Autronio  quadridui.  Cic.  Att.  Ill,  7,1. 

4.  Distance  may  be  expressed  by  an  object  or  general  relation 
of  distance  in  the  Ablative  with  the  Ablative  of  interiectus  or 
intermissus. 

Una  valle  non  magna  interiecta  suas  uterque  copias  instruit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  27.  Ab  infimis  radicibus  montis  intermissis 
passibus  quadringentis  castra  facere  constituit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I, 
41.  Ab  eo  intermissis  spatio  pedum  sexcentorum  alter  conversus 
in  contrariam  partem  erat  vallus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  63. 

83.  With  the  adjectives  of  dimension,  “long,”  “broad,” 
“high,”  “deep,”  the  Accusative  without  a  preposition  is 
used,  giving  the  measure  of  the  length,  height,  &c. — e.  g., 

Aggerem  latum  pedes  CCCXXX,  altuna  pedes  LXXX  exstrux- 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


68 


erunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  24.  Ferrum  tres  longum  habebat  pedes. 
Liv.  XXI,  8,  11. 

84.  Dimension  may  also  be  expressed  by  altitudinem ,  in  longi- 
tudinem ,  in  latitudinem ,  defined  by  the  Genitive,  sometimes  by 
the  Accusative,  in  apposition  with  m  altitudinem ,  &c.,  giving  the 
height,  length,  or  breadth. 


1.  In  altitudinem — e.  g\, 

Aggerem  in  altitudinem  pedum  octoginta  exstruit.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  1.  In  altitudinem  pedum  quindecim  effectis  operibus, 
vineis  earn  partem  castrorum  obtexit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  54. 
Milia  passuum  decern  murum  in  altitudinem  pedum  sedecim 
perduxit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  8.  Erat  vallum  in  altitudinem  pedum 
decern.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  63. 

2.  In  longitudinem — e.  g., 

Huic  (lateri)  milia  passuum  DCCC  in  longitudinem  esse  exis- 
timatur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  13.  (Observe  milia,  &c.,  in  apposition 
with  in  longitudinem).  Ab  oppido  declivis  locus  tenui  fastigio 
vergebat  in  longitudinem  passuum  CCC.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  45. 

3.  In  latitudinem — e.  g., 

Fossas  pedum  triginta  in  latitudinem  complures  facere  in- 
stituit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  61.  Leniter  acclivis  aditus  in  latitudi¬ 
nem  non  amplius  ducentorum  pedum  relinquebatur.  Caes.  B.G. 
II,  29.  Tantundem  eius  valli  agger  in  latitudinem  patebat. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  63. 

Rem.  1.  Sometimes  the  dimension  ot  an  object  is  expressed  in  the 
Genitive.  The  Genitive  is  descriptive — e.  g., 

Erat  in  eo  loco  fossa  pedum  quindecim.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  63.  (r=fossa 
pedes  quindecim  lata).  Milia  passuum  deeem  novem  murum  perducit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  8.  In  the  last  example  the  Accusative  ot  extent  is  used 
with  perducit. 

II. — Extent  in  Time. 

85.  In  Time.  As  the  Accusative  expresses  the  relation 
of  extent  or  amount  in  space,  so  does  it  express  this  same 
relation  in  Time;  that  is,  the  time  through  or  during 
which.  In  this  office  the  Accusative  is  used  both  with 
and  without  a  preposition. 


86.  With  the  preposition  per — e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


69 


1.  Ludi  per  decern  dies  faeti  sunt.  Cie.  Cat.  Ill,  8,  20.  Hanc 
ego  multos  per  annos  defendi.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  64.  Cicero  per 
omnes  superiores  dies  milites  in  castris  eontinuerat.  Caes.  B.  G. 


VI,  36. 

2.  Without  a  preposition — e.  g., 

Justum  iter  conficit  septem  dies  ad  Corfinium  eommoratus. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  23.  Bibulus multos  dies  terra  prohibitus.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  18.  Oui  (ventus)  magnam  partem  omnis  temporis 
in  his  locis  flare  consuevit.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  7.  Nee  minimam 
partem  temporis  equitumvim  cetrati  sustinerepotuerunt.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  70. 


Rem.  1.  The  extent  or  amount  of  time  in  the  Accusative  is  augmented 
by  plus  and  diminished  by  minus — e.  g., 

Nutn  est  hoc  non  plus  annum  obtinere  provinciam?  Cic.  Att.  VI,  6. 

3.  Ut  antequam  baccae  legantur,  ne  minus  triduum  serenum  fuerit 
Col.  XII,  38,  6. 


Rem.  2.  Time  may  be  implied  in  the  word  in  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Fuit  divina  beneflctntia  dignius  clariora  visa  dare  vigilanti  quam  ob- 
scuriora  per  somnum.  Cic.  Div.  II,  61,  126.  Quod  contingit  vaticin- 
antibus  per  furorem.  Cic.  Div.  18,  34.  Mihi  videntur  studia  honesta 
per  otium  concelebrata  ab  optimis  enituisse.  Cic.  Inv.  I,  3,  4.  Hoc 
disticho  apparet  iactato  a  militibus  per  Gallicum  triumphum.  Suet. 
Caes.  51. 


Rem.  3.  The  Accusative  of  time  with  per  sometimes  presents  a  period 
or  extent  of  time  not  as  the  measure  of  an  action  or  during  which  an 
action  occurs,  but  at  some  point  within  which  the  action  takes  place — 

e-  g; 

Per  eos  dies  proelium  secundum  equestre  fecit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  84. 
Saepe  Carthaginienses  et  in  pace  et  per  indutias  multa  nefaria  facinora, 
fecerunt.  Sail.  Cat.  51. 


87.  With  the  preposition  inter.  The  Aeeusative  ol  a 
period  of  time  with  inter  expresses  the  time  through  which 
an  action  or  event  extends,  as  also  the  time  within  which 
an  action  falls  or  an  event  takes  place.  There  is  not  al¬ 
ways  coincidence  of  time  and  action  or  event.  When  the 
action  or  event  is  qualified  by  a  negative,  there  must  be 
coincidence  of  time,  action,  or  event.  The  non -occurrence 
of  the  action  or  event  is  true  of  the  whole  time  stated  in 


70 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


the  Accusative.  Time  is  often  implied  in  the  word  in  the 
Accusative. 

1.  Full  coincidence  of  time,  action,  or  event— e.  g.. 


Inter  lias  preces  tota  nox  extracta  est.  Curt.  VIII.  6.  Quae 
inter  clecem  annos  flagitiose  facta  sunt.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.pr.  XIII, 
37.  Oui  inter  annos  XIV  tectum  non  subierant.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
30.  Sic  abstinuit  inter  epulas  caedibus  amicorum.  Curt.  Ill, 
32.  Oui  inter  tot  annos  ne  appellavit  quidem  Quinctium.  Cic. 


Ouinct.  XIV,  46. 

2.  Non-coincidence  of  time,  action,  or  event.  The  action  or 
event  falls  within  the  period  of  time— e.  g., 

Bina  inter  tot  annos  opima  parta  sunt  spolia.  Liv.  I,  10,  7. 
Inter  trepidationem  lugentium  elapsus  per  portam.  Curt.  I\, 
42.  Inter  haee  Dimnus  graviter  se  vulnerat.  Curt,  VI,  27. 
Inter  haec  negotia  Jugurtha  legatos  mittere.  Sail.  Jug.  47. 


88.  With  the  preposition  intra.  With  this  preposition 
the  limit  of  the  period  stated  in  the  Accusative  is  excluded. 
It  occurs  both  with  definite  or  specific  and  indefinite  time. 
With  the  former,  as  decern  annos,  decimum  annum,  it  pre¬ 


sents  the  period  of  time  within  which,  and  may  best  be 
translated  “  within,"  “/ess  than,”  “ short  of”  “ under  ” 
“  before ”  When  the  Accusative  expresses  indefinite  time 
with  the  preposition  intra,  this  time  is  represented  as  a 
period  within  which,  during,  or  in  the  course  of,  which  an 


action  or  event  occurs. 


1.  With  specific  or  definite  time.  Here  translate  intra  within, 
less  than ,  short  of  under ,  before— e.  g., 

Intra  annum  vicesimum  feminae  notitiam  habuisse  in  tur- 
pissimis  rebus  habent.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  22.  Intra  vicesimum 
diem  dictatura  se  abdicarunt.  Liv.  IX,  34,  13.  Raptor,  nisi 
intra  tricesimum  diem  raptae  patrem  exoraverit,  pereat.  Quint. 
IX,  2,  90.  Intra  tricesimum  diem  carissimum  virum  extulisti. 
Sen.  Helv.  II,  4.  Intra  vicesimum  diem  raptum  me  audisti. 
Sen.  Helv.  II,  5.  Intra  decern  annos  Maenius  distator  dictatu¬ 
ra  se  abdicavit.  Liv.  IX,  34, 14.  Petiit  ab  iis  ut  cives  Romanos 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


71 


cotiquisitos  intra  duos  menses  mitterent  ad  se.  Liv.  XXXIY, 
50,  3. 

2.  With  indefinite  time.  Here  translate  intra  “  within ,”  “  du¬ 
ring ,”  “  in  the  course  of" — e.  g., 

Prohibitus  erat  consulatum  petere,  quod  intra  legitimos  die* 
profited  nequiverit.  Sail.  Cat.  18.  Centum  tria  oppida  intra 
paucos  dies  in  deditionem  accepit.  Liv.  XL,  49,  1.  Me  parenti- 
bus,  liberis,  patria  intra  iuventam  praematuro  exitu  rapuerunt. 
Tac.  Ann.  II,  71. 


Rem.  1.  When  the  point  of  reckoning  is  distinctly  indicated  by  has 
(from  the  present)  and  illos  (from  a  given  past),  the  Accusative  with 
intra  presents  the  time  within  which — e.  g., 

Qui  intra  hos  proxinios  decern  annos  damnati.  Trajan,  ad  Plin.  X, 

41,  2. 


89.  With  the  preposition  in.  The  period  of  time  with 
the  preposition  in  is  the  time  contemplated  as  one  over, 
through ,  or  for  which.  Hence  the  preposition  in  in  this 
connection  is  translated  “ over ,”  “ through ,”  or  “/or” — e.g., 

Frumentum  his  in  locis  in  hiemem  provisum  non  erat.  Caes.  B. 
G.  IV,  29.  Sex  legiones  in  eum  annum  datae.  Liv.  XXI,  17,  1. 
lndutiae  Carthaginiensibus  datae  in  tres  menses.  Liv.  XXX,  38, 
2.  Nec  in  praesens  modo,  sed  in  venientem  etiam  annum,  M.  Fa- 
bium,  L.  Valerium  eonsules  dedit.  Liv.  II,  42,  7.  In  complures 
annos  locare.  Cic.  Verr.  11,11,21,52.  In  triennium  remittere.  Cie. 
Verr.  II,  IV,  9,  21.  Catilina  in  proximum  annum  consulatum 
petebat.  Sail.  Cat.  26.  Data  rursus  potestas  tribunieia  in  quin¬ 
quennium.  Suet.  Tib.  16.  Optimum  est  emendandi  genus,  si  scrip- 
ta  in  aliquod  tempus  reponantur.  Quint.  X,  4,  2.  Pabulum  ari- 
dum,  quod  in  hiemem  condideris,  quam  maximeconservato.  Cato 
R.  R.  30.  Reliquos  in  posterum  bona  spe  complet.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
II,  21.  Quo  diligentius  in  reliquum  tempus  a  barbaris  ius  legato- 
rum  conservaret ur.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  16. 


90.  Length  or  extens  of  time  with  natus  (translated 
“old”)  is  stated  in  the  Accusative  without  a  preposition — 
e.  g., 

Cum  quinque  et  viginti  natus  annos  dominatum  occupasset. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Cic.  Tusc.  V,  20,  57.  Annos  quinque  et  octoginta  natus  excessit 
e  vita.  Cic.  Brut.  XX,  80.  Novem  natus  annus  defunct  um  pa- 
trem  pro  rostris  laudavit.  Suet.  Tib.  6. 

91.  Age  may  be  expressed  in  other  ways. 

1.  By  the  Accusative  of  time  with  agerc—e.  g,, 

Annum  agens  sextum  decimum  patrem  amisit.  Suet.  Cas 
Ouartum  ago  annum  et  octogesimum.  Cic.  Sen.  X,  32. 

2.  By  the  Genitive  aetatis  with  the  time  (anno,  &c.)  and  an 
ordinal  in  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Periit  sexto  et  quinquagesimo  aetatis  anno.  Suet.  Caes.  88. 
Obi  it  septuagesimo  et  sexto  aetatis  anno,  diebus  V  et  XXX  mi¬ 
nus.  Suet.  Aug.  100. 

3.  Bv  the  Ablative  of  time  without  aetatis.  This  Ablative  may 
best  be  interpreted  as  time  at  which ,  when—e.  g., 

Novus  maritus  anno  quinto  et  sexagesimo  fiam.  Ter.  Ad.Y, 

8,  15. 

4.  By  the  Genitive  of  Time.  This  is  the  descriptive  Genitive— 
e-  g-, 

Sic  Eumenes  an  norum  quinque  et  quadraginta  talem  habuit 
exitum.  Nep.  Bum.  13. 

92.  The  relations  “older”  “ younger ”  both  absolutely 
( somewhat  or  quite  old  or  young,  or  representing  classes 
of  persons,  seniors  or  juniors),  and  relatively  ( older  or 
younger  than  a  second  ),  are  expressed  in  several  ways. 

I.  Bv  maior  and  minor  with  the  Ablative  natu — e.  g., 

Omnes  maiores  natu  manus  ad  Caesarem  tendere  coeperunt. 
Caes.  B.  G.  II,  13.  Maiores  natu  legatos  ad  Caesarem  mise- 
runt.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  28.  Admonent  ipsum  Heraclium  homi- 
nem  esse  maiorem  natu.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  14,  36.  Fuit  talis 
•  dux  lit  ne  de  maioribus  natu  quidem  quisquam  anteponeretur. 
Nep.  Iph.  1.  In  the  preceding  examples  the  comparative  is  ab¬ 
solute.  Oui  natu  minori  in  adoptionem  se  dedit.  Suet.  Tib.  2. 
Te  aliquot  annis  minorem  natu  non  dubito  monere.  Cic.  Acad. 

II,  19,  61.  In  the  two  preceding  examples  the  comparative  is 
relative. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


73 


2.  By  maior  and  minor  without  natu — e.  g., 

Troiam  lusit  turma  duplex  maiorum  minorumque  puerorum. 
Snet.  Caes.  39.  In  this  example  the  comparatives  are  absolute. 
Interim  filia  minor  Ptolemaei  ad  Achillem  sese  ex  regia  traiecit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  112.  In  this  example  the  comparative  is  rel¬ 
ative. 


93.  To  state  “  over"  or  “  under"  (older  or  younger  than) 
a  given  number  of  years,  several  forms  of  expression  are 
employed. 

1.  Natus  plus  (amplius),  minus  with  quam  and  the  time  in  the 
Accusative — e.  g., 

Natus  plus  (minus)  quam  decern  annos.  Quam  is,  however, 
more  frequently  omitted — e.  g.. 

Pater  meus,  inquit,  Hamilcar,  puerulo  me  non  amplius  novem 
annos  nato.  Nep.  Hann.  2. 

2.  Natus  plus  (amplius),  or  minus  and  the  time  in  the  Ablative — 

C  or 

Plus  triginta  natus  annis  sum.  Plaut.  Men.  Ill,  1,  1. 

3.  Maior,  minor  with  quam  natus ,  and  the  time  in  the  Accusa¬ 
tive — e.  g., 

Quos  cum  liberis  maioribus  quam  quindecim  annos  natis  prae- 
cedere  in  Italiam  placeret.  Liv.  XLV,  32.  3.  Minorem  quam 
annos  sex,maiorem  quam  annos  decern  natam  negaverunt  capi 
fas  esse.  Gell.  I,  1 2. 

4.  Maior,  minor,  without  quam ,  but  with  natus ,  and  the  time 
in  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Adolescentulus  annos  natus  maior  quadraginta.  Cic.  Rose. 
Am.  XIV,  39.  Maior  annos  sexaginta  natus  decessit.  Nep.  Reg. 
2.  Nequis  minor  quinquaginta  annos  natus  hospitio  matris  fa- 
milias  uteretur.  Frontin.  IV,  1,  10. 

5.  Maior,  minor,  with  natus,  and  the  time  in  the  Ablative — e.g., 
Hannibal  minor  quinque  etviginti  annis  natus  imperator  fae- 

tus.  Nep.  Hann.  3.  Minor  triginta  annis  natus.  Cic.  Verr.  II. 
II,  49,  122. 

6.  Maior,  minor,  with  the  time  in  the  Ablative,  and  without 
natus — e.  g., 


74 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Sanxit,  nequis  maior  annis  viginti  minorve  quadfaginta  plujs 
triennio  Italia  abesset.  Suet.  Caes.  42.  Qui  minores  quinque  et 
triginta  annis  erant.  Liv.  XXII,  11,  9. 

7.  Maior,  minor,  with  the  time  in  the  Genitive  e.  g., 

Obsides  dato,  ne  minores  octonum  denum  annorum,  r.eu  mai- 
ores  quinum  quadrag’enum.  Liv.  XXXVIII,  38,  15.  Qui  mai- 
ores  annorum  quinque  et  triginta  retinere  eum  nollent.  Suet. 

Aug.  38. 

94.  Summary. 

1.  Natus  plus  (amplius),  minus,  quam  decern  annos. 

2.  Natus  plus  (amplius),  minus,  decern  annos  (quam  omitted). 

3.  Natus  plus  (amplius),  minus,  decern  annis. 

4.  Maior,  minor,  quam  decern  annos  natus. 

5.  Maior,  minor,  decern  annos  natus  (quam  omitted). 

6.  Maior,  minor,  decern  annis  natus. 

7.  Maior,  minor,  decern  annis  (natu). 

8.  Maior,  minor  decern  annorum. 

Rem.  The  comparative  relation  may  be  expressed  by  praeter  (=more 
than,  beyond)  and  the  Accusative  of  time.  Hence  natus  with  praeter 
and  the  Accusative  of  time.  This  form  of  expression  has  been  observed 
onlv  in  comedv,  and  even  here  it  is  not  fully  sustained  e.  g., 

Nam  equidem  haud  sum  annos  natus  praeter  quinquaginta  et  quat- 
tuor.  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  1,34  (or), Nam  equidem  haud  sum  natus  annos 
quinquaginta  et  quattuor. 

95.  The  relations  “eldest,”  “youngest,”  are  expressed 
as  follows : 

1.  By  maximus,  minimus,  with  natu ,  or  by  maximo  natu  (De¬ 
scriptive  Ablative) — e.  g., 

Minimus  natu  horum  Timaeus  eloquentiam  ad  scribendum 
attulit.  Cic.  Or.  II,  14,  58.  In  his  omnibus  natu  minimus  P. 
Saturius  in  eadem  sententia  fuit.  Cic.  Clu.  38,  107.  Max¬ 
imus  natu  ex  iis  in  concilio  respondit.  Liv.  XXI,  19,  9.  Turn 
regem  maximus  natu  e  sacerdotibus  filium  appellat.  Curt.  IV, 
32'  Igitur  unum  ex  his  maximum  natu  locutum  accepimus. 
Curt.  VII,  33.  Ab  hoc  Svsinas  maximo  natu  filius  desciit.  Nep. 
Dat.  7. 

2.  By  maximus,  minimus,  without  natu— e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


75 


Numitori,  qui  slirpis  maximus  erat,  regnum  legat.  Liv.  I,  3, 
10.  Sed  Hiempsal,  qui  minimus  ex  illis  erat,  dextra  Adherba- 
lem  assedit.  Sail.  Jug.  11.  Polemon  minimus  ex  fratribus 
profugerat.  Curt.  VII,  2.  Cum  Corneliam,  Vestalium  maximam, 
dcfodere  vivam  concupisset.  Plin.  Ep.  IV,  11,  6. 

96.  The  relation  “ old ,”  “  of  advanced  age,"  “  advanced 
in  years,"  may  be  expressed  in  several  ways. 

1.  By  the  Ablative  magno  natu.  Here  the  Ablative  is  descrip¬ 
tive— e.  g., 

Hie  cum  esset  magno  natu,  bello  Athenienses  premi  sunt  eoepti. 
Nep.  Timol.  3.  Dieitur  matrem  iam  magno  natu  lapidem  ad 
introitum  aedis  attulisse.  Nep.  Paus.  5.  Sp.  Lucretius,  qui 
magno  natu  intra  paucos  dies  moritur.  Liv.  II,  8,  4.  Magno 
natu  quidam  se  in  forum  proiecit.  Liv.  II,  23,  3.  Pervicere  ut 
et  Veturia,  magno  natu  mulier,  et  Votumnia  in  castra  hosti- 
um  irent.  Liv.  II,  40,  2.  Is  magno  iam  natu  in  foro  prensabat 
singulos  orabatque.  Liv.  Ill,  58,  1. 

2.  By  provectus  with  the  Ablative  aetate — e.  g., 

Hie  cum  aetate  iam  provectus  esset,  lumina  oculorum  amisit. 
Nep.  Timol.  4.  Eum  colere  coepi  iam  aetate  provectum.  Cic. 
Sen.  IV,  10. 

3.  By  grandis  with  natu  or  aevo  (less  usual  than  natu) — e.  g., 
Eum  colere  coepi  non  admodum  grandem  natu.  Cic.  Sen.  IV, 

10.  Hie  tarn  grandis  natu  hoe  tantum  laboris  suscepit.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  V,  49,  128.  Stetit  ante  tribunal  consulum  grandis 
aevo  parens.  Tac.  Ann.  XVI,  30. 

4.  By  the  descriptive  Ablative  grandi  natu  (not  usual) — e.  g., 
Nee  prius  dies  solemnes  frequentare  desiit,  quam  grandi  iam 

natu  in  turba  vexatus.  Suet.  Aug.  53. 

III.  Accusative  of  Extent  in  Abstract  Relations. 

97.  As  the  Accusative  expresses  the  extent,  or  amount 
in  Space  and  Time,  so  it  expresses  the  state  or  condition 
through  which.  With  the  Accusative  in  this  office  the 
preposition  per  is  used — e.  g., 

Serpit  nescio  quo  modo  per  omnium  vitas  amici tia.  Cic.  Am. 


70 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


XXIII,  87.  Patrono  quoque  per  similes  affectus  euudum  erit 
Ouint.  XI,  1, 84.  Per  varios  casus,  per  tot  discrimina  rerum  tan- 
dimus  in  Italiam.  Verg.  Aen.  I,  204.  Per  varios  casus  iactati. 
Just.  Ill,  4,  11.  Per  omnes  casus  servatus.  Just.  XLIV,  4,  2. 


98.  The  Accusative  without  a  preposition  expresses  in¬ 
definite  quantity ,  extent ,  degiee. 

1.  In  Space— e.  g., 

Paulum  ad  dextram  de  via  declinavi.  Cic.  Fin.  V,  25.  .  Pau- 
lum  inclinare  necesse  est  corpora,  nee  plus  quam  minimum. 

Luer.  II,  244. 


2.  In  Time — e.  g., 

Si  intelliges  opus  esse  te  Patris  convalescendi  causa  paulum 
commorari.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  1,  2.  Sapiens  vivet,  quantum  de- 
bet,  non  quantum  potest.  Sen.  Ep.  70,  4. 

3.  In  abstract  relations  — e.  g., 

Qui  in  republica  turn  plurimum  pollebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I, 
40.  Nee  multum  Albici  nostris  virtute  cedebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ 

I,  57. 

The  Ablative  Case. 


The  Accusative,  as  has  been  seen,  presents  the  object 
reached,  or  intended  to  be  reached.  The  Ablative  presents 
the  object  at  which  the  action  takes  place,  at  which  it 
rests,  or  at  which  an  event  occurs.  In  other  words,  it 
presents  the  general  at  relation  in  reply  to  the  questions 
where  ?  wheu  ?  and  this  office  it  performs  in  several  con¬ 
nections. 

I.  Ablative  of  the  General  At  Relation  in  Space. 

100.  The  Ablative  presenting  an  object  at  which  m  space 
takes,  as  a  rule,  a  preposition.  The  preposition  to  be  em¬ 
ployed  must  be  determined  by  the  exact  relation  in  wffiieh 
the' object  in  the  Ablative  stands  to  the  action  of  the  verb 
or  to  the  event  defined.  Hence  the  Ablative  occurs  with 
the  following  prepositions : 


LATTIX  CASE-RELATIONS. 


(  i 

101.  With  the  preposition  in.  When  the  Ablative  occurs 
with  the  preposition  in,  it  presents  the  object  on  which, 
in  which,  within  which,  among  which  (of  several),  in  the 
number  of  which — e.  g., 

Tormenta  in  muris  disponit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  1  t  (in  muris=io/2 
the  walls).  Hostes  impeditos  nostri  in  flu  mine  aggressi  magnum 
eorum  numerum  occiderunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  11,10  (in  flumin ez=in  the 
river).  In  eastris  Pompei  videre  licuit  trichilas  structas.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  96  (in  easttis —within  the  camp).  Convocatis  eorum 
prineipibus,  in  his  Divitiaco  et  Lisco.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  16  (in  his— 
among  these).  Tertium  in  subsidiis  locum  alariae  eohortes  obti- 
nebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  83  (in  stibsidiiis=amoug  the  reserves,  as 
reserves).  Una  agebant  ceteri  creditores,  inquibus  crat  Lucullus. 
Cie.  Att.  I,  1,  3.  Imperator  Jugurtham  in  amicis  habere.  Sail. 
Jug.  7. 

102.  While  the  Ablative  of  the  name  of  a  People  with 
the  Preposition  in  means  among  the  people,  it  may  best 
be  rendered  in  the  country  ot  the  people — e.  g., 

In  Lucanis  Brutiisque  delectus  habebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  30. 
Pater  regnum  in  Sequanis  multos  annos  obtinuerat.  Caes.  B.  G. 
1,3.  Constituit  eohortes  duas  in  Nantuatibus  eolloeare.  Caes. 
B.  G.  Ill,  1.  Rem  gestarn  in  Eburonibus  perscribit.  Caes.  B.  G 
V,  47. 

103.  The  preposition  in  with  the  Ablative  ol  a  personal 
or  impersonal  relation  is  often  best  rendered  in  the  ease  ol, 
in  the  matter  of—e.  g., 

In  Aulo  neque  auetoritate  neque  gratia  pugnat.  Cie.  Att.  I,  16, 
12.  Respondit  se  id.  quod  in  Nerviis  feeisset,  facturum.  Caes.  B. 
G.  II,  32.  Caesar  respondit  in  se  uno  non  servari,  quod  sit  om¬ 
nibus  datum  imperatoribus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  85.  Quod  facere  in 
eo  consuerunt,  cuius  orationem  approbant.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  21. 
Nee  minus  se  in  milite  modestiam  quam  virtutem  desiderare. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  52.  Ouod  cum  feeisse  Socratem  in  fidibus  audi- 
rem.  Cie.  Sen.  VIII,  26.  Quid  tu  existimes  esse  in  amieitia  mutu¬ 
um  nescio.  Cie.  Fam.  V,  2,  3.  Hoe  fecit ;  in  statuis  ornamentisque 


78 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


publicis  fecit.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.  pr  V,  14.  In  stupris  et  flagitiis  ne- 
fanas  eius  libidines  coramemorare  pudore  clcterreor.  Cic.  Verr. 

Act.  pr.  V,  14. 

104.  The  preposition  in  with  the  Ablative  is,  in  some 
eases,  best  rendered  “on  the  occasion  of.  In  such  cases 
the  temporal  character  of  the  case  is  not  dear.  e.  g., 

Themistocles,  cum  in  epulis  recusaret  lyram,  est  habitus  mdoc- 

tior.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  2,  4. 

105.  With  the  preposition  sub.  The  Ablative  with  the 
preposition  sub  expresses  the  object  unc/er which  an  action 
or  event  occurs,  or  under  which  a  thing  is— e.  g., 

Eius  modi  sunt  tempestates  consecutae  ut  sub  pellibus  tm- 
lites  contineri  non  possent.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  29.  Itaque  reliquos 
sub  corona  vendidit.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  16.  Sub  aqua  defixae  sudes 
flumine  tegebantur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  18.  Interim  sub  musculo  mi- 
lites  vectibus  infima  saxa  turris  convellunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  11. 

106.  The  literal  position  under  is  often  approximately 
expressed  bv  sub  with  the  Ablative  when  the  preposition 
is  to  be  translated  at  the  foot  of,  below,  near  a  position 
(place)  below  or  under — e.  g., 

(Ariovistus)  sub  monte  consedit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  48.  Atranius 
in  medio  colie  sub  eastris  (copias)  eonstituit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  41. 
Ouod  sub  ipsis  radicibus  montis  constiterant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  45. 

107.  The  position  under  suggests  the  idea  of  subordina¬ 
tion,  of  subjection,  of  inferiority  of  rank,  and  place.  Hence 
sub  with  the  Ablative  of  the  name  of  a  person,  or  of  a 
personal  designation  means  under  the  command,  author¬ 
ity,  guidance,  or  direction  of  the  person— e.  g., 

Triennio  sub  Hasdrubale  imperatore  meruit.  Liv.  XXI,  4,  10. 
Is  sub  P.  Scipione  Africano  tribunus  militum  ad  Numantiam  fuit. 
Gell.  II,  13,  3.  Crevisti  sub  noverca.  Sen.  Helv.  II,  4.  Eodem 
tempore  Athenae  sub  regibus  esse  desierunt.  Veil.  I,  2,  2.  Meruit 
sub  Servifio  Isaurico  in  Sicilia.  Suet.  Caes.  3.  Copiae  quae  sub 


LATIX  CASE-RELATIONS. 


79 


tribus  legatis,  M.  Petreio  et  L.  Afranioet  M.  Varrone,  erant.  Suet. 
Caes.  34. 

108.  With  the  preposition  subter.  This  preposition  signifies 
under ,  below ,  beneath ,  underneath.  In  poetry  it  occurs  with  the 
Ablative.  In  prose  it  is  used  with  the  Accusative  to  express  po¬ 
sition — e.  g., 

Omnes  ferre  libet  subter  densa  testudine  casus.  Verg.  Acn.  IX, 

514.  But  :  Iram  in  pectore,  cupiditatem  subter  praecordia 
locavit.  Cie.  Tusc.  I,  10,  20. 

109.  With  the  preposition  super.  The  use  of  this  preposition 
with  the  Ablative  to  express  position  over  is  chiefly  poetical. 
There  is  no  well  established  example  of  this  usage  in  Cicero  or 
Caesar.  To  express  position  over  use  super  with  the  Accusative — 
e-  g-, 

Ligna  super  foco  large  reponens.  Ilor.  Od.  I,  9,  5.  Ensis  cui 
super  impia  cervice  pendet.  Hor.  Od.  Ill,  1,  17.  Hie  poteris  re 
quiescere  fronde  super  viridi.  Verg.  Eccl.1,20.  But :  super  quam 
(navem)  turrim  opposuit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  13. 

110.  With  the  preposition  pro.  The  Ablative  with  the 
preposition  pro  expresses  the  object  before  or  in  front  of 
which.  The  position  before  or  in  front  of  is  the  place  at 
which — e.  g., 

Cohortes  quae  in  statione  pro  castris  erant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  45. 
Ii  qui  pro  portis  castrorum  in  statione  erant.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  32- 
Turn  pro  munimentis  castelli  manipulos  explicat.  Tae.  Ann.  II,  80. 

Rem.  1.  The  preposition  pro  is  used  with  the  Ablative  of  a  substantive 
denoting  a  puhlie  body  or  assembly  to  represent  transactions  in  or  be¬ 
fore  it;  especially  addresses  before  (in) — 

Pro  eontione  dictator  laudibus  tollit  animos.  Liv.  ATI,  7,  3.  Milites 

pro  eontione  laudatos  docuit.  Curt.  IX,  1.  Sed  uti  pro  consilio  impe- 

ratum  erat,  eleplianti  triginta  traduntur.  Sail.  Jug.  29. 

Rem.  2.  Cicero  seems  to  have  used  in  with  the  Ablative  instead  of  pro 
with  the  Ablative  in  similar  connections — e.  g., 

Carbo  tribunus  plebis  in  eontione  dixit  his  verbis.  Cie.  Or.  LXIII, 

213. 

111.  The  preposition  pro  with  the  Ablative  sometimes 


gQ  UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 

indicates  not  position  in  front  of,  but  on  the  tore  or  front 
part  of  the  object  in  the  Ablative.  In  this  connect’° 
may  be  rendered,  but  with  no  exact  reference  to  positron 
before  or  in  front  of,  by  in,  on— on  the  front  part  of  e.  g„ 
Hac  re  pro  suggestu  pronuntiata  eodem  die  proficiscitur.  Caes. 

B  G  VI  3  Cum  aliquid  pro  tribunali  ageretur.  Cic.  Fam.  Ill, 

8  2.'  Quaestor  uxorem  Corneliam  defunctam  laudavit  pro  ros 

tris  Suet.  Caes.  6.  Sedens  pro  aede  Castons  dixit.  Cie.  Phil.  II  . 
u,  27.  Laudatus  est  pro  aede  Divi  Juli  a  Tiberio  et  pro  rostns 

veteribus  a  Druso.  Suet.  Aug.  100. 

112.  With  the  preposition  prae.  The  preposition  prae 
betore  in  front  of,  does  not  occur,  in  classical  Latin,  to 
express  position,  except  with  the  verbs  agere.ferre,  gerere 
mittere,  and  the  Ablative  of  a  Reflexive  Pronoun.  With 
these  verbs  it  indicates  that  the  action  takes  place,  and 
continues  before,  or  in  front  of,  the  object  m  the  Abla- 

tive — e.  g., 

Prope  Tiberim  fluvium,  qua,  prae  se  armentum  agens,  nando 
traiecerat.  Liv.  I,  7,  4.  Argenti  prae  se  in  aerarium  tulit  quat- 
tuordecim  milia  pondo,  Liv.  XXVIII,  38,  5.  Prineeps  Herat, us 
ibat  trigemina  spolia  prae  se  gerens.  Liv.  I.  26,  2.  Ubi  paulo  as 

perior  ascensus  erat,  singulos  prae  se  inermos  mittere.  Sail.  Jug. 

94. 

113.  The  preposition  prae  with  the  Ablative  of  a  Reflex¬ 
ive  Pronoun  often  occurs  with  the  verbs  ferre,  gerere ,  less 
frequently  with  declarare,  ostentare,  &c.,  in  the  sense  to 
show ,  to  represent ,  to  make  known ,  to  indicate— e.  g., 

Cum  prae  te  ferres  mihi  optatum  amorem  tuum.  Cic.  Fam.  II. 
1  1  Nee  te  dubito,  Tulle,  eadem  prae  te  ferre.  Liv.  I,  23,  7.  Ce¬ 
teris  prae  se  fert  et  ostentat.  Cie.  Att.  II,  23,  3.  Ratio  solet  prae 
se  gerere  eoniecturam.  Cie.  Inv.  II,  9,  30.  Praecedat  oportet  m- 
tentio  ac  prae  se  res  agat.  Quint.  X,  7,  10. 

114.  With  the  preposition  coram.  This  preposition  with 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


81 


the  Ablative  expresses  that  the  action  of  the  verb  or  the 
event  occurs  before  or  in  the  face  of  before  the  eves  of  in 
the  presence  of  the  object  in  the  Ablative— e.  g., 

Mihi  vero  ipsi  coram  genero  meo,  quae  dicere  ausus  es?  Cic.  Pis. 
VI,  12.  Cantabit  vacuus  coram  latrone  viator.  Juv.  X,  22.  Ne 
cum  quidem  nisi  precibus  eripuit,  exorato  coram  iudicibus  accu- 
satore.  Suet.  Aug.  56.  Absurdum  videbatur,  ipso  Germanico 
coram  id  ausum.  Tac.  Ann.  Ill,  14. 

This  preposition  is  postpositive  in  Tacitus. 

115.  In  sense  closely  related  to  that  of  coram  the  preposition 
palam  occurs  with  the  Ablative.  This  preposition  means  that 
the  action  or  event  occurs  before  or  in  the  presence  of  the  object 
in  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Inde  rem  creditori  palam  populo  solvit.  Liv.  VI,  14,  5.  Ubi 

haec  severus  te  palam  laudaveram.  Hor.  Ep.  XI,  19.  The  pre¬ 
position  palam  may  be  postpositive. 

116.  With  the  preposition  clam.  The  opposite  of  the 
sense  of  palam  is  given  by  clam  with  the  Ablative.  As  a 
preposition  with  the  Ablative  clam  occurs  chiefly  in 
Comedy,  and  means  that  the  action  or  event  occurs,  not 
before ,  not  in  the  presence  of  and  hence  without  the 
knowledge  of  the  object  in  the  Ablative.  The  proper 
force  of  the  Ablative  with  clam  is  locative — e.  g., 

Nonne  sibi  clam  vobis  salutem  fuga  petivit?  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II, 
32.  Empta  est  arnica  clam  uxore  mea  et  fdio.  Plaut.  Merc.  Ill, 
2,2. 

117.  With  the  preposition  tenus.  The  proposition  tenus 
denotes  extension,  the  end  of  which  is  presented  in  the 
Ablative  as  the  place  at  which  the  verb’s  action  termi¬ 
nates.  Hence  with  the  Ablative  it  means  as  far  as  at , 
rather  than  as  far  as  to.  It  is  postpositive — e.  g., 

Antiochus  cum  Tauro  tenus  regnare  iussus  esset.  Cic.  Deiot. 
XIII,  36.  Paene  Aethiopia  tenus  Aegyptum  penetravit.  Suet. 


82 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Caes.  52.  Desumpta  Flaminia  via  Arimino  tenus  munienda. 
Suet.  Aug.  30.  Sustulit  omniferos  collo  tenus  arida  vultus.  Ov. 

Met.  II,  275. 

Rem.  1.  The  preposition  tenus  with  the  Ablative  occurs  also  in  ab¬ 
stract  and  figurative  relations— e.  g., 

Tertium  et  quartum  consulatum  titulo  tenus  gessit.  Suet.  Caes.  76. 
(Sua  vita)  quam  tredecim  libris  Cantabrico  tenus  bello  nee  ultra  ex- 
posuit.  Suit.  Aug.  85. 

118.  With  the  preposition  cum.  The  idea  of  association 
or  accompaniment,  which  distinguishes  the  pieposition 
cum  in  its  primary  and  simplest  sense,  implies  location  and 
position.  When  two  things  are  associated,  the  location, 
position,  or  state  of  the  one  determines  and  fixes  that  of 
the  other.  The  idea  of  position  is  necessarily  involved  in 
and  inseparable  from  that  of  association,  accompaniment, 
or  attendance,  which  is  the  sense  of  the  preposition.  Hence 
the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  cum  is  Locative— e.  g., 

Eius  esse  filiam,  quae  cum  patre  habitaret.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  I,  2o, 
64.  Erit  mecum,  si  tecum  erit.  Cic.  Fin.  Y,  28,  86. 

119.  The  omission  of  the  preposition  in  in  the  statement 
of  the  place  at  which  is,  in  prose,  the  exception,  while  in 
poetry  it  is  frequent — e.  g., 

Silvis  corpora  foeda  iacent.  Ov.  Met.  VII,  547.  Nebula  campo 
densior  sederat.  Liv.  XXII,  4,  6.  Pluribus  partibus  vineae  coep- 
tae  agi.  Liv.  XXI,  8,  2.  Nuntiatum  est  foro  boario  bovem  in 
tertiam  eontignationem  sua  sponte  escendisse.  Liv.  XXI,  62,  3. 
Medio  aedium  eburneis  sellis  sedere.  Liv.  V,  41,  2  (cf.  in  medio 

aedium  sedentem.  Liv.  I,  57,  9.) 

Rem.  1.  The  prepositiou  is  sometimes  regularly  omitted  with  the 
Ablative,  when  it  is  in  composition ;  but  here  the  preposition  in  compo¬ 
sition  may  be  repeated  with  the  Ablative.  When  the  Ablative  is  identi¬ 
cal  in  form  with  the  Dative,  it  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  the 
former  from  the  latter  in  connection  with  a  verb  compounded  with 
in— e.  g., 

Yetustissima  nave  impositos  quocumque  vento  in  quascumque  terras 
iubebo  avehi.  Suet.  Caes.  66.  Juvenis  silvis  insedit  inicjuis.  terg. 
Aen.  XI,  531. 


LATTIN  CASE-REEATIONS. 


83 


120.  Caution — The  position  at  —  by,  about,  near ,  is 
stated  by  the  preposition  ad,  sometimes  apud,  and  the 
Accusative.  Here  the  terminal  relation  of  the  Accusative 
with  ad  (—near  to)  is  expressed  as  the  place  at  which — 

0  c r 

to*? 

Castra  ad  Cybistra,  quod  oppidum  est  ad  montem  Taurum,  lo- 
cavi.  Cic.  Fam.  XV,  2,  2.  Caesar  timebatne  retinere  eas  legiones 
ad  urbem  Pompeius  videretur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  2.  Altera  castra 
ad  alteram  oppidi  partem  point.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1, 18.  P.Sulpicium 
ad  Ararim  collocat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  90.  Sepultus  est  iuxta  viam 
Appiam,  ad  quin  turn  lapidem.  Nep.  Att.  22.  Cum  turn  in  lecto 
Crassus  esset  et  apud  eum  Sulpicius  sederet.  Cic.  Or.  II,  3,  12. 

Names  of  Towns  and  Small  Cities. 

121.  The  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  small  island,  when 
of  the  third  declension  or  plural  number,  is  written  in 
the  Ablative  without  a  preposition  to  express  the  place 
at  which — e.  g., 

Mortuus  est  Cumis  quo  se  contulerat.  Liv.  II,  21,  5.  Quod 
non  satis  tutum  se  Argis  videbat,  Corcyram  demigravit.  Nep.  Th. 
8.  Sic  enim  Graece  loquebatur  ut  Athenis  natus  videretur.  Nep. 
Att.  4.  Legati  venerunt  qui  peterent  ut  obsides  Fregellis  essent. 
Nep.  Hann.  7.  Q.  Tullium  Ciceronem  et  P.  Sulpicium  Cabilloni 
et  Matiscone  collocat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  90. 

122.  If  the  name  of  the  city,  town,  or  small  island  is  of 
the  first  or  second  declension,  singular  number,  it  is  ex¬ 
pressed  in  the  Locative  (ae,  i),  identical  in  form  with  the 
Genitive;  if  of  the  third  declension,  it  is  expressed  in  the 
Ablative,  sometimes  in  the  Locative  ending  in  i—  e.  g\, 

Is  co  tempore  erat  Ravennae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  5.  Quas  (cohor- 
tes)  Pisauri  et  Arimini  habebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  12.  Concilium 
Gallorum  Samarobrivae  peractum  est.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  24.  Erat 
M.  Bibulus  cum  navibus  C  Corcyrae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  7.  Cae¬ 
sar  cum  audisset  Pompeium  Cvpri  visum  Alexandriam  pervenit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  106.  Idem  hoc  aliis  acciderat  Rhodi.  Caes.  B 


84 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


G.  Ill,  102.  Miramur  Athenis  Mhurvam,  Deli  Apollinem,  Juno 
nem  Sami,  Pergae  Dianam,  multos  praeterea  ab  isto  deos  viola- 
tos.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  32,  71.  Per  eos  dies  consilium  de  iis  Car- 
thagini  erat.  Liv.  XXVIII,  26,  1.  Complures  (naves)  Hispali 
faciendas  cnravit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  18.  Nulla  Lacedaemon!  vidua 
tarn  est  nobilis,  quae,  &c.  Nep.  Praef.  Quas  (legiones)  Narbone 
hiemandi  eausa  disposuerat.  Caes.  B.  Civ,  I,  37. 

Rem.  1.  The  name  of  a  city,  town  or  island  ending  in  e  is  expressed  in 

the  Ablative  in  e  to  denote  the  place  where— e.  g., 

Ipse  Bibracte  hiemare  constituit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  90.  Naves  longas 
Arelate  numero  duodtcim  faeere  instituit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  36.  Solus 
permansit  Praeneste,  inde  Neapolim  evasit.  Suet.  Tib.  4.  Equuleus 
Reate  cum  quinque  pedibus  natus.  Liv.  XXX,  2,  11. 

Rem.  2.  In  some  few  instances  a  Greek  word  ot  the  second  declension 

singular  number  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative— e.  g., 

Praesidiis  adversariorum  Cabal  one  et  Naupacto  relictis  Aetolia  po- 

titus  est.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  35. 

123.  The  locative  endings  ae  and  i  are  presented  in  other 
words  than  the  names  oi  cities,  towns,  and  islands,  as 
humi,  ruri,  terrae,  domi,  belli,  militiae,  peregri,  viciniae. 
The  form  rare  occurs  also  in  the  locative  sense=in  the 
country — e.  g., 

Ante  tribunal  cum  flebili  vociferatione  humi  procubuerunt.  Li\  . 
XXIX,  16,  6.  Ipse  humi  ac  sub  divo  cubuit.  Suet.  Caes.  72. 
(Humi  imprimere — Humi  inventa.  Cic.  Div.  I,  13,  23,  34,  i4.) 
His  auditis,  prostraverunt  se  omnes  humi.  Liv.  XLV,  20,  9.  Ex- 
animis  tremens  procumbit  humi  bos.  Verg.  Aen.  V,  481.  The 
form  humi,  not  humum ,  is  used  with  verbs  of  motion,  and  express¬ 
es  the  result  of  the  action. 

Criminabatur  quod  filium  ruri  habitare  iussisset.  Cic.  Off.  Ill, 
31,  112.  Cum  ruri  assiduus  semper  vixerit.  Cic.  Rose.  Am. 
XVIII, f 51.  Ut  qui  rure  et  procul  coetu  hominum  iuventam 
egisset.  Liv.  VII,  5,  9.  Sternitur,  et  toto  proiectus  corpore 
terrae.  Verg.  Aen.  XI,  87.  Cum  vellet  terrae  procumbere, 
quaesta  est  direxisse  pedes.  Ov.  Met.  II,  347.  His  domi  ob  has 
causas  amplissimos  magistratus  mandaverat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
59.  (Dixit)  neque  solum  domi,  sed  etiam  apud  hnitimas  civi- 
tates  largiter  posse.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  18.  Igitur  domi  militiaeque 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


85 


boni  mores  colebantur.  Sail.  Cat.  9.  Paucorum  arbitrio  belli 
domique  agitabatur.  Sail.  Jug.  41.  Quibus  (consiliis)  saepe 
eonstituta  est  imperatorum  sapientia  salus  civitatis  aut  belli  aut 
domi.  Cic.  Brut.  LXXIII,  256.  Quibuscunque  rebus  vel  belli 
vel  domi  poterunt  rem  publicam  augeant.  Cic.  Off.  II,  24,  85. 
Nihil  sine  auspiciis  nee  domi  nee  militiae  gerebatur.  Cic.  Div.  I,  2, 
3.  In  causis  amicorum  et  domi  et  militiae  consilium  suum  prae- 
stabant.  Cic.  Or.  Ill,  33,  134.  Bene  fecit,  quia  nos  eramus  pere- 
gri,  tutatust  domi.  Plaut.  Amph.  I,  1,  196.  Scio  me  vidisse  hie 
proxutnae  viciniae.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  3,  2.  (cf.  hie  in  proximo  II,  1, 
55).  Ut  istuc  est  lepidum  :  proximae  viciniae.  Plaut.  Bacch.  II, 
2,  27.  Set  quid  hoc  est,  quod  foris  concrepuit  proxumae  viciniae? 
Plaut.  Most.  V,  1,14.  Modoquandam  vidi  virginem  hie  viciniae 
miseram.  Ter.  Phor.  I,  2.  45.  Interea  mulier  abhinc  triennium 
commigravit  hue  viciniae.  Ter.  And.  I,  1,  43.  Graeciae  delubra 
humanis  consecrata  simulacris.  Cic.  Rep.  Ill,  9,  14. 

Rem.  1.  The  word  domi  takes  the  possessives  meae,  tuae,  suae,  nos- 
trae,  vestrae,  alienae — e.  g., 

Haec  eadem  locutus  sum  domi  meae.  Cic.  Fam.  X,  25,  3.  Arbitri 
vicini  sunt,  meae  quid  fiat  domi.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  2,  3.  Cogitandum  esset 
Romaene  et  domi  tuae  an  Mytilenis  malles  vivere.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  7,  4. 
Nihil  de  maerore  minuendo  scriptum  ab  ullo  est,  quod  ego  non  domi 
tuae  legerim.  Cic.  Att.  XII,  14,  3.  Oui  domi  suae  cum  primis  honestus 
existimatus  est.  Cic.  Caec.IV,  10.  Oui  omnes  honores  domi  suae  adep- 
tus  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  46,  112.  Homo  domi  suae  cum  primis  loeuples 
atque  honestus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  28,  68.  Diodotus  Stoicus  caecus  mul- 
tos  annos  nostrae  domi  vixit.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  39,  113.  Id  domi  nostrae 
conditum  putabamus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  2,  5.  Cogitatis  obscura,  qualis 
animus  in  corpore  sit  tamquam  alienae  domui  (domi.)  Cic  Tusc.  I,  22, 
51. 


124.  When  domus  signifies  Ho  use  b  uilding,  or  Family , 
the  Ablative  (domo)  with  the  preposition  m,  even  when 
associated  with  a  possessive,  must  be  used  to  express 
place  where: — e.  g., 

Camillo  inter  crimina  obiecit  Carvilius  quod  aerata  ostia  habe- 
ret  in  domo.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXIV,  3,  13.  In  domo  furtum  factum 
ab  eo,  qui  domi  fuit.  Quint.  V,  10,  160,  Habitavit  iuxta  Roma- 
num  forum  in  domo  quae  Calvi  oratoris  fuerat.  Suet.  Aug.  72. 
Si  quis  rem,  quam  e  villa  mea  surripuit,  in  domo  mea,  ille  furtum 


86 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


fecerit.  Sen.  Sap.  VII,  3.  Here  in  domo  mea=m  my  house.  As- 
pergebatur  infamia,  quod  in  domo  sua  facere  mysteria  dicebatur. 
Nep.  Ale.  3.  Here  in  domo  sua  may  be  interpreted  as  —in  his 
family.  Puer,  ut  in  domo  a  parvo  eductus,  in  caritate  fuit.  Liv. 
I,  39,  6.  Here  in  domo  means  in  the  family. 

125.  With  the  Genitive  of  the  Possessor  the  Locative 
domi  is  used,  or  the  Ablative  domo  with  the  preposition 
in,  which  is  the  only  construction  when  domus  means 
house,  building ,  or  family — e.  g., 

Dat  iste  amicum  M.  Trebellium,  qui  istius  domi  erat  educatus. 
Cic.  Quinct.  V,  21.  Si  tu  domi  illius  aliquotiens  fuisti.  CicCaecil. 
XVIII,  58.  In  istius  lenonis  domo  ornamenta  ponentur.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  IV,  32,  71  (In  with  Ablative  is  usual  with  ponere).  Al- 
terum  (senatus  consultum), cuius  domi  divisores  habitarent.  Cic. 
Att.  I,  16,  12.  P.  Clodium  credo  te  audisse  cum  veste  muliebri 
deprehensum  domi  Caesaris.  Cic.  Att.  1,  12,  3.  In  domo  Caesa- 
ris  quondam  unus  vir  fuit.  Cic.  Att.  II,  7,  3.  Educatus  est  in 
domo  Pericli.  Nep.  Ale.  2.  Here  in  domo-— in  the  family.  Quae 
(oratio)  in  domo  eius  reperta  est.  Nep.  Lys.  3.  Adiecit  in  domo 
eius  venenum  esse.  Tac.  Ann.  IV,  21.  Testamentum  recitatur  in 
Antoni  domo.  Suet.  Caes.  83.  Aeger  in  domo  Maecenatis  cuba- 
bat.  Suet.  Aug.  72. 

Rem.  1.  The  use  of  the  Ablative  (domo)  without  the  preposition  in, 
with  the  Genitive  of  the  Possessor  is  an  irregularity — e.  g., 

Ferunt  earn  partum  Romae  edidisse  Prisci  Tarquinii  domo.  Liv.  I, 

39,  5.  Domo  irregularly  stands  for  in  domo  or  domi. 

Rem.  2.  Instead  of  the  possessive  (meae,  &c.)  or  the  Genitive 
of  the  possessor,  we  occasionally  find  the  preposition  apud  with 
the  Accusative  of  the  possessor,  with  the  Locative  domi— e.  g., 
Defossum  cadaver  domi  apud  Sestium  inventum.  Liv.  Ill,  33, 

10.  Dixerunt  eius  vitae  a  me  insidias  apud  me  (cf.  meae)  domi 

positas  esse.  Cic.  Suet.  XVIII,  41. 

Rem.  3.  The  Ablative  domo  instead  ol  the  Locative  domi  occasionally 
occurs — e.  g., 

Domo  sibi  quaerendum  remedium  existimavit  ad  earn  moram.  Cic. 

Clu.  IX,  27.  Domo  abditus  nihil  aliud  quam  per  edicta  obnuntiabat. 

Suet.  Caes.  20.  Domo  se  tenuit.  Nep.  Ep.  10. 

Rem.  4.  In  some  cases  the  Ablative  domo  may  be  explained  as  Abla¬ 
tive  of  means — e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


87 


Una  dorao  iam  capi  non  possunt.  Cic.  Off.  I,  XVII,  54-  (So  best  domo 
se  tenuit.) 

Rem.  5.  With  a  demonstrative  pronoun  or  any  other  adjective 
than  a  possessive,  use  the  Ablative  domo  with  the  preposition  in; 
but  without  the  preposition,  when  the  Ablative  expresses  means 
— e  p* 

In  hac  domo,  in  ilia  domo,  in  domo  magnifica,  in  singulis  do- 
mibus.  Una  domo  capi.  Vigebat  in  ilia  domo  mos  patrius  et 
disciplina.  Cic.  Sen.  XI,  37.  Tu  bene  in  antiqua  et  severa  insti- 
tuta  domo.  Sen.  Helv. 

126.  The  name  of  a  citv  or  town,  if  of  the  first  or  second  de- 

■j  1 

clension,  singular  number,  when  associated  with  an  attributive, 
is  expressed  in  the  Ablative,  with  or  without  the  preposition  in , 
to  indicate  the  place  where — e.  g., 

Cum  ea  plaga  in  Asia  sit  accepta,  in  Illyrico,  in  ipsa  Alexan- 
drea.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  16,  1.  In  the  example  in  ipsa  Alexandrea. 
the  use  of  the  preposition  may  be  determined  by  the  context  in 
Illyrico,  &c.  In  Narbonensis  provinciae  Alba  Helvia  inventa 
est  vitis  uno  die  deflorescens.  Plin.  N.  H.  XIV,  3,  43.  Unde 
genus  Longa  nostrum  dominabitur  Alba.  Verg.  Aen.  VI,  766. 

The  use  of  the  Locative  with  an  attributive,  instead  of  the 
Ablative  with  or  without  the  preposition  in  rests  upon  the  fol¬ 
lowing  example  in  Cicero — e.  g., 

Cum  alter  eius  filius  Papia  natus  Teani  Apuli  apud  matrem 
educaretur.  Cic.  Clu.  IX,  27. 

2.  The  name  of  a  city  or  town,  when  plural  or  of  the  Third 
Declension,  is,  when  associated  with  an  attributive,  expressed  in 
the  Ablative.  Here  the  omission  of  the  preposition  seems  to  have 
been  the  usage — e.  g., 

Silano  Carthagine  Nova  relicto  ipse  profectus.  Liv.  XXVIII, 
17,  11.  Exsilium  et  career  et  mendicatus  victa  Carthagine  pa- 
nis  hine  causas  habuere.  Juv.  X.  277.  Curibus  Sabinis  habita- 
bat.  Liv.  I,  18,  1.  Pannosus  vacuis  Aedilis  Ulubris.  Juv.  X, 
102.  Mediis  natus  Athenis.  Juv.  Ill,  80.  Vacuis  sedem  figere 
Cumis  destinet.  Juv.  Ill,  2.  Malo  vel  cum  timore  domi  esse 
quam  sine  timore  Athenis  tuis.  Cic.  Att.  XVI,  6,  2. 

127.  When  the  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  island,  regularly  ex- 


88 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


pressed  in  the  Locative,  is  associated  with  the  name  of  any  other 
place  which  requires  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  m  to  ex¬ 
press  the  place  at  which— 

1.  The  name  of  the  city,  town,  or  island  may  conform  to  the 
construction  of  the  second  place.  It  is  thus  brought  under  the 
influence  of  the  preposition  and  written  in  the  Ablative— e.  g., 

Illi  sacra  quaedam  in  monte  Albano  Lavinioque nobis faciend a 
tradiderunt.  Liv.  V,  52,  8.  Renuntiaverunt  Antiochum  in  Sy¬ 
ria,  Ptolemaeum  in  Alexandrea  sese  convenisse.  Liv.  XLII,  26, 
7.  Iphicrat.es  in  Thracia,  Timotheus  Lesbo,  Chares  Sigeo  vixit. 

Nep.  Chab.  3. 

2.  The  name  of  the  place  requiring,  regularly,  the  Ablative  with 
the  preposition  in  may  conform  to  the  name  of  the  city,  &c.,  and 

be  expressed  in  the  Locative — e.  g., 

Romae  Numidiaeque  facinora  eius  memorat.  Sail.  Jug.  33. 

3.  So  too  the  name  of  a  city  of  the  First  or  Second  Declension 
properly  expressed  in  the  Locative  conforms  to  that  of  a  second 
city  requiring  the  Ablative  and  is  thus  written  in  the  Ablative— 

e.  g.. 

Et  Corintho  et  Athenis  nuntiata  est  victoria.  Just.  XX,  3. 

It  is  better,  however,  to  express  both  the  name  of  the  city, 
town,  or  island  and  of  the  place  with  which  it  is  associated  ac¬ 
cording  to  the  rules — the  former  in  \A\e  Locative  or  Ablative  with¬ 
out  the  preposition,  the  latter  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposi¬ 
tion,  when  the  preposition  is  required — e.  g., 

Ibi  cohortes  et  Luceriae  et  Teani  reliquaque  in  Apulia.  Cic. 
Att.  VII,  12,  2.  Quas  (naves)  Igili  et  in  Cosano  (agro)  a  pri- 
vatis  coactas  eolonis  suis  compleverat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  34. 
Hiemare  Dyrrhacii,  Apolloniae,  omnibusque  oppidis  maritimis 
constituerat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  5.  Alii  nuntiabant  Capuae  at- 
que  in  Apulia  servile  bellum  moveri.  Sail.  Cat.  30. 

128.  When  the  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  small  island  is 
associated  with  an  appositive  word,  urbs,  oppidum,  in¬ 
sula ,  civitas,  colonia,  & c.,  the  Ablative  of  the  appositive 
word  with  the  preposition  in  is  used  with  the  name  of  the 
city,  town,  or  island  in  the  Ablative,  if  of  the  Third  De- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


89 


clension  or  plural  number,  but  if  of  the  First  or  Second 
Declension  singular  number,  in  the  Ablative  or  in  the 
Locative — e.  g., 

Fore  ut  is  in  insula  Lemno  relinqueretur.  Cic.  Fat.  XVI,  36. 
Hermae,  qui  in  oppido  erant  Athenis.  Nep.  Ale.  3.  In  oppido 
Citio  mortuus  est.  Nep.  Cim.  3.  Hiempsal  in  oppido  Thermida 
eiusdomoutebatur.  Sail.  Jug.  c  12.  Edici  praetereainurbeRoma. 
Liv.  XXXIX,  14,  7.  Cum  in  eolonia  Capua  coloni  sepulcra  disi- 
cerent.  Suet.  Caes.  81.  Quintum  consulatum  in  insula  Samo 
init.  Suet.  Aug.  26.  Iudicatos  hostes  fame  necavit :  Neronem  in 
insula  Pontia.  Suet.  Tib.  54.  Optimum  in  Melo  insula  nascitur. 
Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV,  4,  37.  Patris  quoque  eorum  et  Deli  fuere 
opera  et  in  Lesbo  insula.  Plin.  N.  H  XXXVI,  4,  9.  Cassius  in 
oppido  Antiochiae  cum  omni  exercitu.  Cic.  Att.  V,  18,  1.  Duo 
fana  duabus  in  insulis  posita,  Melitae  et  Sami,  ornamentis  nuda- 
vit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  72,  184. 

129.  When  the  name  of  a  city,  town  or  island  has  asso¬ 
ciated  with  it  an  appositive,  urbs ,  oppidum,  &c.,  defined 
by  an  attributive  or  genitive,  the  name  of  the  city,  &c., 
precedes  in  the  Locative,  if  of  the  First  or  Second  Declen¬ 
sion,  singular  number,  or  in  the  Ablative  if  plural  or  of 
the  Third  Declension,  with  the  apposition  and  genitive  or 
adjective  following,  with  or  without  the  preposition  in. 
When  the  name  of  the  city,  town,  or  island  is  placed  after 
the  preposition  in  (which  is  not  usual),  it  is  written  in  the 
Ablative — e.  g. 

Albae  constiterunt  in  urbe  opportuna,  munita,  propinqua.  Cic. 
Phil.  IV,  2.  6.  Leontinis  misera  in  civitate  atquc  inani,  tamcn 
istius  statua  deiccta  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  65,  160.  Neapoli  in 
celeberrimo  oppido  cum  Graeca  palla  saepe  A'idimus.  Cic.  Rab. 
Post  X,  26.  Adversus  quern  Athenis  in  civitate  fracta  concio- 
nari  ausi  sint  homines.  Liv.  IX,  18,  6.  Primum  Antiochiae  celebri 
urbe  antecellere  omnibus  contigit.  Cic.  Arch.  Ill,  4.  Ubi  Corin- 
thi  Achaiae  urbe  certos  nuntios  accepit.  Tac.  H.  II,  1.  Id  posi- 
tum  est  Rhamunte  pago  Atticae.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXVI,  5,  17. 
Eiusdem  et  alter  nudus  in  Pario  Colonia  Propontidis.  Plin.  N.  H. 


90 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


XXXVI  5,  22.  Ochram  Juba  tradidit  in  insula  Rubri  maris 

Topago  nasci.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV,  6,  22. 

We  do  not,  perhaps,  find  in  Classical  Latin  the  name  o  t  e 
city,  &c.,  following  the  preposition,  as  in  the  last  two  examples. 

130.  1.  As  the  Accusative  of  the  name  ol  a  people  with 
the  preposition  in  means  into  the  country  of  the  people, 
so  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  in  means  in  the  coun¬ 
try  of  the  people.  (See  102.)  g., 

Exercitum  in  Aulercis  Lexoviisque  in  hibernis  collocat.  Caes. 

B.  G.  Ill,  29.  Quae  quidem  in  Sabinis  persequi  soleo.  Cic.  Sen. 

XIV,  46. 

2  The  use  of  the  preposition  in  with  Ablative  of  the  name  of 
a  city  or  town  to  express  the  place  at  which  is  frequent  in  the 
early* and  late  writers.  The  position  near  a  city  or  town  is  ex¬ 
pressed  by  ad  with  the  Accusati\e  e.  g., 

Itaque  omnes  se  ultro  sectari  in  Epheso  memorat  muheres. 
Plant  M.  G.  Ill,  1,  183.  Fecit  et  figlina  opera  quae  sola  m 
Ambracia  relicta  sunt.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV,  66.  Exposito  quid 
ipse  ad  Avaricum  sensisset.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  52.  Surgit  pul- 
chellus  puer,  obicit  mihi,  me  ad  Baias  fuisse.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  10. 

Cases  of  the  Omission  of  the  Preposition  In. 

131.  The  Ablative  of  the  place  at  which  in  connection 
with  the  adjectives  totus  and  medius  may  or  may  not 
take  the  preposition  in.  With  totus  the  absence  of  the 
preposition  is  more  usual ;  with  omnis  and  universus  the 
use  of  the  preposition  is,  perhaps,  more  usual  e.  g., 

Vestigium  nullum  statuarum  in  tota  Sicilia  relictum  est.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  II,  66,  160.  Hie  est  quern  in  tota  provincia  Verres  sui 
si millimum  iudicavit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IIP  9,  22.  Nego  in  Sicilia  tota 
ullum  argenteum  vas  fuisse  quin  conquisierit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  1, 
1.  Cognoscere  potuistis  tota  Sicilia  neminem  senatorem  factum 
esse  gratis.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  49,  120.  Vos  ante  animos  tota  Si¬ 
cilia  decumanorum  impetus  proponite.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  23,  58. 
Res  est  tota  Sicilia  notissima.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  25,  61.  Non 
oportere  ante  de  ea  re  ad  senatum  referri  quam  delectus  tota 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


91 


Italia  habiti  essent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  2.  Toto  Piceno  delectum 
habere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  12.  Toto  flumine  Hibero  naves  conqui- 
rere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  61.  Totis  castris.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  64.  Tota 
provincia.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  19.  Tota  Italia.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  1. 
Tota  acie.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  88.  Totis  castris.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  39. 
Tota  Gallia.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  55.  Toto  muro.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  24. 
Urbe  tota.  Suet.  Caes.  39.  Toto  itinere.  Suet.  Tib.  7.  P.  Scipi- 
onem  iudicaverunt  in  tota  civitate  virum  bonorum  optimum  esse. 
Liv.  XXIX,  14,  8.  Praeeo  Granius  in  medio  foro,  cum  ille  rogas- 
set  Granium.  Cic.  Plane.  XIV,  33.  Nunc  eram  plane  in  medio 
mari.  Cic.  Att.  V,  12,  3.  Cum  sit  nullus  medio  mari  testis.  Cic. 
Rep.  Ill,  20,  30.  Medio  in  cursu  obviae  fuere  iis  viginti  Rhodiae 
naves.  Liv.  XXXVI,  45,  5.  Career  media  urbe  aedificatur.  Liv; 
I,  33,  8.  Sub  furca  caesum  medio  egerat  circo.  Liv.  II,  36,  1. 
Medio  sinu  Hadriatico  ventis  latus.  Liv.  X,  2,  4.  Erat  insula 
amne  medio.  Tac.  H.  II,  35.  Timarchidem  omnibus  oppidis 
scitote  regnasse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  54,  136. 

132.  Designations  of  place  at  which,  when  regarded  as 
undivided  units,  or  with  no  reference  to  their  parts,  are 
expressed  in  the  Ablative  without  a  preposition.  To  such 
designations  refer  terra,  mari,  coelo.  The  words  terra 
and  mari  are  usually  connected  (terra  marique,  &c.)  ;  the 
omission  of  a  connective  is  a  poetic  usage — e.  g., 

Bellum  Italiae  terra  marique  inferamus.  Cic.  Att.  IX,  1, 3.  Nulla 
pars  caelo,  mari,  terra  (ut  poetice  loquar)  praetermissa  est.  Cic. 
Fin.  V,  4  9.  Terra  caeloque  aquarum  penuria  est.  Curt.  IV,  29. 
Veseendi  causa  terra  marique  omnia  exquirere.  Sail.  Cat.  13. 
Neque  terra  neque  mari  hostes  pares  esse  potuerant.  Nep.  Ale.  6. 
Ipsi  iter  secundum  eas  terra  direxerunt  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  30 
Multum  illi  terra,  plurimum  mari  pollent.  Liv.  I.  23,  8.  Aut 
terra,  aut  mari  alicunde  (aliqua)  euoluam  id  argentum  tibi. 
Plaut.  Pseud.  I,  3,  83. 

Rem.  1.  When  “  on  the  land,"  “  on  the  sea,  “  in  the  heavens,"  are  dis¬ 
tinctly  stated  as  places  at  which,  the  Ablative  is  used  with  the  preposi- 

#  #  i 

tion  in — e.  g., 

M.  Marcellus,  qui  ter  consul  fuit,  periit  in  mari.  Cic.  Pis.  XIX,  44. 


92 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Cum  vacux  curls  etiam  quid  in  oaelo  fiat  sciic  avemus.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  14, 
46.  In  terra  prosperum  proelium  fuerat.  Liv.  X,  2,  10.  Trepidatum  et 
in  mari  et  in  terra.  Liv.  XXXVII,  29,  5.  0  Deorum  quidquid  in  caelo 
regit.  Hor.  Ep.  V,  1.  Signum  quod  tempore  exoritur  suo  hie  atque  in 
caelo.  Plaut.  Rud.  pr.  5. 

133.  To  the  Ablative  expressing  the  at  relation,  or  place 
where  without  reference  to  its  parts,  must  be  referred  the 
Ablatives  hac,  ea,  qua ,  quacumque ,  with  which  via  may  be 
supplied;  dextra,  sinistra ,  laeva,  hac,  ilia,  ea,  qua,  qua¬ 
cumque,  with  which  parte  may  be  supplied — e.  g. , 

Effecit  ut  ea  elephantus  ire  posset,  qua  ante  unus  homo  inermis 
vix  poterat  repere.  Nep.  Hann.  3.  Quacumque  iter  fecit,  cum  in- 
eolis  conflixit.  Nep.  Hann.  3.  Hac  copias  traduxit  in  Italiamque 
pervenit.  Nep.  Hann.  3.  Miles  dextra  ac  sinistra  tectus  operi 
quaecumque  sunt  usui  supportat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  15.  Prae- 
stare  arbitrabatur  unum  locum,  qua  necessarius  nostris  erat 
egressus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  23.  Posse  et  audere  ea  transire  flu- 
men,  qua  traductus  esset  equitatus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1, 64.  Eo  magis 
miror  ambigi,  quanam  Alpes  transiret.  Liv.  XXI,  38,  6.  Castra 
locat  dextra  montibus,  laeva  Tiberi  amne  saeptus.  Liv.  IV,  32, 
9.  Dextra  laevaque  duo  maria  claudunt.  Liv.  XXI,  43,  4. 

In  many  cases  such  forms  are  to  be  explained  as  pure  adverbial 
Ablatives  of  place.  Hence  with  qua  compare  ubi ;  with  ea  com 
pare  ibi,  &c. 

134.  With  the  Ablative  of  locus  with  an  attributive, 
while  the  preposition  in  may  be  used,  the  omission  of  the 
preposition  is  more  usual — e.  g., 

Quibus  in  locis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  44.  In  locis  idoneis.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  43.  In  loco  aequo.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  71.  In  locis  campes- 
tribus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  79.  In  locis  superioribus.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 

I,  79.  In  eo  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  35.  Nullo  in  loco.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
36.  In  eo  loco.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  27.  Omnibus  in  locis.  Caes.  B.  G. 

II,  27.  In  locis  superioribus.  Caes.  B.G.III,6.  In  his  locis.  Caes. 
B.  G.  Ill,  7,  Uno  in  loco.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  1.  In  declivi  loco.  Caes. 
B.  G.  IV,  33.  In  praecipiti  loco.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  33,  Reliquis  in 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


93 


loeis.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  25.  In  loco  edito  atque  aperto.  Caes.  B.  G. 
VII,  18. 

His  loeis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  25.  Aequo  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ,  I, 
41.  Hoc  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  45.  Inferioribus  loeis.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  46.  Iniquo  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  47.  Illis  loeis.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  48.  Iniquissimo  loco.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  32.  Loeis  superiori- 
bus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  65.  Multis  loeis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  68.  Ali- 
quo  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  71.  Aliis  loeis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  9. 
Eodem  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  33.  Alio  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  39. 
Omnibus  loeis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  3.  Pluribus  loeis.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 

III,  24.  Idoneo  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  30.  Edito  loco.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  111,37.  Lociscertis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  42.  Duobus  loeis.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  52.  Eo  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  74.  Suis  loeis.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  109.  Nonnullis  loeis.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  6.  Loeis  paten- 
tibus.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  10.  Loco  opportuno.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  8. 
Loeis  frigid issimis.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  1.  Iniquo  loco.  Caes.  B.  G. 
V,  49.  Tribus  loeis.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  61. 

In  other  writers  the  omission  of  the  preposition  largely  prevails. 

Rem.  1.  In  some  cases  the  Ablative  of  locus,  with  or  without  an  at¬ 
tributive,  is  to  be  explained  as  the  Ablative  of  Means.  In  this  ease  the 
proposition  in  is,  of  course,  omitted — e.  g., 

Suis  loeis  bellum  in  hiemem  ducere  cogitabant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  61. 

135.  Loco  in  the  sense  situation  or  condition  occurs 
both  with  and  without  the  preposition  in,  Cicero  inclines 
to  the  omission  of  the  preposition — e.  g., 

Is  enim,  si  eo  loco  esset,  negavit  se  facturum  fuisse.  Cic.  Fam. 

IV,  4,  4.  Exulem  esse  non  incommodiore  loco,  quam  si  Rhodum 
me  contulissem.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  3,  5.  Qui  cum  equitum  fuga  quo 
in  loco  res  esset,  cognovisset.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  26.  Pompeius  dix- 
erat  eodem  se  habiturum  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  33.  Vive,  cuius 
tibi  ne  parens  quidem,  si  eodem  loco  fuisset,  veniam  dedisset. 
Liv.  VIII,  35,  6.  Triarii,  missis  ad  consules  nuntiis,  quo  loco  res 
essent,  redeunt.  Liv.  II,  47,  5.  At  enim  communis  res  per  haec 
loco  est  peiore.  Liv.  Ill,  68,  3.  In  eo  enim  loco  res  sunt  nostrae. 
Liv.  VII,  35,  7.  (Eodem  loco  futuram  rem.  Liv.  XXXIV,  4,  19.) 
Peiore  res  loco  non  potest  esse,  quam  in  quo  nunc  sita  est.  Ter. 
Ad.  Ill,  2,  46. 


94- 


university  OF  VIRGINIA. 


136.  Loco  in  the  sense  in  the  right  place ,  at  the  proper 
time ,  seasonably ,  occurs  both  with  and  without  the  prep¬ 
osition  in.  Cicero  greatly  inclines  to  the  Ablative  with¬ 
out  in — e.  g., 

Quam  ob  rem  Oenomao  tuo  nihil  utor:  etsi  posuisti  loco  versus 
Accianos.  Cic.  Fan.  IX,  16,  4.  Epistolae  offendunt  non  loco 
redditae.  Cic.  Fam.  XI,  16,  1.  Quisque  horum  loco  sententiam 
rogatus  multa  disputavit.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  2,  4.  Philo  et  proprio 
numero  et  lecta  poemata  et  loco  adiungebat.  Cic.  Tusc.  II  11, 
26.  (Cf.  Dequibus  singulis  suo  loco  dicam.  Cic.  Div.  II,  6,  16.  Ve- 
tustas  tamen  suo  loco  conservanda.  Cic.  Am.  XIX,  68).  Nullum 
nisi  loco  positum  verbum  videres.  Cic.  Brut.  LXXIX,  274.  Aut 
alia,  quibus  loco  positis  grandior  oratio  videri  solet.  Cic.  Or.  Ill, 
38,  153.  Tu  loco  quidem  quaeris,  sed  plenius  quod  vis  explica- 
bitur.  Cic.  Part.  Or.  Ill,  8.  (Cf.  L.  Caesius.  cui,  quoniam  ita  te 
velle  intellego,  nullo  loco  deero.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  I,  2,  4).  Pecuniam  in 
loco  negligere  maximum  interdum’st  lucrum.  Ter.  Ad.  II,  2,  8. 
Haec  reprehendere,  et  corrigere  me,  et  obsecundare  in  loco.  Ter. 
Ad.  V,  9,  39. 

% 

137.  Loco  in  the  sense  in  the  place  of,  in  the  stead  of,  as, 
occurs  both  with  and  without  the  preposition  in.  The 
omission  of  the  preposition  prevails — e.  g., 

Hoc  in  beneficii  loco  petitum  est  ab  Apronio.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III, 
48,  114.  Qui  si  mihi  quaestor  imperator  fuisset,  in  filii  loco 
fuisset.  Cic.  post.  red.  in  sen.  XIV.  35.  Criminis  loco  putant  esse 
quodvivam.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  3,  6.  Habebant  obsidum  loco.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  74.  Datur  obsidis  loco  filius.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  84.  Ha¬ 
bere  loco  praedae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  25.  In  hostium  habere  loco. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  25.  Res  est  impedimenti  loco.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  111,17. 
Hostis  loco  habere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  21.  Loco  praedae  habere. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  42.  Poenae  loco  imponere  labores.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  Ill,  74.  In  cohortis  praetoriae  loco  habere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
42.  Obsidum  loco  secum  ducere.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,5.  Custodis  loco 
reimquere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  6.  Servorum  habere  loco.  Caes.  B.  G. 
VI,  13.  Ignominiae  ferre  loco.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  17.  Habere  civ- 
ium  loco.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  77.  Commiserunt  ut  hostium  loco 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


95 


essent.  Liv.  II,  4,  7.  Yos  mihi  cognatorum,  vos  affinium  loco 
ducerem.  Sail  Jug.  14.  Tyrii  semper  parentum  loco  culti.  Curt. 
IV,  8.  Parentis  earn  loco  diligi.  Curt.  V.  11.  Testimonii  loco 
librum  a  Pharnabazo  datum  tradidit.  Nep.  Lys.  4.  Itaque  eum 
habuit  scribae  loco.  Nep.  Eum.  1.  Accipere  loco  criminis  Quint. 
XI,  1,  28.  Criminis  loco  ponere.  Quint.  XI,  1,  28. 

Rem.  1.  Reference  to  loco  or  in  loco— place  at  which— is  made  usually 
by  the  Ablative  of  the  relative,  quo ,  or  by  uhi.  The  preposition  in  with 
the  Ablative  of  the  relative  is  not  excluded — e.  g., 

Productos  eodem  loco,  quo  superioribus  diebus  constituerat,  in  acie 
eollocat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  33.  Cum  eos  in  eo  loco,  quo  turn  essent,  su- 
utn  adventum  exspectare  iussisset,  paruerunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  1,27.  Ncque 
unquam  ad  manum  accedere  licebat,  nisi  his  locis,quibus  paucis  multis 
possent  resistere  Nep.  Eum  5.  Eodem  loco  sepultus,  ubivitam  posue- 
rat.  Nep.  Paus.  5. 

Rem.  2.  The  relative  is  often  attracted  into  the  clause  of  its  antece¬ 
dent,  loco,  locis — e.  g., 

Fenestras,  quibus  in  locis  visum  est,  ad  tormenta  mittenda  in  stru- 
endo  reliquerunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  9.  Sponsionem  fecerunt,  (uti)  quo 
in  loco  inter  se  obvii  fuissent,  etc.  Sail.  Jug.  99. 

138.  The  Ablative  numero  with  a  Genitive  occtirs  both 
with  and  without  the  preposition  in,  with  the  tendency 
to  the  omission  of  the  preposition.  In  some  eases  numero 
approaches  the  sense  of  loco=m  the  place  of,  &c. — e.  g., 

Missis  ad  Varum  legatorum  numero  centurionibus  sese  ei  ded- 
iderunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  44.  Servorum  habere  numero.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  82.  Iiostium  habere  numero.  Ca«s.  B.  G.  VI,  6.  Nu¬ 
mero  impiorum  habere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  13.  Deorum  numero  du- 
cere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  21.  In  proditorum  numero  ducere.  Caes.  B. 
G.  VI,  32. 

139.  The  omission  of  the  preposition  in  with  parte, 
partibus,  regione,  and  an  attributive  or  Genitive  is  fre¬ 
quent  and  quite  the  rule — e.  g., 

Reliquis  oppidi  partibus  pugnatum  est.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  112. 
Sic  (utamur)  amicitia  aliqua  parte  periclitatismoribus  amicorum. 
Cic.  Am.  XVII,  63.  Ad  moenia  Romae  populabundi  regione  por¬ 
tae  Esquiliniae  accessere.  Liv.  Ill,  66,  5.  Forte  ea regione  castra 


96 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


adorti  sunt.  Liv.  V,  8,  7.  Templum  his  regionibus,  quas  animo 
metatus  sum,  dedico.  Liv.  I,  10,  6. 

140.  The  Ablatives  libro,  epistola,  litteris,  and  such 
words  are  used  without  the  preposition  in,  when  the  en¬ 
tire  work  is  referred  to;  with  the  preposition  in,  when  a 
part  of  the  work  is  meant— e.  g. 

De  amicitia  alio  libro  dictum  est.  Cic.  Off.  II,  9,  3.  By  the 
omission  of  the  preposition  with  alio  libro  it  is  indicated  that 
the  subject  of  the  work  is  friendship,  and  hence  the  entire  work 
is  referred  to.  There  is  no  incidental  allusion  to  friendship  in  the 
work,  which  is  devoted  entirely  to  its  discussion. 

Ouas  (sententias)  hoc  libro  exposui  arbitratu  meo.  Cic.  Am.  I, 
1,  3.  Hoc  uno  volumine  vitam  excellentium  virorum  concluderc 
constituimus.  Ned.  Ep.  4.  Senatum  litteris  deprecatus  est.  Suet. 
Caes.  29.  (Perhaps  litteris  better  Ablative  of  Means).  Hoc  dis- 
ticho  apparet  iactato  a  militibus.  Suet.  Caes.  Autographa  epis¬ 
tola,  Caenavi,  ait,  mi  Tiberi,  cum  isdem.  Suet.  Aug  71.  Vide- 
batur  scribens  de  officiis  tertio  libro  semper  Caesarem  in  ore  hab- 
uisse.  Suet.  Caes.  30. 

Quid  de  utilitate  loquar  stercorandi  ?  Uixi  in  eo  libro  quern 
de  rebus  rusticis  scripsi.  Cic.  Sen.  XV,  54.  Ea  (officia)  quae  es- 
sent  dictum  est  in  libro  superiore.  Cic.  Off.  II,  13,  43.  Satis  de- 
lensa  religio  est  in  secundo  libro  a  Lucilio.  Cic.  Div.  1,5,9.  Ex 

quo  ilia  ratio  nata  est  Platonis . a  me  posita  est  in  sexto  libro 

de  re  publica.  Cic.  Tusc.  1, 22, 53.  Sed  de  hoc  in  eo  meo  libro  plu- 
ra  sunt  exposita.  Nep.  Dion.  3.  In  annali  suo  scriptum  reliquit. 
Nep.Hann.  13.  Huius  de  vita  plura  in  eo  libro  persecuti  sumus. 
Nep.  Cat.  3. 

Rem.  1.  In  some  cases  the  preposition  seems  to  have  been  used  or 
omitted  with  no  exact  reference  to  the  scope  of  the  work.  In  some 
cases  the  Ablative  without  the  preposition  must  be  interpreted  as  the 
Ablative  of  means  or  manner— e.  g., 

Ouaere  ad  propositum  veniemus  et  in  hoc  exponemus  libro  de  vita 
excellentium  imperatorum.  Nep.  praef.  In  this  sentence  we  look  for 
libro  without  the  preposition,  unless  in  the  statement  it  was  intended 
to  exclude  the  biographies  of  those  not  regarded  as  eminent  command¬ 
ers  (excelientes  imperatores.) 

Ut  quoniam  libris  fatalibus  contineretur,  Parthos  nisi  a  rege  non  posse 
vinci,  Caesar  rex  appalleretur.  Suet.  Caes.  79.  In  this  sentence  ws 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


97 


look  for  in  libris  fatalibus,  as  the  qualification  of  Parthos  nisi  a  rege 
non  posse  vinci,  while  the  interpretation  of  libris  fatalibus  as  libris  de 
Fato  would  justify  the  omission  of  the  preposition. 

Quod  fecisse  M.  Tullium  commentariis  ipsius  apparet.  Quint.  X,  7,30. 

Rem.  2.  When  libro,  litteris,  & c.,  are  referred  to  by  the  relative  or  de¬ 
monstrative,  the  Ablative  is  used  with  or  without  the  preposition  in, 
according  to  the  rules  for  the  use  or  omission  of  the  preposition  with 
libro,  litteris,  &c. — e.  g., 

Qui  litteras  redderet,  in  quibus  haec  fuisse  seripta  Thucydides  memo¬ 
riae  prodidit.  Nep.  Paus.  2.  Cum  ei  in  suspicionem  venisset,  aliquid 
in  ea  (epistola)  de  se  esse  scriptum.  Nep.  Paus.  4.  In  qua  (oratione) 
suadet  Lacedaemoniis.  Nep.  Lvs.  4.  Litteras  recitavit,  in  quibus  scrip¬ 
tum  erat.  Sail.  Cat.  30.  Litteras  accipit,  quibus  ei  denuntiabat,  ne 
salutem  suam  Philippo  committeret.  Curt.  Ill,  14. 

141.  Reference  to  a  person  as  the  author  of  a  work  is 
made  by  apud  and  the  Accusative  of  the  name  of  the 
author.  The  preposition  apud  is  also  used  with  the  Ac¬ 
cusative  of  a  general  designation  (as  the  Relative  or  Dem¬ 
onstrative)  of  an  author — e.  g., 

Cyrus  apud  Xenophontem  negat  se  umquam  sensisse  senectu- 
tem.  Cic.  Sen.  IX,  30.  Videtisne  ut  apud  Homerum  Nestor  de 
virtutibus  suis  praedicet  ?  Cic.  Sen.  X,  31.  Apud  Agathoclem 
scriptum  in  historia  est.  Cic.  Div.  I,  24,  50.  Est  apud  Platonem 
Socrates,  dicens  Critoni.  Cic.  Div.  I,  25,  52.  Nam  ille  apud  Tra- 
beam  voluptatem  animi  laetitiam  dicit.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  4,  13.  Quam. 
quam  invenio  apud  Platonem.  Quint.  XI,  2,  9.  Ut  scriptum 
apud  C.  Drusum  exstat.  Suet.  Aug.  94.  Cum  apud  Xenophon¬ 
tem  legisset.  Suet.  Caes.  87.  Pacuvius  hoc  melius  quam  Sopho¬ 
cles . apud  ilium  Ulixes  lamentatur  in  vulnere.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  21, 

49.  De  cuius  morte  apud  plerosque  scriptum  est.  Nep.  Them.  10. 

142.  The  preposition  apud  is  used  with  the  Accusative 
of  the  author  of  an  opinion,  judgment ,  or  statement,  or 
of  a  person  or  persons  who  entertain  a  given  opinion, 
judgment,  or  estimate — e.  g., 

Apud  quos  venandi  et  equitandi  laus  viget.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  26, 
62.  Videmusne  apud  quos  eorum  ludorum  magnus  honos  sit, 
nullum  ab  iis  devitari  dolorem?  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  26,  62.  Apud 


98 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


bonos  iidem  sumus,  quos  reliquisti,  apud  sordem  nrbis  multo  me¬ 
lius  nunc,  quam  reliquisti.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  11.  Apud  quosdam 
acerbior  in  conviciis  narrabatur.  Tac.  Agric.  22.  Apud  pruden- 
tes  vita  eius  varie  extollebatur.  Tac.  Ann.  I,  9.  Non  apud  regem 
modo,  sed  apud  patres  plebemque  longe  maxi  mo  honOre  Servius 

Tullius  erat.  Liv.  I,  40,  1.  ,  , 

143.  Reference  to  a  literary  work  is  made  bv  the  Abla¬ 
tive  with  the  preposition  in — e.  g., 

Sed  in  Catone  Maiore Catonem  induxi  senem  disputantem.  Cic. 
Am.  I,  4.  Philosophiae  vituperatoribus  respondimus  in  Horten- 
sio.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  2,  4.  Non  nimis  in  Niptris  ille  sapientissimus 
Graeciae  saucius  lamentatur.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  21,  48.  Itaque  in  ex¬ 
tremis  Niptris  alios  obiurgat.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  21,  50.  Facit  ut  non 
intellegatur  oratio,  qualis  est  in  Timaeo  Platonis.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  5. 
15.  Ilia  ratio,  quae  a  Socrate  est  in  Phaedro  explicata.  Cic. 
Tusc.  I,  22,  53.  Quod  scripsi  in  Originibus.  Cic.  Sen,  XX,  75. 

144.  To  express  at  the  house  of  a  person  the  name  of 
the  person  or  personal  pronoun  is  written  in  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  with  the  preposition  apud.  In  a  more  general  sense 
the  Accusative  with  the  preposition  apud  expresses  the 
Proprietor  or  Host  with  whom,  at  whose  house,  or  the 
person  near  whom  the  action  occurs— e.  g., 

Fuisti  apud  Laecam  ilia  nocte.  Cic.  Cat.  I,  4,  9.  Ego  eo  die 
casu  apud  Pompeium  cenavi.  Cic.  Fam.  I,  2,  3.  Ego  cum  tri- 
duum  cum  Pompeio  et  apud  Pompeium  fuissem.  Cic.  Att.  V,  7. 
A  me  petivit  ut  secum  et  apud  se  essem  cotidie.  Cic.  Att.  V,  6,  1 . 
Malo  tecum  apud  te  ambulare  quam  cutp  eo,  quocum  video  esse 
ambulandum.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  10,  1.  Cum  apud  Caesarem  pro  pop- 
ulo  fieret,  venit  eo  muliebri  vestitu  vir.  Cic.  Att.  I,  13,  3.  Late- 
bat  apud  P.  Volumnium.  Nep.  Att.  10.  Neque  umquam  sine 
aliqua  lectione  apud  eum  cenatum  est.  Nep.  Att.  14.  Ipseqmucos 
dies  commoratus  apud  C.  Flaminium  in  ugro  Arretino..  Sail.  Cat. 
36.  Sed  licere,  si  velint,  in  Ubiorum  finibus  considere,  quorum 
sint  legati  apud  se.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  8. 

145.  The  place  near  which,  loosely  rendered  at  which, 


1 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS.  99 

a  battle  or  specific  military  operation  takes  place  is  ex¬ 
pressed  by  apud  or  ad  with  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Cum  tribunus  militaris  depugnavi  apud  Thermopylas.  Cie.  Sen. 
X,  32.  Praedicabitur  incredibilis  apud  Tenedum  pugna  ilia  nav- 
alis.  Cic.  Arch.  IX,  21.  Constituunt  bellum  ad  Ilerdam  gerere. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  38.  Quod  proelium  factum  est  ad  Megatobriam. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  31.  Quae  ad  Avaricum  agebantur.  Caes.  B.G.  VII, 
16.  Res  quae  erant  ad  Corfinium  gestae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  24. 
Haee  est  nobilis  ad  Trasumennum  pugna.  Liv.  XXII,  7,  1.  Prae- 
tores  qui  proelio  apud  Isson  superfuerant.  Curt.  IV,  6.  Apud 
Granicum  eertavimus.  Curt.  IV,  53.  Quae  proelio  apud  Arbela 
coniuneta  sunt,  ordiar  dicere.  Curt.  V,  1.  Apud  Artemisium  con- 
Hixit.  Nep.  Th.  9.  Apud  Salamina  classis  devicta  est.  Nep.  Th. 

5.  Proelio  apud  Salamina  facto.  Nep.  Th.  9.  Apud  Plataeas  in 
proelio.  Nep.  Arist.  2.  Conflixerat  apud  Rhodanum.  Nep.  Hann. 
4.  Apud  Trebiam  ad  versus  eum  venit.  Nep.  Hann.  4.  Quern  ipse 
primo  apud  Rhodanum,  iterum  apud  Padum,  tertio  apud  Trebiam 
fugarat.  Nep.  Hann.  6. 

Rem.  1.  Instead  of  a  pud  or  ad  with  the  Accusative,  the  Genitive  de¬ 
fining  pugna ,  proelium ,  &c.,  may  be  used.  When  the  military  operation 
includes  the  town,  the  latter  is  written  in  the  Locative  or  Ablative — e.g., 
Cum  hoc  eodem  Clastidii  apud  Padum  decernit.  Nep.  Hann.  4.  Ver- 
cingetorix  tot  incommodis  Vellaunoduni,  Genabi,  Novioduni  acceptis, 
suos  ad  concilium  convocat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  14.  Si  Trasimeni  quam 
Trebiae,  si  Cannarum  quam  Trasimeni  pugna  nobilior  esset.  Liv. 
XXIII,  43,  4. 

* 

146.  Instead  of  the  Accusative  of  the  name  of  the  town 
with  the  preposition  apud  or  ad  the  adjective  may  be 
used — e.  g. 

Ac  tamen  quod  fuit  roboris  proeliis  Dyrrhacinis  interiit.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  87.  Cum  pugna  depingeretur  Marathonia.  Nep.  Milt. 

6.  Namque  ex  me  natam  relinquo  pugnam  Leuctricam.  Nep. 
Epam.  10.  Nemo  adversus  eum  post  Cannensem  pugnam  in  cam- 
po  castra  posuit.  Nep.  Hann.  5. 

147.  The  place  or  space  on  which  or  within  which  an 
action  occurs,  over  or  through  which  it  extends,  but  to 


100 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


which  it  is  limited ,  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  without 
the  preposition  in.  To  this  connection  must  be  referred 
the  Ablatives  via,  itinere ,  and  the  like  e.  g., 


Iter  conficiebamus  pulverulenta  via.  Cic.  Att.  V,  14,  1.  lide- 
mus  naturam  suo  quodam  itinere  ad  ultimum  pervenire.  Cic.  N. 
D  II,  13,  35-  Ne  ad  villam  quidem  tuam  via  Graeca  ire  soles. 
Cic  Fani  VII  1,  3.  Curavit  (litteras)  perlonga  et  non  satis 
tuta  via  perferendas.  Cic.  Att.  V.  20,  8.  Convocatos  milites 
monuit,  via  omnes  irent.  Liv.  XXV,  9.  4. 

Rem  1  When  the  action  does  not  extend  through  the  entire  space  in¬ 
dicated  by  the  word  in  the  Ablative,  which  is  usually  the  case  with  a 
verb  of  rest,  the  Ablative  is  used  with  the  preposition  in  e.  g., 

Caedam  in  Appia  via  factam  esse  constat.  Cic.  Mil.  VI,  14.  Aio 
Locntio  templum  propter  vocem  exanditam  in  Nova  via  lussirnus  en. 
T  iv  V  52  11  In  eo  itinere  persuadet  Castico.  Caes.  B.  G.  l,  a.  i 
itinere'de  proelio  facto  audivi.  Cic.  Fam.  X,  4,  2.  Num  idem  in  Appen- 
nini  tramitibus  facere  potero  ?  Cic.  Phil.  XII,  11,  26. 

Rem.  2.  The  difference  between  the  Ablative  with  and  without  in  can¬ 
not  be  uniformly  insisted  upon. 


1.  With  in— e.  g.,  T  XT  .  T  • 

In  Nova  via.  Liv.  V,  32,  6.  [Use  of  m  regular].  In  Nova  via.  Liv. 

V,  50,  5.  [Use  of  in  regular]. 

2.  Without  in — e.  g., 

Gabina  via.  Liv.  II,  11,  7.  [We  look  for  in].  Gabina  via.  Liv.  V, 
49,  6  [We  look  for  in].  Appia  via.  Liv.  XXII,  1, 12  [We  look  for  in]. 
Latina  via.  Liv.  XXII,  55,  4.  [Omission  of  in  regular]. 

Rem.  3.  In  many  cases  the  Ablatives  itinere  and  via,  with  and  without 
an  attributive,  may  be  explained  as  Ablatives  of  Means,  Manner,  or 

Time. 


148.  The  English  by  the  way  of  is  rendered  in  Latin  by 
the  Ablative  without  a  preposition.  In  a  similar  sense 
occurs  per  with  the  Accusative— e.  g., 

Cottianis  Alpibus  Italiam  irrumpere  iussus.  Tac.  H.  I,  61.  \ul- 
go  credere  Pennino  transgressum.  Liv.  XXI,  38,  6.  Coelium  per 
Cremonis  iugum  dicere  transisse.  Liv.  XXI,  3,  8,  7.  Ex  his  cas- 
tris  perrexi  in  Ciciliam  per  Cappadociae  earn  partem.  Cic.  Att. 
V,  20,  2.  Iter  in  Ciciliatn  feci  per  Tauri  pylas.  Cic.  Att.  V,  20,  2. 
Audierat  Pompeium  per  Mauritania™  iter  in  Hispaniam  facere. 


LATIN  CAS^-RELATIONS. 

I  -1 


101 


Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  39.  Petreius  per  Vettones  ad  Afranium  profiseisci 
tur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  38. 

149.  The  qualifications  of  the  place  where  in  the  Abla¬ 
tive  or  Locative  are  likewise  expressed  either  in  the  Abla¬ 
tive  or  Locative,  as  required  by  the  rules  given — e.  g., 

Constabat  Elide  in  tempto  Minervae  simulacrum  Vietoriae  se 
convertisse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  105.  Fuit  aenea  tabula  fixa  Ther- 
mis  in  curia.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  46,  112.  Eodem  die  Antiochiae  in 
Syria  bis  tantus  exercitus  clamor  exauditus  est.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
Ill,  105.  Trallibus  in  templo  Vietoriae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  105. 
Pergami  in  occultis  templi.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  105.  Exercitum  in 
Aulercis  in  hibernis  collocavit.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  29. 

150.  The  at  relation  in  Space,  or  the  general  place 
where,  when  used  as  means  or  manner,  occasionally 
cause ,  must  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative  without  the 
use  of  the  preposition  in — e.  g., 

Domitius  navibus  Massiliam  pervenit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1, 36.  Om- 
nes  his  angustiis  continebantur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  48.  Milites  his 
navibus  flumen  transportat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  54.  Ne  quo  loco 
erumperent  Pompeiani.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  44,  Equitatum  decu- 
mana  porta  in  castra  se  recipere  iussit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  76. 
Frumentum,  quod  flumine  Arare  navibus  subvexerat.  Caes.  B.  G. 
I,  16.  Quorum  pars  aperto  latere  legiones  circumvenire  coepit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  II.  23.  Ne  Varenus  quidem  turn  vallo  sese  continet. 
Caes.  B.  G.  V,  44.  Cum  angusto  portarum  exitu  se  ipsi  preme- 
rent.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  28.  Sinistra  manU  retinebat  areum,  dextra 
ardentem  facem  praeferebat.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  34,  74.  Ipse  equo 
in  oppidum  vectus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  44.  Veniat  nunc,  experiatur: 
tecto  recipiet  nemo.  Verr.  II,  II,  10,  26.  Vinum  Tiberi  devectum. 
Juv.  Sat.  VII,  121.  Alio  vectus  vehiculo.  Veil.  II,  59. 

Rem.  1.  The  where  relation  as  Means ,  Manner,  or  Cause  furnishes  the 
proper  explanation  of  the  preposition  in,  in  many  cases  of  assumed 

poetic  license.”  , 


i 


102  UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 

II.  Ablative  of  the  At  Relation  in  Time,  or  of 

Time  When. 

151.  Parallel  with  the  Ablative  denoting  the  general  at 
or  where  relation  in  Space  is  the  Ablative  denoting  the 
o-eneral  at  relation  in  Time,  or  the  time  when ,  at  which. 

152.  The  Ablative  denoting  time  when  is  used  without 
a  preposition*  irrespective  ot  the  actual  extent  of  the  period 
expressed  by  the  word  of  time.  In  other  words,  the 
period  of  time  is  regarded  as  a  unit,  with  no  reference  to 
its  parts,  even  though  the  action  or  event  defined  does 
not  occupy  or  cover  the  entire  period .  To  this  connection 
must,  of  course,  be  referred  the  designations  of  time 
which  are  incapable  of  resolution  into  parts— e.  g., 

Neque  tam  languido  animo  quisquam  fuit  qui  ea  nocte  conqui- 
everit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  21.  Quarta  vigilia  Lentulus  cum  custodi- 
bus  nostris  colloquitur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  22.  Postero  die  Petreius 
cum  paucis  equitibus  proficiscitur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  66.  Hora  de- 
cima  subsequi  pabulatores  iubet.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  80.  Eodem 
die  castra  movit  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  48.  Multa  nocte  se  in  castra  re 
cepit.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  26.  Proelia  maxima  natali  suo  die  fecit 
omnia.  Nep.  Timol,  5.  Arabes  campos  et  montes  hieme  et  aestate 
peragrantes  cantus  avium  notaverunt.  Cic.  Div.  I,  42,  94.  Si  iu- 
dicatum  erit  meridie  non  lucere.  Cic.  Att.  I,  1,  1.  Neque  quod 
initio  praedicarant  praestare  voluerunt.  Nep.  Eum.  13.  Oriente 
luce  pervenerunt  ad  angustias.  Curt.  Ill,  21.  Orto  sole  sacrum 
faciebat.  Curt  IV,  2G.  Principio  generi  animantium  omni  est 
a  natura  tributum.  Cic.  Off.,  I,  4,  11.  Ut.  urbs  capta  eodem 
vestigio  videretur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  7.  Quod  sacrificium  nemo 
ante  P.  Clodium  omni  memoria  violavit.  Cic.  Harus.  XXII,  37. 

Rem.  1.  In  the  ante-classical  as  well  as  the  post-classical  periods  of  the 
language  the  preposition  in  with  principio  is  common.  The  simple  Abla¬ 
tive  is  more  frequent  in  the  Classical  period— e.  g., 

Ne  quid  in  principio  negaret,  visenda  urbe  diei  partem  consumpsit. 

Liv.  XXIII,  7,  12.  Recensebant  Dareum  in  principio  imperii  iussisse. 

Curt.  Ill,  6.  Constituendum  putarem  principio  quis  esset  imperator. 

Cic.  Or.  I,  48,  210. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


103 


Rem.  2.  In  the  words  heri  and  vesperi  the  Locative  ending  is  retained 

— e-  g  * 

Lepidus  ad  me  heri  vesperi  litteras  misit  Antio.  Cic.  Att.  XIII,  47,  2. 
Vesperi  ad  nos  eodem  die  venit  ipse  Dionysius.  Cic.  Att.  VIII,  5,  1. 

153.  Time  is  often  implied  in  the  word  in  the  Ablative — 
e.  g., 

Pompeius  in  Cumanum  Parilibus  venit.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  10,  2.  Sa- 
turnalibus  mane  se  mihi  Pindenissitae  dediderunt.  Cic.  Att.  V, 
20,  1.  Itaque  et  ludis  et  gladiatoribus  mirandos  plansu^  aufere- 
bamus.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  113  Tertio  quoque  verbo  orationis  suae 
me  appellabat.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  2,  8.  Consulatu  devenimus  in  me¬ 
dium  rerum  omnium  certamen.  Cic.  Or.;  I,  1,  3.  Cuius  absentis 
rationem  haberi  proximis  comitiis  populus  iussit.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 

I,  9.  Neque  adhuc  hominum  memoria  repertus  est  quisquam. 
Ceas.  B.  G.  Ill,  22.  Cum  se  bis  expertos  dicerent  Ariovisti  bello 
et  Teneterorum  transitu.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  55.  Bello  vacationes 
valent,  tumultu  non  valent.  Cic.  Phil.  VIII,  1,  3.  E.xperti  sumus 
Italico  bello  Siciliam  nobis  pro  penaria  cella  fuisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 

II,  2,  5.  Hamilcar  primo  bello  Punico  praeesse  coepit  exqrcitui. 
Nep.  Hann.l.  Leuctrica  pugna  hie  fuit  dux  delectae  in  anus.  Nep. 
Pel.  4.  Bello  ac  pace  pati  legitima  imperia  potes,  Liv.  VIII,  3»5, 
7.  Super  calibus  vetuit  currere  imberbes.  Suet,  Aug-  31.  Munere 
in  foro  depugnavit  Furius  Lepidus.  Suet.  Caes.  39-  Ludis  Deci- 
mus  Laberius  eques  mimum  suum  egitu  Suet.  Caes.  39.  politico 
triumpho  praetulit  titulum  veni,  vidi,  vici.  Suet.  Caes.  37. 

J-''  ■  "  Imi'l  'f?  ;i , 

154.  With  most  of  the  preceding  and  similar  designa¬ 
tions  of  time  the  preposition  in  occurs  with  the  Ablative. 
In  many  cases  in  which  the  preposition  in  is  used,  the 
Ablative  properly  and  regularly  presents  the  period  of 
time  with\n  which  the  action  or  event  occurs,  or  within 
which  it  is  repeated.  In  some  cases  the  time  is  conceived 
not  as  the  time  at  which,  but  during  or  within  which. 
From  the  facts  in  the  Language,  however,  it  may  be  fair- 
lv  concluded  that  the  Latin  writers  often  used  or  omitted 
the  preposition  in  with  the  Ablative  of  a  designation  of 
Time  with  no  conscious  reference  to  the  distinction  of  the 


104 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


time  at  which  (without  preposition)  from  the  time  with - 
in  which  (with  preposition).  We  cannot  then  insist  upon 
an  inflexible  rule  that  the  simple  Ablative  expresses  the 
time  at  which ,  or  presents  the  exact  measure  of  the  event 
or  action,  and  that  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  in 
presents  the  time  writhin  which,  or  the  time  the  whole  of 
which  is  not  covered  by  the  event  or  action— e.  g., 

Est,  inquit,  ut  dicis,  est  vero,  inquit,  Scipio,  in  pace  et  otio. 
Cic.  de  Re  Pub.  I,  40,  63.  Quis  dubitare  posset,  cum  istius  in 
quaestura  furtum  recognosceret,  cum  in  legatione  fanorum  spoli- 
ationes  cogitaret,  qualis  iste  in  quarto  actu  improbitatis  futurus 
esset  ?  Cic.  Verr.  I,  II,  6,  18.  Quaerimus  qualis  in  bello  praedo- 
num  praedo  ipse  fuerit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  59,  154.  Qui  in  pace 
tranquilla  bellum  excitare  possent.  Liv.  XXVI,  26,  11.  Nedum 
in  bello  respirare  civitatem  forent  passuri.  Liv.  XXVI,  26,  11. 
Neque  aliorum  magis  in  Volsco  bello  virtus  enituit.  Liv.  II,  24,  8. 
Prior  horum  apud  Massagetas  in  proelio  cecidit.  Nep.  Reg.  1. 
Cum  in  consulatu  suo  rex  appellatus  esset.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  34. 

In  the  preceding  examples  the  use  of  the  preposition  in  is  cov¬ 
ered  by  the  rule,  but  in  the  example— Consulatu  devenimus  in  me¬ 
dium  rerum  omnium  certamen.  Cic.  Or.  I,  1,  3— the  exclusion  of 
the  preposition  in  is  not  demanded  by  the  temporal  relation  ex 
pressed,  while  in  the  example— Videtis  religionem  Graecorum, 
quae  monumenta  hostium  in  bello  ipso  soleat  defendere.  Cic.  Verr. 
II,  II,  65,  159— the  exclusion  of  the  preposition  would  be  consist- 
tent  with  the  rule. 

Rem-  1.  From  the  regular  use  of  the  preposition  in  must  be  excepted 
the  cases  in  which  the  preposition  is  authorized  by  the  verb.  The  in¬ 
fluence  of  the  verh  may  render  the  temporal  relation  of  the  Ablative 

questionable — e.  g., 

Occupatis  Romanis  in  Macedonico  bello.  Liv.  XLII,  29,  6.  Cum  his 
m  proeliis  versabantur,  ad  eos  se  equites  recipiebant.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  48. 

155,  The  preposition  in  is  used  with  the  Ablatives  tem¬ 
pore,  temporibus,  aetatibus,  when  circumstances,  temp¬ 
oral  or  political  relations,  a  critical  state  of  things,  are 
referred  to  by  the  word  of  time  in  the  Ablative — e.  g., 


I>ATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


105 


Eac  ( res)  contra  nos  ambae  faciunt  in  hoc  tempore.  Cic.  Quinct. 
1,1.  (Here  in  hoc  tempore  may  be  best  rendered  “  under  the  ex¬ 
isting  circumstances, ”  “in  the  present  state  of  things”).  Quae 
studia  in  his  iatn  aetatibus  nostris  contractiora  esse  debent.  Cic. 
Gael.  XXXI,  76.  In  illo  tempore  civitatis  quod  post  mortem 
Caesaris  consecutum  est.  Cic.  Phil.  V,  14,  38.  Hoc  in  tempore 
nulla  civitas  Atheniensibus  auxilio  fuit.  Nep.  Milt.  5. 

156.  The  different  periods  of  life,  pueritia ,  iuventute 
( iuventa ),  adolescentia,  senectute  (senecta),  also  vita , 
aetate ,  and  praesentia  take  regularly ,  in  the  Ablative,  the 
preposition  in,  to  express  the  time  when ,  or  during  which 
— e  iy 

(Ea)  in  adolescentia  significant  quantaefrugesindustriaesint  fu- 
turae.  Cic.Cael.  XXXI,  76.  Propterea  quasi  cognomen  iam  ha- 
bebat  in  senectute  sapientis.  Cic.  Am.  II,  6.  Constat  eum  per- 
studiosum  fuisse  in  senectute.  Cic.  Sen.  XX,  76.  Cf.  In  senecta 
hoc  deputo  miserrimum.  Cic.  Sen.  VIII,  25.  Si  in  pueritia  non 
iis  artibus  ac  disciplinis  institutus  eras.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  18,  47. 
Dies  quos  in  vita  laetissimos  vidit.  Cic.  Am.  Ill,  12.  Quid  est  in 
hominis  vita  diu  ?  Cic.  Sen.  XIX.  69.  Nihil  omnino  agamus  in 
vita.  Cic.  Fat.  XII,  28.  Quale  cuiusque  studium  in  superiore 
vita.  Cic.  Sen.  VIII,  26.  0  miserum  senem,  qui  mortem  eontem- 

nendam  in  tarn  longa  aetate  non  viderit  !  Cic.  Sen.  XIX,  66. 
Quae  in  vita  usurpant  homines,  cogitant.  Cic.  Fat.  XXII,  45 
Artes  quae  in  omni  aetate  cultae.  Cic.  Sen.  Ill,  9.  Frustra  con- 
sumptae  tot  noctes  tarn  longa  in  aetate.  Cic.  Div.  II,  68,  141. 
Sed  in  senecta  sinistro  (oculo)  minus  vidit.  Suet.  Aug.  79.  Per- 
taesus  ignaviam  suam,  quod  nihil  a  se  memorabile  actum  esset 
in  aetate.  Suet.  Caes.  7.  Hoc  video  in  praesentia  opus  esse.  Cic. 
Att.  XV,  20,  4.  Satis  habebat  in  praesentia  hostem  prohibere. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  15. 

There  is  no  authority  for  the  identity  of  in  praesentia  with  in 
praesens,  which  latter  phrase  finds  its  parallel  in  in  perpetuum,  in 
posterum,  in  aeternum,  & c. 

Rem.  1.  The  Ablative  of  time,  without  the  preposition  in,  may  present 
the  relation  of  cause — e.  g., 

Dareus  senectute  diem  obiit  supremum.  Nep.  Reg.  1. 


106 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


157.  The  periods  ol  life  m  the  Ablative  with  an  attribu- 
tive  are  usually  and  regularly  written  without  the  prepo¬ 
sition  in.  The  preposition  is  sometimes  used  by  the  late 

writers — e.  g., 

Qui  extrema  pueritia  miles  in  exercitu  fuit.  Cic.  Imp.  Pomp.  X, 
28.  Prima  iuventa  variorum  dedeeorum  infamiam  subiit.  Suet. 
Aug.  68.  Quidam  putant  usum  occasione  rapiendae  domina- 
tionis,  quam  aetate  prima  concupisset.  Suet.  Caes.  30.  Solitus 
est  narrare  se  in  prima  iuventa  studium  philosophiae  hausisse. 

Tac.  Agr.  4. 

Rem.  In  some  cases  the  Ablative  of  a  period  of  life  with  an  attributive 

must  be  interpreted  as  the  descriptive  Ablative— e.  g., 

Erat  summa  senectute  et  perdita  valetudine.  Cic.  Phil.  VIII,  10,  31. 

158.  The  Ablative  tempore ,  with  or  without  the  prepo¬ 
sition  in  rendered  “at  the  right ,  proper  timer  The  omis¬ 
sion  of  the  preposition  in  is,  perhaps,  more  usual.  In  the 
sense  “  at  the  appointed  time”  the  omission  of  the  prepo¬ 
sition  is  the  rule — e.  g., 

Ego  renovabo  commendationem,  sed  tempore.  Cie.  Earn.  All, 
18,  1.  Ad  cenam  tempore  venit  Canius.  Cic.  Off.  Ill,  14,  58.  Ni 
castris  exciti  pedites  equitesque  in  tempore  subvenissent.  Liv. 
XXXIII,  5,  2.  Educatus  Ravennae  puer,  quo  mox  ludibrio  con- 
flictatus  sit,  in  tempore  memorabo.  Tac.  Ann.  I,  58.  Quod  si 
non  sumus  immortales  futuri,  tamen  exstingui  homini  suo  tem¬ 
pore  optabile  est.  Cic.  Sen.  XXIII,  85.  Putabat  se  ad  comitia 
tempore  venturum,  si  pridie  venisset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  52,  123. 

159.  A  period  of  time  defined  by  a  numeral  is  presented 
in  its  continuousness  or  extent ,  the  whole  of  which  is  cov¬ 
ered  or  occupied  by  the  event  or  action.  Here  there  is  an 
exact  coincidence  of  time  and  event  or  action.  The  event 
or  action  is  measured  by,  restricted  to,  and,  so  to  speak, 
located  at  the  time.  This  extent  of  specific  time  in  the 
Ablative  is  identical  in  meaning  with  the  Accusative  of 
Time.  In  one  case  the  Accusative  emphasizes  the  contin¬ 
uance  of  an  event  or  action  through  a  given  extent  ol 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


107 


time;  in  the  other  the  Ablative  furnishes,  so  to  speak,  the 
location  in  time  as  the  time  at  which  the  event  or  action 
occurs.  The  Ablative  in  this  statement  of  time  is  used 
without  the  preposition  in.  It  is  not  frequently  met  with 
in  the  place  of  the  Accusative,  in  the  best  period  of  the 
language,  while  in  late  writers  it  is  very  common — e.  g., 

Scriptum  est  triginta  annis  vixisse  Panaetium  postea  quam 
illos  libros  edidisset.  Cic.  Off.  Ill,  2,  8.  Cuius  ductu  novem  annis 
rem  publieam  felicissime  gesserit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  7.  Hoc  cum 
csset  modo  pugnatum  continenter  horis  quinque.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
I,  46.  Ariovistus  his  omnibus  diebus  exercitum  castris  continuit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  48.  Diebus  XXV  aggerem  latum  pedes  CCCXXX 
exstruxit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  24.  Gessit  novem  annis,  quibus  in 
imperio  fuit,  haec  fere.  Suet.  Caes.  25.  Curulis  triumphos  egit 
eontinuo  triduo.  Suet.  Aug.  22.  Ceteros  consulatus  aut  novem 
aut  sex  aut  quattuor  aut  tribus  mensibus,  secundum  vero  pau- 
cissimis  horis  gessit.  Suet.  Aug.  26.  Vixit  annis  viginti  novem, 
imperavit  triennio  et  deeem  mensibus.  Suet.  Calig.  53.  Quadri- 
duo  in  eodem  loco  substitit.  Curt.  IV,  40.  Metellus  in  iisdem 
castris  quadriduo  moratus  saucios  reficit.  Sail.  Jug.  54.  Amotus 
Cercinam  quattuordecim  annis  exilium  toleravit.  Tac.  Ann.  1,53. 

160.  The  Ablative  of  a  period  of  time  with  totus  repre¬ 
sents  the  time  in  its  continuousness,  the  whole  of  which 
is  covered  by  the  event  or  action,  and  is  used  without  the 
preposition  in — e.  g., 

Ea  tota  nocte  continenter  ierunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  26.  Tota 
nocte.......  ad  Araxen  prima  luce  pervenit.  Curt.  V,  17.  Toto  die 

eacumina  montis  intuens  restitit.  Curt.  VII,  43.  Toto  triennio 
meditatus  erat  defensionem.  Curt.  VII,  1. 

161.  The  time  is  presented  in  the  Ablative  as  the  period 
within  which  the  event  or  action  occurs.  While  the  time 
is  conceived  in  its  continuousness,  the  whole  time  is  not 
covered  by  the  event  or  action,  which  takes  place  at  some 
point  or  points  of  time  within  it.  The  period  of  time  in 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA.  ! 

,  ,  .  .  i  ,  •  „  tVint  is  it  is  reckoned  from  an 

«„f  to  L  gotherri  from  the  co.toxt.  A.  the  ptnotl 
within  which  may  embrace  tl.o  beginning  aod  ™(loftl.e 
time  in  this  use  of  the  Ablative  the  beginning  or  end  of 
the  period  is  often  the  time  intended  to  be  expressed.  This 
Ablative  then  is  used : 

1  With  distinctive  reference  to  the  beginning  of  the  period 
stated  in  the  Ablative.  This  use  of  the  Ablative  ,s  not  frequent. 

Here  the  conception  is  so  long  &go  or  before  e.  g.,  . 

Qui  non  vetustatis  auctoritatem  habere  poterant,  pauc.s  ^ 
bus  reges  constituti.  Auct.  B.  Alex.  33.  Here  reference  is  made  to 
the  parties  who  had  been  appointed  rulers  a  few  days  before,  n 
ZlH  a  few  days,  nor  at  any  time  within  a  few  days- Rap, ant 
frutnen ta  ex  agris  nostris  quent  ad  mod-  ~ rapue^. 

Tiv  II  34-  10-  Here  tertio  anno  means  the  third  yet 
,  threc.  warL  ago).  The  ordinal  tertio  defines  the  period  anno  as 
the  time  at  which  (reckoned  from  the  present)  the  event  occurred. 

,  When  the  period  of  time  is  reckoned  from  the  present,  the  pro- 

ago  The  point  of  reckoning,  the  present,  may  be  furnished  by 

text,  without  hie.  The  Ablative  with  hie  is  not  frequent  e 

Ergo  his  annis  quadringentis  Romae  rex  erat  ?  Oc^ReR  b^T,^ 

Here  his  annis  quadringentis  means  400  yeais  ago.  • 

usque  ad  Romulum.qui  ab  hoe  tempore  anno  seseentes.mo  rex  eiat. 

REMT'Thepronoun  hie  when  transferred  to  the  past  regularly  be¬ 
comes  /  lie.  Hence  the  Ablative  of  a  period  of  time  ^"^Tvent 
period  reckoned  from  a  given  past  at  the  beginning  o  which  thej^  ^ 
or  action  occurred.  Here  the  conception  is  so  long  before.  P 

reckoning,  in  the  past,  may  be  furnished  by  the  context  without  hie.  This 

Ablative  with  ille  is  not  frequent  e.  g.,  j  nr_ 

Diodorus  ad  propinquum  suum  scribit,  ut  us  responderet  dlud  ar 

o-entum  se  paucis  illis  diebus  misisse  Lilybaeum.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  IV,  18, 

Id  Here  the  statement  is  that  the  silver-work  had  been  sent  a  few 

davs  before,  not  at  any  or  some  time  within  a  tew  days. 

Venerat  ad  earn  illo  biduo  Laetilius  quidam.  Cie.  Ven.  II,  H.  ■  • 

Hortatus  sumut  illam  laudationem  quam  se  meUi  coactos  paucui  ,  . 
diebus  deeresse  dicebant,  tollerent.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  IV  83  140.  Bn 
per  tin um  servum  eonfecit  totum  negotium.  Cic.  Att.  1,  lb,  o 
Rem  3  With  this  relation  before  or  ago  expressed  in  the  Ablatn 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


109 


without  the  preposition  in  may  be  compared  time  in  the  Accusative  or 
Ablative  with  ante — e.  g., 

Neeesse  est  miseros  esse  eos  qui  centum  milibus  annorum  ante  occi- 
derunt.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  5.  9.  Nobis  tarn  longae  absentiaeconditione  ante 
quadriennium  amissus  es.  Tae.  Agr.  45. 

162.  2.  With  distinct  reference  to  the  end  of  the  period  sta¬ 
ted  in  the  Ablative.  Here  the  event  or  action  occurs  at 
the  end  of  the  time  stated  in  the  Ablative,  and  the  con¬ 
ception  is  so  long  after— e.  g., 

Eo  biduo  cum  esset  annonae  summa  caritas.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  1,  6. 
Ipse  iis  navibus  Tarraconem  paucis  diebus  pervenit.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  21.  Legem  promulgavit  ut  sexenni  die  sine  usuris  cred- 
itae  pecuniae  solvantur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  20.  Hue  biduo  venit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  11.  His  paucis  diebus  Aulerci  portas  clauserunt. 
Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  17.  Here  paucis  diebus  means  a  few  days  after 
the  arrival  of  the  Sabines  (as  is  gathered  from  the  context). 
Parte  tertia  exercitus  eo  biduo  dimissa  duas  legiones  suas  ante- 
cedere  iussit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  87.  Eo  triduo  legio  octava  ad 
eum  venit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  18.  Eo  biduo  Caesar  cum  equitibus 
nongentis  in  castra  pervenit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  41.  Castra  movit 
diebusque  circiter  quindecim  ad  fines  Belgarum  pervenit.  Caes.  B. 
G.  II,  2.  Pulsus  biduo  et  duabus  noctibus  Hadrumetum  perve¬ 
nit.  Nep.  Hann.  6. 

Rem.  1.  With  this  relation  after  expressed  in  the  Ablative  v/ithout  the 
preposition  in  may  be  compared  time  in  the  Accusative  or  Ablative  with 
post — e.  g., 

Ita  recepi  me  biennio  post  non  modo  exercitatior  sed  prope  mutatus. 
Cic.  Brut.  XCI,  316.  Aliquot  post  menses  et  homo  occisus  est  et  bona 
venisse  dicuntur.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  XLIV,  128. 

Rem.  2.  When  two  events  or  actions  are  presented  and  relatively  con¬ 
sidered,  the  time  in  the  Ablative  gives  the  period  at  the  end  of  which  the 
leading  event  or  action  occurs  reckoned  from  the  subordinate  event  or 
action,  which  is  associated  with  the  Relative  agreeing  with  the  period 
in  the  Ablative.  This  is  the  relation  of  priority  ordinarily  expressed  by 
postquam.  Instead  of  the  Relative  alone,  the  Relative  with  the  preposi¬ 
tion  a  (ab)  is  sometimes  found— e.  g., 

Accidit  repentinum  incommodum  biduo,  quo  haec  gesta  sunt.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  1,48.  Haec  acta  diebus  quadraginta  quibus  in  conspectum  ad- 
versariorum  venerit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  32.  Barbari  eommoti,  quod  op- 
pidum  paucis  diebus  quibus  eo  ventum  erat  expugnatum  cognoverant. 


110 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Caes  B  G  III,  23.  Diebus  quindecim,  quibus  m  hiberna  ventum  est, 
hittfum  tmnultus  ortum  est.  Caes.  B.  G.  V.  26  Diebus  decern  qu, bus 
materia  coepta  est  comportari,  exercitus  traducitur.  Caes  B.  G.  IV  , 
?8  Lex  RupiUa  vetabat  diebus  triginta  sortiri  dream  quibus  scnp- 
ta  est  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  15,  37.  In  this  example  the  negative  force  o 
etat  is  to  be  observed.  Quibus  effectis  armat.sque  diebus  tngmta 
a  qua  die  materia  caesa  est,  his  D.  Brutum  praefec.t.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I 
36  Quattuor  quibus  in  eonspectum  venit  horis,  una  profligav.t  ace. 

Suet.  Caes.  35. 


163  3-  With  distinct  reference  to  the  end  of  theperiod  of 
time  reckoned  from  the  Present  into  the  Future,  as  well  as 
from  ti  given  Past  into  the  Future  e.  g., 

Tribus  horis  Aduaticam  venire  potestis.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  35. 
Futurum  esse  paucis  annis  uti  omnes  ex  Galliae  fimbus  pelleren- 
tur  £aes  B.  G.  I,  31.  Scitote  paucissimis  his  diebus  regem  ad- 

futurum.  Suet.  Caes.  66. 

Rem.  1.  The  Ablative  in  this  connection  sometimes  approaches  the  Ab- 


la"  Me0biTnonduaerum  rerum,  quas  maxime  timebam,  spero  liberatum 

Rem1  2^ he  U Ablative^  of  time  without  the  preposition  in  must  some- 
times  be  explained  as  presenting  the  period  at  some  point  or  points 
within  which  the  event  or  action  occurs,  or  the  whole  of  which  is  not 

occupied  by  the  event  or  action  e.  g., 

Hanc  urbem  hoc  biennio  evertes.  Cic.  Sonin.  Scip.  2. 


164.  Apart  from  the  simple  Ablative  without  the  prepo¬ 
sition  in,  the  Ablative  with  tlie  preposition  tn  regularly 
expresses  the  time  within  which,  or  the  time  at  some  point 
within  which  the  event  or  action  occurs  e.  g., 

Quod  idcirco  posui  ut  dicendi  Latine  pritna  matuntas  m  qua 
aerate  exstitisset  posset  notari.  Cic.  Brut.  XLIII,  161.  In  hoc 
interdicto  non  solet  addi  in  hoc  anno.  Cic.  Fam.  XV,  16,  3.  In 
his  paucis  diebus  nonne  homo  postulavit?  Cic.  Or.  I.  37,  168  In 

eius  interregno  comitia  habita  magnocertaminepatrumac  plebis. 

I  iv  XXII,  34,  1.  In  ea  enata  suboles  in  paucis  diebus  adolevit. 
Suet.  Aug.  94. 

Rem.  1.  The  negative  excludes  the  division  of  the  time  in  the  Ablative. 
The  negative  action  applies  to  the  entire  period-e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


Ill 


Immolavit  Iphigeniam,  qua  nihil  erat  in  eo  anno  natum  pulcrius. 
Cic.  Off.  Ill,  25,95.  Neque  in  tam  multis  annis  cuiusquam  ex  sua 
stirpe  funus  vidit.  Nep.  Reg.  2. 

185.  In  a  sense  similar  to  that  expressed  by  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  in  (  =  the  time  within  which)  occurs 
the  Accusative  with  the  preposition  per.  In  such  cases 
the  entire  extent  of  time,  embracing  the  limits,  is  presented 
as  the  period  within  which  the  event  or  action  occurs — 
e.  go 

Per  eos  dies  proeliutn  secundum  equestre  fecit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
84.  Per  idem  tempus  corpus  Alexandri  floribus  aspersis  venera- 
tus  est.  Suet.  Aug.  18.  Ut  dici  posset  eos  ab  se  per  l idem  in  col- 
loquio  circumventos.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  46. 

Rem.  1.  A  similar  relation  of  time  is  expressed  by  inter  and  the  Accu- 
ative  =  the  time  during  but  within  which  the  action  or  event  occurs 
or  fails — e.  g., 

Frusione  inter  noctem  lux  orta  est.  Liv.  XXXII,  29,  2.  Omnia 
eommemorabuntur,  quae  inter  decern  annos  nefarie  facta  sunt.  Cic. 
Verr.  Act.  pr.  XIII,  37.  Here  inter  decern  annos  must  be  interpreted 
"from  time  to  time  during  ( through )  ten  years.." 

Rem.  2.  In  a  similar  temporal  relation  occurs  the  Accusative  with  the 
preposition  intra.  With  intra  less  than  the  time  stated  in  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  is  conceived  as  the  time  within  which  the  event  or  action  occurs — 
e.  g-, 

Gaioet  Lucio  intra  triennium  defunctis,  adoptatur  ab  Augusto  simul 
cum  fratre  eorum  M.  Agrippa.  Suet.  Tib.  15.  Dimidiam  partem  na- 
tionum  omnium  subegit  solus  intra  viginti  dies.  Plaut.  Cure.  Ill,  78. 

166.  When  the  repetition  of  an  event  or  action  within  a 
time  stated  is  specified  by  a  numeral  adverb,  by  a  distrib¬ 
utive,  rarely  by  a  cardinal,  the  period  is  expressed  in  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  in,  as  a  rule — e.  g., 

Vix  ter  in  anno  audire  nuntium  possunt.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  XLVI, 
133.  Ilia  vita  nullo  modo  mihi  placuit,  bis  in  die  saturum  fieri. 
Cic.  Tusc.  5,  35,  100.  Pater  eius  institutum  servabat  cotidie  bis 
in  die  foederis  perlegendi.  Liv.  XLIV,  16,  5.  Sanxit  ne  plus  quam 
bis  in  mense  legitimus  senatus  ageretur.  Suet.  Aug.  35.  Bis  in 
exitu  anni  eius  lapidatum  esse  nuntiatum  est.  Liv.  XLIV,  18,  6. 
Sol  reeedens  binas  in  singulis  annis  reversiones  facit.  Cic.  N.  D. 


112 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


II,  40,  102.  Si  haberem  cui  darem,  vel  ternas  (epistolas)  in  hora 
darem.  Cic.  Fam.  XV,  16,  1.  Tres  in  anno  statos  dies  habuisse, 
quibus  interdiu  Bacchis  initiarentur.  Liv.  XXXIX,  13,  8,  Pro 
tribus  in  anno  diebus  quinos  singulis  mensibus  dies  imtiorum  le- 
cisse.  Liv.  XXXIX,  13,  9.  (Earn)  trims  in  die  sacrifice  colere 
perseveravit.  Suet.  Nero  56.  Ea  saepe  deciens  complebatur  in 
die.  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  2,  40.  In  hora  saepe  ducentos  versusdic- 

tabat.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  4,  9. 

Rem.  1.  The  following  cases  of  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  in 

mav  be  referred  to  this  connection— e.  g., 

Lucilius  ait  M.  Crassum  semel  in  vita  risisse.  Cic.  Pin.  V.  30,  92.  In 
omnibus  saeculis  pauciores  viri  reperti  sunt,  qui,  etc.  Cic.  Fam .  XV,  4, 15. 
Rem.  2.  The  Accusatives  of  time  with  the  prepositions  per,  inter,  in. 

allows  the  numeral  Adverb,  &e.  e.  g., 

Quod  bis  per  biduum  equestri  proelio  superaverim  ?  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II, 
32.  Binapostea  inter  tot  annos  opima  parta  sunt  spolia.  Liv.1,10,  i . 
Ter  in  annum  quaternum  mensium  tessaras  dare  destmavit.  Suet. 


Aug.  40.  #  ,  . 

Rem.  3.  The  omission  of  the  preposition  in  with  the  Ablative  ot  time 
when  the  repetition  of  the  event  or  action  is  given  by  the  numeral  ad¬ 
verb,  & c.,  is  poetic— e.  g., 

Bis  pueri  die  numeu  cum  virginibus  tuum  laudantesquatient  humnm. 
Hor.  Ocl.  IV,  1,  25.  Bis  die  numerant  ambo  pecudes.  Verg.  Eel.  Ill, 
34.  Compitales  Lares  ornari  bis  anno  instituit.  Suet.  Aug.  31. 


167.  The  particle  abhinc  occurs  with  the  Accusative  and 
Ablative  of  a  period  of  time.  The  particle  abhinc  with 
the  Accusative  denotes  the  beginning  of  the  time  stated  in 
the  Accusative  reckoned  from  the  present  into  the  past. 
In  other  words,  the  period  is  reckoned  from  the  present  to 
its  beginning  in  the  past,  which  is  presented  as  the  time 
at  which.  In  this  case  the  particle  is  rendered  “ago.” 
A  similar  relation  of  time  is  given  by  the  simple  Ablative, 
or  ante  with  the  Accusative  or  Ablative— e.  g., 

Quaestor  Cn.  Papirio  consule  fuisti  abhinc  annos  quattuorde- 
eim.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  12,  34.  Horum  pater  abhinc  duo  et  viginti 
annos  est  mortuus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  9,  25.  Demosthenes  quidem, 
qui  abhinc  annos  prope  trecentos  fuit.  Cic.  Div.  II,  57,  118.  Si 
abhinc  annos  prope  viginti  hoc  ipso  in  templo  negavi  pomss  ore- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


113 


tern  immaturam  esse  consular!,  quanto  verius  nunc  negabo  seni  ? 
Cic.  Phil.  II  46,119.  Nunceoepi,an  abhinc  annos  novem  ?  Suet. 
Aug.  69.  Imperium  translatum  est  ad  Medos  abhinc  annos  octin- 
gentos  septuaginta.  Veil.  I,  6,  1.  Hoc  sacrum  instituisse  fertur 
abhinc  annos  mille  ducentos  quinquaginta  Atreus.  Veil.  I,  8. 
Carthago  diruta  est  abhinc  annos  centum  septuaginta  tres.  Veil. 
I,  12,  5.  Consulatui  Ciceronis  non  mediocre  adiecit  decus  natus 
eo  anno  divus  Augustus  abhinc  annos  nonaginta.  Veil.  II,  36,  1. 

168.  The  particle  abhinc  with  the  Ablative  denotes  the 
beginning  of  the  time  reckoned  from  the  present  into  the 
past.  It  is  in  this  sense  translated  “ago,”  and  the  tem¬ 
poral  relation  is  identical  with  that  expressed  by  abhinc 
with  the  Accusative.  The  particle  abhinc  denotes  again 
the  beginning  of  time  reckoned  back  from  a  given  past, 
not  future  from  it.  It  is  in  this  case  translated  before,  and 
expresses  the  beginning  of  a  given  time,  stated  in  the  Ab¬ 
lative,  before  a  given  past,  as  the  time  at  which.  A  simi¬ 
lar  sense  is  expressed  by  the  simple  Ablative  or  ante  with 
the  Accusative  or  Ablative. 

1.  Abhinc  with  the  Ablative  of  a  given  period  reckoned  from 
the  present  into  the  past,  translated  ago ,  and  parallel  with  ab¬ 
hinc  and  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Quod  pro  Cornificio  me  abhinc  amplius  annis  XXV  spopon- 
disse  dicit  Flavius.  Cic.  Att.  XII,  17 — In  this  example  the  Ab¬ 
lative  annis  XX  V  may  be  explained  by  the  comparative  am- 
plius,  and  as  resulting  from  the  Accusative  (abhinc  amplius 
annos  XXV)  through  the  influence  of  the  comparative  amplius. 

Criminatio  tua  quae  est?  Roscium  cum  Flavio  pro  societate 
decidisse.  Quo  tempore?  Abhinc  annis  quindecim.  Cic.  Rose. 
Com.  XIII,  37.  Tu  autem  sermone  abhinc  multis  annis  iam 
desito  uteris.  Gcll.  I,  10,  2. 

2.  Abhinc  with  the  Ablative  of  a  given  period  reckoned  back 
from  a  past  and  translated  before — e.  g., 

Herodotus  cum  Roma  revertitur  diebus,  ut  ipse  putabat,  quin¬ 
decim  ante  comitia,  oflendit  eum  mensem  qui  consequitur  men¬ 
sem  comitialem,  comitiis  iam  abhinc  diebus  triginta  factis.  Cic. 


114 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Verr.  II,  II,  52,  130.  Mirum  quin  vigilanti  diceret,  qui  abhinc 
sexaginta  annis  occisus  foret.  Plaut.  Most.  II,  2,  63. 

3.  The  use  of  an£e+ Accusative  or  Ablati vef-ante  is  more  usual 
to  express  this  relation  than  abhinc  and  the  Ablative — e.  g., 
Comitiis  iam  abhinc  diebus  triginta  factis=:cum  comitia  iam 
diebus  triginta  ante  facta  essent. 

Rem.  1.  In  comedy  hinc  occasionally  occurs  in  the  sense  of  abhinc — e.g., 
Me  nemo  magis  respiciet  quam  si  hinc  ducentos  annos  fuerim  mor- 
tuus.  Plaut.  True.  II,  3,  19. 

Rem.  2.  An  ordinal  should  not  be  used  with  abhinc.  The  reading  abhinc 
septimo  anno ,  Plin.  N.  H.  XIV,  3,  43,  cannot  be  relied  upon  as  author¬ 
ity.  The  correct  reading  is  septem  his  annis. 

Rem.  3.  It  is  not  certain  that  abhinc  refers  to  the  end  of  time  future 
from  the  present.  In  the  sentence — Cic.  Rose.  Com.  XII,  37  Repromittis 
tu  abhinc  triennium  Roscio,  the  word  triennium  can  be  referred  to  a  pe¬ 
riod  reckoned  from  the  present  into  the  past.  Hence  it  is  not  beyond 
question  that  abhinc  triennium  means  three  years  hence,  rather  than 
three  years  ago.  The  relation  hence  is  otherwise  expressed,  as  will  be 
seen  later  (Compare  Art.  172). 

169.  The  prepositions  ante  and  post  are  used  with  the 
Accusative  of  a  period  of  time.  The  preposition  precedes 
the  simple  Accusative.  When  a  numeral  is  added,  it  pre¬ 
cedes  the  phrase  or  stands  between  the  substantive  and 
the  numeral — e.  g., 

Ego  feci  idem,  quod  tu  ante  decern  dies  (decern  ante  dies)  fece- 
ras.  Ego  feci  idem,  quod  tu  ante  decimum  diem  (decimum  ante  di¬ 
em)  feceras.  Ego  feceram  idem,  quod  tu  post  decern  dies  (decern 
post  dies)  fecisti.  Ego  feceram  idem,  quod  tu  post  decimum  diem 
(decimum  post  diem)  fecisti. 

170.  The  adverbial  ante  and  post  are  used  with  the  Ab¬ 
lative  of  a  period  of  time.  They  follow  the  simple  Abla¬ 
tive.  When  a  numeral  is  added,  they  follow  the  phrase  or 
stand  between  the  substantive  and  the  numeral — e.  g., 

Ego  feci  idem,  quod  tu  decern  diebus  ante  (deeem  ante  diebus) 
feceras.  Ego  feci  idem,  quod  tu  decimo  die  ante  (decimo  ante  die) 
feceras.  Ego  feceram  idem,  quod  tu  decern  diebus  post  (decern 
post  diebus)  fecisti.  Ego  feceram  idem,  quod  tu  decimo  die  post 
(decimo  post  die)  fecisti. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


115 


171.  Post  and  ante  are  compounded  with  quam.  The 
elements  of  the  compound  may  be  written  separately : 
post  (ante) — quam.  The  time  expressed  with  the  com¬ 
pounds  postquam ,  antequam  does  not  differ  from  the  time 
expressed  with  the  elements  written  separately.  The 
tense  and  mood  with  antequam  are  to  be  carefully  consid¬ 
ered.  The  Ablative  is  more  frequent  with  antequam  than 
the  Accusative.  With  the  Ablative  the  compounds  stand 
after  the  phrase  expressing  time,  or  post  and  ante  stand 
between  the  substantive  and  the  numeral.  With  the  Ac¬ 
cusative  post  and  ante  of  the  compound  precede  the 
phrase  expressing  the  time,  or  stand  between  the  substan¬ 
tive  and  numeral — e.  g., 

Scripsi  ad  eum  ante  dies  decern  (dies  ante  decern)  quam  eum 
vidi.  Scripsi  ad  eum  ante  diem  decimum  (diem  ante  decimum) 
quam  eum  vidi.  Scripsi  ad  eum  post  dies  decern  (dies  post  decern ) 
quam  eum  videram.  Scripsi  ad  eum  post  diem  decimum  (diem 
post  decimum)  quam  eum  videram.  Scripsi  ad  eum  diebus  decern 
antequam  (diebus  ante  decern  quam  )  eum  vidi.  Scripsi  ad  eum 
die  decimo  antequam  (die  ante  decimo  quam)  eum  vidi.  Scripsi 
ad  eum  diebus  decern  postquam  (diebus  post  decern  quam)  eum 
videram.  Scripsi  ad  eum  die  decimo  postquam  (die  post  decimo 
quam)  eum  videram.  Livius  primus  fabulam  docuit  anno  ipso 
antequam  natus  est  Ennius.  Cic.  Brut.  XVIII,  72.  Die  quinto 
postquam  id  consilium  inierat.  Nep.  Att  22.  Decessit  post  an¬ 
num  quartum  quam  Themistocles  expulsus  erat.  Nep.  Arist.  3. 
Siquidem  ante  paucos  dies  quam  aedilitatem  iniret,  venit  in  sus- 
picionem.  Suet.  Cacs.  9. 

Rem.  1.  It  is  irregular  to  write  the  simple  forms  ante  and  post  before 
the  Ablative  expressing  time,  but  the  regular  and  usual  position  is  after 
the  Ablative,  or  between  the  substantive  and  numeral — e.  g., 

Post  paucis  diebus  gens  Bastarnarum  Istrum  traiecit.  Liv.  XL,  57, 
2.  (The  more  usual  collocation  would  be:  Paucis  diebus  post,  paucis 
post  diebus).  Quae  ante  annis  octo  vovisset.  Liv.  XL,  52,  1.  (The 
more  usual  form  would  be  :  annis  octo  ante,  or  annis  ante  octo).  Post 
non  multo.  Nep.  Paus.  3.  Post  aliquanto.  Nep.  Ale.  11.  Post  paulo. 
Sail.  Jug.  56.  Post  paulo.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  60. 


116 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Rem.  2.  Post  (not  ante )  of  the  compound  is  quite  frequently  omitted — 
e.  g., 

Tyros  septimo  mense  quam  (— postquam)  oppugnari  coepta  erat. 

Curt.  IV,  20.  Sexto  fere  anno  quam  (=postquam)  erat  expulsus.  Nep. 

Arist.  1. 

172.  The  relation  hence ,  denoting  the  end  of  time  reck¬ 
oned  from  the  present  into  the  future  is  expressed  by  the 
simple  Ablative ,  by  the  preposition  ad  and  the  Accusative, 
and  by  post.  The  relation  after ,  denoting  the  end  of  time 
reckoned  into  the  future  from  a  given  past,  is  expressed  by 
the  simple  Ablative ,  or  by  post  (ad) — e.  g., 

Quicquid  est  biduo  sciemus.  Cic.  Alt.  IX,  14,  2.  (Here  biduo 
means  two  days  hence).  Nescio  quid  intersit  utrum  illuc  nune 
veniam  an  ad  decern  annos.  Cic.  Att.  XII,  46.  (Here  ad  decern 
annos  means  ten  years  hence).  Nee  ulli  nato  post  mille  saecula 
praecluditur  oecasio  aliquid  adhue  adiciendi.  Sen.  Ep.  64,  7.  Ei 
visus  est  iuvenis  dicere  paueis  diebus  interiturum  Alexandrum  ty- 
rannum,  ipsum  autem  Eudemum  quinquennio  post  domum  esse 
rediturum.  Cic.  Div.  I,  XXV,  53.  Cur  igitur  et  Camillus  doleret, 
si  haec  post  trecentos  et  quinquaginta  annos  e ventura  putaret, 
et  ego  doleam,  si  ad  decern  milia  annorum  gentem  aliquam  urbe 
nostra  potituram  putem  ?  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  XXXVII,  90.  (The  tenses 
doleret  and  putaret  are  past  tenses  denoting  progressive  unreal 
relations,  and  not  substitutes  of  the  pluperfect) .  Discedens  post 
diem  septimum  sese  reversurum  confirmat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  33. 

173.  Summary  of  temporal  relations  in  the  Ablative. 

1.  — 1.  Time  when ,  time  at  which.  The  Ablative  without  a  pre¬ 
position. 

2.  Time  when ,  the  entire  period  not  embraced,  usually  the  Ab¬ 
lative  with  the  preposition  in. 

II. — 1.  Time  how  long,  the  entire  extent  of  time  aoristically 
presented  and  covered  or  occupied  by  the  event  or  action.  The 
Ablative  without  the  preposition. 

2.  Compare  with  this  relation  of  time  the  Accusative  alone  or 
the  Accusative  with  the  preposition  per. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


117 


III.  — Ago—,  the  beginningof  time  reckoned  from  the  present  into 
the  past.  Expressed  : — 

1.  By  the  Ablative  without  in. 

2.  By  abhinc,  regularly  preceding  the  phrase,  with  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  or  Ablative. 

3.  By  ante- fthe  Accusative  or  the  Ablative  -  ante. 

IV.  — Before— the  beginning  of  time  reckoned  back  from  a  given 
past.  Expressed  : — 

1.  By  the  Ablative  without  in. 

2.  By  abhinc,  regularly  preceding  the  phrase,  with  the  Ablative. 

3.  By  ante^r the  Accusative  or  the  Ablative  ante. 

V.  — Time  within  which.  Expressed: — 

1.  By  the  Ablative  without  in. 

2.  More  frequently  by  the  Ablative  with  in. 

3.  By  the  Accusative  with  per. 

4.  Bv  the  Accusative  with  inter. 

•/ 

5.  By  the  Accusative  with  intra. 

6.  When  the  repetition  of  the  event  or  action  within  the  period 
is  numerically  designated ,  the  Ablative  is  regularly  used  with  the 
preposition  in. 

VI.  — After.  Expressed  : — 

1.  By  the  Ablative  without  in. 

2.  By  post-j-the  Accusative  or  the  Ablative -j-  post. 

VII.  — After  that,  after  (as  conjunction).  Expressed  : — 

1.  By  the  Ablative  without  in,  with  the  Ablative  of  the  Rela¬ 
tive. 

VIII.  — Hence— the  end  of  time  reckoned  from  the  present  into 
the  future.  Expressed  : — 

1.  By  the  Ablative  without  in. 

2.  By  the  Accusative  with  ad. 

3.  By post+the  Accusative  (or  the  Ablativef  post). 

IX.  — A/ter= the  end  of  time  reckoned  from  a  given  past  into 
the  future.  Expressed  : — 

1.  By  the  Ablative  without  in. 

2.  By  post-(_tbe  Accusative  (or  the  Ablative  f  post). 

3.  By  the  Accusative  with  ad. 


174.  The  preposition  sub  with  the  Ablative  of  a  word 


118 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


denoting  time  expresses  coincidence  of  time  and  event  or 
action — e.  g., 

Excesserunt  urbe  sub  adventti  Romanorum.  Liv.  XLV,  10,  9. 
(sub  adventu  — at  the  time  of  the  arrival).  Ne  sub  ipsa  profec- 
tione  milites  oppidum  irrumperent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  27.  Quod 
sub  ipsa  proscriptione  perillustre  fuit.  Nep.  Att.  12. 

Rem.  1.  The  Ablative  with  sub  may  in  some  cases  be  interpreted  as 
time  within  which.  It  is  not  certain,  however,  that  the  Ablative  with 
sub  expresses  the  relation  of  approximate  time  (—about),  which  is  regu  - 
larly  stated  by  sub  or  ad  with  the  Accusative,  and  by  circiter  (circa) 

with  the  Accusative— e.  g., 

Ouid,  quae  te  pura  solum  sub  nocte  canentem  audieram  ?  Verg.  Eel. 
IX,  44.  (In  this  example  pura  sub  nocte  can  as  well  be  interpreted  on 
a  dear  night  as  in  a  clear  night— during  a  clear  night,  implying  at 
some  time  of  the  night).  Sub  exitu  vitae  signa  quaedam  dederat.  Suet. 
Cl.  43.  (In  this  example  sub  exitu  must  be  interpreted  at  the  close  of, 
or  during  the  close,  not  about  the  close).  Ut  ea  ipsa  die  domum  ad 
vesperum  rediit.  Cic.  Div.  I,  46,  103.  Tandem  ad  lucem  duce  reperto 
pedibus  evasit.  Suet.  Caes.  31.  Dices  me  circiter  Nonas  in  Tusculano 
fore.  Cic.  Att.  XIII,  12,  4.  Stella  crinita  fulsit  exoriens  circa  undeci- 
mam  horam.  Suet.  Caes.  88. 

Rem.  2.  Approximate  time  “about”  may  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative 
restricted  and  explained  by  the  adverbial  circiter— e.  g  , 

Ouarta  vigilia  circiter  Lentulus  Spinther  de  muro  colloquitur.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  22.  Caesar  litteris  acceptis  hora  circiter  undecima  mittit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  V,  46.  Diebus  circiter  quindecim  ad  fines  Belgarum  perve- 
nit.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  2. 

Rem.  3.  The  preposition  sub  with  the  Ablative  of  a  personal  designa¬ 
tion  must  sometimes  be  interpreted  as  the  time  at  which,  defined  or  ex¬ 
plained  by  the  word  in  the  Ablative— e.  g., 

Ut  quam  sensisset  sui  quoque  sub  priore  marito  appetentem.  Suet. 

Tib.  7. 


175.  The  preposition  de  is  used  with  the  Ablative  to  ex¬ 
press  that  a  part  of  the  time  stated  in  the  Ablative  is  the 

time  at  which.  It  is  translated  while  yet— e.  g., 

Ad  hos  opprimendos  cum  omni  equitatu  Afranius  de  nocte  pro- 
ficiscitur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  51.  (Here  de  nocte— while  (it  was) 
vet  night).  Equites,  cum  repente  de  tertia  vigilia  Petreius  atque 
Afranius  castra  movissent,  repente  sese  ostendunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
I,  63.  De  tertia  vigilia  e  castris  profectus  ad  earn  partem  perve- 
nit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  12. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


119 


Rem.  1.  The  preposition  de  occurs,  but  not  frequently,  with  the  Abla¬ 
tive  in  the  sense  immediately  after — e.  g., 

Non  bonust  somnus  de  prandio.  Plaut.  Most.  Ill,  2,  S.  Ego  de 
eorum  verbis  famigeratorum  inscieus  prosilui  amicum  castigatum  in- 
noxium.  Plaut.  Trin.  I,  2,  178.  Sed  velim  scire  hodiena  statim  de  auc- 
tione  venias.  Cic.  Att.  XII,  3,  1.  To  this  connection  refer  the  phrase 
diem  de  die — e.g., 

Cum  is  diem  de  die  differret.  Liv.  XXV,  25,  4. 

176.  The  preposition  cum  with  the  Ablative  expresses 
the  association  of  a  given  event  or  action  with  the  time 
expressed  in  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Cum  prima  luce  Pomponii  domum  venisse  dicitur.  Cic.  Off.  Ill, 
31,  112.  Uti  simul  cum  occasu  solis  egrederentur.  Sail.  Jug.  91. 

Rem.  1.  It  sometimes  occurs  that  time  is  the  characteristic  of  the  asso¬ 
ciation  or  coincidence  of  an  event  with  an  action.  In  this  case  cum  must 
be  rendered  at  the  same  time  with — e.  g., 

Exiit  cum  nuntio  Crassus.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  46.  Cum  his  nuntius  Ro- 
mam  ad  consulendum  rediit.  Liv.  I,  32,  10. 

177.  The  several  relations  of  time,  when ,  at  which ,  du¬ 
ring  which ,  within  which ,  after  are  expressed  by  the  Abla¬ 
tive  Absolute — e.  g., 

Quod  re  integra  incendendum  Avaricum  eensuerat.  Caes.  B.  G. 
VII,  30.  Quo  mortuo,  me  ad  pontificem  Scaevolam  contuli.  Cic. 
Am.  1.  Ho  mortuo  ad  neminem  unum  summa  imperii  rediit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  18.  Cicero  per  Sangarn  consilio  cognito  legatis 
praecipit.  Sail.  Cat.  41. 

The  Calendar. 

178.  The  division  of  time  into  weeks  of  seven  days 
with  names  of  the  days  is  to  be  referred  to  a  period  after 
the  introduction  of  Christianity.  Before  this  the  compu¬ 
tation  was  by  months  and  days,  and  while  for  a  week 
they  employed  the  phrase  seven  days  (septem  dies) — cf. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  15  Ita  dies  circiter  quindecim  iter  fecerunt — , 
no  names  were  given  to  the  days  composing  the  week  or 
period  of  seven  days.  After  the  institution  of  the  week, 
the  days  composing  it  were  called  as  follows,  after  the 
Planets,  including  the  Sun  and  Moon  : — Sunday  (dies  Solis), 


120 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Monday  (dies  Luna*),  Tuesday  (dies  Martis),  Wednesday 
(dies  Mercurii),  Thursday  (dies  Jovis),  Friday  (dies  Vene¬ 
ris),  Saturday  (dies  Saturnii). 

The  months  bore  the  names  which  have  been  transmit¬ 
ted  to  us  except  that  before  the  time  of  the  Emperor  Au¬ 
gustus  July  and  August  (Julius  and  Augustus)  were  called 
Ouinctilis  and  Sextilis  (fifth  and  sixth  months,  as  the  year 
originally  commenced  on  the  Ides  of  March). 

179.  The  day  of  the  month  was  computed  and  designa¬ 
ted  before  three  date-points.  These  were  the  Calends  or 
Calendae,  which  fell  on  the  first  day  ol  the  month;  the 
Nones  or  Nonae,  which  fell  on  the  fifth  day  except  in  the 
months  March,  May,  July,  and  October,  in  which  months 
the  Nones  fell  on  the  seventh  day;  the  Ides  or  Idus,  which 
came  eight  days  after  the  Nones,  and  hence  on  the  thir¬ 
teenth  except  in  the  months  March,  May,  July,  and  Octo¬ 
ber,  in  which  months  they  fell  on  the  fifteenth. 

With  the  several  date-points  (Calends,  Nones,  Ides)  the 
name  of  the  month  was  always  associated  as  an  adjective. 
Hence  Kalendis  Januaris,  never  Kalendis  J anuarii.  Idibus 
juniis,  not  Idibus  Junii.  Nonis  Octobribus,  not  Noms  Oc- 

tobris. 

180.  A  given  date  was  estimated  as  such  a  day  before 
the  following  date-point.  Hence  a  day  that  fell  between 
the  Calends  and  Nones  (1st  and  5th  or  7th,  according  to 
the  month)  was  designated  as  such  a  day  before  theNones ; 
a  day  that  fell  between  theNones  and  Ides  (5th or  7th  and 
13th  or  15th,  according  to  the  month)  was  designated  as 
such  a  day  before  the  Ides ;  a  day  that  fell  between  the 
Ides  (13th  or  15th,  according  to  the  month)  and  the  Ca¬ 
lends  (1st)  of  the  following  month  was  designated  as  such 
a  day  before  the  Calends  of  the  following  month.  More 
correctly,  the  Romans  computed  backward  from  the  sev- 


LA  tin  case-relations. 


121 


eral  date-points  (Calends,  Nones,  Ides),  and  expressed  the 
day  as  such  a  day  before  the  date-point. 

In  the  computation  the  Romans  always  estimated  from 
the  end  of  the  date-point  and  not  from  its  beginning ,  and 
if  a  given  date  fell  between  the  Calends  and  Nones  or  be¬ 
tween  the  Nones  and  Ides,  they  estimated  from  the  end 
of  the  day  on  which  the  Nones  and  Ides  fell  (  5th  or  7th— 
13th  or  15th,  according  to  the  month);  if  a  given  date 
fell  between  the  Ides  and  the  Calends  of  the  following 
month,  they  estimated  from  the  end  of  the  day  on  which 
the  Calends  fall  (1st),  and  from  the  end  of  the  last  day  of 
the  current  month. 

181.  To  reduce,  then,  to  our  date  a  day  that  falls  be¬ 
tween  the  Calends  and  Nones,  or  between  the  Nones  and 
Ides,  add  one  (the  date-point )  to  the  day  on  which  the 
Nones  or  Ides  fall  and  subtract  the  given  day  ;  if  the  day 
falls  between  the  Ides  and  the  Calends  of  the  following 
month,  add  two  to  the  number  of  days  in  the  current 
month  (one  for  the  Calends  of  the  following  month,  and 
one  for  the  last  day  of  the  current  month)  and  subtract 
the  given  day.  Thus : 

III  Non.  Jan  — tertio  die  ante  nonas  Januarias.  The  Nones  of 
January  fall  on  the  5th  ;  add  1  to  5  and  subtract  the  given  day 
(3rd) — 5+1=6.  6 — 3—3.  3rd  of  January. 

Ill  Id.  Jan —tertio  die  ante  Idus  Januarias.  The  Ides  of  Janu¬ 
ary  fall  on  the  13th;  add  1  to  13  and  subtract  the  given  day 
(3rd) — 13+1=14.  14—3=11.  11th  of  January. 

Ill  Kal.  Feb.=tertio  die  ante  Kalendas  Februarias.  The  month 
of  January  has  31  days  ;  add  1  for  the  last  day  of  the  month 
and  1  for  the  Calends  (1st)  of  the  following  month  (February)— 
31+2=33.  33 — 3=30.  30th  of  January. 

REm.  1.  Take  the  first  example,  III  Non.  Jan.  Compute  backwards 
from  the  end  of  the  Nones,  which  in  January  fall  on  the  5th.  From 
the  end  of  the  5th  to  the  end  of  the  4th— 1  day ;  from  the  end  of  the 
4th  to  the  end  of  the  3rd=:2  days ;  from  the  end  of  the  3rd  to  the  end 
of  the  2nd— 3  days.  But  as  the  event  falls  on  the  3rd  day,  there  results 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


1  90 

1  w  w 

the  correct  expression  tertio  die  ante  Non.  Jan.— Ill  Non.  Jan.=a.  d.  Ill 
Non.  Jan.  Take  the  second  example,  III  Id.  Jan.  Compute  backwards 
from  the  end  of  the  Ides,  which  in  January  fill  on  the  13th.  From  the 
end  of  the  13th  to  the  end  of  the  12th=l  day;  from  the  end  of  the  12tli 
to  the  end  of  the  llth=r2  days;  from  the  end  of  the  11th  to  the  end  of 
the  10th— 3  days.  But  as  the  event  falls  on  the  11th,  there  results  the 
correct  expression  tertio  die  ante  Id.  Jan.=III  Id.  Jan.=ra.  d.  Ill  Id.  Jan. 
Take  the  third  example,  III  Kal.  Feb.  Compute  backwards  from  the 
end  of  the  Calends  of  February  (1st.)  From  the  end  of  the  Calends  (1st) 
to  the  end  of  the  31st  of  January=l  day;  from  the  end  of  the  31st  ot 
January  to  the  end  of  the  30th=2  days;  from  the  end  of  the  30th  to  the 
end  of  the  29th=3  days.  But  as  the  event  falls  on  the  3rd  day  before  the 
Calends  of  February,  there  results  the  correct  expression  tertio  die  ante 
Kal.  Febr.— Ill  Kal.  Febr.— a.  d.  Ill  Kal.  Febr. 

182.  To  reduce  a  date  according  to  our  calendar  to  the 
Roman  calendar,  add  1  to  the  day  on  which  the  Nones  or 
Ides  fall,  if  the  day  to  be  ascertained  falls  before  the  Nones 
or  Ides,  but  add  2  to  the  number  of  days  of  the  current 
month,  if  the  day  to  be  ascertained  falls  before  the  Calends 
of  the  following  month,  and,  in  each  case,  subtract  the 
given  day.  Thus : 

Jan.  3rd.  In  the  Roman  calendar  the  day  will  be  one  before  the 
Nones.  In  January  the  Nones  fall  on  the  5th.  Hence  add  1  to 
the  day  on  which  the  Nones  fall  and  subtract  the  given  day— 
5+1=6.  6 — 3=3=tertio  die  ante  Nonas  Jan.=III  Non.  Jan.= 
a.  d.  Ill  Non.  Jan. 

Jan.  8th.  In  the  Roman  calendar  the  day  will  be  one  before  the 
Ides.  In  January  the  Ides  fall  on  the  13th.  Hence  add  1  to  the 
day  on  which  the  Ides  fall  and  substract  the  given  day.  13+1= 
14.  14 — 8 — 6 — sexto  die  ante  Idus  Jan=:VI  Id.  Jan.=a.  d.  VI 
Id.  Jan. 

Jan.  25th.  In  the  Roman  calendar  the  day  will  be  one  before 
the  Calends  of  February.  The  Calends  fall  on  the  1st.  Hence 
add  2  to  the  number  of  days  of  the  current  month  January,  and 
subtract  the  given  day.  31+2=33.  33 — 25=8:=octavo  die 
ante  Kalendas  Feb.=VIII  Kal.  Feb.=a.  d.  VIII  Kal.  Feb. 

183.  The  Latin  expressions  of  date  are  to  be  observed : 

1.  When  the  event  falls  on  one  of  the  date-points ,  the  latter  is 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


123 


\\  rittcn  in  the  Ablative  with  the  name  of  the  month  as  an  adjec¬ 
tive.  (It  must  be  remembered  that  the  name  of  the  month  is  al¬ 
ways  associated,  as  an  adjective,  with  the  date-point).  Hence 
the  1st  of  January— -Kalendisjanuariis;  the  5th  of  January— 
Nonis  Januariis  ;  the  13th  of  January— Idibus  Januariis  ;  the  7th 
°f  March,  May,  July,  October=Nonis  Martiis,  Maiis,  Juliis 
(Quintilibus),  Octobribus  ;  the  15th  of  March,  May,  July,  Octo¬ 
ber—  Idibus  Martiis,  Maiis,  Juliis  (Quintilibus),  Octobribus. 

2.  When  the  event  falls  on  the  day  next  preceding  one  of  the 
date-points,  the  day  is  expressed  by  pridie  with  the  date-point  in 
the  Accusative.  Hence  the  31st  of  December— pridie  Kalendas 
Janu arias— .pridie  Kal.  Jan.;  the  4th  of  January— pridie  Nonas 
Januarias— pridie  Non.  Jan.;  the  12th  of  January=pridie  Idus 
Januarias— pridie  Id.  Jan. 

184.  There  are  two  abbreviated  expressions  for  the  date. 
Thus  the  3d  of  January  is  : 

1.  Tertius  dies  ante  Nonas  Januarias.  On  the  3rd  of  January— 
tertio  die  ante  Nonas  Januarias.  The  abbreviated  and  proper  form 
=IH  Non.  Jan-  with  the  omission  of  ante.  This  form,  however, 
is  quite  rare  and  not  to  be  imitated. 

2.  The  second  form  is  ante  diem  tertium  Nonas  Januarias.  The 
abbreviated  and  proper  form  is  a.  d.  Ill  Non.  Jan.  The  form  a. 
d.  Ill  Non.  Jan.  is  not  readily  explained.  The  conception  mav 
have  been  ante  (die  tertio)  Nonas  Januarias,  with  die  tertio  pa¬ 
renthetically  inserted  in  the  Ablative  as  the  explanation  of  ante 
Nonas  Januarias— thus,  before  the  Nones  of  January,  on  the  third 
day— and  then,  attracted  out  of  the  Ablative  into  the  Accusative, 
the  case  of  Nonas;  or  it  may  have  been  brought  immediatelv 
under  the  influence  of  the  preposition  ante,  and  thus  stated  in 
the  Accusative.  Of  the  two  forms  of  expression,  III  Non.  Jan. 
and  a.  d.  Ill  Non.  Jan.,  the  latter  occurs  much  more  frequently. 

185.  The  expressions  a.  d.  Ill  Non.  Jan.,  &c.,  and  pridie 
with  its  accompanying  date  were  treated  as  single  words. 
They  occur  in  the  relation  of  the  Nominative,  the  Accusa¬ 
tive,  and  the  Ablative  in  connection  with  a  preposition— 
e-  g-» 


124 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Is  dies  erat  a.  d.  Y  Kal.  Apriles.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  6.  (Here  the 
phrase  is  the  Nominative).  Ibi  propter  tempestatem  a.  d.  VI 
Idus  Nov.  morati  sumus.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  9,  1.  (Here  the  phrase 
may  be  the  Accusative).  A.  d.  Ill  (tertium)  Non.  Jan.  agere  coe- 
pit.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  2,  8.  (Here  the  phrase  is  the  Ablative).  Ita 
comitia  in  a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Sextil.  dilata  sunt.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  13. 
(Observe  in).  Dixi  in  senatu  caedem  te  optimatium  contulisse  in 
ante  diem  V  Kal.  Novembres.  Cic.  Cat.  I,  3,  7.  (Observe  in)  Cor¬ 
ey  rae  fuimus  usque  ad  a.  d.  XVI  Kal.  Decembr.retenti.  Cic.  Fam. 
XVI,  9,  1.  (Observe  usque  ad).  Comitia  Bibulus  in  ante  diem 
XV  Kal.  Novembr.  distulit.  Cic.  Att.  II,  20, 6.  (Observe  in).  Ibi  re- 
tenti  ventis  sumus  usque  ad  a.  d.  VIII  Kal.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  9. 
(Observe  usque  ad).  Ego  in  Formiano  a.  d.  Ill  Kal.  esse  volo. 
Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  10,  1.  (Here  the  phrase  is  Ablative).  Hie  a.  d. 
Ill  Id.  Octobr.  magnum  numerum  hostium  occidimus.  Cic.  Att. 
V,  20,  3.  (Here  the  phrase  is  the  Ablative).  Romae  vereor  ne  ex 
Kalendis  Jan.  magni  tumultus  sint.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  9,  3.  Sup- 
plicatio  indicta  est  ex  a.  d.  V  Id.  Octobr.  in  quinque  dies.  Liv. 
XLV,  2,  12.  De  Quinto  fratre  nuntii  tristes  venerant  ex  a.  d.  Ill 
Non.  Jun.  usque  ad  pridie  Kal.  Sept.  Cic.  Att.  Ill,  17,1.  (Ob¬ 
serve  ex . usque  ad).  Gignit  id  maxime  Arcturi  exortus  ex  a.  d. 

pridie  Id.  Sept.  Plin.  N.  H.  XI,  16,  42.  (Observe  ex  a.  d.).  Sed, 
si  me  diligis,  postridie  Kalendas  cena  apud  me  cum  Pilia.  Cic. 
Att.  IV,  12.  (Observe  postridie.  Postridie  Kal. =ia. d.  IV  Nonas). 

186.  The  natural  day  was  divided  into  morning  (mane), 
noon  (meridies),  and  evening  (vesper,  vespera),  or  into 
tempus  antemeridianum,  meridies,  and  tempus  pomerid- 
ianum.  The  tempus  antemeridianum  and  the  tempus  po- 
meridianum  were  relative,  and  the  meridies  was  the  point 
at  which  the  former  ended  and  the  latter  commenced.  The 
day  extended  from  sunrise  to  sunset.  The  hour  next  after 
sunrise  was  called  hora  prima,  the  second  hour  was  called 
hora  secunda,  &c.  But,  as  the  hour  of  sunrise  and  sunset 
varied  according  to  the  time  of  year,  the  Roman  day  and 
hour  were  constantly  varying  in  length.  It  was  only  at 
the  equinoxes  that  the  Roman  hour  corresponded  with 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


125 


ours.  The  minute  was  the  sixtieth  part  of  an  hour  (pars 
sexagesima  horae).  The  length  of  the  minute  varied,  of 
course,  with  the  length  of  the  hour.  In  one  of  the  exam¬ 
ples  given  below  are  furnished  traces  of  evidence  that  to 
some  extent  the  divisions  of  the  hour  were  based  upon 
and  designated  according  to  the  fractional  divisions  of 
the  As.  By  this  system  of  division  semihora  (V2  of  an 
hour)=30  minutes.  Quadrans  horae  (14  of  an  hour)=15 
minutes.  Triens  horae  (V3  of  an  hour)  =20  minutes.  Sex¬ 
tans  horae  (-g-  of  an  hour)  =10  minutes.  Uncia  horae  ( 
of  an  hour) =5  minutes.  Semuncia  horae  of  an  hour  ) 
=2M>  minutes.  Dodrans  horae  (J  of  an  hour)  =45  min¬ 
utes.  Dextans  horae  (f  of  an  hour)  =50  minutes.  More 
frequently,  however,  the  fractional  parts  of  an  hour  were 
expressed,  as  in  English,  by  pars  with  an  ordinal,  as  may 
be  seen  from  the  examples  given  below.  Hence  pars  dimi- 
dia  horae,  pars  tertia  horae.  The  word  pars  may  be 
omitted.  The  numerator  is  expressed,  as  in  English,  by 
the  cardinal,  as  a  rule.  Hence  f=quartae  (partes)  ho¬ 
rae  tres.  f=quintae  (partes)  horae  quattuor.  Again, 
the  hour  was  divided  into  twelve  parts.  Hence  each  part 
was  5  minutes,  five  parts  were  25  minutes,  &c.—  e.  g., 

Commodum  ad  te  dederam  litteras  de  pluribus  rebus,  cum  ad 
me  bene  mane  Dionysius  fuit.  Cic.  Att.  X,  16.  1.  Edidit  circen- 
ses  plurimos  a  mane  ad  vesperam.  Suet.  Calig.  18.  Omnes  in- 
clinato  in  pomeridianum  tempus  die  venerunt  ad  Crassum. 
Cic.  Or.  Ill,  5,  17.  Ego  ad  eum  VIII  Idus  litteras  dederam 
bene  mane  :  eodem  autem  die  tuas  litteras  vesperi  acceperam  in 
Pompeiano.  Cic.  Att.  XIV,  18,  1.  VI  Kal.  vesperi  Balbus  mi¬ 
nor  ad  me  venit.  Cic.  Att.  VIII,  9,  4.  Cum  ad  me  in  Tuscula- 
num  heri  vesperi  venisset  Caesar.  Cic.  Or.  II,  3,  13.  Diem 
diffindere  insiticio  somno  meridie.  Varr.  R.  R.  I,  2,  5.  Ill  Idus 
hora  VI.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  14,  2.  A.  d.  VII  Kal.  Decembr.  hora 
quarta  Brundisium  venimus.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  9,  2.  Me  ex  con- 
stituto  spatio  defensionis  in  semihorae  curriculum  coegisti.  Cic. 
Rab.  II,  6.  Ea  minus  semihora  effeeit.  Auct.  B.  Afr.  38.  Haud 


126 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


du bin m  est  lunam  lucere  dodrantessemiuncias  horarum  absectm- 
da  adicientem  usque  ad  plenum  orbem.  Plin.  N.  H.  II,  12,  58 
(that  the  moon  gives  light  for  %  of  an  hour  and  1-24  of  an  hour, 
or  47V2  minutes).  Dies  noxque  maxima  XIIII  horarum  aequin- 
octialium  est  accedente  bis  quinta  parte  unius  horae.  Plin.  N.  H. 
VI,  34,  213.  [ Bis  quinta  pars  horae.— 2-5=24  minutes].  The 
reading  bis  quinta  instead  of  quinta  is  doubtful.  Longissimus 
dies  est  aequinoctialium  horarum  XIIII  atque  dimidiae  cum  tri- 
eesima  unius  horae.  Plin.  N.  H.  VI,  34,  214  [14  hours,  32  min¬ 
utes).  Longissimus  dies  habet  aequinoctiales  boras  XIIII  et.  ter- 
tias  dims  unius  horae.  Plin.  N.  H.  VI,  34,  215  [14  hours,  40  min¬ 
utes].  Longissima  spatia  [diei  noctisque]  horarum  aequinoctia¬ 
lium  XV  addita  nona  parte  unius  horae  aut,  ut  Nigidio  placuit, 
quinta.  Plin.  N.  H.  VI,  34,  217  [15  hours,  6%  or  12  minutes]. 
Amplissima  dies  horarum  aequinoctialium  XV  et  quintarum  par- 
tium  horae  trium.  Plin.  N.  H.VI,34,  218  [15  hours,  36  minutes]. 
Sic  fit  ut  longissimus  dies  XII  lioras  et  octo  partes  unius  horae 
eolligat.  Plin.  N.  H.  II,  75,  18G.  Here  octo  partes=40  minutes, 
as  one  part=5  minutes. 


187. 

Jan.  lst=Kalendis  Januariis. 

Jan.  2nd— a.  d.  IV  Non.  Jan. 

Jan.  3rd— a.  d.  Ill  Non.  Jan. 

Jan.  4th— pridie  Non.  Jan. 

]an.  5th=Nonis  Januariis. 

Jan.  6th^=a.  d.  VIII  Id.  Jan. 

Jan.  7th— a.  d.  VII  Id.  Jan. 

Jan.  8th=a.  d.  VI  Id.  Jan. 

Jan.  9th=a.  d.  V  Id.  Jan. 

Jan.  10th— a.  d.  IV  Id.  Jan. 

Jan.  11th— a.  d.  Ill  Id.  Jan. 

Jan.  12th=pridie  Id.  Jan. 

Jan.  13th=Idibus  Januariis. 

Jan.  14th=a.  d.  XIX  Kal.  beb. 
Jan.  15th=a.  d.  XVIII  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  16th=a.  d.  XVII  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  17th=a.  d.  XVI  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  18th=a.  d.  XV  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  19th=a.  d.  XIV  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  20th=a.  d.  XIII  Kal.  Feb. 


Kalendis  Januariis=Jan.  1st. 
a.  d.  IV  Non.  Jan.=Jan.  2d. 
a.  d.  Ill  Non.  Jan.— Jan.  3d. 
pridie  Non.  Jan.=[an.  4th. 
Nonis  Januariis=Jan.  5th. 
a.  d.  VIII  Id.  Jan.=Jan.  6th. 
a.  d.  VII  Id.  Jan.=Jan.  7th. 
a.  d.  VI  Id.  Jan— Jan.  8th. 
a.  d.  V  Id.  Jan.=Jan.  9th. 
a.  d.  IV  Id.  Jan.  =Jan.  10th. 
a.  d.  Ill  Id.  Jan.=Ian.  11th. 
pridie  Id.  Jan.=Jan.  12th. 
Idibus  Januariis— [an.  13th. 
a.d.  XIX  Kal.  Feb.=Jan.  14th. 
a. d. XVIII  Kal.Feb.==Jan.l5th. 
a.  d.  XVII  Kal.  Feb.=Jan.l6th. 
a.d.  XVI  Kal. Feb. —Jan.  17tli. 
a.  d.  XV  Kal.  Feb.=Jan.  18th. 
a.d. XIV  Kal. Feb.=Jan.  19th. 
a.d. XIII Kal. Feb.=Jan.  20th. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


127 


Jan.  21st  =a.  d.  XII  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  22d=a.  d.  XI  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  23d=a.  d.  X  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  24th —a.  d.  IX  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  25th— a.  d.  VIII  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  26th=a.  d.  VII  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  27th_z;a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  28th— a.  d.  V  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  29th— a.  d.IV  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  30th=a.  d.  Ill  Kal.  Feb. 
Jan.  31st— pridie  Kal.  Feb. 


a.d.XII  Kal.  Feb.— Jan.  21st. 
a.d.XI  Kal.  Feb.=Jan.  22d. 
a.  d.X  Kal.  Feb.=Jan.  23d. 
a.d.IX  Kal.  Feb.  Jan.  24th. 
a.  d.  VIII  Kal.  Feb.— Jan.  25tli 
a.d.VII  Kal.  Feb.— Jan.  26th 
a.d.VI  Kal.  Feb.— Jan.  27th. 
a.d.V  Kal.  Feb.— Jan.  28th. 
a. d.IV  Kal.  Feb.— Jan.  29tli. 
a.  d.  Ill  Kal.  Feb.— Jan.  30tli. 
pridie  Kal.  Feb.=Jan.  31st. 


Rem.  1.  The  date  was  sometimes  fixed  by  the  number  of  da\^s  prece¬ 
ding  a  festival  as  a  point  of  reckoning.  In  this  case  the  day  on  which 
the  festival  occurred  was  included.  Hence  to  determine  the  date,  1  is 
added  to  the  day  on  which  the  festival  occurred,  and  the  given  day  sub 
tracted — e.  g., 

Accepi  tuas  litteras  a.  d.  V  Terminalia.  Cie.  Att.  VI,  1,  1.  The  festi¬ 
val  occurred  on  the  23d  of  February.  Hence  23+1=24.  24 — 5=19. 
19th  of  Feb.=a.  d.  V  Terminalia. 


188.  Leap  year.  (Annus  bissextilis). 

In  leap  year  February  had  29  days.  There  was  an  in¬ 
tercalation  of  one  day.  The  intercalated  day  was  insert¬ 
ed  immediately  after  the  25th  of  February  as  a  month  of 
29  days,  computing  backwards  from  the  Calends  of  March, 
or  immediately  after  the  23d  of  February  as  a  month  of 
28  days,  computing  forward  from  the  Ides.  The  25th  of 
the  month  of  29  days  was  a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart,  priorem 
(29  +  2^-31.  31 — 6=25).  The  24th  was  a.  d.  VI  Kal. 
Mart,  p os teriorem  (or  a.  d.  bissextum  Kal.  Mart.),  reck¬ 
oning  from  the  Calends  of  March  and  regarding  the  month 
as  having  28  days.  Taking  the  a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart,  poste- 
riorem  as  the  repetition  of  the  a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart,  prio¬ 
rem,  and  not  designating  it  as  a.  d.  VII  Kal.  Mart,  of  the 
month  of  29  days,  the  term  a.  d.  VII  Kal.  Mart,  expressed 
the  23rd  of  February.  The  a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart,  posterio- 
rem  as  the  simple  repetition  of  a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart,  prio¬ 
rem  was  inserted  but  not  counted.  Had  it  been  counted, 
the  23rd  ol  February  would  have  been  expressed  a.  d.  VIII 
Kal.  Mart.,  while  the  proper  form  for  the  23rd  is  a.  d.  VII 


128 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Kal.  Mart.  For  practical  purposes  the  month  of  Febru¬ 
ary  in  leap  year  may  be  regarded  as  having  29  days  to 
the  intercalated  day,  reckoningfrom  the  Calends  of  March, 
but  as  having  28  days,  reckoning  from  the  Ides  to  the  in¬ 
tercalated  day.  Hence  Feb.  25=a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart.= 
29  +  2=31.  31 — 6=25.  Feb.  23rd=a.  d.  VII  Kal.  Mart. 
=28  +  2=30.  30 — 7=23.  Hence  the  intercalated  day 
was,  as  is  seen,  inserted  between  the  23d  of  the  month  of 
28  days  and  the  25th  of  the  month  of  29  days,  and,  as 
the  simple  repetition  of  the  latter,  was  not  counted.  It 
was  designated  as  a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart,  posteriorem ,  or, 
being  the  simple  repetition  of  a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart,  priorem , 
as  a.  d.  bissextum  Kal.  Mart.  In  leap  year  the  Nones  and 
Ides  fell  regularly  on  the  5th  and  13th. 


Feb.  of  28  days. 

Feb.  lst=Kalendis  Februariis. 

Feb.  2d=a.  d.  IV  Non.  Feb. 

Feb.  3d=a.  d.  Ill  Non.  Feb. 

Feb.  4th=pridie  Non.  Feb. 

Feb.  5th=Nonis  Februariis. 

Feb.  6th=a.  d.  VIII  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  7th=a.  d.  VII  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  8th=a.  d.  VI  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  9th=a.  d.  V  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  10th=a.  d.  IV  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  llth=a.  d.  Ill  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  12th=pridie  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  13th=Idibus  Februariis. 

Feb.  14th=a.  d.  XVI  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  15th=a.  d.  XV  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  16th=a.  d.  XIV  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  17th=a.  d.  XIII  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  18th=a.  d.  XII  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  19th— a.  d.  XI  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  20th=a.  d.  X  Kal.  Mart. 

Feb.  21st=a.  d.  IX  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  22d=a.  d.  VIII  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  23d=a.  d.  VII  Kal.  Mart. 

f  Feb 

Feb.  24th— a. d. VI Kal.  Mart.  (Feb; 
Feb.  25th=a.  d.  V  Kal.  Mart.  Feb. 


Feb.  of  29  days. 

Feb.  lst=Kalendis  Februariis. 
Feb.  2d=a.  d.  IV  Non.  Feb. 

Feb.  3d=a.  d.  Ill  Non  Feb. 

Feb.  4th=pridie  Non.  Feb. 

Feb.  5th=Nonis  Februariis. 

Feb.  6th=a.  d.  VIII  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  7th=a.  d.  VII  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  8th=a.  d.  VI  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  9th=-a.  d.  V  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  10th  =a.  d.  IV  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  11th— a.  d.  Ill  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  12th=pridie  Id.  Feb. 

Feb.  13th=Idibus  Februariis. 
Feb.  14th=a.  d.  XVI  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  15th=a.  d.  XV  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  16th=a.  d.  XIV  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  17th  —a.  d.  XIII  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  18th=a.  d.  XII  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  19th=a.  d.  XI  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  20th=a.  d.  X  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  21st=a.  d.  IX  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  22d=a.  d.  VIII  Kal  Mart. 
Feb.  23d=a.  d.  VII  Kal.  Mart. 

24th  a.  d.  bissextum  Kal.  Mart. 
24th  d.VI  Kal.  Mart. posteriorem. 

25th— a.  d.  VI  Kal.  Mart,  priorem. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


129 


Feb.  26th— a.  d.  IV  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  27th— a.  d.  Ill  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  28th=pridie  Kal.  Mart. 


Feb.  26th — a.  d.  V  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  27th=a.  d.  IV  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  28th  =  a.  d.  Ill  Kal.  Mart. 
Feb.  29th  =  pridie  Kal.  Mart. 


189.  The  preceding  reduction  of  dates  is  based  upon  the  Roman  Cal¬ 
endar  after  it  was  corrected  by  Julius  Caesar  in  the  year  46  B.  C.  Cae¬ 
sar’s  corrected  calendar  commenced  with  45  B.  C.  As  many  of  the  let¬ 
ters  in  the  correspondence  of  Cicero  were  written  before  this  year,  in 
order  to  have  a  correct  understanding  of  the  dates  given  in  such  letters, 
it  is  important  to  know  what  the  calendar  was  which  was  corrected  by 
Caesar.  To  arrive  at  this,  a  knowledge  of  the  year  and  of  the  division 
into  months  which  prevailed  before  the  reformation  of  the  calendar  by 
Caesar  is  essential. 

1.  The  3'ear  of  Romulus.  The  year  of  Romulus  or  the  Romulian  year 
was  employed  to  indicate  the  year  that  prevailed  at  Rome  in  the  earliest 
times.  It  consisted  of  ten  (10)  months,  namely  :  March  (Martius),  April 
(Aprilis),  May  (Maius),  June  (Junius), July  (Quintilis),  August  (Sextilis), 
September  (September),  October  (October),  November  (November),  De¬ 
cember  (December  ).  From  the  names  of  the  last  six  months  it  is  clear 
that  March  (Martius)  was  the  first  month.  Of  the  ten  months,  four 
(March,  May,  July,  and  October)  had  each  31  days.  They  were  called 
pleni  menses.  The  other  six  months  had  each  30  days,  and  were  called 
cavi  menses. 


Pleni  Menses. 

March  — 31  days — Martius. 

May  — 31  days — Maius. 

July  — 31  days — Quintilis. 

October  — 31  days — October. 


Cavi  Menses. 

April  — 30  days — Aprilis. 

June  — 30  days — Junius. 

August  — 30  days — Sextilis. 

September — 30  days — September. 
November  — 30  days — November. 
December  — 30  days — December. 


124  days.  180  days. 

The  Romulian  year  was  a  lunar  year  of  ten  lunations,  containing  304 
days.  The  length  of  the  year  not  only  fell  short  of  the  proper  lunar  and 
solar  vears,  but  it  is  clear  that  during  its  continuance  the  same  months 
would  rapidly  pass  through  the  several  seasons.  Attempts  were  made 
to  correct  the  inconvenience  which  thus  arose  by  the  intercalation  of  the 
number  of  days  necessary  to  complete  the  year.  The  details  of  this 
early  system  of  intercalation  are  not  definitely  known. 

2.  The  year  of  Numa.  Out  of  the  year  of  Romulus  of  ten  months  and 
304  days  was  instituted,  it  is  said  by  Numa,  a  year  of  355  days,  by  the 
addition  of  51  days.  This  }^ear  of  355  days  was  divided  into  12  months 
by  the  addition  of  two  months  to  be  composed  of  the  51  days.  But,  as 
the  number  51  could  not  be  divided  between  the  two  months  without 
assigning  to  one  of  them  a  number  of  days  great!}'  inferior  to  and  out  of 


130 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


proportion  to  the  number  of  days  in  the  other  months,  one  day  was 
taken  from  each  of  the  6  cavi  menses  of  30  days,  and  the  six  additional 
days  thus  derived  were  added  to  the  51,  making  57.  Out  of  the  57  days 
were  made  the  two  new  months,  January  of  29  days,  and  February  of 
28  days. 


The  Year  of  Romulus. 


The  Year  of  Numa. 


Januarius  (January)  — 29  days. 
Februarius  (February) — 28  days. 


Martius  (March) 

31  days 

Martius  (March) 

— 31  days. 

Aprilis  (April) 

30  days — 1 — 

Aprilis  (April) 

— 29  days. 

Maius  (May) 

31  days  — 

Maius  (May) 

— 31  days 

Junius  [June] 

30  days — 1— 

Junius  (June) 

— 29  days. 

Quintilis  (July) 

31  days  — 

Quintilis  (July) 

— 31  days. 

Sextilis  (August) 

30  days — 1= 

Sextilis  (August) 

— 29  days. 

September 

30  days — 1 — 

September 

— 29  days. 

October 

31  days  — 

October 

— 31  days. 

November 

30  days — 1  — 

November 

— 29  days. 

December 

30  days — 1 — 

December 

— 29  days. 

304  days.  355  days. 


The  new  months  Numa  placed  before  March  and  made  his  year  to  com¬ 
mence  with  January.  He  did  not  change  the  name  of  the  months  in  the 
Romulian  year,  though  he  altered  their  rank  in  the  series.  Hence  the 
fifth,  Quintilis  (July),  the  sixth,  Sextilis  (August),  the  seventh,  Septem¬ 
ber,  the  eighth,  October,  the  ninth ,  November,  the  tenth,  December,  in 
the  Romulian  year  correspond  with  the  seventh,  eighth,  ninth,  tenth, 
eleventh,  and  twelfth  respectively  in  the  year  of  Numa,  and  these  retain 
the  names  of  the  fifth  (Quintilis),  of  the  sixth,  Sextilis  (August),  &c. 
The  year  of  Numa  was  a  lunar  year  of  12  months  (lunations)  and  of 
355  days.  The  number  of  days  was  in  excess  of  the  true  number  of 
days  (about  354)  in  a  lunar  year.  It  was  less  than  the  solar  year — 365 
days  and  six  hours.  As  the  difference  between  the  lunar  and  solar  years 
is  about  eleven  days  and  six  hours,  Numa,  at  the  end  of  every  two  years, 
inserted  at  about  the  end  of  February  an  intercalary  month  of  between 
22  and  23  days.  This  lunar  year  of  Numa,  of  355  days  and  of  12  luna¬ 
tions,  with  all  its  inaccuracies,  which  were  in  part  corrected,  sometimes  in¬ 
creased,  by  intercalation,  continued  to  the  time  of  Julius  Caesar.  He,  in 
the  year  46  B.  C.,  found  the  irregularity  so  great  that  in  order  to  make 
the  lunar  year  conform  to  the  solar  he  had  to  insert  67  days.  This  ad¬ 
dition  of  67  days  was  made  between  the  months  of  November  and  De¬ 
cember  in  the  year  46.  The  usual  addition  of  23  days  had  already  been 
made  at  the  end  of  February.  This  }rear  (46  B.  C.)  immediately  prece¬ 
ding  the  introduction  (45  B.  C.)  of  the  Julian  calendar,  has  been  called 
the  “Year  of  Confusion.”  It  consisted  of  445  days.  Thus — 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


131 


The  year  of  Numa  355  da3^s. 

Intercalation  after  Feb.  23  days. 

Caesar’s  addition  for  days  lost  67  daj-s. 


The  “Year  of  Confusion’’  445  days. 

To  avoid  error  and  confusion  in  the  future  Caesar  threw  aside  the  in¬ 
tercalary  month  and  conformed  the  year  to  the  course  of  the  sun.  As 
he  ascertained  the  solar  year  to  consist  of  365  days  and  six  hours,  he 
added  to  the  year  of  Numa  (355  days)  10  daj^s  which  he  distributed 
among  the  months  of  29  da}rs  so  that  Januarius  (January),  Sextilis 
(August),  and  December  received  two  each,  and  the  others  one  each.  To 
provide  for  the  6  hours  which,  as  he  calculated,  completed  the  solar 
\rear  (365  da3rs  and  6  hours),  he  intercalated  one  da3r  in  every  fourth 
3’ear  immediately  following  the  Festival  of  the  Terminalia,  which  oc¬ 
curred  on  the  23d  of  February.  Hence  the  intercalated  day  was  the 
24th  of  February,  as  was  seen  in  speaking  of  the  month  of  February  in 
Leap  3'ear. 


Year  of  Numa. 

Januarius  (January) 
Februarius  (February) 
Martius  (March) 
Aprilis  (April) 

Maius  (May) 

Junius  (June) 

Quintilis  (July) 

Sextilis  (August) 

September 

October 

November 

December 


Year  of  Julius  Caesar  (45  B.  C.) 

29  days-(-2— Jauarius  (January)  31  days. 

28  days  —Februarius  (February)  28  days. 

31  days  zrrMartius  (March)  31  days. 

29  days+l— Aprilis  (April)  30  days. 

31  days  — Maius  (May)  31  days. 

29  da3rs-)-l=Junius  (June)  30  days. 

31  days  =Quintilis  (July)  31  days. 

29  days 4- 2 — Sextilis  (August)  31  days. 

29  davsj-l— September  30  days. 

31  days  =October  31  da3’s. 

29  daysJ-l=November  30  da3Ts. 

29  days-]-2=December  31  days. 


355  day's.  365  da3rs. 

From  the  above  it  will  be  seen  that  Caesar  reached  his  year  of  365 
da3^s  by  adding  10  days  to  the  3rear  of  Numa,  and  that  he  so  distributed 
the  10  da3rs  among  the  months  of  this  year  as  to  give  to  Januarius,  Sex¬ 
tilis,  December  (January,  August,  December)  two  da3rs  each,  and  to 
Aprilis,  Junius,  September  and  November  (April,  June,  September,  No¬ 
vember)  one  da3r  each. 


III.  In  Abstract  Relations. 

190.  The  Ablative  expresses  not  only  the  general  at, 
where ,  and  when  relations  in  Space  and  Time,  but  also  the 
same  relation  in  abstract  or  figurative  connections.  In  oth¬ 
er  words,  the  Ablative  expresses  the  state  or  condition  in 


132 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


which.  In  this  sense  it  takes,  as  a  rule,  a  preposition. 
The  preposition  to  be  used  must  be  determined  by  the  mo¬ 
dification  of  the  general  at  relation  to  be  expressed.  It 
does  not  affect  the  force  of  the  Ablative  as  the  case  of  the 
general  at  relation  that  the  preposition,  as  is  often  the 
case,  is  required  by  the  controlling  veib.  It  occurs  then . 

191.  With  the  preposition  in— e.  g\, 

Esse  in  armis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  9.  Relictus  in  itinere  cum  pau- 
cis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  15.  In  potestate  habere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  25. 
In  eo  perseverare.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  26.  In  sententia  perseverare. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I.  72.  In  statione  esse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  43.  In  ce- 
leritate  poni.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  70.  In  conspectu  esse.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  70.  Crudelitas  in  supplicio.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  76.  In  hon- 
ore  habere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  77.  In  periculo  esse.  Caes.  B.  Ci\ . 
I,  79.  Qua  in  re  vitae  consulere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  85.  Magna  in 
spe  esse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  17.  In  magna  difficultate  esse.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  15.  In  ancoris  consistere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  28. 
In  augustiis  esse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  47.  In  numero  esse.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  53.  In  labore  pari  antecedere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  82. 
In  curatione  esse  regni.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  104.  In  culpa  simili 
versari.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  110.  In  animo  esse.  Caes.  B.  G,  I, 
7.  In  eadem  tristitia  permanere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  32.  In  potes¬ 
tate  esse.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  32.  In  tanto  imperio  turpe  esse.  Caes. 
B.  G.  I,  33.  In  re  inilitari  usum  habere  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  39.  In 
fide  atque  amicitia  esse.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  14.  Rem  in  angusto 
videre.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  25.  In  dieione  teneri.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  33. 
In  officio  tenere.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  54.  In  clientela  esse.  Caes.  B.  G. 
VI,  4.  In  officio  permanere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  8.  In  furto  aut  in 
latrocinio  comprehendere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  16.  In  fide  manere. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  4.  In  armis  excubare.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  11.  In 
extrema  fortuna  deserere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  40.  In  otio  hebescere 
et  languere.  Cic.  Acad.  II,  2,  6.  In  miseria  esse.  Cie.  Fin.  Ill, 
14,  48.  Tanto  in  maerore  aspicere.  Cic.  Att.  Ill,  9,  1.  In  metu 
esse.  Cic.  Att.  Ill,  9,  3.  In  istius  potestate  esse.  Cic.  Att.  \  II, 
22,  1.  Cnaeus  in  fuga  est.  Cic.  Att.  VII,  24.  In  aere  alieno  esse. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV.  6,  11.  In  suis  nummis  esse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV ,  6, 
11. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


133 


192.  With  the  preposition  pro=in  the  stead  of,  in  the 
place  of—e.  g., 

Incommoda  pro  disciplina  et  praeeeptis  habere.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
Ill,  10.  Pro  explorato  habere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  5.  Pro  certo  po- 
ni.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  5.  Voluptatis  nomine  uti  pro  ilia  indolentia. 
Cie.  Fin.  II,  6,  19.  Incerta  pro  certis  captare.  Sail.  Cat.  20. 

193.  With  the  preposition  sub — e.  g., 

Sub  armis  morari.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  41.  Sub  oculis  domini  su- 
am  probare  operam  studebant  (sub  oculisi=before  the  eyes). 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  57.  Sub  onere  confligere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  66. 
Sub  dieione  atque  imperio  esse.  Caes  B.  G.  I,  31.  Sub  sareinis 
adoriri.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  17.  Sub  nomine  pacis  latere.  Cie.  Phil. 
XII,  7,  17.  Capti  concessam  sibi  sub  condicione  vitam  reeu- 
sarunt.  Suet.  Caes.  68. 

194.  It  occasionally  occurs  that  the  Ablative  of  an  ab¬ 
stract  relation  with  the  preposition  in  must  be  taken  in  a 
causal  sense — sometimes  in  a  temporal  sense.  In  other 
words,  the  state  or  condition  in  which  furnishes  the  idea 
of  cause  or  of  time — e.  g., 

1.  Cause — e.  g.  Haec  quoqueperexploratoresantelucem,  in  tan- 
ta  propinquitate  castrorum  adhostes  deferuntur.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  7. 
Cf.  Nullum  eiusmodi  casum  expectans,  quo,  novem  oppositis  le- 
gionibus  maximoque  equitatu,  dispersis  ac  paene  deletis  hostibus, 
in  milibus  passuum  III  offendi  posset.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  36  (in  mili- 
bus,  &c. —since  (as)  the  distance  was  only  3000  paces).  Spe  in- 
ducti,quod  in  tanta  multitudine  deditieiorum  suam  fugam  oeeul- 
tari  posse  existimarent.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  27. 

2.  Time — e.g  In  petitione  consulatus  erat  sublevatus.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  22.  (See  Ablative  expressing  time).  Nihil  est  quod  homines 
facere  audeant  in  magistratu,  quin,  etc.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  111,85,195. 

195.  The  relation  in  the  matter  of,  in  the  case  of  is  ex¬ 
pressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  in.  The  word 
in  the  Ablative  represents  either  a  personal  or  impersonal 
relation. 

1.  Personal  relation — e.  g.  Cum  homines,  quod  facere  ipsi  non 
possent,  id  recte  fieri  in  altero  iudicarent.  Cie.  Am.  7,  23.  Quod  in 
homine  multo  est  evidentius.  Cie.  Am.  8,  27.  Nam  hoc  in  talibus 


134 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


viris  quid  attinet  dicere?  Cic.  Am.  11,  39.  Quid  in  Scipione  effe- 

cerint  non  queo  diccre.  Cic.  Am.  12,  41. 

2.  Impersonal relation-e.  g.  Quidam  saepein  parva  pecuniaper- 
spiciuntur.  Cic.  Am.  17,  63.  Stantes  plaudebant  in  re  beta.  Cic. 
Am.  7,  24.  (Here  Ablative  may  be  temporal  or =;on  occasion  of). 
Ouod  in  huius  modi  militum  consiliis  otium  maxime  contrarium 

esse  arbitrarentur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  30. 

Rem.  1.  The  Ablative  of  an  abstract  relation  with  the  preposition  in- 
in  the  case  of  in  the  matter  of  on  the  occasion  of  is  not  always  readily 
distinguished  from  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  in  denoting  time. 


Ablative  of  Excess  or  Difference. 

196.  To  the  Ablative  expressing  the  general  at  relation 
must  be  referred  the  Ablative  of  Excess  or  Difference.  This 
Ablative  expresses  a  locative  rather  than  a  whence  rela¬ 
tion.  It  denotes  that  in  which  is  or  consists,  in  which  is 
conceived  or  is  found  the  excess  involved  in  the  compara- 
tive  idea.  It  occurs— 

(a)  With  the  comparative  adjective  and  adverb  e.  g., 

Sol  multis  partibus  maior  quam  terra  est.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  36,  92. 
Uno  die  longiorem  mensem  faciunt  aut  biduo.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  52, 
129.  Si  decern  atomis  est  dolor  maior  alius.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  19, 
45.  Pluribus  aliquanto  medimnis  decumas  emerunt  quam  mgera 
erant  sata.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  47,  113.  Multo  plus  quam  decu¬ 
man!  abstulit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  111,12,29.  Nemo  qui  granoamphus 
sibi  quam  deberetur  deberi  professus  esset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  12, 
29.  Haec  ratio  aliquanto  maiorem  locum  occupabit.  Cic.  Tusc. 
II.  27,  66.  Tumulus  paulo  editior.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  43.  Erat 
multo  inferior  numero.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  57.  Necessitudo  nihilo 
minor.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  17.  Quanto  amplius  temporis,  tanto 
alacriores.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  25.  Carinae  aliquanto  planiores. 
Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  13.  Hibernia  dimidio  minor  quam  Britannia. 
Caes.  B.  G.  V,  13.  Ouanto  ereditis  Persas  obsequentiores  fore  ? 
Curt.  VI,  9.  Altero  tanto  longiorem  habebat  anfractum.  Nep. 
Bum.  8.  Paulo  longius  progredi.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  55.  Paulo 
tardius  administrari.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  23.  Bo  gravius  ferre,  quo 
minus  merito  populi  Romani  accidissent.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  14.  Quo 
artius  volutari,  hoc  acrius  furere.  Curt.  IV,  10.  Quo  longius, 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


135 


hoc  magis.  Curt.  IV,  11.  Quod  multo  fit  aliter  in  Graecia.  Nep. 
Praef.  Nihilo  secius  Caesar  duas  acies  hostem  propulsare  iussit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  49. 

198.  (5)  With  prepositions  of  comparative  meaning — 
e-  g-, 

Paulo  citra  eum  locum  morati  munitiones  perfecerunt.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  Ill,  46.  Caesar  paulo  idtra  eum  locum  castra  transtulit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  66.  Hi  sunt  magnitudine  paulo  infra  elephan- 
tos.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  28.  Paulo  supra  hanc  memoriam  servi  et 
clientes  cremabantur.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  19. 

Rem.  1.  Longe  occasionally  occurs  with  the  comparative  in  the  sense 
of  multo ,  and  aliquatenus  in  a  sense  similar  to  that  of  aliquanto — e.  g., 
Longe  clarius  illustraverunt  hoc  opus  Sophocles  atque  Euripides. 
Quint.  X,  1,  67.  Imitator  Thucj^didis  et  ut  multo  infirmior  ita  ali¬ 
quatenus  lucidior.  Quint.  X,  1,  74. 

Rem.  2.  The  Ablative  of  excess  or  difference,  instead  of  longe  or  ve/, 
occasionally  occurs,  and  in  the  Classical  Latin,  with  the  superlative.  This 
is  particularly  the  case  with  multo — e.  g., 

Fuit  simulacrum  omnium  illorum,  quae  sunt  in  eo  fano,  multo  anti- 
quissimum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  49,  109.  Ille  populus  magna  ac  multo 
maxima  parte  dignitatis  caruit.  Cic.  Imp.  Pomp.  XVIII,  54.  Multo 
formosissimus.  Nep.  Ale.  1.  Multo  locupletissima.  Nep.  Ages.  3.  Mul¬ 
to  maxime  ingenio  validus.  Sail.  Jug.  6.  Res  multo  pulcherrima.  Sail. 
Cat.  52. 

197.  (c)  With  verbs  of  comparative  meaning,  as  antece- 
dere,  antecellere,  excellere,  malle,  praestare,  superare,  and 
others  compounded  with  ante,  as  anteire,  anteponere,  & c. 
— e-  g., 

Multo  antecedere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  6.  Parvo  momento  an- 
tecedere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  6.  Quanto  praestat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II, 
31.  Capitibus  humerisque  exstare.  Liv.  XXII,  6,  6.  Non  multo 
ilia  malle.  Cic.  Am.  17,  63.  Julius  Paulus  multo  ceteros  antei- 
bat.  Tac.  H.  IV,  13.  Cognitum  est  quanto  antestaret  eloquen- 
tia  innocentiae.  Nep.  Arist.  1. 

Rem.  1.  The  Accusative  of  extent  may  in  this  connection  be  compared 
with  the  Ablative  of  difference — e.  g., 

Tantum  inter  ceteras  eminens,  quanto  ipse  aliis  praestabat.  Curt. 
VIII,  48.  In  this  sentence  quantum  might  have  been  used  with  no 
appreciable  difference  in  meaning. 

Rem.  2.  The  occurrence  of  the  Accusative  of  extent  instead  of  the  Ab- 


136 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


lative  of  excess  or  difference  with  a  comparative  adjective  or  adverb  is 
very  rare — e.  g., 

lllud  ipsum  non  multnm  est  maius  quam  dlud  vulgare  ac  forense. 
Cic.  Or.  Ill,  24,  92.  Formam  viri  aliquntum  ampliorem  humana  in- 
tnens  rogitat.  Liv.  I,  7,9.  Praeda  aliquantum  spe  atque  opimone 
maior.  Liv.  V,  21,  14.  Aliquantum  opinione  eius  celerius  creverat. 
Liv.  XXV,  11,  9.  In  the  three  last  examples  the  presence  of  the  ob¬ 
jects  of  comparison  (humana,  opinione,  spe)  authorize  the  use  of  the 
Accusative  instead  of  the  Ablative  of  Difference,  as  the  Latin  writers 
generally  avoided  the  use  of  the  two  Ablatives  (Ablative  of  Difference 

and  of  the  Object  of  Comparison)  with  the  same  comparative  adjec¬ 
tive.  Quantum  procedebat  longius  a  Thessalia,  eo  maiorem  reium 

omnium  inopiam  sentiebat.  Liv.  XLIV,  7,  6. 


Ablative  of  the  Whence  Relation. 

198.  The  second  general  sense  of  the  Ablative  is  the 
whence  relation.  That  is,  the  Ablative  presents  the  ob¬ 
ject  from  which  an  action  or  state  proceeds  or  begins.  The 
general  whence  sense  of  the  case  is  modified  by  the  asso¬ 
ciated  idea  of  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb  and  a 
preposition.  The  general  whence  relation  may  be  consid¬ 
ered  : 

I.  In  Space.  Ablative  of  the  Place.  Whence. 

199.  In  this  connection  the  use  of  the  preposition  is  the 
rule.  The  preposition  to  be  employed  must  be  determined 
by  the  exact  relation  in  which  the  object  stated  in  the  Ab¬ 
lative  stands  to  the  substantive  element  ol  the  verb.  This 
relation  is  fixed  by  the  preposition.  In  other  words,  the 
substantive  element  of  the  verb  modified  by  a  preposition, 
a  {ab,)  e  (ex,)  de,  requires  the  Ablative  as  the  general 
whence  case.  The  Ablative  as  the  whence  case  occurs  with 
the  following  prepositions : 

200.  With  a(afi)..  The  object  expressed  in  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  a(ab )  is  conceived  as  a  unit,  a  simple 
undivided  whole,  aivay  from  which,  or  from  near  which, 
not  out  of  which,  the  action  begins  or  proceeds.  The  op¬ 
posite  of  a(ab)  is  ad  with  the  Accusative.  The  preposi- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


137 


tion  is  written  ab  before  a  word  beginning  with  a  vowel  or 
h.  The  form  abs  is  found,  but  not  uniformly,  before  a 
word  beginning  with  q  or  t — e.  g., 

Sed  serins  a  terra  provectae  naves  in  redeundo  offenderunt. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  8.  Paulum  a  portu  progressus  litteras  a  Cae- 
sare  accepit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  14.  A  villa  in  senatum  arcesse- 
batur  Curius.  Cic.  Sen.  XVI,  56.  A  fundo  maris  in  altitudinem 
modicam  opus  creverat.  Curt.  IV,  10.  Putavit  laudem  quam 
latissime  a  suis  finibus  vaeare  agros.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  3.  Ab 
oceano  in  lines  Vocontiorum  pervenit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  10.  Ab 
Allobrogibus  in  Segusianos  exercitum  duxit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  10. 
Pudicum  neminem  deputare  oportet,  qui  abs  terra  ad  coelum  per- 
venerit.  Plaut.  Trin.  IV,  2,  105. 

201.  The  direction  from  which  is  often  the  prominent 
idea  with  a(ab)  and  the  Ablative.  The  preposition  a(ab) 
with  the  Ablative  is  the  preposition  regularly  employed  to 
express  the  place  from  which  distance  is  estimated.  The 
preposition  a(ab)  is  also  used  with  the  Ablative  of  the 
name  of  a  person,  when  the  person  is  the  point  of  removal. 
With  the  Ablative  of  the  name  of  a  people  it  often  means 
from  the  territory  or  country  of  the  people  stated  in  the 
Ablative — e.  g., 

Sentiunt  totam  urbem  qua  sit  aditus  ab  terra,  muro  circumiri 
posse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  16.  (Here  ab  terra  means  from  the  di¬ 
rection  of  the  land).  A  Sue  vis  circiter  milia  passuum  DC  agri 
vaeare  dieuntur.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  3.  (Here  a  Suevis— from  the 
territory — from  the  territories  of  the  Suevi).  A quibus  cum  pau- 
eorum  dierum  iter  abesset.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  7.  Roscius  a  Caesare 
Capuam  pervenit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  10.  Nolite  arbitrari  me  cum  a 
vobis  discessero,  nullum  fore.  Cic.  Sen.  XXII,  79. 

Rem.  1.  The  preposition  a(ab)  with  the  Ablative  of  the  name  of  a  per¬ 
son,  or  of  a  personal  pronoun,  or  personal  designation  often  means  from 
the  house  of  the  person — e.  g., 

A  Pontis  ex  Trebulano  a.  d.  V  Id.  Mai.  Cic.  Att.  V,  3,  3.  Sed  foris 

concrepuit  hinc  a  vicino  sene.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  I,  76  (154).  Quemque 

a  milite  hoc  videritis  hominem  in  nostris  tegulis,  deturbatote  in  viam. 

Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  2, 5.  Venit  ad  me  in  Cumanum  a  se.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  9, 1* 


138 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


202.  With  e(ex).  (The  form  before  a  word  beginning 
with  a  vowel  or  h  is  ex.  Either  e  or  ex  may  be  written 
before  a  word  beginning  with  a  consonant.  Use  e  before 
regione,  republica).  The  preposition  e(ex)  denotes  remov¬ 
al  from  within  or  from  oft'.  In  other  words,  the  interior 
or  top  of  the  object  in  the  Ablative  is  the  point  or  place 
from  which.  The  opposite  of  e(ex)  with  the  Ablative  is 
expressed  by  in  with  the  Accusative— e.  g., 

Nacti  idonettm  ventum  ex  portu  exeunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  4. 
Facile  erat,  ex  castris  Treboni  prospicere  in  urbem.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
II,  5.  Qui  ex  Italia  Galliaque  veniebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  48. 
Mosa  profluit  ex  monte  Vosego.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  10.  (Profec- 
tionem)  ex  tectis  significabant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  28.  Prima  luce 
ex  superioribus  locis  cernebatur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  64.  Ignis,  qui 
ex  muro  iaceretur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  10.  Ex  muro  telum  mittere. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  13.  Ex  tribunali  praedicare.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II, 
18.  Loqui  ex  navibus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  15.  Lapide  ictus  ex 
muro  periit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  22.  Cortice  ex  arboribus  vivere. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  49.  Ex  muro  pacem  petere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  13. 
Ex  tumulo  tela  conicere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  27.  Ex  inferiore  loco 
tela  adicere.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  14.  Se  ex  muro  proicere  Caes.  B. 
G.  IV,  25.  Pugna  ex  assedis.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  33.  Ex  equis  de- 
silire.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  2.  Sessum  in  quattuordecim  e  scena  per 
orchestram  transiit.  Suet.  Caes.  39. 

203.  The  preposition  e(ex)  is  used  with  the  Ablative  of 
the  name  of  a  people  to  express  from,  out  of  the  country 
of  the  people;  also,  from  among  several  or  many  persons 

— e,  g-, 

Adorti  Hannibalem  regressum  ex  Vaccaeis  agmen  turbavere. 
Liv.  XXI,  5,  8.  E  vectoribus  sorte  ductus  ad  gubernacula  acces- 
sit.  Cic.  Rep.  I,  34,  51.  Itaque  infirmiores  milites  ex  omnibus 
eenturiis  deligi  iubet.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  64. 

204.  With  de.  The  preposition  de  with  the  Ablative  ex¬ 
presses  that  the  action  or  motion  is  down  from  the  object 
stated  in  the  Ablative.  In  many  cases  it  is  parallel  in 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


139 


meaning  with  e(ex),  while  the  starting  point  of  the  action 
or  motion  mav  be  the  same  with  ex  and  de,  yet  when  the 
specific  direction  down  is  to  be  expressed,  the  use  of  the 
preposition  de  is  the  rule.  In  some  cases  there  is  no  ap¬ 
preciable  difference  in  meaning  between  ex  and  de.  The 
theory  that  de  implies  removal  from  that  in  which  own- 
nership  and  equitable  right  of  possession  resides,  hence 
removal  from  that  to  which  one  has  a  right,  while  ex  im¬ 
plies  removal  from  that  to  which  one  has  no  proper 
ground  of  claim,  is  not  sustained  by  the  facts  in  the  Lan¬ 
guage—  e.  g., 

Lucretius  de  muro  se  deieeit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  18.  De  colie  non 
decedebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  71.  Spintherde  muro  cum  custodibus 
colloquitur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  22  (cf.  ex  navibus  colloqui.)  Cupas 
de  muro  in  musculum  devolvunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II.  11.  Arma  de 
muro  in  fossam  iaeta.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  32.  De  navibus  desilire. 
Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  24.  De  locis  superioribus  decerni.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII, 
88.  (Cf.  Ut  de  finibus  sui  cum  omnibus copiisexirent.  Caes.B.G.I, 
2.)  (Cf.  e  tinibus  I,  5.)  Tres  eiecti  de  senatu.  Liv.XL,  51,1.  (Cf. 
septem  e  senatu  eiecti  sunt.  Liv.  XLXXX,  15,  6.)  Emissus  hos- 
tis  de  manibus.  Liv.  XXI,  48,  6.  (Cf.  Hannibal  emissus  e  man- 
ibus.  Liv.  XXII,  3,  10.)  Dictator  C.  M.Rutilius  primus  de  plebe 
dictus,  magistrum  equitum  item  de  plebe  C.  Plautium  dixit.  Liv. 
VII,  17,  6.  L.  Sextius  de  plebe  primus  consul  factus.  Liv.  VI,  42, 
9.  (Cf.  ex  plebe  consul  factus). 

205.  1.  The  preposition  may  be  in  composition  and  need 
not  be  repeated — e.  g., 

Italia  excedere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  27.  Excedere  eo  loco.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  31.  Castris  educere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  66.  Castris  exire. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  69.  Pugna  excedere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  7.  Castris 
expellere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  35.  Equo  decidere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  48. 
Castris  egredi.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  11.  Finibus  expellere.  Caes.  B.  G. 
IV,  3. 

2.  The  preposition  in  composition  may  be  repeated  or  a  differ¬ 
ent  preposition  may  be  used,  determined  by  the  relation  to  be 
expressed — e.  g., 

Caesar  e  castris  utrisque  copias  suas  eduxit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 


140 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


50.  Eice  te  e  navi.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  27,  67.  Crumenam  de  collo 
detrahere.  Plaut.  True.  Ill,  1,  7.  Anulum  de  digito  detrahere. 
Ter.  Haut.  IV,  1,  38.  Ut  omnis  instructus  exercitus  telis  ex 
vallo  abiectis  protegi  posset.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  56.  E  mulis 
stramenta  detrahi  iubet.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  45.  Ex  magna  spe 
deturbare.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  7,  1. 

Rem.  The  Ablative  presenting  the  whence  relation  occurs,  with  a  prep¬ 
osition,  in  connection  with  substantives  which  imply  motion — e.  g., 

Fugitivi  ab  dominis.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  50,  112.  Domum  fuit  e  foro 
reditus.  Cic.  Pis.  Ill,  7.  Montibus  ex  altis  magnus  decursus  aquai. 
Lucr.  I,  283.  Ab  Hermandica  profugi  exsulibus  Olcadum  se  iunxe- 

runt.  Liv.  XXI,  5,  7. 

206.  The  preposition  is  omitted  with  the  Ablative  deno¬ 
ting  the  place  of  removal.  While  the  omission  of  a  preposi¬ 
tion  with  a  relation  m  Space,  as  the  name  of  a  countiy , 
&c.,  is  rare  in  the  classical  Latin,  it  occurs  quite  frequently 
in  the  poets  and  late  writers.  The  omission  of  a  prepo¬ 
sition  with  move  re,  pellere,  cedere,  labi  is  frequent  in  all 
periods  of  the  Language — e.  g., 

Otacilius  sibi  timens  oppido  fugit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  29.  Nam 
qui  acie  refugerant  milites.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  95.  Arabia  redire. 
Curt.  IV,  12.  Aegvpto  devertisse  hostem  comperit.  Curt.  IV,  35. 
Petris  praecipitare  se.  Curt.  VI,  23.  Macedonia  proficisci.  Curt. 
X,  16.  Patria  propellare.  Nep.  Phoc.  3.  Coelo  missa  vis  aquae. 
Sail.  Jug.  75,  Syria  remeare.  Tac.  H.  II,  79.  Britannia  Gal- 
liaque  auxilia  acciverat.  Tac.  H,  III,  15.  Etruria  Lucaniaque  et 
omni  Italia  in  senatum  acciti.  Tac.  Ann.  XI,  24.  Hie  fratres  Ly- 
cia  missi  et  Apollinis  agris.  Verg.  Aen.  XII,  516.  Cum  carceribus 
missos  rapit  ungula  currus.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  1,  114.  The  omission  of 
the  preposition  in  such  connections  as  the  preceding  is  not  to  be 
imitated.  Hostes  loco  cedere  cogebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  41.  Loco 
cesserunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  51.  Loco  movit.  Caes.  B.  Ci\ .  HI, 
74.  Neve  se  loco  moverent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  92.  Italia  cedenti 
sestertium  centum  milia  muneri  misit.  Nep.  Att.  8.  Hostis  An- 
tonius  iudicatus  Italia  cesserat.  Nep.  Att.  9.  Censor  tribu  move- 
bat  centurionem.  Cic.  Or.  II,  67,  272.  Ut  possesores  pellantur 
suis  sedibus.  Cic.  Off.  II,  22,  78.  Finibus  Italiae  pelli.  Liv.  XXI  ^ 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


141 


20,  6.  Ut  patria  pelleretur.  Nep.  Arist.  1.  Stellas  videbis  eoelo 
labi.  Verg.  Georg.  I,  366.  Pellere  patria.  Cie.  Div.  I,  28,  59. 
Movere  loco.  Cie.  Div.  I,  35,  77.  Ant  labentis  equo  describit  vul- 
nera  Parthi.  Hor.  Sat.  II,  1,  15. 

207.  In  some  cases  the  Ablative  without  a  preposition 
with  verbs  of  motion  must  be  explained  as  the  Ablative 
expressing  the  at  relation,  or  means  or  manner — e.  g., 

Se  porta  foras  universi  proripiunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  11.  (Here 
porta  maybe  conceived  as  at  the  gate  or  by  the  gate) .  Egressi 
porta  recedentibus  inferunt  signa.  Curt.  IV,  27.  An  tu  egressus 
porta  Capena?  Cie.  Tusc.  I,  7,  13.  In  the  last  two  examples, 
while  the  omission  of  the  preposition  is  authorized  by  the  com¬ 
pound  verb,  the  Ablative  may  well  be  explained  as  means. 

Names  of  Towns  and  Islands. 

208.  The  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  small  island,  present¬ 
ing  the  place  from  which  is  written  in  the  Ablative  with¬ 
out  a  preposition. 

1.  The  name  of  a  city  or  town — e,  g., 

Ariminio  excedere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  11.  Auximo  progredi. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  15.  Cingulo  ad  eum  legati  venerunt.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  15.  Luceria  proficisci.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  24.  Egressum 
magna  Roma.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  5,  1.  (Observe  the  absence  of  a  pre¬ 
position  when  an  adjective  is  associated  with  the  name  of  a 
city). 

2.  The  name  of  an  island — e.  g., 

Aquam  Corcyra  navibus  supportare.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  15. 
Classis  Cyprio  advenit.  Curt.  IV,  13. 

209.  When  the  preposition  a(ab)  is  associated  with  the 
name  of  a  city  or  town  as  a  place  from  which,  the  follow¬ 
ing  relations  are  expressed. 

1.  From  the  vicinity  of,  from  near,  or  about,  from  before,  in 
military  operations,  from  the  port  of—e.  g., 

Ab  Arimino  M.  Antonium  mittit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  11.  Domi- 
tianas  cohortes  aCorfmio  in  Sicilian  miserat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  25. 


142 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Ab  Herd  a  frumentum  iussi  erant  efferre.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1, 78.  Ab 

Ocelo . in  fines  Vocontiorumpervenit.  Caes.  B.  G  1,10.  Libo 

profectus  ab  Orico  cum  classe.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  23.  Qua  neces¬ 
sitate  permotus  Libo  discessit  aBrundisio.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  24. 
Cum  ab  Aegina  Megarum  versus  navigarem  coepi  regiones 
prospicere.  Cie.  Fam.  I\ ,  5,  4. 

2.  From  the  direction  of—  or  to  express  distance  from  one  point 
to  a  second — e.  g., 

A  Dianio  ad  Sinopen  navigaverunt.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  I,  34,  87.  A 
Salonis  ad  Oricum  litora  omnia  longe  lateque  classibus  occu- 
pavit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  8. 

3.  The  beginning  of  distance,  or  the  place  from  which  distance 
is  estimated.  In  this  connection  it  is  an  irregularity  to  omit  the 
preposition  a(ab)  with  the  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  island  from 

which  distance  is  expressed— e.  g., 

Litavicus  milia  passuum  circiter  XXX  ab  Gergovia  aberat. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  38.  Bidis  oppidum  est  non  longe  a  Syracusis. 
Cie.  Verr.  II,  II,  22,  53. 

4.  While  the  preceding  restrictions  will  explain  most  of  the 
eases  of  the  use  of  a  preposition  with  the  name  of  a  city,  town, 
or  island  as  the  place  from  which,  it  must  be  conceded,  in  view  of 
the  facts  in  the  Language,  that  the  preposition  a(ab)  olten  occurs 
with  the  name  of  a  city,  &c.,  in  the  Ablative,  just  as  any  other 
relation  in  space.  In  Livy  the  tendency  is  to  the  use  of  the  pre¬ 
position,  and  in  many  cases  it  seems  to  have  been  employed  by 
this  writer  with  a  view  simply  to  greater  clearness  of  statement. 

210.  When  the  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  island,  with 
which  the  omission  of  the  preposition  is  the  rule ,  is  asso¬ 
ciated  with  the  name  of  a  country,  province,  or  any  other 
place  with  which  the  use  ol  the  preposition  is  usual,  then, 

1.  The  name  of  the  country,  &e.,  precedes  with  the  preposition 
within  the  limits  of  which  is  embraced  the  Ablative  of  the  name 
of  the  city,  town,  or  island.  In  other  words,  the  name  of  the 
province,  &c.,  determines  the  use  of  the  preposition,  which  ex¬ 
tends  to  the  name  of  the  city  or  island  e.  g., 

Ex  Asia  Cyeladibusque  insulis,  Corcyra,  Athenis,  Ponto,  Bi- 


LA i'IN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


143 


thynia,  Syria,  Cilicia,  Phoenicia,  Aegypto,  classein  coegerat. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  3.  That  the  preposition  ex  covers  Corcyra, 
Athenis  is  shown  from  the  fact  that  it  is  not  repeated  with  Pon- 
to,  Bithynia,  & c.  Frumenti  vim  maximam  ex  Thessalia,  Asia, 
Creta,  Cyrenis  reliquiscpie  regionibus  comparaverat.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  Ill,  5.  Si  ab  ora  maritima  Oricoque  discedere  nollet.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  78. 

2.  The  name  of  the  city,  town,  or  island  precedes  without  the 
preposition,  according  to  the  rule,  and  the  omission  of  the  prepo¬ 
sition  obtains  with  the  name  of  the  country,  &c.,  which  follows. 
In  other  words,  the  construction  of  the  name  of  the  country,  &c., 
without  the  preposition  conforms  to  that  of  the  name  of  the 
city,  &c. — e.  g., 

Lisso  Parthenisque  et  omnibus  castellis  quod  esset  frumenti 
concjuiri  iussit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  42. 

3.  The  names  of  the  city,  town,  and  island,  and  of  the  coun¬ 
try,  &c.,  are  written  in  the  Ablative,  without  and  with  the  prep¬ 
osition,  according  to  the  rules,  and  occasionally  there  is  a  partial 
conformity  to  the  construction  of  the  word  which  precedes — e.  g., 

Sagittarios  Creta  Lacedaemone,  ex  Ponto  atque  Syria  reli- 
quisque  civitatibus  tria  milia  numero  habebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
Ill,  4.  Domitius  cohortes  Alba  et  Marsis  et  Pelignis,  finitimis 
ab  regionibus  coegerat.  Caes.  B.  Civ,  I,  15.  Quid  exportatum 
est  Agrigento,  quid  Thermis,  quid  ex  ceteris  oppidis,  quid  Mes- 
sana?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  75,  185. 

211.  When  the  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  island  is  asso¬ 
ciated  with  the  appositive  word  urhe,  oppido ,  or  insula , 
the  use  of  the  preposition  is  the  rule,  whether  the  name  of 
the  city,  & c.,  precedes  (a  rare  and  unusual  collocation)  or 
follows  the  preposition.  The  preposition  is  also  used 
when  the  appositive  word  is  defined  by  an  adjective  or 
Genitive — e.  g., 

Ex  oppido  Thermis  nullum  signum  attigisti.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II, 
46,  113.  Expellitur  ex  oppido  Gergovia.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  4.  Ab 
urbe  Roma  litteras  mittere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  17,  44.  Ex  oppido 
Cabillono  educere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  42.  Tusculo  cx  clarissimo 


144 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


municipio  proficisci.  Cic.  Font.  XVIII,  41  (31).  Legati  ex  oppi- 
do  Lepti  venerant.  Sail.  Jug.  77.  Regem  hand  procul  ab  oppido 
Cirta  arinis  exuerat.  Sail.  Jug.  88.  Gens  orta  est  ex  Regillis  op¬ 
pido  Sabinorum.  Suet.  Tib.  1.  Kst  in  Capitolio  Apollo  transla¬ 
tes  ex  Apollonia,  Ponti  urbe.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXIV,  7,  39. 

212.  As  the  name  of  a  city,  town,  or  island  is  written  in 
the  Ablative  without  a  preposition,  as  a  rule,  to  express 
the  place  from  which,  so  are  written  the  words  domo, 
rure  (run),  humo  without  a  preposition. 

I.  Domo.  This  word  is  used  without  a  preposition  both  alone 
and  with  a  possessive,  while  with  a  possessive  a  preposition  is 
allowed.  With  the  demonstrative,  with  an  adjective  or  genitive 
of  the  possessor  it  takes  regularly  a  preposition.  As  the  point 
from  which  distance  is  estimated,  it  takes  regularly  a  preposition. 
In  the  sense  of  building',  family,  philosophical  school  or  sect  it 
takes  a  preposition.  Livy  inclines  to  the  use  of  a  preposition 
with  domo ,  even  when  it  signifies  home-^-e.  g., 

Molita  cibaria  sibi  quemque  domo  efferre  iubent.  Caes.  B.  G. 
I,  5.  Cum  omnibus  suis  domo  excesserant.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  14. 
Si  domo  tua  profugisset.  quid  diceres  ?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  30,  77, 
Domo  sua  haec  quin  hue  transibat  ?  Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  2,  7. 
Nemo  dubitat  quin  ex  ilia  domo  ad  istum  comportari  necesse 
esset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  19,  46.  Ait  sese  Athenas  fugere  cupere 
ex  hac  domo.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  1,48.  Fama  percrebuit  ex  domo 
praetoria  manum  fugitivorum  venisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  43,  94. 
E  Pompeiana  domo  Esquilias  transmigravit.  Suet.  Tib.  15. 
Liber  qui  ex  domo  Vergilii  fuit.  Gell.  I,  21,  2.  A  domo  Numi- 
toris  alia  comparata  inanu  adiuvat  Remus.  Liv.  I,  5,  7.  Clas- 
sis  qua  advecti  ab  domo  fuerant.  Liv.  VIII,  22,  6.  A  domo 
tua  Chelidonem  exeluderenoluisti.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  15,  38.  Cum 
me  ineertis  auspiciis  profectum  ab  domo  scirem.  Liv.  VIII, 
32,4.  Ver  primum  ex  domo  excivit.  Liv.  XLV,  34,  11.  Si 
aut  domi  est  aut  non  longe  a  domo.  Cic.  Phil.  XII,  9,  23 
(longe  suggests  distance).  Procul  ab  domo  militiam  agere  pa- 
tiens.  Liv.  IV.  18  1.  (Procul  points  to  distance).  Adeone  ef- 
feminata  corpora  militum  esse  putamus  ut  abesse  ab  domo  non 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


145 


possint  ?  Liv.  V,  6,  4.  Hoc  eo  fecit  ut  ille  non  solum  abesset  a 
domo  dum  navigaret.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  31,  82.  Ut  non  ex  vita 
sed  ex  domo  in  domum  videretur  migrare.  Nep.  Att.  22.  An- 
tiocliis  id  magio  licuerit  remigrare  in  domum  vcterem  e  nova 
(  domo)  quam  nobis  in  novam  e  vetere.  Cic.  Acad.  I,  4,  13. 

2.  Humo  and  rure  (run) — e.  g., 

Ventus  coortus  arenam  humo  excitavit.  Sail.  Jug.  79.  Ten- 
t.anda  via  est,  qua  me  quoque  possim  tollere  humo.  Verg.  Georg. 
III.  9.  Ego  tamen,  cum  Tullius  rure  redierit,  mittam  eum  ad 
te.  Cic.  Fam.  Y.  20.  9.  Veniunt  rure  rustici.  Plaut.  Most.  V, 
I,  28  (cf.  si  ruri  veniat.  Flaut.  True.  Ill,  2,  25.) 

Rem.  1.  Instead  of  the  Ablative  domo  with  a  preposition  or  without 
a  preposition  and  the  Genitive  of  the  possessor,  the  person  or  personal 
relation  may  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  a(ab) — 
(see  58,  Rem.  1)— e.  g., 

Vin  tu  illatn  actutum  amovere,  a  te  tit  abeat,  per  gratiam  ?  Plaut. 
M.  G.  IV,  1,  33.  Hunc  succustodem  suum  foras  ablegavit,  dum  ab  se 
hue  transiret.  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  2,  54.  Em  hominem  tibi,  qui  a  matre 
et  sorore  venit.  Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  7,  3. 

213.  The  place  at  which  a  letter  is  written  is  in  Latin 
expressed  in  the  Ablative  as  the  place  from  which. 

1.  When  a  city,  town,  or  island,  the  Ablative  is  used  without  a 
preposition,  according  to  the  rule. — e.  g., 

Dat.  IV.  Id.  Apr.  Thuriis.Cic.  Att.  III.  5.  IV.  Kal.  Febr.  Ca¬ 
pua.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  12,  6.  Dat.  prid.  Kal.  Mai.  Brundisio 
Cic.  Att.  Ill,  7,  3.  XV  Kal.  Dec.  Corcyra.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  7. 
Dat.  IV  Kal.  Jun.  Thessalonica.  Cic.  Att.  Ill,  8,  4.  VII  Id. 
Nov.  Actio,  vesperi,  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  6,  2.  Data,  VI  Kal. 
Decembr.  Dvrrhacio,  Cic.  Att.  Ill,  22,4.  D.  IV  Kal.  Jun.  Perga, 
Cic.  Fam.  XII,  14,  8.  Accepi  tuas  epistales,  unam  quam  Tribus 
Tabernis  dedisti.  Cic.  Att.  I,  13,  1. 

2.  With  anv  other  place  than  a  city,  town  or  island,  use  the 
Ablative  with  a  preposition  a  (ab),  ex,  de — e.  g., 

Accepi  litteras  datas  a  litoribus  Britanniae  proximo  a.  d.  VI 
Kal.  Oct.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  17,  3.  A  Pontio,  ex  Trebulano  a.  d.  V 
Id.  Mai.  Cic.  Att.  V  3,  3,  (Cf.  in  Trebulano  apud  Pontium 
manere;  also,  in  Trebulanum  ad  Pontium  venire,  Cic.  Att.  V  2, 
1;  V,  3,1.)  Curaut  valeas?  VI  Id.  April,  de  Pomptino,  Cic.  Fam. 


146 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


VII  18,  3.  V  Kal.  Sext.  ex  Castris.  Cic.  Fam.  X,  24,  8.  D.  XI 
Kal.  Jun.  ex  castris,  ex  ponte  Argenteo.  Cic.  Fam.  X,  35,  2. 
Prid.  Non.  Mai,  ex  castris  flnibus  Statiellensium.  Cic.  Fam.  XI, 
11.  2.  XV  Kal.  Maias  ex  itinere.  Cic.  Att.  X,  8,  2.  Ill  Id.  ex 
Apinati.  Cie.  Att.  XVI,  13c.  2. 

3.  When  a  city,  town,  or  island  is  associated  with  any  other 
place,  omit  the  preposition  with  the  town,  &c.;  use  it  with  the 
other  relation  of  place.—  e.  g. 

Ill  Non.  Mai.  ex  Castris,  Dertona.  Cic.  Fam.  XI,  10,5.  Ill 
Kal.  Mai.  ex  castris,  Regio.  Cic.  Fam.  XI,  9,  2.  VIII  Id.  Jun. 
Cularone  ex  finibus  Allobrogum.  Cic  Fam.  X,  23,  7.  A.  d. 
Idus  Quint,  ex  castris,  Narona.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  9,  2. 

Rem.  1.  The  place  at  which  a  letter  is  written  is  rarely  expressed  in  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  in, but  notil  thenameof  atown,  &c.  e.  g., 
Idus  mane  in  Sinuessano.  Cic.  Att.  XVI,  10,  2. 

214.  The  name  of  a  city  or  of  a  Roman  Tribe  as  a  place 
of  birth  or  residence  is  written  in  the  Ablative  without  a 
preposition.  In  this  way  a  Tribe  is  uniformly  written  in 

Cicero — e.  g., 

Casser  desideravit  C.  Fleginatem  Placentia,  A.  Cranium  Puteo- 
lis,  M.  Sacrativirum  Capua.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  71.  Reducitur  ad 
eum  deprensus  N.  Magius  Cremona.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  24.  Inven- 
tum  est  fortem  amicum  Q.  Verrem  Romilia.  Cic.  Verr.  Pr.  Act. 
VIII,  23.  Ser.  Sulpicius  Q.  f.  Lemonia  Rufus.  Cic.  Phil.  IX, 
7,  15.  Ad.  IV  Id.  Feb.  Sestius  ab  indice  Cn.  Nerio  Pupmia  de 
ambitu  postulatas  est.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  II,  3,  5.  L.  Domitius  Cn.  f. 
Fabia.  L.  Villius  Pomptina.  Septimus  T.  f.  Quirina.  Cic.  Fam. 
VIII,  8,  5.  C.  Lucilius  C.  f.  Pupinia.  C.  Scribonius  C.  f.  Popilia. 
L.  Ateius  L.  f.  Aniensi.  Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  8,  5. 

Rem.  1.  Sometimes  the  city  as  place  of  birth  or  residence  is  written  in 
the  Ablative  wirh  a  preposition  (ab).  This  form  of  expression,  while 
very  usual  in  Livy,  does  not  occur  in  Cicero  or  Caesar.  The  name  of  a 
country  as  a  place  of  birth  or  residence  is  written  in  the  Ablative  with  a 

preposition  (ex)  in  all  periods  of  the  language— e.  g., 

Turnus  Herdonius  ab  Aricia  in  Tarquiuium  erat  invectus.  Liv.  I,  50, 
3.  Obsides  dant  trecentos  principum  a  Cora  atque  Pometia  liberos. 
Liv  II  22,  2.  Mixti  etiam  ab  Ardea  Rutulorum  quidam  generis.  Liv. 
XXI  7  2.  Legiones  effecerat,  quinque  ex  Italia,  unam  ex  Cilicia, 

unam  ex  Creta  et  Macedonia  exveteranis  militibus,  duasex  Asia.  Caes. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


147 


B.  Civ.  Ill,  4.  Mittitur  Q.  Junius  ex  Hispania  quidam.  Caes.  B.  G.  V. 

27.  Is  c’vis  ex  Latio  erat.  Sail.  Jug.  69. 

216.  Instead  of  the  name  of  the  city  and  country  in  the 
Ablative  without  or  with  a  preposition  the  adjective  may 
be  used,  descriptive  of  birth  or  residence.  The  use  of  the 
adjective  is  more  frequent  than  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 

Phylarchus  Centuripenus,  Aristus  Panhormitanus,  Cratippus 
Tyndaritanus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  12,  29.  Dumnorix  Aeduus.  Caes. 
B.  G.  I,  3.  Praeceptorem  habuit  Lysim  Tarentiuum.  Nep.  Ep.  2. 
Cassius  Parmensis  quadam  epistola  sic  taxat  Augustum.  Suet. 
Aug.  4. 

217.  With  the  Ablative  expressing  the  place  from  which 
all  the  qualifications  are  associated  in  the  Ablative  of  the 
place  from  which.  The  latter  are  in  English  often  rendered 
as  the  place  where — e.  g. 

Inveni  duos  libellos  a  L.  Canuleio  missos  sociis  ex  portu  Syra- 
cusis.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  74,  182.  Haec  omnia  ab  Heio  e  Sacrario 
Verres  abstulit.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  IV,  3,  6.  Uterque  eorutn  ex  castris 
a  flumine  Apso  exercitum  educunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  30.  Repe- 
riebat  T.  Ampium  conatum  esse  pecuuias  tollere  Epheso  ex  fano 
Dianae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  105.  (Legio)  quam  ex  Achaia  a  Q. 
Fufio  legato  evocaverat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  106.  Allata  est  epis¬ 
tola  Athenis  ab  Archino.  Nep.  Pelop.  3.  Vox  ab  aede  Junonis  ex 
arce  exstitit.  Cic.  Div.  I,  45,  101. 

218.  The  Ablative  with  the  preposition  a(ab)  represents 
the  point  of  view  from  which  an  action  or  event  is  con¬ 
ceived,  in  effect,  the  respect  in  which  an  action  or  event  is 
true,  the  direction  irom  which ,  or  the  side  on  which  an 
action,  event,  or  statement  is  true.  In  this  Ablative  are 
presented  in  military  operations  certain  local  designations, 
as  on  the  front ,  parts  of  the  body ,  &e.,  Geographical  rela¬ 
tions,  the  party  on  the  side  of  which ,  in  connection  with 
verbs,  adjectives  and  sometimes  with  substantives — e.  g., 

A  fronte  atque  ab  utroque  latere  protegere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  25. 


148 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


fugum  leniore  fastigio  ab  ea  parte.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  24.  Ah 
utroque  cornu  circumire  aciem.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  41.  A  tergo  cir- 
cumvenire.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  44.  A  medio  fere  spatio  suos  cohor- 
tatur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  46.  Dextrum  Caesaris  cornu  ab  latere 
aperto  aggredi.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  III.  86.  A  novissimo  agmine  inse- 
qui  ac  lacessere.  Caes.  B.  G.  1, 37.  Ne  hostes  a  lateribus  pugnantes 
suos  circumvenire  possent.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  8.  Scutum  ab  novissi- 
mis  uni  militi  detractum.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  25.  A  primo  agmine  iter 
impedire  coepit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  67.  Saxis  arenaque  a  puppi 
oneratam  (navem).  Curt.  IV,  12.  Deinde  a  capite  molis  rursus 
alto  se  immersit.  Curt.  IV,  17.  Accolae  sedis  sunt  ab  oriente 
proximi  Aethiopum.  Curt.  IV,  31.  A  dextra  iter  ad  Ariobarza- 
num  erat.  Curt.  V,  15.  Mosyni  a  laeva  sunt.  Curt.  VI,  12.  A 
Septentrione  Indus  affluit,  a  meridie  Acesines  Hydaspi  confundi- 
tur.  Curt.  IX,  15.  Cuius  a  media  fronte  inter  aures  unum  cornu 
exsistit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  26.  Metuendum  est  ne  denudetur 
a  pectore.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  13,  32.  Attingit  ab  Sequanis  et  Hel- 
vetiis  flumen  Rhenum.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  1.  Utrimque  ab  cornibus 
positos  ita  incurrisse  ferunt.  Liv,  I,  37,  3.  Cum  prima  quies 
silentiumque  ab  hostibus  fuit.  Liv.  XXI,  5,  9.  Ducenti  ab 
Romanis  cecidere.  Liv.  XXII,  16,  3.  [The  preposition  ah  and 
the  Ablative  never  represent  the  partitive  Genitive,  as  do  ex  ( inter , 
in),  de  ]  Maxime  a  re  frumentaria  laborabant.  Caes.  B.Civ.  Ill, 
9.  Commune  est  quod  nihilo  magis  ab  adversariis  quam  a  nobis 
facit.  Cic.  Inv.  I,  48,  90.  Tantum  poterit  a  facundia.  Ter.  Haut. 
Pro!  13.  Is  igitur  mediocriter  a  doctrina  instructus.  Cic.  Brut. 
66,  233.  Tuto  (loco)  consedimus  copioso  a  frumento.  Cic.  Att. 
V,  18,  2.  Qui  sic  inopes  et  ab  amicis  et  existimatione  sunt,  ut, 
&c.  Cic.  Att.  I,  1.  2.  Antonius  ab  equitatu  firmus  esse  diceba- 
tur.  Cic.  Fam.  X,  15,  2.  Cum  deum  benignitate  ab  omni  re 
sumus  paratiores.  Cic.  Fam.  X,  8,  6.  Metus  et  ab  cive  et  ab 
hoste.  Liv.  II,  24,  3.  Ab  hostibus  metu  retenti  sumus.  Liv.  V, 
52,  12. 

219.  To  this  connection  must  be  referred  the  Ablative 
with  a(ab)  expressing  the  specific  relation  of  service  or 
official  subordination  in  which  one  person  stands  to 
another.  The  general  is  expressed  by  a  substantive,  ser- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


149 


vus,  libertus ,  cast  os,  &c.,  which  is  specifically  defined  by 
the  Ablative  with  a(ab)  indicating  the  exact  respect  in 
which  the  leading  idea  suggested  by  servus,  &c.,  is  true. 
Generally  only  the  name  of  the  person  is  given,  and  the 
relation  in  which  he  stands  to  another  is  expressed  b}r  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  a(ab) — e.  g., 

Nec  ullam  ob  aliam  causam  Pollicem,  servum  a  pedibus  meum, 
Roman  misi.  Cic.  Att.  VIII,  5,  1.  Philemonem  a  manu  servum 

. puniit.  Suet.  Caes.  74.  Thallo  a  manu . crura  fregit.  Suet. 

Aug.  67.  Suspexit  Polvbium  ab  studiis, . Narcissum  ab  episto- 

lis  et  Pallantem  a  rationibus.  Suet.  Claud.  28.  Caenidem  Anto- 

niae  libertam  et  a  manu . revocavit  in  contubernium.  Suet. 

Vesp.  3.  Homines,  quos  ab  epistolis  et  libellis  et  rationibus  ap- 
pellet.  Tac.  Ann.  XV,  35. 

220.  In  a  sense  similar  to  the  Ablative  with  a(ab),  pre¬ 
senting  the  point  of  view  from  which,  occurs  the  Ablative 
(particularly  parte ,  partibus )  with  the  preposition  ex, 
and  very  rarely  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  in — e.g., 

Jugum  utraque  ex  parte  praeruptum  atque  asperum.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  24.  Continentur  una  ex  parte  Rheno.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  2. 
Una  ex  parte  aditus  relinquebatur.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  29.  Qua  ex 
parte  est  Hibernia.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  13.  Duabus  ex  partibus 
oppugnare  contendit.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  21.  Ex  utraque  parte 
vallis  se  ostenderunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  32.  Ex  omnibus  partibus 
castra  muniri  iubet.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  50.  Intervalla  grandibus  in 
fronte  saxis  effarciuntur.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  23.  Nam  ex  utraque 
parte  sunt  qui  pugnare  cupiant.  Cic.  Earn.  XVI,  11,  2. 

II.  Ablative  of  the  Whence  Relation  in  Time. 

221.  The  Ablative  presents  not  only  the  whence  relation 
in  Space,  but  the  same  relation  in  Time.  In  other  words, 
it  expresses  the  time  from  which  an  action,  state,  or  event 
is  reckoned.  With  the  Ablative  in  this  sense  the  use  of  a 
preposition  is  the  rule. 

1.  The  preposition  a  (ab) — usque  a(ab)-^e.  g., 

Quibus  (navibus)  effectis  diebus  triginta  a  qua  die  materia 


150 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


caesa  est.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  36.  Hoc  idem  a  prima  luce  faciunt. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  81.  Cum  ab  hora  septima  ad  vcsperum  pugna- 
tum  sit.  Caes  B.  G.  I,  26.  Ab  hora  fere  quarta  usque  ad  solis 
oecasum.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  15.  A  prima  luce  ad  horam  octavam. 
Caes  B.  G.  V,  35.  Opinio  est  usque  ab  heroicis  temporibus 
ducta.  Cic.  Div.  I,  1,  1. 

2.  The  preposition  e(ex) — e.  g., 

Csesar  ex  eo  tempore,  dum  ad  flumen  Varum  veniatur.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  87.  Dies  colloquio  dictus  est  ex  eo  die  quintus. 

Caes.  B.  G.  I,  42.  Ex  eo  die  dies  continuos  quinque  Caesar . 

copias  produxit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  48. 

3.  The  preposition  de — e.  g., 

Exercitus  diem  de  die  prospectans  ecquod  auxilium  ab  dicta- 
tore  appareret.  Liv.  V,  48,  6. 

Rem.  The  preposition  is  rarely  and  irregularly  omitted  with  the  Abla¬ 
tive  of  time  from  which — e.  g., 

Orto  sole  ad  noctem  agmina  intravere  vallum.  Curt.  Ill,  4. 

222.  In  this  connection  is  to  be  observed  the  phrase  ex 
quo=from  the  time  when — since — e.  g., 

Institit  quaerere  quotus  dies  esset  ex  quo  Nicomachus  ad  eum 
detulisset  indicium.  Curt.  VI,  27.  Euergetas  appellabant  ex  quo 

. Cyri  exercitum  iuverant.  Curt  VII,  11.  Nondum  sunt  anni 

mille  quingenti  ex  quo  Graecia  Stellis  nomina  fecit.  Sen.  Nat. 
Quaest.  VII,  25,  3.  Duo  de  quadrigesimo  ferme  anno  ex  quo 
regnare  coeperat  Tarquinius.  Liv.  I,  40,  1. 

Rem.  1.  With  the  phrase  ex  quo— since  compare  cum  with  the  Perfect 
(Aorist)  Indicative.  The  relation  of  cum  with  the  perfect  transferred  to 
the  past  becomes  cum  with  the  Pluperfect — e.  g., 

Aliquot  sunt  anni  cum  vos  duo  delegi  quos  colerem.  Cic.  Att.  IX,  11, 

A.  2.  Nondum  centum  et  decern  anni  sunt,  cum . a  L.  Pisone  lata  lex 

est.  Cic.  Off'.  II,  21,  75.  Permulti  anni  erant  cum  inter  patricios  mag- 
istratus  tribunosque  nulla  certamina  fuerant.  Liv.  IX,  33,  3. 

Rem.  2.  With  the  phrase  ex  quo=since  compare  quod  with  the  Perfect 
indicative  (Aorist  Indicative)  e.  g., 

Tertius  dies  est  quod  audivi  recitantem  Sentium  Augurinum.  Plin. 
Ep.  IV,  27,  1. 

Rem.  3.  When  an  action  is  reckoned  from  a  given  time  and  is  not  yet 
concluded,  this  relation  may  be  expressed  by  cum,  ex  quo,  quod ,  and  ut 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


151 


(rare)  with  a  tense  of  incomplete  action— Present  and  Imperfect.  The 
temporal  relation  is  rendered  by  since — e.  g., 

Vicesimus  annus  est  cum  omnes  scelerati  me  unum  petunt.  Cic.  Phil. 
XII,  10,  24.  Annus  sexagesimus  et  quartus  ex  quo  cum  anima  mea 
luctatur.  Sen.  De  Mort.  Cl.  Ill,  1.  Nec  dissimulavit,  tertium  iam  diem 
esse,  quod  omni  labore  materiae  ad  scribendum  destinatae  non  inven- 
iret  exordium.  Quint.  X,  3,  14.  Octavus  (annus  est)  ut  imperium  ob- 
tines.  Tac.  Ann.  XIV,  53. 

Rem.  4.  The  temporal  relation  expressed  by  ex  quo ,  cum ,  &c.,  may  be 
expressed,  and  very  exactly,  by  the  Ablative  of  a  verbal  substantive,  in¬ 
stead  of  the  Perfect  (Aorist)  or  Pluperfect,  and  annus  with  an  ordinal — 
e-  g., 

Cuius  a  morle  tertius  hie  et  tricesimus  annus  est.  Cic.  Sen.  VI,  16 
(Cf.  Tricesimus  tertius  annus  est  cum  (ex  quo)  mortuus  est). 

223,  Time  ma}'  be  implied  in  the  word  stated  in  the 
Ablative — e.  g., 

A  pueris  nulla  disciplina  assuefacti  nihil  contra  voluntatem 
faciunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  1.  Provinciam  Hispaniam  ex  praetura 
habuerat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  22.  Acceperam  litteras  a  Lentuli 
triumpho  datas.  Cic.  Att.  V,  21,  4. 

III.  Ablative  of  the  Place  Whence  in  Abstract  Rela¬ 
tions. 

224.  By  the  Ablative  is  expressed  the  State  or  condition 
or  general  abstract  relation  from  which,  with  the  Ablative 
in  this  sense  is  associated  a  preposition  as  a  Rule. 

1.  The  preposition  a(ab) — e.  g., 

Discedant  in  Italia  omnes  ab  armis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  9.  Ab 
scientia  gubernatorum  atque  artificiis  confugiebant.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  58.  Haec  (fama)  civitates  nonnullas  ab  eius  amicitia 
avertebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  79.  Non  sunt  ab  earum  spe  cau¬ 
sae  diligendi  profectae.  Cic.  Am.  IX,  30.  Fallis  verbo  cives 
tuos,  quod  hos  a  bello  revocas.  Nep.  Epam.  5. 

2.  The  preposition  e(ex)  e.  g., 

Si  quos  ex  eo  periculo  fortuna  servare  potuisset.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
II,  41.  Prius  quam  se  hostes  ex  terrore  reciperent.  Caes.  B.  G. 
II,  12.  Ilium  ex  periculo  eripuit.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  12.  Nostn  se 
ex  timore  receperunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  34.  Ex  amicitia  benevo- 
lentia  tolli  non  potest.  Cic.  Am.  V,  19. 


152 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


3.  The  preposition  de — e.  g., 

Licet  iis  testimonium  reddere  industria  percpiam  de  servitute 
exierint. 

225.  The  preposition  may  be  in  composition :  it  may  be 
repeated,  or  a  different  preposition  used— e.  g., 

Si  videatur,  pugna  ut  excedant  et  cum  Ambiorige  una  collo- 
quantur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  36.  Abeuntem  magistratu  eontionis  ha- 
bendae  potestate  privavit.  Cic.  Fam.  Y,  2,  7.  Non  recuso  quin 
tantumdem  de  mei  indieii  fama  detrahatur.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  18  4- 
Seito  tuos  amicos  ex  magna  spe  deturbatos  iacere.  Cic.  Pam.  V,  7. 
1.  Elapsum  seito  esse  de  manibus  uno  hoc  indicio.  Cic.  Att.  I, 

16.  6. 

Rem.  1.  The  preposition  is  sometimes  omitted — e.  g., 

Dietatura  Se  abdicat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  2.  Quaestura  removit.  Suet. 
Tib.  35.  Reliquos  gentis  eiusdem  vel  similia  sectantes  urbe  summovit. 
Suet.  Tib.  36. 

226.  The  Ablative  of  an  abstract  relation  with  a  prepo¬ 
sition  often  expresses  not  the  state  or  condition  from 

which,  but  the  time  from  which— e.  g. 

Cum  alius  discessisset,  alius  ex  diutino  laborequieti  se  dedisset. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  14.  Ex  eventu  ab  aliis,  a  me  tamen  ex  ipso  ini¬ 
tio  consilium  Hortensii  reprehendatur.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  3.  Nos¬ 
tros  confirmavit  ut  se  ex  maximo  timore  colligerent.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  Ill,  65.  Hi  ex  interregno  cum  extemplo  magistratum  in- 
issent.  Liv.  YI,  1,  9.  Credo  te  ex  acclamatione  Clodii  advocato- 

rum  audisse,  quae  consurrectio  facta  sit. 

Rem.  The  use  of  the  Ablative  of  the  Supine— in  u— to  express  the  state 
or  condition  from  which  does  not  belong  to  the  best  period  of  the  Latin, 
and  shoald  not  be  imitated — e.  g., 

Primus  cubitu  surgat.  Cat.  R.  R.  5,  5.  Opsonatu  redeo.  Plaut. 
Men.  277. 

227.  The  Ablative  in  the  whence-sense  is  associated 
with  verbs  which  involve  the  idea  of  removal  or  separa¬ 
tion.  In  this  connection  the  substantive  in  the  Ablative 
represents  either  an  abstract  relation — state  or  condition 
—a  concrete  relation,  or  a  relation  in  space.  Hence  the 
Ablative  occurs : — 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


153 


Ablative  with  Verbs  of  Removing,  Freeing,  Abstain¬ 
ing,  Etc. 

228.  With  verbs  to  remove ,  to  withhold ,  to  free ,  to  re¬ 
lieve ■,  to  client,  to  deprive ,  to  prevent ,  to  desist ,  to  abstain , 
&c.,  movere,  summovere,  liberare,  levare,  abstinere,  fraud- 
are,  privare,  prohibere,  nudare,  spoliare,  intercludere,  su¬ 
persedere,  orbare,  desistere,  exuere,  &c. — e.  g. 

Hoc  frustra  per  omnes  moras  exitu  prohibere  conatus.  Suet. 
Caes.  34.  (Dixit)  se  Antonium,  si  prohibere  provincia  sua  non 
potuisset,  bello  persecuturum.  Cic.  Fam.  X,  15,  2.  Itinere 
desistere  iubet.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  11.  Proelio  abstinebat.  Caes. 
B.  G.  I,  22.  Spoliat  nos  iudicio,  privat  approbatione,  omnibus 
orbat  senibus.  Cic.  Acad.  II,  19,  61.  Non  tibi  obicio  quod  Ap- 
ollonium  omni  argento  optime  facto  depeculatus  es.  Cic.  Verr. 
II,  IV,  17,  37.  Caesar  proelio  supersedere  statuit.  Caes.  B.  G. 
II,  8.  Militem  praeda  fraudavere.  biv.  II.  42,  1.  Qui  hac  opin- 
ione  levandi  sunt.  Cic.  Am.  XX,  71.  Qui  se  libidinum  vinculis 
laxatos  esse  non  moleste  ferrent.  Cic.  Sen.  Ill,  7.  Ouem  ne  anda- 
bata  quidem  defraudare  poteramus.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  10,2.  Avun¬ 
culus  tuus  cum  a  P.  Vario  magna  pecunia  fraudaretur.  Cic.  Att. 
I,  1,  3.  Italian!  bello  liberare.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  2,  8.  Te  exsilio  pri¬ 
vare.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  9. 

Rem.  1.  With  most  of  the  verbs  of  this  class  (general  separation  or 
removal)  a  preposition  may  be  used  with  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Tempestates  quae  hostem  a  proelio  prohiberent.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  34- 

Ab  oppido  se  interclusurum  adversaries  confidebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  43. 

(Cf.  Commeatibus  nostros  intercludere  instituunt.  Caes.  B.  G.III,  23). 

Itaque  ab  defensione  desistere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  12. 

Ablative  with  Verbs  of  Differing,  Distinguishing,  Etc. 

229.  With  the  verbs  to  differ,  to  distinguish,  to  separate , 
to  revolt  at  (from),  to  leave  off,  distinguere,  discernere,  se- 
cernere,  separare,  differre,  dissidere,  discrepare,  abhorrere, 
intermittere,  &c.,  the  use  of  the  preposition  a(ab)  with 
the  Ablative  is  the  rule — e.  g., 

Quam  si  subtraxeris,  qui  distinguere  artificem  ab  inscio,  &c. 
Cic.  Acad.  II,  7,  22.  Qualia  visa  a  falsis  discerni  non  possent. 


154 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Cic.  Acad.  II,  7,  22.  Secern i  blandus  amicus  a  vero  potest.  Cic. 
Am.  XXV,  95.  Quae  internosci  a  falsis  non  possunt.  Cie.  Acad. 
II,  7,  23.  Neque  suum  consilium  ab  reliquis  separare  audent. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  63.  Neque  multum  a  Gallica  differunt  consue- 
tudine.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,14.  Hominum  vita  tantum  destitit  a  victu 
et  cultu  bestiarum.  Cic.  Off.  II,  4,  15.  Non  rectum  me  in  tantis 
rebus  a  Pompeio  dissidere.  Cic.  Att.  VII,  6,  2.  Ea,  quae  multum 
ab  humanitate  discrepant.  Cic.  Off.  I,  40,  145.  Si  (virtus)  a  car- 
itate  vulgi  abhorreret.  Cic  .Am.  XIV,  50.  Cum  Caesar  cohor- 
taretur  ne  quod  tempus  ab  opereintermitteretur.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII, 
24.  A  scribendo  prorsus  abhorret  animus.  Cic.  Att.  II,  6,  1. 

Ablative  with  Verbs  of  Origin  and  Descent. 

230.  With  verbs  denoting  origin  and  descent  the  Abla¬ 
tive  with  a  preposition,  ab,  ex,  de,  is  more  frequent  than 
the  simple  Ablative.  The  verbs  are  oriri,  gigni,  nasci,  pro- 
ficisci,  provenire,  concipere,  generare,  duci,  procreare,  esse, 
&c. — e.  g., 

Sic  reperiebat  plerosque  Belgas  esse  ortos  ab  Germanis.  Caes. 
B.  G.  II,  4.  Quod  ipsum  a  se  oritur  et  sua  sponte  nascitur.  Cic. 
Fin.  II,  24,  78.  Nam  principium  exstinctum  nec  ipsum  ab  alio 
renascetur  nec  ex  se  aliud  creabit.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  23,  54.  (Res) 
quae  ex  iis  (seminibus)  progignuntur.  Cic.  Div.  I,  56,  128.  Genus 
divinationis  quod  ex  arte  profectum  dicimus.  Cic.  Div.  I,  57,  130. 
Si  tibi  fortuna  non  dedit  ut  patre  certo  nascerere.  Cic.  Rose.  Am. 
XVI,  46.  Generari  et  nasci  a  principibus  fortuitum,  nec  ultra  aesti- 
matur.  De  quo  Romulus  est  genitus.  Ov.  Met.  XIV,  617.  Ex  me 
atque  hoc  natus  es.  Ter.  Haut.  V.  4,  7.  Pater  eius  ex  concubina 
erat.  Sail.  Jug.  108.  Ex  quo  intellegis  nullam  defensionem  exor- 
tam.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  15,  39.  Sed  quod  ex  nobis  natos  liberos 
appellamus,  idcirco  Cerere  nati  nominati  sunt  Liber  et  Libera. 
Cic.  N.  D.  II,  24,  52.  Nullum  est  malum  domesticum  quod  ex 
ipsa  provincia  nasci  possit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  4,  8.  Ex  quo  uno 
haec  omnia  nata  et  profecta  esse  concedit.  Cic.  Quinet.  XXVIII, 
85.  Nulla  tarn  detestabilis  pestis  est,  quae  non  homini  ab  homi- 
ne  nascatur.  Cic.  Off.  II,  5,  16.  Mulierem  interfecit,  ut  illud, 
quod  erat  ex  fratre  conceptum.  necaretur.  Cic.  Clu.  XI,  31.  Ab 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


155 


iis  rebus . quern  admodum  ducatur  honestum,  satis  diximus. 

Cic.  Off.  I,  18,  60.  Cum  ex  tribus  uxoribus  liberos  procreasset. 
Nep.  Reg.  2.  Qui  dea  matre  est  :  qui  est  matre  libera  :  quae  ma- 
tre  Asteria  est.  Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  18,  45  and  46.  An  ut  ea  liberos  ex 
sese  pareret,  quos  cum  florentes  videret,  laetaretur.  Cic.  Fam.  IV, 
5,  3.  Quod  a  virtute  profectum  in  ipsa  virtute  situm  est.  Cic. 
Tusc.  II,  20,  46.  Noscere  potes  quicque  sua  de  materia  grandes- 
eere  alique.  Lucr.  I,  190.  Par  est  omnia  semine  certo  crescere. 
Lucr.  I,  188  (cf.  e  nilo  crescere.  Lucr.  I,  185).  Nulla  res  e  nilo 
gignitur  divinitus.  Lucr.  I,  150. 

Both  the  subject  and  the  object  in  the  Ablative  may  represent 
impersonal  relations. 

231 — With  the  participial  forms  natus,  enatus,  progna- 
tus ,  editus.  genitus.  ortus ,  satus,  the  Ablative  is  used  with 
a  preposition  ab,  ex,  de,  and  without  a  preposition. 
The  use  of  a  preposition  is  perhaps  more  frequent  in  most 
relations,  except  in  the  statement  of  immediate  descent — 
e  cr 

to') 

Ergo  hi  dei  sunt  habendi  mortalibus  nati  matribus?  Cic.  N.  D. 
Ill,  18,  45.  Ipsi  erant  ex  Ciinbris  Teutonisque  prognati.  Caes. 
B.  G.  II,  29.  Ne  profectio,  nata  ab  timore  defectionis,  similis  fu- 
<me  videretur.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  43.  A  natura  mihi  videtur  orta 
amicitia.  Cic.  Am.  VIII,  27.  Sic  itur  ad  astra:  Dis  genite  et 
geniture  Deos.  Verg.  Aen.  IX,  642.  Ex  ea  (arbore)  enata  suboles 
adeo  in  paucis  diebus  adolevit,  ut,  &c.  Suet.  Aug.  94.  Terrane 
tibi  hoc  nebuloso  coelo  aut  sata  aut  concreta  videtur  tanta  vis 
memoriae  ?  Cic.  Tusc,  I,  25,  60.  Jove  prognatus  est  Tantalus, 
ex  Tantalo  ortus  Pelops  ex  Pelope  satus  Atreus.  Quint.  IX,  3, 
57.  Ex  nepte  Julia  editum  infantem  agnosci  vetuit.  Suet.  Aug. 
65.  Persequitur  fulvum  Camertem  magnanimo  Volscente  satum. 
Verg.  Aen.  X,  563.  Maecenas  atavis  edite  regibus.  Hor.  Od.  I, 
1,1. 

232.  With  the  forms  natus,  prognatus,  ortus,  genitus, 
and  esse,  the  Ablative  without  a  preposition  expresses  im¬ 
mediate  descent — son  or  daughter ;  with  a  preposition  it 
expresses  remote  descent,  as  a  rule. 


1 56 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Hecatam  Deam  non  putare  potes,  quae  matre  Asteria  est.  Cic. 
N.  D.  Ill,  18,  46.  Ut  enim  iure  civili,  qui  est  matre  libera,  liber 
est,  item  iure  naturae,  qui  dea  matre  est,  deus  sit  necesse  est. 
Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  18,  45.  Latino  Alba  ortus,  Alba  Atys,  Atye  Capys, 
Capye  Capetus.  Liv.  I,  3,  3.  Post  eentesimum  fere  annum  quod 
Romulus,  deo  prognatus,  deus  ipse  tenuerit  regnum.  Liv.  I,  40,  3. 
Belgae  sunt  orti  ab  Germanis.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  4.  Amitae  meae 
Juliae  maternum  genus  ab  regibus  ortum.  Suet.  Caes.  6.  Nam 
Anco  Marcio  sunt  Marcii  reges,  quo  nomine  fuit  mater.  Suet. 
Caes.  6.  Cicero  scripsit  florem  aetatis  a  Venere  orti  in  Bithynia 
contaminatum.  Suet.  Caes.  49.  Tantus  illi  honos  habitus  cre¬ 
dere  prohibet  serva  natum  parvumque  ipsum  servisse.  Liv.  I,  39, 

5.  Is  Ascanius  quacumque  matre  genitus . novam  urbem  con- 

didit.  Liv.  I.  3,  3.  Novem  iuvenes,  omnes  eadem  matre  geniti, 
patrem  comitabantur.  Curt.  VI.  14. 

233.  In  this  connection  is  to  be  observed  the  use  of  the 
preposition  ex,  with  the  Ablative  of  the  name  or  of  the 
designation  of  a  male — e.  g., 

Caesarionem,  quern  ex  Caesare  Cleopatra  concepisse  praedica- 
bat,  supplicio  affecit.  Suet.  Aug.  17.  Cum  ex  Germanico  tres 
nepotes,  ex  Druso  unum  Tiberium  haberet.  Suet.  Tib.  54.  Nepo- 
tem  suum  ex  Druso  filio  naturalem  ad  successionem  imperii  con- 
firmare.  Suet.  Tib.  55.  Tres  adulti  erant  libcri  ex  eo  geniti.  Curt. 
VIII,  11. 

234.  The  forms  natus,  ortus ,  genitus ,  take,  as  a  rule, 
the  Ablative  without  a  preposition,  of  locus,  stirps,  geuus, 
familia,  with  an  attributive— e.  g., 

Quos  Pompeius,  quod  erant  honesto  loco  nati,  sua  praesidia 
circumduxit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  61.  Servi,  qui  et  moribus  eisdem 
essent  quibus  dominus  et  eodem  genere  ac  loco  nati.  Cic.  Yerr. 
II,  III,  25,  62.  Adest  Phalarchus  in  amplissima  civitate  amplis- 
simo  loco  natus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  46,  122.  Piso  amplissimo  ge¬ 
nere  natus.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  12.  Alter  Cotus  antiquissima  familia 
natus.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII.  32.  Hie  summo  in  Arvernis  ortus  loco. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  77.  Regia  stirpe  ortus.  Curt.  IV,  3.  Regia 
stirpe  genita.  Curt.  VI,  5.  Ea  stirpe  genitus  sum.  Curt.  IX,  26. 
Nobile  genere  natus.  Sail.  Cat.  5. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


157 


Rem.  1.  The  Ablative  with  an  attributive  occurs  in  a  similar  sense 
with  esse.  Here,  however,  the  Ablative  may  be  interpreted  as  descrip¬ 
tive — e.  g., 

Ille  domestieo sumrno genere  erat.  Nep.Eum.l  (Cf.Nemonisi  honesto 
loco  [descriptive]  Nep.  Eum.  1]. 

Rem.  2.  The  Ablative  with  the  preposition  (ex)  may  be  used  when  one 
of  the  forms  natus,  ortus,  &c.,  is  omitted — e.  g. 

Itaque  ille  patrieius  ex  gente  clarrissima  Corneliorum.  Sail.  Cat.  55. 
Dabar  Massugradae  filius,  ex  gente  Masinissae.  Sail.  Jug.  108.  [The 
Genitive  Masinissae  is  to  be  observed].  Earn  de  genere  summo  adu- 
lescenti  dabo  ingenuo.  Plaut.  Rud.  IV,  5,  7.  [1196]. 


235.  The  relation  by  whom  ( begotten  or  borne )  with 
reference  to  father  or  mother  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  ex — e.  g., 

Privignam  eius  Clandiam,  Fulviae  ex  P.  Clodio  filiam  duxit 
uxorem.  Suet.  Aug.  62.  Mox  Scriboniam  in  matrimonium  acee- 
pit,  nuptam  ante  duobus  consularibus,  ex  altero  etiam  matrem. 
Suet.  Aug.  62.  Ex  Scribonia  Juliam,  ex  Livia  nihil  liberorum  tu- 
lit.  Suet.  Aug.  63.  Nepotes  ex  Agrippa  et  Julia  tres  habuit  C.  et 
L.  et  Agrippam.  Suet.  Aug.  64.  Cum  haberet  ex  Novia  infantem 
blium,  alter  filius,  Papia  natus  Teani  Apuli  educaretur.  Cic.  Clu. 
IX,  27. 


Ablative  of  Material. 

236.  With  verbs  to  be  made  of,  to  be  composed  of,  to 
consist  of,  to  be  of,  esse,  constare  (consistere),  concretum 
esse,  compositum  esse,  confectum  esse,  & c.,  the  Ablative 
with  a  preposition,  ex,  de,  is  more  usual  than  the  simple 
Ablative.  The  substantive  in  the  Ablative  may  represent 
either  a  concrete  or  an  abstract  relation — e.  g., 

Genus  humanum  compositum  ex  eorpore  et  anima  est.  Sail. 
Jug.  2.  (Liber)  quern  tibi  magister  ludi  nescio  qui  ex  alienis  ora- 
tionibus  compositum  dedit.  Cic.  Caec.  XIV,  47.  Id  quod  est 
concretum  ex  his  aut  ex  aliqua  parte  eorum.  Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  12, 
30.  Humanum  animum  ex  iisdem,  quibus  divina  constant,  se- 
minibus  compositum  moleste  ferre  migrationem  ferre.  Sen.  Helv, 
VI,  8.  Mutabilia  sunt  ilia,  ex  quibus  omnia  constant.  Cic.  N.  D. 


158 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


111,12,30.  Corpora  nostra,  terreno  principiorum  genere  eon- 
fecta,  ardore  animi  concalescunt.  Gic.  Tusc.  I,  XVIII,  42.  Est  | 
autem  paeon  hie  posterior,  par  fere  cretico,  qui  est  ex  longa  et 
brevi  et  longa.  Cic.  Or.  Ill,  47,  183.  Quae  pars  ex  tertia  parte 
(esse,  constare)  Galliae  est  aestimanda.  Caes.  B.  G..II1,  20.  Ex 
levissimo  et  indoctissimo  genere  constant.  Cic  Div.  II,  63,  129. 
Ex  auri  putat  micis  consistere  posse  aurum.  Luc.  I,  839.  Putat 
de  terris  terrain  concrescere  parvis,  ignibus  ex  ignes  esse.  Luc.  I, 

841.  ,  | 

Rem.  1.  With  constare  is  often  associated  the  simple  Ablative  [with¬ 
out  a  preposition],  particularly  in  late  Latin  e.  g., 

Dabat  quicquid  auro  argentoque  constareL  Suet.  Aug.  25.  Sunt  ea 
quae  solido  atque  aeterno  corpore  constent.  Suer.  I,  500. 

237.  Constare  in  the  sense  to  depend  upon .  to  consist 
in ,  is  construed  with  the  simple  Ablative  (without  a  pre-  . 
position)  and  with  the  preposition  in  with  the  Ablative. 
In  the  same  sense  occurs,  but  not  so  frequently,  consistere 
with  the  simple  Ablative  and  with  the  preposition  in  and 

the  Ablative — e.  g. 

Cuius  (domus)  amoenitas  non  aedificio  sed  silva  constabat. 
Nep.  Att.  13.  Ita  exiguo  tempore  magnoque  casu  totius  exerci- 
tus  sal  us  eonstitit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  14.  Ostendit  eius  die!  vic- 
toriam  in  earum  cohortium  virtute  constare.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
89.  Dispositurae,  qualibus  haec  rerum  consistit  summa  creata. 
Luc.  I,  1028.  Ita  pugnatum  est,  cum  in  una  virtute  omnis  spes 
salutis  consisteret.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  33. 

238.  The  material  of  which  a  thing  is  made  is  expressed 
in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  ex,  less  frequently  de. 
The  verbs  with  which  this  ablative  (of  material)  is  asso¬ 
ciated  are  facere,  fingere,  fundere,  dolare,  &c.  Verbs  to 

make ,  to  fashion ,  to  carve ,  to  mold—e.  g., 

Musculum  ex  materia  bipedali  facere  instituerunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
II,  10.  Milites  aut  ex  coactis  aut  ex  centonibus  aut  ex  corns  tu¬ 
nicas  aut  tegimenta  fecerant.  Caes.  B.  Civ,  III,  44.  Naves  factae 
ex  robore  ad  quamvis  vim  et  contumeliam  perferendam.  Caes.B. 


LATIN  CASE-KELATIONS. 


150 


G.  Ill,  13.  Ex  hoc  (genere  radieis)  effectos  panes  vulgo  in  eos 
iaciebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  48.  Nego  quicquam  ex  auro  aut 
ebore  factum  quin  abstulerit.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  IV,  1, 1.  Hercules  egre- 
gie  factus  ex  aere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  3,  5.  Candelabrum  e  gemmis 
perfectum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  28,  64.  Candelabrum  e  gemmis  au- 
roque  perfectum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  22,  71.  Ex  ebore  perfecta  ar- 
gumenta.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  56,  124.  Quorum  (fratrum)  alter 
fingere  e  cera  solitus  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  13,  30.  Utrumque 
currus  latus  deorum  simulacra  ex  auro  expressa  decorabant. 
Curt.  Ill,  7.  Ex  coriis  utres  uti  fierent  curabat.  Sail.  Jug.  91. 
Hie  homullus  ex  argila  et  luto  fictus  Epicurus.  Cic.  Pis.  XXV,  59. 
Non  enim  est  e  saxo  sculptus  aut  e  robore  dolatus.  Cic.  Acad.  II. 
XXXI,  100.  Poeni  ex  auro  factitavere  et  clipeos  et  imagines  se- 
cumque  in  castris  vexere.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV,  3,  14.  Theodorus, 
qui  labyrinthum  fecit,  ipse  se  ex  aere  fudit.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXIV, 
8,  83.  Pocula  de  humo  fingere.  Ov.  Tr.  II,  489.  Puer  verno  de 
flore  coronam  fecit.  Tib.  II,  1,  59. 

Rem.  1.  The  Ablative  of  the  material  without  a  preposition  is  the  ex¬ 
ception  and  may  be  interpreted  as  the  Ablative  of  the  means  or  as  the 
Descriptive  Ablative.  The  omission  of  the  preposition  with  the  Abla¬ 
tive  of  the  material  is  not  to  be  imitated.  The  Genitive  in  the  relation 
of  material  is  the  Genitive  of  specific  definition — e.  g., 

Fit  et  creta  viridi  aestimatum  sestertiis  in  libras.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV, 
6,  48.  Multa  eedro  aedificata  erat  regia.  Curt.  V,  22.  Vetusta  cedro 
erant  facta,  conceptumque  ignem  late  fudere.  Curt.  VIII,  35.  Exstitit 
corona  ex  asperis  herbis  ;  censes  ante  coronam  herbae  exstitisse  quam 
conception  esse  semen  ?  Cic.  Div.  II,  32,  68. 

239.  When  the  material  is  not  dependent  upon  a  verb, 
but  defines  a  substantive,  it  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  ex — e.  g., 

Supellex  ex  aere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  34,  83.  Erant  signa  ex  aere 
complura.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  35,  86.  Signum  erat  hoc,  quod  dico, 
Cupidinis  e  marmore.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  3,  5.  Monile  ex  auro  et 
gemmis.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  18,  39.  Vas  ex  una  gemma  pergrandi. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  27,  62.  Pocula  ex  auro.  Cic.  Verr.  II, IV,  27,  62. 
Opera  ex  auro  et  gemmis.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  29,  67.  Ex  aere  Dianae 
simulacrum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  33,  72.  Simulacrum  Cereris  e 
marmore.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  49,  109.  Ex  aere  fuit  quoddam 
opus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  49,  109.  Mensae  e  marmore,  era- 


160 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


terae  ex  aere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  59,  131.  Ex  marmore  Jacchus, 
aere  Myronis  buccula  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  60,  135.  Totum  est  ex 
saxo  in  mirandam  altitudinem  depresso.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  27,  68. 
Tevumenta  ex  ferreis  laminis.  Curt  IV,  35.  Vasa  ex  auro  et  ar- 
gento.  Curt.  VIII,  43.  Ex  gemma  vagina.  Curt.  Ill,  8.  Ex  auro 
cratera.  Curt.  IV,  35.  Ex  cratibus  scuta.  Curt.  X,  10.  Aras  ex 
quadrate  saxo.  Curt.  IX,  13.  Verum  ea  (scuta)  Numidica  ex 
eoriis.  Sail.  Jug.  94. 

240.  Instead  of  the  Ablative  of  the  Material  with  a  pre¬ 
position  an  adjective  may  be  used — e.  g., 

Vidi  argenteum  Cupidinem  cum  lampade.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  II,  4/, 

115.  Anulus  aureus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  80,  187.  Signa  aenea, 

Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  3,  6.  Signum  marmoreum,  eburneum.  Cic. 

Verr.  II,  IV  1,  1.  Lignea  vasa.  Curt.  X,  10.  Turris  latericia. 

Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  10.  Clavi  ferrei.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  13. 

• 

241.  With  the  Ablative  of  the  Material  may  be  compared 
the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  ex,  rarely  de ,  expressing 
the  state  or  condition  from  which,  out  of  which,  a  person 
or  thing  is  changed — e.  g., 

Compertum  habeo  neque  ex  ignavo  strenuum  neque  fortem  ex 
timido  exereitum  fieri.  Sail.  Cat.  58.  Nobis  Romanos  ex  amicis 
amicissimos  fecisti.  Sail.  Jug.  10.  Res  hortari  videtur  ut  respub- 
lica  immutata  ex  pulcherrima  pessima  facta  sit.  Sail.  Cat.  5.  Lo- 
eupletes  ex  egenlibus  fecerat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  59.  Imperium  ex 
optimo  intolerandum  factum.  Sail.  Cat.  10.  Quae  facilia  ex  diffi- 
eillimis  animi  magnitudo  redegerat.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  27.  (Dixe- 
runt)  regem  ex  Macedoniae  imperatore  Darei  Satrapen  factum. 
Curt.  VI,  21.  Transfuga  ex  oratore  factus  apud  hostem  mansit. 
Liv.  XXI,  12,  4.  Fies  de  rhetore  consul,  fies  de  consule  rhetor. 
Juv,  Sat,  VII.  197-198.  Cf.  Ex  sescentis  ad  tres  senatores,  ex 
hominum  milibus  LX  ad  quingentos  sese  redactos  esse  dixerunt. 
Caes.  B.  G.  II,  28. 

242.  The  verb  facere  occurs  with  the  Ablative  and  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  c/e,  and  may  best  be  ren- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


161 


dered  to  do  with,  to  dispose  of.  The  same  construction 
obtains  with  this  verb  in  the  passive,  when  it  may  be  ren¬ 
dered  to  become  of  The  simple  Ablative  is  perhaps  more 
frequent  than  the  Ablative  with  de.  The  Dative  occurs 
with  facere,  but  not  in  the  sense  of  the  Ablative.  With 
the  Dative  the  verb  must  be  rendered  to  do  to  rather  than 
to  do  with — e.  g., 

Quid  hoc  homine  facias  ?  Cie.  Sest.  XIII,  29.  Quid  fiet  populo 
Ulubrano?  Cie.  Fam.  VII,  12,  2.  Miserunt  Delphos  consultum, 
quidnam  facerentde  rebus  suis.  Nep.Them.  2.  Quid  huic  tu  hom- 
ini  facias?  Cic.  Caec.  XI,  30.  Quid  Tulliola  mea  fiet?  Cie.  Fam. 
XIV,  4,  3.  Si  nos  premet  eadem  fortuna,  quid  puero  misero  fiet? 
Cic.  Fam.  X.V,  1,  5.  Cum  quaereretur  ab  eo  quid  his  vellet  fieri, 
eos  vetuit  violari.  Nep.  Ages.  4.  Quid  intra  moenia  deprensis 
hostibus  faciatis  ?  Sail.  Cat.  52.  Nihili  facio  quid  illis  faciat  cet¬ 
eris.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  2,  13.  Quid  me  fiet  nunciam  ?  Plaut.  Most. 
V.  2,  44.  Quid  mihi  fiet  tertio?  Plaut.  Most.  Ill,  2,89.  Quid 
mihi  fiet  postea  ?  Plaut.  Bacch.  II,  3,  126.  Quid  oculo  factumst 
tuo.  Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  6,  24.  Sed  de  fratre  quid  fiet?  Ter.  Ad.  V, 
9,  38. 

243.  To  be  observed  is  the  Ablative,  the  Ablative  with 
de,  and  the  Dative  with  the  form  fuat,  and  occasionally 
with  esse.  The  form  fuat  occurs  in  Comedy,  and  here  the 
Ablative  without  the  preposition  is  the  prevailing  con¬ 
struction — e.  g., 

In  ambiguost  etiam  nunc  quid  ea  re  fuat.  Plaut.  Trin.  II,  4, 
194  (594).  Quin  mea  quoque  iste  habebit,  si  quid  me  fuat? 
Plaut.  Poen.  V,  2,  125.  Quid  te  futurumst?  Ter.  Ph.  I,  2,  86. 
Quid  te  futurum  esse  censes?  Ter.  Haut.  Ill,  1,  53.  Si  quid  eo 
fuerit,  certe  illius  filiae  habeo  dotem  ei  unde  dem.  Plant.  Trin.  I, 
2,  120.  Quid  illis  futurumst  ceteris?  Plaut.  Most.  I,  3,  74.  Quid 
te  futurum  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  64,  155.  Sapientiae  vero  quid 
futurum  est?  Cic.  Acad.  II,  9,  27.  Verum  tamen,  de  me  quicquid 
est,  ibo  hinc  domum.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  6,  105.  Veniat:  procul 
hinc  observabo,  meis  quid  fortunis  fuat.  Plaut.  True.  IV,  1,  11. 


162 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Quid  nam  se  futurum  esset  ?  Liv.  XXXIII,  27,  10.  Quid  futurum 
nobis  est.  Liv.  XXXIV,  24,  3. 

244.  The  idiom  actum  esse  de  withNthe  Ablative=/£  is 
{all)  over  with ,  action  has  been  had  or  taken  about  does 
not  properl v  belong  to  the  construction  above  considered. 
With  actum  esse  de  and  the  Ablative  may  be  compared 
transactum  esse  de  with  the  Ablative— e.  g., 

At  hi,  qui  in  vestibulo  erant,  rati  actum  esse  de  dominis,  in  ta- 
bernaculum  currunt.  Curt.  Ill,  30.  Si  is  alienatur,  actumst  de 
collo  meo.  Plaut.  Trin.  II,  4.  195.  Actum  est  de  nobis,  si  ista 
perpeti  possumus.  Curt.  VI,  43.  Deinde,  si  de  me  iam  transac¬ 
tum  est,  precor  ne  quis,  etc.  Curt.  IV,  42. 

Ablative  with  Adjectives  of  Separation. 

245.  As  verbs,  the  characteristic  sense  of  which  suggests 
removal  or  separation,  require  the  Ablative  as  the  case  of 
removal  or  separation,  so  do  the  Adjectives  which  imply 
separation  or  freedom  from.  Such  adjectives  are  extorris, 
alienus,  orbus,  tutus,  diversus,  &c.  With  most  of  such 
adjectives  a  preposition  may  be  used  with  the  Ablative. 
The  substantive  in  the  Ablative  may  represent  either  a 
concrete  or  an  abstract  relation  (state  or  condition)— e.  g., 

Ne  extorrem  populum  Romanum  ab  solo  patrio  ac  Dis  penati- 
bus  in  hostium  urbem  agerent.  Liv.  V,  30,  6.  Me  extorrem  pa- 
tria,  domo  inopern  effecit.  Sail.  Jug.  14.  Admiratus  sum  te,  quie- 
quam  a  me  commissum  quod  esset  alienum  nostra  amicitia  credi- 
disse.  Cic.  Fam.  XI,  27,  6.  Ab  altero  propter  probitatem  eius 
non  nimis  alienos  animos  habemus.  Cic.  Am.  VIII,  28.  Nam  in- 
cendio  fere  tuta  est  Alexandria.  Auct.  B.  Alex.  1.  (Simple  Abla¬ 
tive  very  rare  with  tutus).  Piscatorias  (naves)  contexerant  ut 
essent  ab  ictu  telorum  remiges  tuti.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  4.  Quae 
res  post  eum  quae  essent  tuta  ab  hostibus  reddebat.  Caes.  B.  G. 
II,  5.  Orbus  iis  rebus,  cum  ceteris,  turn  mihi  ipsi  displiceo.  Cic. 
Fam.  IV,  13, 3.  Orabat  ne  se,  quern  paulo  ante  cum  egregia  stirpe 
conspexissent,  orbum  liberis  facerent.  Liv.  I,  26,  9.  Quam  dig- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


163 


mim  te  quamque  diversum  consuetudine  illornm  !  Plin.  Paneg.  65. 
Ab  his  longe  diversas  litteras  0.  Catulas  in  setiatu  recitavit.  Sail. 
Cat.  34. 

246.  The  essential  sense  of  the  particles  procul  and 
longe  implies  removal  and,  hence,  we  find  the  Ablative 
associated  with  them.  With  procul  occurs  the  Ablative 
both  with  and  without  the  preposition  ab.  With  longe 
the  Ablative  takes  the  preposition  ab.  With  both  particles 
the  Ablative  expresses  the  beginning  of  distance  which, 
as  a  rule,  requires  the  preposition  ab.  To  this  connection 
must  be  referred  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  ab 
after  prope — e.  g., 

Procul  ab  aqua  castra  ponunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  81.  Procul  a 
castris  hostes  constiterunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  17.  Ptolemaeum  obe- 
quitare  iussit  procul  insula.  Curt.  VIII,  46.  Fossa  haud  procul 
ripa  pedites  poterat  abscondere.  Curt.  VIII,  46.  Haud  longe  a 
mari  utriusque  exercitus  consedit.  Sail.  Jug.  21.  Haud  longe  a 
suis  inter  hostium  cadavera  repertus  est.  Sail.  Cat.  60.  Erat  in 
Italia  bellum  tam  prope  a  Sicilia.  Cic.  Verr.  V,  2,  6.  At  tu  illo 
ipso  tempore  apud  socrum  tuam  prope  a  meis  sedibus  sedebas. 
Cic.  Pis.  XI,  26. 

Ablative  of  Cause. 

247.  To  the  Ablative  expressing  the  general  whence- 
relation  must  be  referred  the  Ablative  of  Cause.  The  sub¬ 
stantive  in  the  Ablative  furnishes  that  from  which  spring 
and  by  which  are  developed  the  distinctive  characteristics 
of  a  verb  (action  or  state),  or  of  an  adjective  (quality). 
Hence  there  lies  in  the  Ablative  the  effecting  or  procuring 
cause,  source,  or  ground  of  these  characteristics — action, 
state,  or  quality.  To  the  Causal  Ablative  refer: 

1.  The  Ablative  with  verbs,  Active,  Transitive,  Intran¬ 
sitive  and  Passive.  In  this  connection,  while  the  essential 
sense  of  the  verb  does  not  demand  the  Ablative,  yet  in  a 
given  case  the  Ablative  must  be  used  as  the  causal  expla¬ 
nation  of  it — e.  g., 


164 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


(Dixit)  idque  se  ea  spe  petisse.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  44.  (In  this  sen¬ 
tence  while  petisse  has  its  source  in  spe,  it  is  clear  that  spe  is  the 
ground,  occasion  and  cause  of  it).  In  culpa  sunt  qui  officia  dese- 
runt  mollitia  animi.  Cic.  Fin.  I,  10,  33.  Sin  timore  defugiant, 
illis  se  oneri  non  futurum.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  32.  Annona  non  so¬ 
lum  inopia  praesentis  sed  etiam  futuri  temporis  timore  ingraves- 
cere  consuevit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  52.  Saepe  res  parum  est  intellec- 
ta  longitudine  magis  quam  obscuritate  narrationis.  Cic.  Juv.  I, 
20,  29.  Infamia  duorum  legionum  permotus,  rem  ad  arma  de- 
duci  studebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  4.  Pompeius  vestri  facti  praeiu- 
dicio  demotus  Italia  exeessit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  32. 

248.  The  general  causal  relation  is  modified  by  the  Gen¬ 
itive  with  causa  ( for  the  sake  of,  on  account  of,  and  be¬ 
cause  of) ;  in  the  sense  of  a  motive  or  inducement ,  by  the 
Genitive  with  gratia  (on  account  of,  for  the  sake  of);  in 
the  sense  of  an  inducement,  by  the  Genitive  with  ergo 
(through  the  effect  or  operation  of).  While  these  words, 
as  a  rule,  follow  the  Genitive  and  immediately,  causa  and 
gratia  sometimes  precede  the  Genitive  and  follow  it  after 
one  or  more  words — e.  g., 

Quis  est  qui  facit  nihil  nisi  sua  causa?  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  12,  2. 
Portae,  quibus  locis  videtur,  eruptionis  causa  in  muro  relinquun- 
tur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  15.  Existimari  volebat,  id  se  non  odio 
hominis,  sed  suae  salutis  fecisse  causa.  Nep.  Dion.  4.  Nostrae 
necessitudinis  et  rei  publicae  causa  (^because  of).  Cic.  Fam.  V, 
7,  3.  De  pecunia  finitur:  ne  maior  causa  ludorum  consumeretur, 
quam,  &c.  Liv.  XL,  44,  10.  Equitem  R.,  quod  duobus  filiis  cau¬ 
sa  detrectandi  sacramenti  pollices  amputasset,  ipsum  bonaque 
subiecit  hastae.  Suet.  Aug.  24.  Quern,  ut  ipsius  dignitas  poscit, 
honoris  gratia  nomino.  Cic.  Quinct.  VII,  28.  Tu  me  amoris  ma¬ 
gis  quam  honoris  servasti  gratia.  (Vid.  Cic.  Tusc.  IV,  32,  69). 
Nullum  aptum  atque  idoneum  verbum  permutemus  gratia  lenita- 
tis.  Quint.  IX,  4,  144.  Eiusque  victoriae  ergo  Apollini  donum 
dedisse.  Nep.  Paus.  1.  Si  quid  contra  alias  leges  eius  legis  ergo 
factum  sit.  Cic.  Att.  23,  2.  The  word  ergo  rarely  occurs  except 
in  the  old  language. 


LAi'IN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


165 


249.  The  general  causal  relation  is  again  modified  by  a 
preposition  with  its  proper  case. 

1.  Bv  a(ab)  with  the  Ablative.  Here  the  Ablative  with  the 
preposition  expresses  not  only  the  source  of  the  verb’s  action, 
but  the  outer  ground  which  induces  it,  as  also  in  some  cases  the 
inner  ground,  or  the  motive  from  which  it  springs — e.  g., 

Romanis  ab  eodem  prodigio  novemdiale  sacrum  publice  sus- 
ceptum  est.  Liv.  I,  31,  4.  Scio  meab  singulari  amore,  quaecum- 
quescribo,  tibiscribere.  Cic.  Att.  IX,  7,  B.  3.  Numquid  aliquis 
sanus  filium  a  prima  offensa  exheredat?  Sen.  Clem.  I,  14,  1. 
Aeneam  ab  simili  clade  domo  profugum.  Liv.  I,  1,  4.  Nee  cessa- 
bant  Sabini,  feroces  ab  re  bene  gesta,  instare.  Liv.  Ill,  61,  13. 
Vates  adhibere  coepit  a  superstitione  animi.  Curt.  V,  13. 

2.  By  de  with  the  Ablative.  The  Ablative  with  the  preposition 
de  furnishes  the  exciting  cause— e.  g., 

Quod  quidem  certis  de  causis  a  plerisque  aliter  existimatur. 
Cic.  Or.  I,  41,  186.  Comoediam  Graecam  docuit  ac  de  senten- 
tia  iudicum  coronavit.  Suet.  Claud.  11. 

3.  By  ex  with  the  Ablative.  The  Ablative  with  ex  expresses 
that  which  occasions,  that  in  consequence  of  which  the  action  or 
state  of  a  verb  or  the  quality  of  an  adjective  obtains  or  arises — 
e-  g-, 

Massilienses  gravi  pestilentia  conflictati  ex  diutina  conclu- 
sione  et  mutatione  victus  sese  dedere  sine  fraude  constituunt. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  22.  Quos  ex  aere  alieno  laborare  arbitrabatur. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  22.  Cum  Tarqinius  ex  vulnere  aeger  fuisse 
diceretur.  Cic.  Rep.  II,  21,  38. 

250.  (4)  By  per  with  the  Accusative.  By  the  Accusative 
with  per  is  expressed  the  modification  of  General  Cause, 
which  lies  in  means  as  a  motive  or  prompting  cause.  Hence 
the  Accusative  with  per  is  often  parallel  with  the  simple 
Ablative  of  the  means.  The  Subjective  force  of  per  is  some¬ 
times  presented  as  a  ground  or  reason  claimed  or  alleged, 
and  is  then  rendered,  under,  the  guise,  pretext,  or  show  of. 
The  causal  relation  expressed  by  per  and  the  Accusative 


166 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


may  often  best  be  rendered  by  the  negative  phrase  “with 
no  obstruction  or  hindrance  from,’’— e.  g. 

Fore  ut  per  colloquia  omnes  controversiae  componantur.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  9.  Quo  modo  quemquam  poeniteret,  quod  fecisset  per 
iram  ?  Cic.  Tusc.  IV,  37,  79.  Incredibile  est  Roscium  quicquam 
per  avaritiam  appetisse.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  VII,  21 .  Qui  pertutelam 
aut  societatem  fraudavit  quempiam,  in  eo  quo  delictum  mains 
est.  Cic.  Caec.  Ill,  7.  Caesar  respondit  duces  homines  per  collo¬ 
quium  deceptos  interfecisse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  85.  Ipse  cum  pri- 
mum  per  anni  tempus  potuit  ad  exercitum  contendit.  Caes.  B.  G. 
Ill,  9.  Mandat  ut  omnes  qui  per  aetatem  arma  ferre  possint,  ad 
helium  cogant.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  71.  Inveniebat  (eos)  mulieres, 
quique  per  aetatem  adpugnam  inutiles  viderentur,  in  eum  locum 
eoniecisse.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  16.  Qui,  si  per  te  lieeat  cum  reliquis 
belli  casum  sustineant.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  30.  Deum  invocantes 
cuius  ad  ludos  per  fas  ac  fidem  decepti  venissent.  Liv.  I,  9,  13. 
Quantum  per  moras  membrorum  licet,  celeri  cogitatione  divina 
perlustrat.  Sen.  Helv.  XI,  7. 

251.  (5)  With  oh  and  propter  and  the  Accusative.  The 
preposition  propter  differs  from  oh  in  this  that  it  expresses 
a  subjective  ground  or  reason,  while  oh  presents  an  objec¬ 
tive  ground.  In  more  general  terms,  the  substantive  with 
propter  is  presented  as  a  motive  and  prompting  cause, 
parallel,  in  some  cases,  with  per  and  the  Accusative,  and 
with  the  simple  Ablative,  while  the  substantive  with  ob 
is  presented  as  an  inducement  and  procuring  cause.  Hence 
propter  may  be  rendered  on  account  of,  because  of;  while 
oh  may  be  rendered  with  a  view  to,  for.  In  many  cases, 
however,  this  distinction  between  the  prepositions  was 
not  observed,  and  they  appear  to  have  been  used  indiffer¬ 
ently. 

1.  Propter  with  the  Accusative. 

Mihi  considerandum  videri  solet,  utrum  propter  imbecillita- 

tem  atque  inopiam  desiderata  sit  amicitia,  an,  &c.  Cie.  Am. 

VIII,  26.  Id  propter  anni  tempus  longum  atque  impeditum  vi- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


167 


debatur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  29.  Hoc  pugnabatur  loco  et  propter 
angustias  iniquo.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  45. 

2.  Ob  with  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Tu  ei  dicas  :  facere  id  eius  ob  amici tiam  patris.  Plaut.  Trin. 
111,3,9.  Civitas  ob  earn  rem  incitata.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  4.  Ob  va- 
cationem  pretium  datum,  cum  immunis  nemofuerit.  Cic.Font. 
VIII,  17.  (Ferunt)  insidiatos  ob  iram  praedae  amissae  la- 
trones.  Liv.  I,  5,  3.  (Here  we  look  for  propter).  Inde  ob  resi- 
duas  bellorum  iras  sollicitatis  ad  defectionem  animis  volunta¬ 
ries  traxere.  Liv.  I,  30,  7.  (In  this  sentence  we  look  for  prop¬ 
ter). 


252.  (6)  With  prae  and  the  Ablative.  The  character  of 
the  Cause  expressed  by  prae  is  two-fold. 

1.  It  implies  prevention  and  may  be  designated  as  preventing 
cause.  In  this  sense  it  occurs  in  a  negative  or  quasi-negative  sen¬ 
tence,  and  particularly  in  connection  with  words  expressing  emo¬ 
tion  or  feeling,  as  timore,  metu,  &c. — e.  g., 

Quorum  ille  nomen  prae  metu  ferre  non  poterat.  Cic.  Phil.  XIII, 
9,  20.  Non  prae  lacrim/s  possum  reliqua  nec  cogitare  nec  seri- 
bere.  Cic.  Att.  IX;  12,  1.  Sed  nec  erat  res  de  qua  scriberem  nec 
locari  prae  cura  poteram.  Cic.  Att.  VI,  5,  4.  Solem  prae  iaculo- 
rum  multitudine  et  sagittarum  non  videbitis.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  42, 
101.  Ut  eum  locum,  ubi  proponuntur,  prae  multitudine  eorum, 
qui  legunt.  transire  nequeam.  Cic.  Att.  II,  21,  4.  Qui  vix  prae 
multitudine  cerni  poterat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  44.  Prae  strepitu  ac 
tumultu  nec  consilium  nec  imperium  accipi  poterat.  Liv.  XXII,  5, 
3.  Neque  scire  nec  perspicere  prae  caligine  poterant.  Liv.  XXII, 
6,  8.  Vix  sibimet  ipsi  prae  necopinato  gaudio  credentes.  Liv. 
XXXIX,  49,  6.  Cf.  Liv.  IX,  13,  1,  IX.  14,  5,  X,  13,  9,  XXXI, 
24,  18,  XLV,  7,  4.  Abstinuit  congressu  hominum  diu  prae  pu- 
dore.  Suet.  Aug.  65.  Ut  matres  ac  coniuges  oblitae  prae  gaudio 
pudoris  obviam  agmini  occurrerent,  in  suos  quaeque  simul  cor- 
pore  atque  animo  vix  prae  gaudio  compote  effusae.  Liv.  IV,  40, 
3. 

Rem.  1.  With  the  preposition  prae  and  the  Ablative  in  a  negative 
sentence  may  be  compared  the  occasional  use  of  per  with  the  Accusative. 

Ex.  Plura  nec  dici  res  desideravit  nec  rex  dicere  per  valetudinem  po- 
tuit.  Curt.  VII.  33.  Qui  per  aetatem  in  armis  esse  non  poterant- 
Caes.  B.  G.  V.  3. 


168 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


2.  The  preposition  prae  with  the  Ablative  occurs  in  an  affirma 
tive  sentence.  Here  it  expresses  a  causal  relation  parallel  with 
that  expressed  by  propter  and  the  Accusative  or  by  the  simple 

Ablative— e.  g.,  .  . 

Itaque  anhelans  ex  imis  pulmonibus  prae  cura  spiritus  duce- 

batur  Cic  Keren.  IV, 33, 43.  Cum  prae  indignitate  rerum  stu- 

por  ceteros  patrum  defixisset.  Liv.  VI,  40,  1.  In  this  example 

prae  may  be  justified  by  the  negative  idea  implied  in  stupor.  Cf. 

Oh!  lacrumo  gaudio.  Ter.  Ad.  Ill,  3,  55. 

253.  (7.)  It  should  be  observed  that  the  causal  relation 
expressed  by  ad  and  the  Accusative  is  both  inner  and  outer 

(see  68)— e.  g., 

Inde  cum  actae  boves  quaedamad  desiderium relictarum  mugis- 
sent.  Liv.  I,  7,  7.  (Inner  cause:  ground.)  Sub  adventum  Romani 
exercitus,  seu  ad  metum  virium,  seu  ad  spem  veniae,  cum  dedis¬ 
sent  sese.  Liv.  XXXVI,  13,  5.  (Inner  cause  :  ground).  Ad  quo¬ 
rum  casum  cum  conclamasset  gaudio  Albanus  exercitus.  Liv.  I, 
25,  6.  (Outer  cause  :  ground).  Nihil  aliud  ad  eum  nuntium  a 
proposito  aversus,  quam  ut  cadaver  efferri  iuberet,  precationem 
peragit  et  dedicat  templum.  Liv.  II,  8, 8.  (Outer cause  :  ground). 

254.  (8)  In  a  sense  parallel  with  de  and  the  Ablative  in  a 
causal  relation  occurs,  rarely,  the  preposition  super  and 
the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Velim  simul  cogites  quid  agendum  nobis  sit  super  legatione 
votiva.  Cic.  Att.  XIV,  22,  2.  Cura  super  tali  re  principum  com- 
probata  est.  Liv.  XL,  46,  15.  Itaque  P.  Nigidius  super  dubi- 
tatione  hac  eorum  scripsit.  Gell.  XVII,  7,  4. 

255.  (9)  The  preposition  in  with  the  Ablative  expresses  a 
causal  and  concessive  (adversative  causal)  relation  and 

rarely  a  conditional  rela  tion  e.  g., 

Tullus  in  re  trepida  duodecim  vovit  salios  fanaque  Pallori  ac 
Pavori.  Liv.  I,  27,  7.  (Causal— in  re  trepida  furnishes  the  cause 
(ground)  of  vovit ,  &c).  In  variis  voluntatibus  regnan  tamen 
omnes  volebant.  Liv.  I,  17,  3.  (The  phrase  In  variis  voluntati- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


169 


bus  stands  in  a  concessive  relation  to  regnari — volebant.  Ab  Ap- 
pio  petitur,ut  tantam  eonsularem  maiestatem  esse  vellet,  quanta 
esse  in  concordi  civitate  posset.  Liv.  II,  57,  3.  (Here  in  concordi 
civitate—si  ci vitas  concors  esset ). 

255.  To  the  Causal  Ablative,  and  hence,  to  Ablative,  ex¬ 
pressing  the  whence  relation  may,  perhaps,  best  be  refer¬ 
red  the  specific  Ablative  of  Restriction.  While  this  Abla¬ 
tive  limits  or  restricts  the  action,  quality  or  statement 
upon  which  it  depends,  it  at  the  same  time  furnishes  the 
efficient  cause,  or  the  procuring  ground.  In  some  cases  it 
approaches  very  nearly,  and  is,  perhaps,  identical  with  the 
modification  of  the  general  cause  which  is  designated  as 
means ;  in  other  cases  it  is  parallel  with  the  Ablative  of 
manner.  The  restrictive  Ablatives  are  —  Arbitrio,  consue, 
tudine,  consensu,  iudicio,  sententia,  missu,  re,  rogatu, 
coactu,  iussu,  specie,  merito,  nomine,  more  (in  some  con¬ 
nections)  natione,  numero,  sponte,  arbitratu,  & c. — e.g. 

Quid  die  unquam  arbitrio  suo  fecit?  Cic.  Phil.  VI, -2,  4.  Numi- 
dae  quadam  barbara  consuetudine  nullis  ordinibus  passim  conse- 
derant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  38.  Omnium,  qui  supererant,  consensu 
legatos  ad  Caesarem  miserunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  28.  Cum  esse  om¬ 
nium  iudicio  inferiores  viderentur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,47.  Phalareus 
Demetrius  omnium  istorum  mea  sententia  politissimus.  Cic.  Or. 
II,  23,  95.  Qui  missu  Caesaris  ad  Ambiorigem  ventitare  consu- 
verat.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  27.  Quod  facere  Pompeius  discessu  militum 
non  potuit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  76.  (Discessu  not  to  be  confound¬ 
ed  with  the  same  form  in  the  statement  of  time).  Hos  deos  non 
re  sed  opinione  esse  dicunt.  Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  21,  53.  Itaque  feci  non 
invitus  ut  prodessem  multis  rogatu  tuo.  Cic.  Am.  1, 4.  (Si)  neque 

id . aut  iudicio  aut  voluntate  sua  fecisse,  sed  coactu  civitatis. 

Caes.  B.  G.  V,  27.  Quibus,  (navibus)  iussu  D.  Laelii  praeerant. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  7.  (Securitas)  specie  quidem  blanda,  sed  reapse 
repudianda.  Cic.  Am.  13,  47.  Caesar  respondit  se  magis  consue¬ 
tudine  sua,  quam  merito  eorum  civitatem  conservaturum.  Caes. 
B.  G.  II,  32.  Erat  nutricius  eius  eunuchus  nomine  Porthinus. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  108.  Reperit  (eum)  odisse  etiam  suo  nomine 


170 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Caesarem  et  Romanos.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  18.  Quae  more  agentur 
institutisque  civilibus,  de  iis  nihil  est  praecipiendum.  Cic.  Off.  I, 
41,  148.  Erat  inter  medias  regem  secutus  Philippus,  natione 
Acarnan.  Curt.  Ill,  14.  Naves  Arelate  numero  duodecim  facere 
instituit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  36.  Sententias,  quas  hoc  libro  exposui 
arbitratu  meo.  Cic.  Am.  I,  3.  Bruto  videtur,  cuius  ego  iudicium, 
pace  tua  dixerim,  antepono  tuo.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  5,  12.  Sua  sponte 
cursum  represserunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  93.  Tota  ratio  talium 
largitionum  genere  vitiosa  est.  Cic.  Off.  II,  17,  60. 

257.  To  the  so-called  restrictive  Ablative,  and  hence  to 
the  Ablative  expressing  the  whence  relation,  must  be  refer¬ 
red,  in  many  cases,  the  Ablative  with  an  Adjective.  In 
this  connection,  the  Ablative  does  not  so  much  locate  the 
Ablative  as  furnish  that  from  which  the  quality  proceeds, 
and  because  of  which  it  is.  To  this  Ablative  may  be  re¬ 
ferred  the  Supine  in  u. — e.  g., 

Qui  valetudine  aut  aetate  inutiles  sunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  78. 
Nam  fuit  claudus  altero  pede.  Nep.  Ages.  8.  Eo  tempore  aeger 
erat  vulneribus.  Nep.  Milt.  7  (Cf.  Corpore  aeger.  Curt.  V,  35). 
Discordes  moribus,  linguis.  Curt.  IV,  47.  Manu  strenuus.  Gell. 
IV,  8,1.  Stolida  audacia  ferox.  Curt.  VI,  41.  Manu  fortis.  Nep. 
Dat.l.  Sum  pernix pedibus, manibus  mobilis.  Plaut.  M.G.III,  1, 
35.  Ad  quas  non  est  facile  inventu  qui  desccndat.  Cic.  Am.  XVII, 
64.  Parva  dictu  res.  Curt.  IV,  8.  Vix  credibile  dictu.  Curt.  V.  37. 

258.  To  the  Ablative  of  the  whence  relation,  and  in 
many  cases  to  the  Causal  Ablative,  must  be  referred  the 
Ablative  with  verbs  denoting  mental  action  —  to  know,  to 
be  declared  or  made  known,  to  name,  to  judge,  to  per¬ 
ceive,  to  learn,  &c.  With  all  such  verbs  the  Ablative  ex¬ 
presses  that  from  which  the  Substantive  element  of  the 
verb  springs,  and,  quite  frequently,  that  which  effects  and 
causes  it.  While  the  Ablative  alone  is  found  with  such 
verbs,  the  Ablative  with  a  preposition,  ab,  ex,  occasionally 
de,  is  far  more  frequent.  When  the  Ablative  presents  the 
name  of  a  person,  it  is  used  with  a  preposition — e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


171 


Neque  Caesar,  ut  multis  rebus  intellegere  potui,  est  alienus  a 
nobis.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  10.  2.  Quod  quale  sit  definitione,  qua  sum 
usus,  intellegi  potest.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  14,  45.  Hie  quae  agantur,ea 
te  et  litteris  multorum  et  nuntiis  cognosse  arbitror.  Cic.  Fam.  I, 
5,  6,  1.  Somnia  si  alia  falsa,  alia  vera,  qua  nota  internoscantur, 
scire  velim.  Cic.  Div.  II,  62,  128.  Quae  fulgoribus,  quae  astris 
praesentiuntur.  Cic.  Div.  I,  49,  109.  Brevitate  epistolae  scire 
poteris  eum  valde  esse  distentum.  Cic.  Att.  IX,  13,  A.  1.  Prae- 
dicavit  haec  se  eertis  nuntiis,  certis  auctoribus  comperisse.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II,  18.  Id  quod  cotidianis  experimentis  deprehenditur. 
Quint.  XI,  2,  42.  Thcaetatus  dixit,  neminem  pium  habitu  cor¬ 
poris  suos  aestimaturum.  Curt.  V,  19.  Ne  cultu  regio  posset  ag- 
nosci,  sordidis  pellibus  vehiculum  intexerant.  Curt.  V,  34.  Utor 
beneficio  tuo  et  dico  quae  nostris  malis  didici.  Curt.  VIII,  24. 
Usus  est  familia,  si  utilitate  iudicandum  est,  optima.  Nep.  Att. 
13.  Aristoteles  eos,  qui  valetudinis  vitio  furerent,  ccnsebat  ha¬ 
bere  aliquid  in  animis  praesagiens.  Cic.  Div.  I,  38,  81.  Ex  capti- 
vis  cognoscere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  17.  Ex  equitum  fuga  cognoscere. 
Caes.  B.  G.  II,  2G.  Ex  hoc  (homine)  cognoscere.  Curt.  V,  35. 
Ex  rege  cognoscere.  Curt  VI,  41.  Cognoscere  a  captivis  perfu- 
gisque.  Caes.  B  G.  V,  18.  Ab  Remis  cognoscere.  Caes.  B.  G. 
II.  5.  Ex  magistro  discere.  Curt.  VIII,  24.  Ab  iisdem  discere. 
Curt.  VIII,  27.  Audire  a  maioribus  natu.  Cic.  Sen.  XIII,  43. 
Quod  ex  ro  audire.  Cic.  Sen.  XIII,  43.  Invenire  ex  captivis. 
Caes.  B.  G.  II,  16.  Ex  eventu  navium  suspicari.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV, 
31.  Ex  captivis  comperire.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  8.  Ex  fratre  compe- 
rire.  Curt.  VI,  26.  Ex  nocturno  fremitu  de  profectione  sentire. 
Caes.  B.G.  V,  32.  Animadvertereex  ignibus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  50. 
Ex  diei  tempore  coniecturam  capere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  35.  Ex  me 
scire.  Curt.  VIII,  25.  Amor  ex  quo  amicitia  nominata  est.  Cic. 
Am.  VIII,  26.  Ex  insigni  agnoscere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  6.  Ex  quo 
(—ex  qua  re)  intellegere.  Cic.  Sen.  VI.  16.  Syrtes  ab  tractu  nomi- 
natae.  Sail.  Jug.  78.  Nomen  ab  insula  accipere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
112.  Intellegere  ex  fratribus.  Cic.  Sen.  X,  VIII,  65.  A  patribus 
accipere.  Cic.  Sen.  VI,  16.  Attulit  in  cavea  pullos  is,  qui  ex  eo 
ipso  nominatur  pullarius.  Cic.  Div.  11,34,  72.  Ex  dissensionibus 
perspicere.  Cic.  Am.  VII,  23.  Ex  quo  iudicare.  Cic.  Am.  VII,  23. 
Ex  quibusdam  rebus  intellegere.  Cic.  Div.  11,69,  142.  Videre  ex 


172 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


gallorum  gallinaceorum  cantu.  Cic.  Div.  II,  26,  56.  Ex  fulgo- 
ribus  praedicere.  Cic.  Div.  II,  11,  26.  Harmoniam  ex  intervas 
sonorum  nosse.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  18,  41.  Censent  esse  oraculum  ali 
quod  ex  quo  futura  praesentiant.  Cic.  Div.  II,  48  100.  Equidem 

saepe  hoc  audivi  de  patre  et  de  socero  meo,  nostros  homines . 

solitos  esse,  &c.  Cic.  Or.  Ill,  32,  133. 

259.  When  the  general  sense  of  the  preceding  verbs  is  ex¬ 
pressed  adjectively,  the  adjective  is  construed  with  the 
simple  Ablative  or  with  the  Ablative  and  a  preposition, 
usually  ex,  sometimes  ab.  Such  adjectives  are  noblis,  no- 
tabilis ,  gnarus,  peritus,  stupidus ,  evidens,  manifestus , 
clarus,  insignis ,  &c—  e.  g., 

Aquae  salubritate  et  medendis  corporibus  nobiles.  Veil.  II,  25, 
4.  Accepimus  Demetrium  ex  doctrina  nobilem  vita  esse  privatum. 
Cic.  Rab.  Post.  IX,  23.  Quod  in  homine  multo  est  evidentius, 
primum  ex  caritate,  quae,  &c.  Cic.  Am.  VIII,  28.  Hie  alii  stupi- 
di  timore  obmutuerunt.  Cic.  Heren.  IV,  52,  65.  Demetrius  ex 
doctrina  clarus.  Cic.  Rab.  Post.  IX,  23.  Eo  gnari,  clamore,  con- 
currunt.  Tac.  Ann.  VI,  35.  Peritus  scientia  bellandi.  Auct.  B. 
Afr.  XXXI,  2.  Non  tulit  ullos  haec  civitas  gloria  clariores.  Cic. 
Or.  II,  37,  154.  Quidam,  qui  insignem  maestitia  cognoverat  Ve- 
turiam.  Liv.  II,  40,  4.  Quo  ab  ipso  mentis  habitu  manifestum 
est.  Quint.  XI,  1,  29.  Nova  nupta  verecundii  notabilis.  Plin.  N. 
H.  XXXV,  9,78. 

Rem.  1.  To  this  connection  may  perhaps  best  be  referred  the  adjectives 
dignus,  indignus ,  and  praeditus,  always  without  a  preposition— e.  g., 
Exsistit  quaestio  num  amici  novi  digni  amicitia  veteribus  sint  ante- 
ponendi.  Cic.  Am.  XIX,  67.  Te  omni  honore  indignissinmm  iudicat. 
Cic.  Vatin.  XVI,  39.  Adolescentibus  bona  indole  praeditis  sapientes 
senes  delectantur  Cic.  Sen.  VIII.  26. 

260.  To  the  general  Causal  Ablative  and,  hence,  to  the 
Ablative  in  the  whence  relation  may  be  referred  the  Abla¬ 
tive  with  verbs  expressing  emotion  and  feeling.  The  Ab¬ 
lative  presents  not  only  the  source  of  the  emotion  or  feel¬ 
ing,  but  that  which  produces  it.  To  this  connection  refer 
the  verbs  to  grieve ,  to  rejoice ,  to  lament ,  to  boast,  to 
trust,  &c.,  with  the  Ablative.  Such  verbs  are:  dolere,  ex- 
sultare,  gaudere,  gloriari,  laetari ,  fidere,  & c.  e.g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


173 


Itaque  videas  rebus  iniustis  iustos  maxime  dolere.  Cic.  Am. 
XIII,  47.  Quod  contra  oportebat  delicto  dolere, correctione  gau- 
dere,  Cic.  Am.  XXIV,  90.  In  ore  omnium  versabatur,  ut  exsult- 
are  victoria  nobilitatis  videretur.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  VI,  17.  Quod 
sua  victoria  tarn  insolenter  gloriaretur.  Caes.  B.  G.  1,  14.  Qua 
fidunt  duee  nocturna  Phoenices  in  alto.  Vid.  Cic.  Acad.  11,20,66. 
Cum  Scipio  affinitate  Pompei  confideret.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  83. 
Adolescentibus  bona  indole  praeditis  senes  delectantur.  Cic.  Sen. 
VIII,  26.  Errore  careo,  quo  amicorum  deeessu  plerique  angi  so- 
lent.  Cic.  Am.  Ill,  10.  Me  ipso  consolor  et  maxime  illo  solacio. 
Cic.  Am.  Ill,  10.  Mettius  in  paludem  sese  strepitu  sequentium 
trepidante  equo  coniecit.  Liv.  I,  12,  10.  Betis  interfectum  ratus 
urbem  ovans  victoria  repetit.  Curt.  IV,  27.  Cum  ingenio  eius 
diffisus  turn  occasione.  Suet.  Caes.  3.  Cuius  morte  ingemuit  qui- 
dem  rex.  Curt.  IX,  13.  Circumspectare  omnia  et  omni  strepitu 
pavesccre.  Sail.  Jug.  72.  Quo  circa  maerere  hoc  eius  eventu  vere- 
or.  Cic.  Am.  IV,  14.  Quid  tarn  obscurum  quam  delectari  multis 
inanibus  rebus.  Cic.  Am,  XIV,  49.  Eius  aspectu  cum  obstupuis- 
set  bubulcus,  &e.  Cic.  Div.  11,23,50.  Pendeo  animi  expectatione 
Corfiniensi.  Cic.  Att.  VIII,  5,  2. 

Rem.  1.  The  verbs  dolere  and  laetari  allow  the  preposition  ex  and  the 
Ablative — e.  g. 

Gravius  homines  ex  cominutatione  rerum  dolent.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  14. 
Ita  Vagenses  biduum  modo  ex  perfidia  laetati.  Sail.  Jug.,  69. 

Rem.  2.  The  verbs  dolere,  laetari,  se  iactare,  gloriari  allow  the  preposi¬ 
tion  de  and  the  Ablative — e.  g.. 

De  Hortensio  te  certo  scio  dolere:  equidem  excrucior.  Cic.  Att.  VI, 
6,  2.  Laetari  omnes  non  de  unius  solum,  sed  de  communi  omnium  sa¬ 
lute  sentio,  Cic.  Marc.  XI,  33.  Jactat  se  iam  dudum  de  Calidio,  nar- 
rat  omnibus  emisse  se.  Cic.  Verr.  II.  IV,  21,  46.  Quaero  quis  aut  de 
misera  vita  possit  gloriari  aut  de  non  beata.  Cic.  Fin.  Ill,  8,  28. 

Rem.  3.  The  verbs  exsultare ,  angi,  gloriari.  lamentari,  laetari,  se  iac 
tare  allow  the  preposition  in  with  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Alacris  exsultat  improbitas  in  victoria.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  7.  Cimbri  et 
Celtiberi  in  proeliis  exsultant,  lamentantur  in  morbo.  Cic.  Tusc.  11,27, 
65.  Malum  tale  ut  in  eo  rectum  videatur  esse  angi.  Cic.  Tusc.  Ill,  11. 
25.  Propter  virtutem  iure  laudamur  et  in  virtute  recte  gloriamur. 
Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  36,  87.  Nobis  quoque  licet  in  hoc  quodam  modo  glori¬ 
ari.  Cic.  Off.  II,  17,  59.  Apud  ilium  perquam  flebiliter  Ulixes  lamenta- 
tur  in  vulnere.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  21,  49.  Feriuntur  securi:  laetaris  tu  in 
omnium  gemitu  et  triumphas.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  46,  121.  Non  exsulta- 


174 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


vit  in  minis  vestrisque  discordiis  Cornelius.  Cic.  Balb.  XXVI,  58.  Qui 
se  in  insperatis  ac  repentinis  pecuniis  insolentius  iactarunt.  Cic.  Cat. 
II,  9,  20. 

Rem.  4.  The  verbs  fidere  and  confidere  uniformly  require  the  Dative  of 
a  personal  pronoun  and  regularly  the  Dative  of  a  personal  relation , 
while  the  Dative  of  an  impersonal  relation,  is  allowed.  The  verb  diffi- 
dere  requires  the  Dative  of  a  personal  relation,  and  greatly  inclines  to  the 
Dative  of  an  impersonal  relation,  while  the  Ablative  is  allowed— e.  g., 
Quid,  si  quid  filius  puer  et  puer  bene  sibi  fidens  ?  Cic.  Att.  VI,  6,  4. 
Sibi  diffidere.  Cic.  Clu.  XXIII,  63.  Sed  neque  illi  sibi  confisi  ex  portu 
prodire  sunt  ausi.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  7.  Quod  videbatur  mihi  ilie  con¬ 
fidere.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  18,  3.  Haud  sane,  cur  ad  maiora  tibi  fidamus, 
documenti  quicquam  dedisti.  Liv.  XXIV,  8,  13.  Parum  moenibus  ar- 
misque  ac  iuventuti  fidebant.  Liv.  XXXIII,  38,  2.  Equitum  partem, 
cui  maxime  confldebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  40.  Cui  divinationi  hoc  plus 
confidimus,  quod,  &c.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  6,  4.  Superbia  atque  deliciis 
omissis  sibi  patriaeque  diffidere.  Sail.  Cat.  31.  Hominis  amantissimi 
voluntati  erga  me  diffidere.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  10,  3.  Plura  me  ad  te 
scribere  pudet,  ne  videar  prudentiae  tuae  diffidere.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  5,  6. 

261.  When  the  general  sense  of  the  preceding  verbs  is 
expressed  adjectively,  the  adjective  is  construed  with  the 
Ablative  expressing  that  in  which  the  substantive  element 
of  the  adjective  consists,  by  which  it  is  defined,  from  which 
it  proceeds,  and  by  which  it  is  produced  or  caused.  Such 
adjectives  are:  laetus ,  contentus ,  maestus,  tristis ,  anxius , 
sollicitus,  laud ab ilis,  glorissus ,  superbus ,  ferox ,  praeferox , 
fretus,  & c. — e.  g., 

Multi  divitias  despiciunt,  quos  parvo  contentos  tenuis  victus 
delectat.  Cic.  Am.  XXII,  86.  Si  non  es  solahonestate  contentus, 
necesse  est  quietem  adici  velis.  Sen.  Ep.  92,  6.  Nee  enim  lascivia 
nee  hilaritate,  saepe  firmitate  et  constantia  sunt  beati.  Cic.  Fin. 
II,  20,  65.  Quibus  rebus,  id  quod  vultis.  beatus  est?  Cic.  N.  D.  I, 
37, 103.  Non  Epicurum  suspicit  exigui  laetum  plantaribus  horti. 
Juv.  Sat.  XIII,  123.  Hinc  populum  bello  superbum  venturum. 
Verg.  Aen.  I,  21.  Et  tu  meo  nunc  superbus  incedis  malo.  Hor. 
Epod.  XV,  17.  Itaque  ira  et  metu  anxius  moliri  (ea)  quibus 
Hiempsal  caperetur.  Sail.  Jug.  11.  Demetriade  hibernabat  desi- 
derio  anxius  filii.  Liv.  XL,  54,  2.  Spem,  quam  ego  omnibus  te 
uno  fretus  pollicebar.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  7,  1.  Ego  qui  modo  fui  libe- 
ris,  coniuge,  copiis  beatissimus.  Cic,  Q.  fr.  I,  3,  6.  Fretus  intelli- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


175 


gentia  vestra  dissero  brevius,  quam  causa  desiderat.  Cic.  N.  I). 
I,  19,  49.  Te  obtestor  ut  illam  miseram  mea  culpa  et  negligentia 
tueare  meis  opibus.  Cic.  Att.  X,  2,2.  Credisne  (eos)  adventu  ma- 
gis  hostium  sollicitos  esse,  quam  eura  salutis  tuae?  Curt.  IX,  24. 
Quod  rectum  est,  ipsumque  per  se  sua  vi,  sua  natura  laudabile. 
Cic.  Fin.  II,  15,  50.  Ut  consuetudo  loquitur,  id  solum  dicitur 
honestum  quod  est  populari  fama  gloriosum.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  15,  48. 
Numidae  militibus  nostris  Jugurthae  servitium  minari,  secundis 
rebus  feroces  esse.  Sail.  Jug.  94.  Pastor  accola  eius  loci,  nomine 
Cacus,  ferox  viribus.  Liv.  I,  7,  5.  Quern  multiplici  su^cessu 
praeferocem  una  profligavit  acie.  Suet.  Caes.  35. 

262.  In  connection  with  the  Ablative  in  the  whence  re¬ 
lation,  and  distinctly  as  the  causal  Ablative,  must  be  con¬ 
sidered  the  Ablative  with  macte  (usually  indeclinable)  and 
esto,  este,  employed  as  a  term  of  congratulation.  The 
plural  macti  occurs — e.  g., 

Tu  quidem  maete  virtute  diligentiaque  esto.  Liv.  X,  40,  11. 
Turn  dictator,  macte  virtute,  inquit,  C.  Servili,  esto.  Liv.  IV,  14, 
7.  Macte  virtute,  inquit,  ac  pietate  in  patrem  patriamque  esto. 
Liv.  VII,  10,  4.  Tu  quidem,  Cn.  Corneli,  macte  virtute  esto. 
Liv.  XXII,  49,  9.  Macte  virtute  esto.  Liv.  XXIII,  15,  14.  Ju- 
berem  macte  virtute  esse,  si  pro  mea  patria  ista  virtus  staret. 
Liv.  II,  12,  14.  Macti  virtute,  inquit,  milites  Romani  este  Liv. 
VII,  36,  5.  Vos  quidem  macti  virtute,  inquit,  estote.  Curt.  IV, 
3.  Macti  ingenio  este,  coeli  interpretes,  rerumque  naturae  ca- 
paces.  Plin.  N.  H.  II,  12,  55.  Macte  uterque  ingenti  in  rem  pub- 
licam  merito.  Plin.  Paneg.  89. 

263.  To  the  general  Causal  Ablative  and,  hence,  to  the 
Ablative  expressing  the  whence  relation  refer  the  Ablative 
with  verbs  to  be  equal ,  to  be  unequal ,  to  compare ,  to  ex¬ 
cel,  to  be  inferior,  to  be  able.  In  connection  with  such 
verbs  while  the  Ablative  expresses  that  in  which  the  equal¬ 
ity,  & c.,  consists,  it  also,  and  more  correctly,  expresses 
that  from  which  the  equality,  & c.,  emanates  and  which 
produces  it.  The  verbs  are :  aequare,adaequare,comparare, 


176 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


anteire ,  antecedere,  anteesse,  aequiperare ,  cedere,  eminere, 
emciarc ,  excellent,  posse ,  praestare ,  praeferre ,  praecurrere , 
postferre,  superare ,  valere ,  vincere ,  &c.,— e.  g-, 

Qui  cum  specie  corporis  aequaret  Hephaestionem.  Curt.  VII, 
38.  Se  virtute  nostris  adequare  non  posse  intellegunt.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  16.  Tu,  qui  omnes  isto  eloquendi  genere  superavisti. 
Cic  Q  fr  III  5,  4.  Traditum  est  studiosum  fuisse  eum,  qui  us 
anteibat  ’  Catonem.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  3,  5.  Doctrina  Gracia  nos  et 
omni  litterarum  genere  superabat.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  1,  3.  Exaggera¬ 
te  quae  emiuet  contemnendis  doloribus.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  26,  64. 
Se  ut  operibus  anteire  studuerit,  sic  iustitia  et  aequitate  velle  su¬ 
perare.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  32.  (Filia),  quae  aetate  antecedebat. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  108.  (Cf.  potentia  antecedere.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI, 
12)  (Portus)  moenibus  circumdatus  ut  urbem  dignitate  aequi- 
peraret,  utilitate  superaret.  Nep.  Them.  6.  Cognoveram  gloria 
belli  Gallos  ante  Romanos  fuisse.  Sail.  Cat.  53.  Nemo  eum  labore 
corporisque  viribus  poterat  aequiperare.  Nep.  Ale.  11.  Ne  se 
quidem  ipsi  cum  illis  virtute comparant.  Caes.  B.  G.VI,',51.  Neque 
multum  Albici  nostris  virtute  cedebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  57.  (Cf. 
Caritate  cedere.  Curt.  VII,  39.)  Inter  omnes  rex  eminebat  cor¬ 
poris  specie.  Curt.  VI,  1.  Quos  claritate  rerum  longe  emicuisse 
credebat.  Curt.  VII,  27.  Si  qui  ex  reliquis  excellit  dignitate,  suc- 
cedit  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  13.  Miltiades,  cum  antiquitate  generis 
unus  omnium  maxime  floreret.  Nep.  Milt.  1.  Cumipsegratia  plu- 
rimum  posset.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  20.  (Cf.  Quid  hostis  virtute  pos¬ 
set  Caes  B.  G.  II,  8).  Illi  operibus  vincebant,  quod  numero 
militum  praestabant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  44.  Ci vitas  hominum 
multitudine  praestabat.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  15.  Qui  virtute  belli  om¬ 
nibus  gentibus  praeferebantur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  54.  Multi  (eum) 
nobilitate  praecucurrerunt.  Nep.Thras.  1.  Et  animi  et  corporis 
robore  nulli  iuvenum  postferendus.  Curt.  VII,  19.  Cum  Ger- 
manos  Galli  virtute  superarent.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  24.  Pompeius 
multitudine  equitum  valebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  43.  Dieebant 
Bellovacos  et  virtute  et  auctoritate  valere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  4.  Ita 
se  gessit  ut  omnes  reges  et  continentia  et  dementia  vmceret. 

Curt.  Ill,  32. 

Rem.  1.  The  Ablative  of  the  general  whence  and  causal  relations  with 
verbs  expressing  superiority,  prominence,  &c.,  is  not  to  be  confounded 
with  the  Ablative  of  excess  or  difference  with  verbs  of  like  sense— e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


177 


Cum  promineret  ore  quantum  exstant  aqua  suspensamento  corpora. 
Hor.  Epod.  V,  35.  Ut  (balaena)  in  litus  fluctibus  propulsa  emineret 
dorso  supra  aquas.  Plin.  N.  H.  IX,  6,  14. 

Rem.  2.  With  some  of  the  preceding  verbs  the  preposition  in  occurs 
with  the  Ablative  expressing,  distinctly,  that  in  which  the  substantive 
element  of  the  verb  consists,  in  which  it  is  found — e.  g., 

In  summa  amicorum  copia  cum  familiarissimis  eius  est  adaequatus. 
Cie.  Balb.  XXVIII,  63.  Quern  adeo  sua  cepit  humanitate  ut  eum  nemo 
in  amicitia  antecederet.  Nep.  Ale.  9.  Chabrias,  cum  in  re  nulla  Agesi- 
lao  cederet,  profectus.  Nep.  Chab.  2.  Cur  in  his  omnibus,  quae  discen- 
da  oratori  puto,  eminuit  Plato  ?  Quint.  I,  12,  15.  Qui  eum  muliebri  in 
corpore  pmgendo  aliis  praestare  accepissent.  Cie.  Juv.  II,  1,  1.  Per- 
gisne  earn,  Laeli,  artem  illudere,  in  qua  primum  exeellis  ipse?  Cie. Rep. 
I,  13,  20.  Quod  cum  in  lactis  saepissime  turn  in  dictis  valet.  Cie.  Or. 
XXII,  74. 

264.  When  the  general  sense  of  the  preceeding  verbs  is 
expressed  adjectively,  the  adjective  is  construed  with  the 
Ablative  expressing  that  in  which  the  substantive  element 
of  the  adjective  consists,  from  which  it  proceeds,  and  by 
which  it  is  produced  or  caused.  Such  adjectives  are :  po- 
tens,  par,  impar,  inferior,  superior,  validus,  &c.  Refer  to 
this  connection  natu  with  maior,  maximus,  minor,  mini¬ 
mus,  & c. — e.  g. 

Cur  igitur,  cum  ceteris  rebus  inferiores  simus,  forma  pares  su- 
mus?  Cic.  N.  D.  I,  34,  96.  Natu  minimus,  ingenio  et  diligentia 
par  iis,  quos  commemoravi.  Cic.  Clu.  XXXVIII,  107.  Cf.  Quis 
virtu  te,  consilio,  auctoritate  praestantior  est  ?  Cic.  Clu.  XXXVIII, 
107.  Cf.  Potens  pecunia  et  orbitate,  quae  bonis  malisque  tem- 
poribus  iuxta  valent.  Tac.  Hist.  I,  73.  Par  audacia  Romanus, 
consilio  et  viribus  impar  conflixit.  Liv.  XXVII,  1, 7.  Sipropinquos 
habeant  imbecilliores  vel  animo  vel  fortuna.  Cic.  Am.  XIX,  70. 
Erat  inferior  numero  naviurn  Brutus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  57.  Caesar 
hostes  equitatu  superiores  esse  intellegebat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  65. 
Ego  dignitate,  auetoritate,  existimatione  non  inferior  quam  qui 
fuerunt  amplissimi.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  I,  3,  6.  Delecti,  quibus  corpus  an- 
nis  infirmum,  ingenium  sapientia  validum  erat.  Sail.  Cat.  6.  Qui 
fuit  maior  natu  quam  Plautus.  Cic.  Tusc.  1,1,3.  Natu  minimus. 
Cic.  Clu.  38,  107. 

Rem.  1.  With  some  of  these  adjectives,  as  also  with  some  of  the  ad- 


178 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


jectives  expressing  feeling  (see  260)  the  Ablative  occurs  with  the  prepo¬ 
sition,  de,  in.  The  Ablative  with  the  preposition  de  presents  distinctly 
the  whence  relation  ;  with  the  preposition  in  the  locative  relation,  or 
that  in  which  the  quality  is  found— e.  g., 

Laetus  est  de  arnica.  Ter.  Ad.  II,  2,  45.  In  his  omnibus  natu  mini¬ 
mus,  ingenio  et  diligentia  et  religione  par  iis,  quos  commerooravi.  Cic. 

Clu.  38,  107. 

265.  To  the  general  whence  and  Causal  Ablative  refer 
the  Ablative  with  verbs  expressing  plenty  and  want.  The 
Ablative  present  not  only  that  in  which  the  substantive 
element  of  the  verb  consists,  but  also  that  from  which  it 
proceeds  and  by  which  it  is  produced.  With  many  of  such 
verbs,  particularly  in  the  Passive,  the  Ablative  may  well 
be  interpreted  as  furnishing  the  modification  of  general 
cause  designated  as  means ,  The  verbs  are:  abundare, 
affiuere,  circumfluere,  implere,  complere,  farcire,  refarcire, 
saturare,  egere,  indigere,  carere,  vacare,  &c.— e.  g. 

Exercitus  Afranii  omnium  rerum  abundabat  copia.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  49.  Villa  tota  abundat  porco,  haedo,  lacte,  caseo,  melle. 
Cic.  Sen.  XVI,  56.  At  miser,  si  in  flagitiosa  atque  vitiosa  vita 
afflueret  voluptatibus.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  28,  93.  Quis  est,  qui  velit 
circumfluere  omnibus  copiis?  Cic.  Am.  XV,  52.  Cum  se  regum 
sanguine  implerint,  incidant  nervos  populi  Romani.  Cic.  Leg. 
Agr.  II,  18,  47.  Labienus  cratibus  atque  aggere  paludem  ex- 
plere  eonabatur.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  58.  Sol  ipse  mundum  omnem 
sua  luce  complet.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  46,  119.  Medios  parietes  farcire 
fractis  eaementis  diatonicon  vocant.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXVI,  51, 
172.  Lectica,  in  qua  pulvinus  erat  perlucidus  Melitensis,  rosa 
fartus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  11,27.  Hominum  autem  vitam  supersti- 
tione  omni  referserunt.  Cic.  N.  D.  11,24,  63.  Cupas  taeda  ac  pice 
refertas  incendunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  11.  Refertum  est  tnunici- 
pium  consularibus.  Cic.  Plane.  VIII,  19.  Arx  in  immanem  alti- 
tudinem  edita,  scatens  fontibus.  Liv.  XLV,  28,  2.  Tu  tanta 
(studia)  habuisti,  quanta  in  hominibus  saturatis  honoribus  esse 
potuerunt.  Cic.  Pine.  VIII,  20.  Magnum  opus  est  egetque  exer- 
citatione.  Cic.  Am.  V,  17.  Ne  bibliothecis  quidem  Graecis  egebi- 
mus.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  2,  6.  Uti  ipsi  videantur  aliorum  consolatione 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


179 


rndigere.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  5,  1.  Deplorare  solebant  quod  volupta- 
tibus  carerent.  Cic.  Sen.  Ill,  7.  Se  negat  velle  suam  mortem  do- 
lore  amicorum  vacaie.  Cic.  Sen.  XX,  73.  Hinc  laetas  urbes  pu- 
eris  florere  videmus.  Lucr.  I,  256. 

Rem.  1.  The  verbs  complere,implere,egere,  indigere  allow  the  Genitive. 
With  complere  and  implere  the  Genitive  rarely  occurs.  With  egere  the 
Genitive  occurs  in  all  periods  of  the  language,  while  in  Cicero  the  ten- 
denc3r  is  to  the  Ablative.  In  Cicero  the  Genitive  occurs  more  frequently 
than  the  Ablative  with  indigere.  The  verb  vacare  allows  the  preposi¬ 
tion  ab  with  the  Ablative — e.  g., 

Convivium  vicinorum  cotidie  compleo.  Cic.  Sen.  XIV,  46.  His  insti¬ 
tute  cum  completus  iam  mercatorum  career  esset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  57, 
147.  Si  ollam  demariorum  implere  non  potes.  Cic.  Fam.  IX,  18,  4. 
Ne  quis  ex  plebe  contra  potentiorem  auxilii  egeret.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  11. 
Quae  ad  consolandum  maioris  ingenii  et  ad  ferendum  singularis  virtu- 
tis  indigent.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  4,  2.  Tantum  huic  studio  relinquendum, 
quantum  vocabit  a  publico  officio  et  munere.  Cic.  Div.  II,  2,  7. 

Rem.  2.  The  participle  refertus  is  usually  construed  with  the  Genitive 
of  a  personal  relation,  but  the  simple  Ablative  of  the  personal  relation 
is  not  excluded.  The  Ablative  with  the  preposition  de  is  rare  with  re¬ 
fertus — e.  g., 

Cognovi  refertam  esse  Graeciam  sceleratissimoruin  hominum.  Cic. 
Plane.  XLI,  98.  Domus  erat  aleatoribus  referta.  Cic.  Phil.  11,27,67. 
Quaerebat  cur  de  prooemiis  et  de  epilogis  et  de  huius  modi  nugis  re- 
ferti  essent  eorum  libri.  Cic.  Or.  I,  19,  86. 

266.  Adjectives  which  signify  plenty  and  want,  as  verbs 
take  the  Ablative.  The  Ablative  presents  that  in  which 
the  substantive  element  of  the  adjective  consists,  from 
which  it  proceeds,  and  which  furnishes  and  causes  it.  Such 
adjectives  are :  plenus,  onustus,  gravis,  dives,  opulentus, 
locuples,  indigus,  largus,  inanis,  liber,  nudus,  vacuus,  im- 
munis,  purus,  exheres,  expers,  inops,  & c. — e.  g., 

Erant  plena  laetitia  et  gratulatione  omnia.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  74. 
Nunc  onusti  cibo  et  vino  perturbata  et  confusa  cernimus.  Cic. 
Div.  I,  29,  60.  Si  naves  in  cursu  frumento  onustas  petentes  Rho- 
dum  viderit.  Cic.  Off.  Ill,  12,  50.  Adorti  Hannibalem  agmen 
grave  praeda  turbavere.  Liv.  XXI,  5,  8.  P.  Crassus  cum  cogno- 
mine  dives  turn  eopiis  functus  est  aedilicio  maximo  munere.  Cic. 
Off.  II,  16,  57.  Nihil  minus  contraque  ilia  hereditate  dives.  Cic. 
Fin.  II,  17,  55.  Fufidius  vappae  famam  timet,  dives  agris.  Hor. 


180 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Sat.  I,  2,  13.  Sabinis  bellum  indicit  genti  opulentissimae  viris 
armisque.  Liv.  I,  30,  4.  Campi  frumenti  ac  pecoris  et  omnium 
copa  rerum  opulenti.  Liv.  XXII,  3,  3.  Sese  quisque  praeda  lo- 

eupletem  fore . alia  huiusce  modi  animis  trahebant.  Sail.  Jug. 

84.  Impetrat  et  pacem  et  locupletem  frugibus  annum.  Hor.  Ep. 
II,  1,  137.  Nudus  humi  iacet,  indigus  omni  vitali  auxilio.  Lucr. 
V,  224.  Folia  in  cacumine  linguae  similia,  pinguia,  larga  suco. 
Plin.  N.  H.  XXV,  13,  161.  Nulla  epistola  inanis  aliqua  re  utili 
et  suavi  venerat.  Cic.  Att.  II,  8,  1.  Robustus  animus  et  excelsus 
omni  est  liber  eura  et  angore.  Cic.  Fin.  I,  15,  49.  Huie  tradita 
urbs  est,  nuda  praesidio,  referta  eopiis.  Cie.  Att.  VII,  13,  a.  1. 
Gladium  vagina  vacuum  in  urbe  non  vidimus.  Cic.  Marc.  VI,  17. 
Illud  h  umanam  naturam  negare,  alicuius  animum  immunem  esse 
tristitia.  Sen.  Ep.  85,  3.  Stas  animo  et  purum  est  vitio  tibi, 
cum  tumidum  est,  cor?  Hor.  Sat.  II,  3,  213.  Ut  ego  exheredem 
meis  bonis  me  faciam  atque  haec  sit  heres.  Plaut.  Most.  I,  3,  77 
(225).  Sed  omnes  fama atque  fortunis  expertes  sumus.  Sail.  Cat. 
33.  Cn.  Lentulus  Marcellinus,  non  tardus  sententiis,  non  inops 
verbis.  Cic.  Brut.  60,  247. 

Rem.  1.  With  most  of  the  adjectives  of  this  class  the  Genitive  also  is 
used.  With  some  the  Ablative  occurs  with  a  preposition,  ab,  in — e.  g., 

Quern  cognovi  cum  doctum,  turn  sane  plenum  officii.  Cic.  Att.  VII, 
4,  1.  In  eadem  (amicitia)  requies  plena  oblectationis  fuit.  Cic.  Am. 
28,  103.  Quae  postea  pervulgata  reperta  sunt,  fraudis  plenissima. 
Cic.  Mur.  12,  26.  Hunc  hominem  audio  loqui:  se  aulam  onustam  auri 
abstrusisse.  Plaut.  Aul.  IV,  2,  10.  Carthago,  dives  opum,  studiisque 
asperrima  belli.  Verg.  Aen.  I,  13.  Ceterae  provinciae  nee  vivorum 
inopes  et  pecuniae  opulentae.  Tac.  Hist  II,  6.  Libera  haec  eivitas 
nee  indiga  ullius  praeconii.  Plin.  N.  H.  IV,  7,  24.  Largus  opum  et  lin¬ 
gua  melior,  sed  frigida  bello  dextera.  Verg.  Aen.  XI,  338.  Pervulgata 
inanissima  prudentiae  reperta.  Cic.  Mur.  12,  26.  In  doctus  quid  sa- 
peret  liberque  laborum  rusticus  urbano  confusus.  Hor.  A.P.  212.  Haec 
loca  venusta  et  ab  arbitris  libera.  Cic.  Att.  XV,  16,  Omnes  se- 
quentur  auctoritatem  consulis  liberi  a  deliciis.  Cic.  Leg.  Agr.  I,  9,  27. 
Nam  ubi  per  loca  nuda  gignentium  ventus  eoortus  arenam  excitavit. 
Sail.  Jug.  79.  Messana  ab  iis  rebus,  quibus  iste  delectatur,  vacua  at¬ 
que  nuda  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  2,  3.  Ager  autem  aridus  et  frugum  va¬ 
cuus  ea  tempestate.  Sail.  Jug.  90.  Composuit  ad  Caesarem  litteras 
verbis  magnificis,  rerum  vacuas.  Tac.  Ann.  XV,  8.  (Oppidum)  vacu¬ 
um  ab  defensoribus  esse  audiebat.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  12.  Hora  nulla  va¬ 
cua  a  furto,  scelere,  crudelitate,  flagitio  reperietur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  12, 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


181 


34.  Aspicit  urbem  immunem  tanti  belli.  Verg.  Aen.  XII,  559.  Placi- 
tum  ut  epistolae  scriberentur,  retineri  sub  vexillo,  ceterorum  immunes. 
Tac.  Ann.  I,  36.  Promittit  se  earn  (domum)  aedificaturum  ut  itnmu- 
nis  ab  omnibus  arbitris  esset.  Veil.  II,  14,  3.  Seeleris  purus  non  eget 
Mauris  iaculis.  Hor.  Od.  I,  22,  1.  Quae  est  in  hac  urbe  domus  ab  ista 
suspicione  pura.  Cie.  Harusp.  6,  11.  Ut  extrinsecus,  puri  aliquid  ab 
liumano  cultu  pateret  soli.  Liv.  I,  44,4.  Nive  exheredem  fecero  vitae 
suae.  Plaut.  Bacch.  IV,  8,8.  Nos  expertes  sui  tanti  tam  inusitati  con- 
silii  relinquebat.  Cic.  Att.  VIII,  8,  1.  Quod  si  forte  ceciderunt,  turn 
intellegitur  quam  fuerint  inopes  amicorum.  Cic.  Am.  15,  53.  Tam 
inops  ego  eram  ab  amicis  aut  tam  nuda  res  publica  a  magistratibus. 
Cie.  Dom.  Sua.  22,  58.  In  this  (last)  example  the  better  interpretation 
of  the  Ablative  with  a  is  on  the  side  of,  in  respect  to,  & c.,  but  this  in¬ 
terpretation  does  not  exclude  the  Ablative  as  the  whence  case. 

Ablative  of  the  Personal  Agent. 

267.  This  Ablative  presents  the  conscious,  rational  doer 
of  an  action.  The  action  in  its  accomplished  state ,  or 
state  of  progressive  accomplishment,  is  the  result  of  the 
effort  of  the  doer,  and  may,  thus  far,  be  referred  to  the  doer 
as  its  effecting  cause  and  source.  Hence  the  Ablative  of 
the  Agent  must  be  referred  to  the  Ablative  in  the  state¬ 
ment  of  the  whence  relation.  The  preposition  ah  is  regu¬ 
larly  associated  with  the  Ablative  of  the  Agent — e.  g., 

Hos  quoque  praeoccupat  missus  a  Saburra  equitatus.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  42.  Haec  a  compluribus  ad  Caesarem  deferebantur. 
Caes.  B.  G.  V,  6.  Ut  quisque  acerbissime  dixit,  ita  quam  maxime 
ab  inimicis  Caesaris  collaudatur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  2. 

268.  An  impersonal  relation  personified  or  conceived  as 
acting  consciously  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the 
preposition  ab. — e.  g., 

Principio  generi  animantium  omni  a  natura  tributum  ut.  Cic. 
Off.  I,  4,  11.  Non  est  consentaneum,  qui  invictum  se  a  labore 
praestiterit  vinci  a  voluptate.  Cic.  Off.  I,  20,  68.  Ab  animo  tuo 
quicquid  agitur,  id  agitur  a  te.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  22,  52.  Aiunt  earn 
vim  varie  moveri  ob  iis  sideribus,  quae  vocantur  errantia.  Cic. 
Div.  II,  42,  89.  Magna  adhibita  cura  est  a  providentia  deorum. 
Cic.  N.  D.  II,  51,  127. 


182 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


269.  A  noun  of  multitude  composed  of  rational  and 
conscious  individuals  must  be  expressed  in  tbe  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  ab.— e.  g., 

Ob  earn  causam,  quod  regnum  appetebat,  ut  civitate  erat  in- 
terfectus.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  4.  Cum  nostri  gravius  a  multitudine 
premerentur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  46.  Quo  plebiscito  decreta  a  sena- 
tu  est  cousuli  quaestio  Cn.  Caepioni.  Cic.  Kin.  II,  16,  54.  Cum 
maedificata  in  muris  ab  exercitu  nostro  moenia  viderentur.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II,  16.  Castra  a  cohortibus,  quae  ibi  erant  relictae,  in- 
dustriae  defendebantur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  ill,  90. 

270.  When  a  personal  and  an  impersonal  relation  are 
associated,  the  latter  regularly  conforms  to  the  former  and 
is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  ab.—e.  g., 

Veientes  ignari  se  iam  ab  suis  vatibus,  iam  ab  externis  oracu- 
lis  proditos.  Liv.  V,  21,  5.  Turn  simul  ab  hostibus  simul  ab  ini- 
quitate  locorum  Foeni  oppugnabantur.  Liv.  XXI,  33,  5. 

271.  A  lower  animal  when  conceived  as  a  conscious 
agent  and  as  acting  rationally  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  ab.  As  a  passive  instrument  it  is,  of 
course,  expressed  in  the  Ablative  without  the  preposition 
ab — e.  g., 

Sus  rostro  si  humi  A  litteram  impresserit  num  propterea  suspi- 
cari  poteris  Andromacham  Ennii  ab  ea  posse  describi?  Cic.  Div. 
I,  13,  23.  Exponit  Lanuvii  clipeos  a  muribus  esse  derosos.  Cic. 
Div.  I,  44,  99.  Quidam  amni  delati  in  hostes  ab  elephantis  ob- 
triti  sunt.  Liv.  XXI,  5.  15.  (But)  Quippe  ubi  pedes  instabilis  vel 
ab  inermi-equite,  equo  temere  acto,  perverti  posset.  Liv.  XXI,  5, 
14.  Here  equo  is  the  instrument  by  the  force  of  (acto)  which  the 
inermis  eques  could  overthrow  the  peditem. 

272.  When  a  person  is  presented  not  as  the  original  agent 
or  doer  of  an  action,  but  as  the  passive  instrument  or  en¬ 
forced  agent,  this  relation  must  be  expressed  in  the  Abla¬ 
tive  without  the  preposition  ab. — e.  g., 

Coactus  sum  meis  lecticariis  in  urbem  eum  referre.  Cic.  Fam. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


183 


IV,  12,  3.  Constitit  opperiens  aliquem  amicorum,quo  introduce- 
rctur  ad  regem.  Curt.  VI,  26.  Assiduis  internuntiis  cum  Lepido 
egi.  Cic.  Fam.  X,  15,  1.  Prolocuta,  respicit  Anicetum  trierar- 
cho  Herculeio  et  Obarito,  centurione  classiario,  comitatum.  Tac. 
Ann.  XIV,  8. 

273.  When  a  person,  or  personal  designation's  present¬ 
ed  as  the  medium  through  which,  or  as  the  indirect  agent 
by  whom,  the  Accusative  of  the  name  of  the  person  must 
be  used  with  the  preposition  per. — e.  g., 

Num  quid  aliud  in  illis  iudiciis  versatum  est  praeter  hasce  insi- 
dias  Avito  ab  Oppianico  per  Fabricios  factas?  Cic.  Clu.  23.  62. 
Pompeius  eadem  ille,  quae  per  Scipionem  ostenderat,  agit.  Caes. 
B.,  Civ.  I,  6.  Nactus  homines,  per  quos  ea,  quae  vellet,  ad  eum 
perferrentur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  9.  In  Lucanis  perlegatos  suos  de¬ 
lectus  habebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  30.  Per  eos,  ne  causam  diceret, 
se  eripuit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  4. 

Rem.  1.  Parallel  with  per  and  the  Accusative  occurs  the  Genitive  with 
opera — e.  gr., 

Quorum  opera  cognovit  Tasgetium  interfectum.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  25. 

Quod  eius  opera  stipendio  liberatus  esset.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  27.  Mea 

opera,  Q.  Fabi,  Tarentum  recepisti.  Cic.  Sen.  IV,  11. 

Opera  is  postpositive  as  a  Rule. 

The  Ablative  with  the  Comparative. 

274.  The  Ablative  with  the  Comparative  adjective  pre¬ 
sents  the  object  of  Comparison,  or  the  second  member  of 
Comparison.  As  the  Ablative  in  this  connection  furnishes 
the  object  from  which  springs ,  or  the  source  from  which 
comes,  the  quality  attributed  to  the  subject  of  Compari¬ 
son  in  a  higher  or  superior  degree,  it  must  be  interpreted 
as  the  Ablative  in  the  statement  of  the  whence  relation. 
The  whence  character  of  the  Ablative  with  the  Compara¬ 
tive  is  clearly  and  forcibly  presented  by  Holtye  I,  page  116, 
“Si  comparo  rem  cum  re,  proficiscor  quasi  ab  altera,  sic 
Caius  doctior  est  Tito,  idem  est  ac,  si  a  Tito  proficiscor,  si 
a  Tito  proficiscens  rem  specto,  Caius  est  doctior.”  While 
the  Ablative  presenting  the  second  member  of  comparison, 


184 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


or  the  object  of  Comparison,  is  clearly  characterized  by 
the  whence  sense  of  the  case,  it  seems,  in  addition,  that 
the  whence  force  of  the  case  should  be  referred  to  the  cau¬ 
sal  rather  than  to  the  general  instrumental  office  of  the 
case,  and  hence,  that  in  the  sentence  “Caius  doctior  est 
Tito,”  the  quality  of  doctus  is  attributed  to  Caius  in  a 
higher  degree  because  of,  rather  than  by  means  of,  Titus. 
The  latter  member  or  the  object  of  Comparison  may  be 
stated  in  the  Ablative,  rather  than  by  quam,  when  the 
former  member  or  the  subject  of  comparison,  and  hence, 
when  the  Comparative  Adjective  is  in  the  Nominative  or 
Accusative.  While  the  statement  of  the  object  of  compar¬ 
ison  with  quam  is  parallel  and  identical  in  meaning  with 
the  statement  of  it  in  the  Ablative,  when  the  subject  of 
comparison  and  the  adjective  is  Nominative  or  Accusative, 
yet,  it  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  rather  than  by  quam 
more  frequently  when  the  subject  of  comparison,  and 
hence  the  adjective  is  in  the  Nominative  than  when  it  is  in 
the  Accusative. — e.  g., 

1.  The  former  member  of  comparison,  or  the  subject  of  compa¬ 
rison,  in  the  Nominative— e.  g., 

Quae  sunt  mea  voluntate  leviora.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  32.  Sed 

Tullus  Hostilius  ferocior  Romulo  fuit.  Liv.  I,  22.  2. 

2.  The  subject  of  comparison  in  the  Accusative — e.  g., 

Eorum  vitam  sua  vita  habet  cariorem.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  19. 

Ut  onus  se  Aetna  gravius  dicant  sustinere.  Cic.  Sen.  II,  4. 

275.  When  the  second  member,  or  the  object  of  compar¬ 
ison,  is  the  Relative ,  or  is  associated  with  the  Relative, 
with  which  a  negative  expressed  or  implied  is  regularly 
connected,  it  must  be  expressed  in  the  Ablative,  and  not 
by  quam.  In  this  case,  as  the  negative  excludes  the  exist¬ 
ence  of  the  quality  in  a  higher  degree  in  any  other  subject 
than  that  referred  to  by  the  relative,  the  logical  import  of 
the  sentence  is  that  of  the  Superlative.— e.  g., 

Turn  est  Cato  locutus,  quo  erat  nemo  prudentior.  Cic.  Am.  1,5. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


185 


I,  1,  100.  Peripatetici,  quibus  nihil  est  uberius,  nihil  eruditius. 
Cic.  Tusc.  Ill,  10,  22. 

276.  When  the  Subject  of  Comparison  and  hence  the 
adjective  is  in  any  other  case  than  the  Nominative  or  Ac¬ 
cusative,  it  is  an  irregularity  to  express  the  object  of  com¬ 
parison  in  the  Ablative  rather  than  by  quam. — e.  g., 

Pane  egeo  iam  mellitis  potiore  placentis.  Hor.  Epist.  1,  10,  11. 
Cf.  Quae  tanto  consilio  a  me  gesta  esse  cognosces  ut  tibi  multo 
maiori,  quam  Africanns  fuit  (not  Africano),  me  non  multo  mino- 
rein  quam  Laelium  adiunctum  esse  patiare.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  7,  3. 

277.  The  Comparison  between  an  impersonal  subject  of 
Comparison,  particularly  the  negative  nihil  and  its  equiv¬ 
alent  quid ,  and  a  personal  object  of  comparison  is  to  be 
observed.  The  object  of  comparison  is  expressed  in  the 
Ablative  rather  than  by  quam.  The  Negative  and  Com¬ 
parative  are  equal  to  the  Superlative.— e.  g., 

In  summo  apud  illos  honore  geometria  fuit,  itaque  nihil  mathe- 
maticis  illustrius.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  2,  5.  Tarquinio  vero  quid  impu- 
dentius,  qui  bellum  gereret  cum  iis,  qui— ?  Cic.  Tusc.  Ill,  12,  27. 
Nihil  meo  fratre  lenius,  nihil  asperius  tua  sorore  mihi  visum  est. 
Cic.  Att.  V,  1,  4.  Nihil  est  illo  (Attico)  mihi  nee  carius  nee  iucun- 
dius.  Cic.  Fam.  XIII,  1,  5.  Non  agat  hos  currus:  et  quid  Jove 
maius  habemus?  Ov.  Met.  II,  62. 

278.  The  Ablative  of  the  object  of  comparison  (instead 
of  quam)  with  the  comparative  adverb  occurs  in  all  pe¬ 
riods  of  the  language. — e.  g., 

Antea  declamitatbam  causas,  quod  nemo  me  diutius  fecit.  Cic. 
Tusc.  I,  4,  7.  Non  habet  haec  res  mensuram,  quia  ut  in  eibis  alia 
aliis  magis  complent.  Quint  XI,  1,91.  Trecenos  numnos  viritim 
divisit  et  hoc  amplius eentenos pro mora.  Suet.  Caes.38.  Infer- 
iusque  suis  fraternos  currere  Luna  admiratur  equos.  Ov.  Met. 

II,  208. 

279.  The  Ablative  of  the  object  of  comparison  with 


186 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


alius  rarely  occurs  in  the  classical  Latin.  It  is  found  with 
aeque  and  adequae  in  comedy,  and  here  it  is  associated 
with  a  negative. — e.  g., 

Nos  ab  initio  spectasse  ot.ium  necquicquam  aliud  libertate  com- 
muni  quaesisse  exitus  declarat.  Cic.  Fam,  XI,  2,  2.  Neve  putes 
alium  sapiente  bonoque  beatum.  Hor.  Epist,  I,  16,  20.  Edicto 
vetuit  ne  quis  se  praeter  Apellen  Pingeret,  aut  alius  Lysippo  du- 
ceret  aera,  &c.  Hor.  Epist.  II,  1, 240.  In  terra  qui  erit  me  aeque 
fortunatus.  Plaut.  Cur..  I,  2,  50.  Quo  nemo  adaeque  iuventu- 
te  ex  omni  Attica  antehac  est  habitus  parcus  neque  magis  contin- 
ens.  Plaut.  Most.  I,  1,  30.  (=Quo  nemo  parcior  nec  continen- 
tior.)  Neque  est  neque  fuit  me  senex  quisquam  amator  adaeque 
miser  (=me  miserior.)  Plaut.  Cas.  Ill,  5,  45  (65.)  Cf.  exstant 
hodie  antiquiores  urbe  picturae  Ardeae  in  aedibus  sacris,  quibus 
equidem  nullas  aeque  miror,  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV,  3,  17. 

280.  Sometimes  the  Ablative  of  Difference  (Excess)  is 
found  associated  with  the  Ablative  of  the  Object  of  Com¬ 
parison  in  connection  with  the  same  comparative  adject¬ 
ive.  Cicero,  regularly,  avoids  this  construction  by  the  use 
of  quam  instead  of  the  Ablative  of  the  Object  of  Compari¬ 
son. — e.  g., 

Ilia  miracula  et  si  qua  his  multo  mirabiliora  exstruxit  ambitio. 
Sen.  Polyb.  I,  20.  Quos  nihilo  notabis  tristiores  divitibus.  Sen. 
Helv.  XIII.  Cum  (pars)  ad  exercitationem  dicendi  tanto  ceteris 
uberior.  Quint,  XII,  2, 20.  Itaque  tanto  est  sermo  Graecus  Lat¬ 
ino  iucundior,  ut,  & c.  Quint.  XII,  10,  33.  Cum  haud  dubie  ali- 
quanto  numerus  maior  hoc  mulierum  fuerit.  Liv.  I,  13,  7.  In  eo 
multo  sumus  superiores  ipsius  copiis.  Cic.  Q.fr.,  II,  3,  4,  ( not  fre¬ 
quent  in  Cicero.)  (Aedes)  est  multo  depressior  opere  eo  quod 
surgit.  Plin.  Ep.  ad  Traj,  49,  (58.) 

281.  The  following  Ablatives  occur  with  the  Compara¬ 
tive  and  often  with  no  definite  Subject  of  Comparison  ex¬ 
pressed:  spe,  opinione,  exspectatione,  iusto ,  solito,  aequo, 
necessario,  exspectato,  dicto. — e.  g., 

Id  quidem  spe  omnium  serius  fuit.  Liv,  II.  3,  1.  Quae  ceret 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


187 


minora  opimone  esse  confido,  Cae.  B.  Civ,  II,  31.  Cum  celerius 
omni  opinione  venisset.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  3.  Deinde  corpus  quo- 
que  exspectatione  maturius  recuperavit.  Curt.  Ill,  16.  Nisi  no¬ 
bis  plus  iusto  nostra  placet  causa,  &c.  Liv.  XXII,  59,  2.  Glo- 
riae  laudisque  iusto  maior  cupido  est.  Curt.  X,  18.  Nunc  ab  se- 
cundis  rebus  magis  etiam  solito  incauti.  Liv.  V,  44,  6.  Multi 
eas  (suas  iniurias)  gravius  aequo  habuere.  Sail.  Cat.  51.  Totis 
castris  milites  dolere  bellum  necessario  longius  duci.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  64.  Ille  ad  patrem  patriae  exspectato  revolavit  maturius 
Yell.  II,  123.  Dicto  citius  tumida  aequora  placat.  Yerg.  Aen.  I, 
142. 

282.  The  comparative  relation  “greater  than  agrees  or 
accords  with''  “too  great  to  suit ,"  “too  great  in  pro¬ 
portion  to''  is  expressed  by  the  comparative  adjective  with 
quam  pro  and  the  Ablative.  A  similar  sense  is  involved 
in  the  simple  Ablative  and  the  Comparative.— e.  g., 

Proclium  atrocius  quam  pro  numero  pugnantium  editur.  Liv. 
XXI,  29,  2.  Jussit  cubilia  amplioris  formae,quam  pro  corporum 
habitu  relinqui.  Curt.  IX,  13.  Consedit  in  sella  excelsiore  quam 
pro  habitu  corporis.  Curt.  V,  8.  Cf.  Ampliora  humano  fastigio 
decerni  sibi  passus  est.  Suet.  Caes.  76.  Cf.  Videre  visus  est  filium 
inortali  specie  ampliorem.  Suet.  Aug.  94. 

283.  A  term  of  magnitude  or  quantity  may  be  enhanced 
or  diminished  by  plus,  amplius,  or  minus,  with  or  without 
quam,  and  without  affecting  its  case,  which  is  fixed  by  the 
context.  If  the  case,  as  determined  by  the  context,  is  the 
nominative  or  Accusative,  then  quam  maybe  omitted  and 
the  Ablative  employed.  In  this  case  the  Ablative  is  the 
object  of  comparison  with  plus,  amplius,  and  minus — e.  g., 

Catilina  non  amplius  duobusmilibusmilitum  habuit.  Sail.  Cat. 
56— Catilina  non  amplius  quam  duo  milia  militum  habuit  (omit 
quam)— Catilina  non  amplius  duo  milia  militum  habut=Cati- 
lina  non  amplius  duobus  milibus  militum  habuit.  (The  Ablative 
milibus  is  explained  by  the  Comparative  amplius.)  Non  amplius 
quinis  aut  denis  milibus  passuum  intererat.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  15. 


188 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Non  araplius  quam  quina  aut  sena  milia  passuum  intcrerat  (mi- 
lia  allowed  by  interat)=mon  amplius  quina  aut  sena  milia  pas- 
sum  intererat  (quam  omitted)=non  amplius  quinis  aut  senis  mi- 
libus  passuum  intererat.  (The  Ablative  milibus  explained  by  the 
comparative]  amplius.)  Amplius  centum  cives  Romanoshabebat 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  59,  155=Amplius  quam  centum  cives  Romanos 
habebat=  Amplius  centum  cives  Romanos  habebat  (quam  omit- 
ted)=:Amplius  centum  civibus  Romanis  habebat,  (Ablative  civi- 
bus  explained  by  comparative  amplius.)  Cf.  Homini  misero  plus 
quingentos  colaphos  infregit  mihi.  Ter.  Ad.  II,  1.  4-6.  Cf.  Cum 
ipsi  non  amplius  octingentos  equiteshaberent.  Caes.  B.  G.  I\  ,  12. 
Nee  plus  quam  quattuor  milia  hominum  effugerunt.  Liv. XXXIX, 
31,  13.  (Observe  quam)=Nec  plus  quattuor  milia  hominum  ef¬ 
fugerunt  (quam  omitted)=Nee  plus  quattuor  milibus  hominum 
effugerunt  (Ablative  milibus  explained  by  the  comparative  plus, 
and  the  plural  effugerunt  by  the  logical  plural  plus  quattuor  mili¬ 
bus.  The  first  or  second  is  the  regular  form.)  Plus  Iseptingenti 
capti  sunt.  Liv.  XLI,  12,  8,=Plus  quam  septingenti  capti  sunt= 
Plus  septingenti  capti  sunt  (quam  omitted)=Plus  septingentis 
capti  sunt  (Ablative  septingentis  explained  by  plus.)  Cf.  Homi¬ 
num  eo  tumultu  caesa  plus  duo  milia.  Liv.  XXIII,  35,  19  (caesa 
determined  by  grammatical  gender  of  milia.)  Cf.  plus  quinque 
milia  caesa  eo  die.  Liv.  XXIII,  46,  4.  Cf.  non  plus  quinque  milia 
(hominum)  occisa.  Liv.  XXX,  12,  4. 

284.  The  Ablative  with  opus  (usus)est.  In  this  connec¬ 
tion  the  Ablative  presents  the  whence  relation  of  the  case. 
It  furnishes  that  from  which  the  need  springs.  It  not 
only  does  this,  but  it  denotes  that  by  which  the  need  is 
produced  or  effected.  In  this  view  of  the  relation  between 
the  predicate  and  the  case,  the  latter  may  best  be  explain¬ 
ed  as  the  Ablative  in  the  whence  sense,  and  as  cause.  The 
person  who  needs,  or  a  personal  relation,  is  expressed  in 
the  Dative.  With  nihil  or  quid  the  predicate  opus  est  is 
impersonal,  and  nihil  or  quid  is  the  Accusative  of  the  exact 
limitation  or  measure.  With  hoc,  id,  illud  and  quod,  as 
also  with  the  neuters  multa,  pauca,  the  predicate  opus 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


189 


cst  is  personal.  Apart  from  these  restrictions  some  li¬ 
cense  is  allowed  as  to  the  personal  or  impersonal  use  of 
the  predicate,  while  the  impersonal  is  more  frequent — e.  g., 

Ouid  mihi,  inquit,  aut  vita  aut  civitate  opus  est?  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
Ill,  18.  Nihil  turn  opus  fuit  tam  multis  verbis.  Cic.  Fam.  VI, 
3,  2.  Quorum  tumultu  Philippus  excitus:  Nihil,  inquit,  seditione 
opus  est.  Curt.  X,  27.  Ego  si  quod  opus  est,  servus  existimor,  si 
taceo,  &c.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  6,  2.  Iocutus  sum  ut  ei  meis  verbis  di- 
ceret,  ut  quiequid  opus  esset  mihi  denuntiaret.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  II, 

2.  Quae  amicis  suis  opus  fuerant  ex  sua  re  familiari  dedit.  Nep. 
Att.  7.  Simul  quae  curando  vulneri  opus  sunt,  sedulo  comparat. 
Liv.  1,41, 1.  Audivit  parari,  quae  ad  transitum  Hellesponti  opus 
essent.  Liv.  XXXVII,  18,10.  Lollius  ad  testimonium  dicendum 
venire  non  potuit.  Quid  opus  est  Lollio  ?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III  25, 
63.  Mihi  frumentum  non  opus  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  85,  196. 
Aiebat  multa  sibi  opus  esse,  multa  canibus  suis.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I, 
48,  126.  Tuo  adventu  nobis  opus  est  maturo.  Cic.  Att.  II,  2,  2, 
Animo  mihi  opus  est  non  repugnante.  Cic.Tusc.  II,  5,  15.  Dux 
nobis  et  auctor  opus  est  et  eorum  ventorum  moderator.  Cic. 
Fam.  II,  6,  4. 

285.  Apart  from  the  Ablative,  the  matter  of  need  may 
be  expressed  in  several  ways : 

1.  By  the  Genitive.  The  use  of  the  Genitive  is  rare  and  should 
not  he  imitated. — e.  g., 

In  stipendium,  quanti  argenti  opus  fuit,  accepit.  Liv.  XXIII, 

21,  5.  Ad  consilium  prensandum  temporis  opus  fuit.  Liv. 
XXII,  57,  3. 

2.  By  the  Infinitive. — e.  g., 

Quid  opus  est  de  Dionysio  tam  valde  affirmare?  Cic.  Att.  IV, 

8,1.  Quid  opus  est  nota  noscere?  Plaut.  M.G.  Ill,  1,  42. 

3.  By  the  Accusative  and  the  Infinitive. — e.  g., 

Hoc  fieri  et  oportet  et  opus  est.  Cic.  Att.  XIII,  25,  I.  Discit 

opus  esse  et  ipsos  antecedere  adconfirmandam  civitatem.  Caes. 

B.  G.  VII,  54.  Opus  erat  eadem  omnes  coniuratos  nocte  excu- 

bare.  Curt.  VIII,  21. 

4.  By  ut  and  the  Subjunctive. — e.  g., 

Nunc  tibi  opust  aegram  ut  te  simules.  PI.  True.  II,  6,  19. 


190 


UNIVERSITY  O T  VIRGINIA. 


5  By  the  Ablative  neater  of  the  Perfect  Passtve  Part,c,ple.-e.g. 

Ut  presidium,  si  quid  opus  facto  esset,  haberet  Caes.  B  G. 

I  42  Priusquam  incipias  consulto  et,  ub,  consuluens  mature 

facto  opus  est.  Sail.  Cat.  I.  Si  quid  de  ea  re  ad  populum  ple- 
bemve  iato  opus  esset.  Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  8, 5.  Quotas  in  com¬ 
mune  consulto  opus  fuerit.  Curt.  X,  20.  Quaentur  qmd  opus 

sit  facto.  Nep.  Earn.  9. 

Rem.  1.  Observe  the  Perfect  Passive  Participle  of  a  transitive  verb. 

with  its  subject  in  the  Ablative-e.  g., 

Sed  opus  fuit  Hirtio  convento.  Cic.  Att.  Att.  X,  4,  . 

6  Bv  tlie  Supine  in  u.— e.  g., 

Si  non  longius,  quam  quod  scitu  opus  est,  m  narrando  pr  - 
cedetur.  Cic.  Juv.  I,  20,  28. 

Rem.  1.  Opus  habere  with  the  thing  needed  in  the  Ablative  is  a  form  of 

sfatpinent  not  to  be  imitated  e.  g.,  „  <  tv 

"peeudes  ut  graminibus,  sic  frugibus  opus  habeut,  Colum.  IX. 

1  R5™  2.  When  an  Accusative  is  found  with  opus  est  the  Accusative 

I^Vlhe  Ablative  with  the  preposition  ab  is,  in  this  connection, 
not  the  same  with  the  simple  Ablative,  as  the  former  expresses  the  per¬ 
son  from  whom  something  is  needed  or  wanted-e.  g.,  (f 

Si  quid  a  Caesare  opus  esset=If  he  wanted  anyth, ng  of  Caesar  (from 

Caesar)  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  34. 

286.  The  end  had  in  view  is,  with  opus  est,  expressed 
by  ad  with  the  Accusative.  In  some  cases  the  Accusattve 
with  ad  approaches  very  closely  the  sense  of  t  e  a  ive 


Quaecumque  ad  proximi  diet  oppugnationem  opus  sunt  Caes. 
B  G  V  40.  Opus  est  ad  poema  quadam  ammi  alacnta  e.  • 
Q.  fr.  Ill,  5,  (6),  4.  Num  opus  est  ad  haec  repellenda  carneade. 
Cic.  Div.  II,  23,  51.  Ad  haec  mediocn  opus  est  prudentia  an 
genio  praestanti?  Cic.  Div.  II.  63,  130. 

287.  With  the  predicate  usus  est ,  parallel  in  meaning 
with  opus  est,  the  same  general  rules  of  construction  ap- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


191 


ply  as  with  the  latter.  It  is  rarely  found  in  classical  Latin, 
and  here  it  is  uniformly  impersonal.  It  occurs  chiefly  in 
comedy,  and  is  a  personal  predicate  only  in  Plautus. — e.g., 

Naves,  quibus  usus  non  est,  omnes  aut  praecidisse  aut  incen- 
disse  dicnnt.  Cic.  Att.  IX,  6,  3.  Sed  quid  ea  usus  est?  Plaut. 
M.  G.  Ill,  1,  195.  Viginti  iam  usust  filio  argent!  minis.  Plaut. 
Asin.  I,  1,  76.  Citius  quod  non  factost  usus  fit  quam  quod  fac- 
tost  opus.  Plaut.  Amph.  I,  3,  7.  Ubi  usus  nihil  erat  (ei)  dicto, 
spondeo.  Plaut.  Trin.  II,  4,  102.  An  quoiquamst  homini,  se  ut 
cruciet?  Ter.  Haut.  I,  1,  29.  Sed  nunc  quantillum  usust  auri 
tibi,  die  mihi.  Plaut.  Bacch.  IV,  4,  54.  Sed  sequere  me;  ad  earn 
rem  usus  est  tua  mihi  opera.  Plaut.  Pers.  II,  5,  27. 

288.  The  Ablative  with  the  verbs  niti  and  stare  should 
be  referred  to  the  Ablative  expressing  the  whence  rather 
than  the  locative  relation.  The  Ablative  with  these  verbs 
furnishes  the  source  of  reliance  {niti,)  and  of  persistence 
(stare.)  Again  it  furnishes  not  only  the  source,  that  from 
which  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb  springs,  but 
also  the  ground,  occasion,  and  cause  of  it.  Hence  the  Ab¬ 
lative  in  this  connection  maybe  best  referred  to  the  whence 
and  causal  sense  of  the  case. — e.  g., 

Auctoritate  ille  maxime  apud  externas  nationes  niti  videbatur. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  43.  Divinatio  coniectura  nititur.  Cie.  Div.  I, 
14,  24.  Sin  autem  ille  suis  conditionibus  stare  noluerit,  bellum 
paratum  est.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  12,  4.  Si  uterque  censor  censoris 
opinione  standum  non  putavit.  Cic.  Clu.  47,  132.  Qua  re  si  ne- 
que  L.  Gellii  iudicio  stetit  Lentulus.  Cic.  Clu.  47,  132.  Omnes 
cupiebant  Caesarem  stare  conditionibus  iis,  quas  tulisset.  Cic. 
Att.  VII.  15,  2.  Quamquam,  et  si  priore  foedere  staretur,  satis 
cautum  erat  Sag  nutinis.  Liv.  XXI,  19,  4. 

Rem.  1.  The  verb  pendere  occurs  with  the  simple  Ablative  in  a  sense 
similar  to  that  of  niti — e.  g., 

Promissis  iis,  quae  ostendit,  non  valde  pendeo.  Cic.  Q.  frat.  Ill,  5,  3. 

Rem.  2.  With  the  verbs  niti  and  stare  the  Ablative  occurs  with  the 
preposition  in.  In  this  case  the  Ablative  is  locative,  and  expresses  that 
in  which  the  substantive  element  is  or  is  found — e.  g., 


192 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Ei  viro  autem  mors  parabatur,  cuius  in  vita  nitebatur  salus  civita- 
tis.  Cic.  Mil.  VII,  19.  Domitius,  in  quo  uno  maxime  ambitio  nostra 
nititur.  Cic.  Att.  1,1,4.  Nisam  laevo  in  femine  habet  laevam  manum. 

.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  2,  49.  Si  in  eo,  quod  ostenderat,  non  stat,mihi  placet 
ea  reddi.  Cic.  Att.  II,  4,  1. 

289.  With  the  verb  stare  occurs  the  Ablative  with  the 
prepositions  ab,  cum,  pro.  In  this  connection  the  verb 
stare  is  rendered  “  to  stand  by,”  “to  stand  on  the  side  of,” 
“to  stand  for  or  in  behalf  of.”  With  the  prepositions  cum 
and  pro  the  Ablative  is  locative;  with  the  preposition  ab 
it  expresses  the  whence  relation. — e.  g., 

Quae  (civitates)  superiore  hello  cum  Sertorio  steterant.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  61.  Si  eos  exstinguere  voluerimus,  qui  nobiscum  adver- 
sus  barbaros  steterunt.  Nep.  Ages.  5.  Capita  nominis  Latini 
stare  cum  rege  videbant.  Liv.  I,  52,  4.  Stabat  cum  eo  Senatus 
maiestas,  favor  populi.  Liv.  VIII,  34,  1.  Pars  ad  Hannibalem 
defecerat,  quae  cum  Romanis  stabat.  Liv.  XXV,  16,5.  Juberem 
macte  virtute  esse,  si  pro  mea  patria  ista  virtus  staret.  Liv.  II, 
12,  14.  Cum  eo  pro  Romana  societate  adversus  Punicum  foedus 
steterat.  Liv.  XXIII,  8,  3.  Pro  isto  Romani  stant,  pro  isto  om- 
nes  urbes  tuo  imperio  libertae.  Liv.  XL,  10,  10.  Nemo  a  sena- 
tu  et  a  bonorum  causa  stetit  constantius.  Cic.  Brut.  79,  273. 
Eventus  ‘belli  velut  aequus  index,  unde  ius  stabat,  ei  victoriam 
dedit.  Liv.  XXI.  10,  9.  Here  unde=a  qua  parte  (stabat.) 

290.  To  the  Causal  Ablative  refer  the  Ablative  Absolute 
in  a  pure  causal  relation,  in  the  Concessive  ( =  Adversative 
Causal ;  see  Syllabus  on  Ablative  Absolute)  Relation,  and 
in  the  Conditional  relation  (see  Syllabus). 

1.  Causal. — e.  g., 

Confecto  iam  labore  exercitu  sedecim  milium  spatio  constitit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  41.  Neque  evellere  neque  sinistra  impedita  satis 
commode  pugnare  poterant.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  25. 

2.  Concessive  (Adversative  Causal). — e.  g., 

Oppidum  propter  muri  altitudinem  paucis  defendentibus  ex- 
pugnari  non  potuit.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  12.  Scipio  detrimentis 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


193 


quibusdam  circa  montem  Amanum  acceptis  impcratorem  se 
appellaverat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  31. 

3.  Conditional. — e.  g., 

Cum  legati  venissent.  qui  prafsidio  misso  pollicerentur,  eivi- 
tatcs  imperata  facturas.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  34.  Ea  (virtute) 
neglecta,  qui  se  amicos  habere  arbitrantur,  se  errasse  sentiunt. 
Cic.  Am.  XXII,  84. 


Ablative  of  Means. 

291.  The  Ablative  of  the  Means  is  generally  confined  to 
the  Ablative  of  an  abstract  relation,  while  the  concrete  or 
material  relation  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  of  the  Instru¬ 
ment.  The  Ablative  of  the  Means  is,  in  some  cases,  not 
readilv  distinguished  from  the  Ablative  of  Cause  and  the 
Ablative  of  Manner.  The  definition  that  the  Ablative  of 
Means  presents  that  by  which  something  is  accomplished, 
while  it  states  a  fact,  does  not  furnish  an  adequate  expla¬ 
nation  of  the  case.  The  Ablative  of  Means  presents  that 
by  the  application  or  employment  of  which  an  action  or 
state  is  produced ,  and  hence  that  from  the  effect  or  opera¬ 
tion  of  which  an  action  or  state  springs ,  and  is  the  Abla¬ 
tive  in  the  whence  sense.  In  some  cases  the  instrument 
with  which  may  be  interpreted  as  the  Means  by  which ; 
but  the  abstract  means  can  hardly  be  conceived  as  the  in¬ 
strument  with  which.  In  this  view  of  the  two  relations 
that  of  the  Instrument  is  the  general  relation  and  may 
embrace  that  of  the  Means. 

292.  The  Ablative  of  the  Means  occurs  with  verbs  to  in¬ 
dicate  that  bv  which  the  substantive  element  of  the  verb 
is  brought  about  or  effected. — e.  g., 

Alia  subito  ex  tempore  coniectura  explicantur.  Cic.  Div.  I,  33, 
72.  Quern  (equum)  cum  maxima  contentione  non  potuisset  ex- 
trahere,  discessit.  Cic.  Div.  I,  33,  73.  Qui  cum  ex  itinere  rever- 
tisset  aquilae  admonitus  volatu.  Cic.  Div.  I,  15,  26.  Hortatur 
Curionem  Cn.  Domitius  ut  fuga  salutem  petat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II, 


194 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


42.  Conventus  civium  Romanorum  Antonium  omnibus  rebus  iu- 
vit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  29.  Ipse  in  Italiam  magnis  itineribus  con- 
tendit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  10.  Ipse  fuga  mortem  vitaverat.  Caes.B. 
G.  V,  20.  His  te  litteris  iugulatum  esse  non  sends?  Cic.  Verr. 
II,  III,  54,  126. 

Rem.  1.  With  the  Ablative  of  Means  compare  the  Accusative  with  the 
preposition  per. — e.  g., 

Dixit,  vereri  se  ne  per  insidias  ab  eo  circumveniretur.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
42.  Atque  hoc  ipso  tempore  tibi  minanti  nobis  per  litteras  hoc  rescri- 
bo.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  2,  10. 

292  To  the  Ablative  of  Means  mav  perhaps  best  be  re¬ 
ferred  the  Ablative  with  the  verbs  uti,  abuti,  deuti,  frui, 
perfrui,  fungi,  defungi,  potiri,  compotiri,  vesci,  vivere,  pas- 
cere,  pasci. — e.  g., 

Suspicatus  fore  ut  duces  adversariorum  beneficio  fortunae  uter- 
entur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  40.  Cum  Lepido  egi  ut  obsequio  meo  ab- 
uteretur  (=plene  uteretur.)  Cic.  Fam.  X,  15,1.  Neque  se  un- 
quam  abuti  militum  sanguine  voluisse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  90. 
Nisi  omni  tempore,  quod  mihi  lege  concessum  est,  abusus  ero, 
querere.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  I,  9,  25.  Eumenes  dixit,  non  hoc  conven- 
ire  Antigoni  prudentiae,  ut  sic  deuteretur  victo.  Nep.  Eum.  11. 
Cuius  sermone  ita  turn  cupide  fruebar,  quasi  iam  divinarem.  Cic. 
Sen.  IV,  12.  Me  rapit  ilia  cupiditas  ut  auctoritate  testimonii  tui 
perfruamur.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  1,  1.  His  ego  rebus  pascor,  his  delec 
tor,  his  perfruor.  Cic.  Pis.  XX,  45.  Hunc  ex  proximis  unus  ia- 
centem  transgressus,  illo  munere  fungebatur.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII, 
25.  Xenophon  in  ea  militia,  qua  cum  Cyro  minore  perfunctus 
est.  Cic.  Div.  I,  25,  52.  Reminiscere  earn  omnibus  bonis  prope 
perfunctam  esse.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  5,  5.  Cum  iam  defunctas  esse 
periculis  arbitrarentur.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  VIII,  21.  Magni  inter- 
esse  arbitrabatur  quam  primum  oppido  potiri.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I, 
21.  Milites  munitionem  transgressi  trinis  castris  potiuntur. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  46.  Quam  spem  capessam,  ita  hie  sola  solis  loeis 
compotita?  Plaut.  Rud.  I,  3,  28.  Ex  quo  Pvthagoreis  interdic¬ 
tum  putatur,  ne  faba  veseerentur.  Cic.  Div.  I,  30,  62.  Dico  re- 
liquos  stirpibus  vixisse  palmarum.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  V,  50,  131. 
Maximam  partem  lacte  atque  pecore  vivunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  1. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


195 


Qui  piscibus  atque  ovis  avium  vivere  existimantur.  Caes.  B.  G. 
IV,  10.  Voces  audiebantur:  prius  se  cortice  ex  arboribus  victu- 
ros,  quam.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  111,49.  Multa  erant  intra  eum  locum 
rnanu  sata,  quibus  iumenta  pasceret.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  44.  In 
felicatis  laneibus  holusculis  nos  soles  pascere.  Cic.  Att.  VI,  1. 
Ego  hie  pascor  bibliotheca  Fausti.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  10,  1.  Illi  qui 
maleficio  et  scelere  paseuntur.  Cic.  Off.  II,  11,  40.  Cf.  Quae  in 
mari  piscatu  novo  me  uberi  coinpotivit.  Plaut.  Rud.  IV,  2,  5. 

Rem.  1.  With  most  of  the  preceding  verbs  the  Accusative  occurs  but 
rarely  except  in  connection  with  the  Gerund  and  with  the  personal  form 
of  the  Future  Passive  Participle.  Parallel  with  the  Ablative  the  Geni¬ 
tive  occurs  with  potire. — e.  g., 

Diutine  uti  ei  bene  licet  partum  bene.  Plaut.  Rud.  IV,  7, 15,  (1241.) 
Mea,  quae  praeter  spem  evenere,  utantur  sine.  Ter.  Ad.  V,  3, 29.  Quae 
bona  is,  huic,  Heraclio  omnia  utenda  tradiderat.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  18, 
46.  Non  convenit  me  qui  abusus  tantam  rem  sum  patriam  in  ditiis 
esse.  Plaut.  Trim.  Ill,  29,  56.  Hocine  me  miserum  non  licere  meo 
modo  ingenium  frui.  Ter.  Haut,  II,  4,  21.  Non  dubitaturum  virum 
fortem  quin  vobis  haec  fruenda  relinqueret.  Cic.  Mil.  23,  63.  Expe- 
tuntur  divitiae  ad  perfruendas  voluptates.  Cic.  Off.  I,  8,  25.  Ita  tute 
attente  illorum  officia  fungere.  Ter.  Haut.  I,  1,  14.  Hominis  frugi  et 
temperantis  functus  officium.  Ter.  Haut.  Ill,  3,  19.  Qui  consulatus 
muneris  fungendi  gratia  subeundos  putet.  Cic.  Rep.  I,  17,  27.  Per 
speciem  alienae  fungendae  vicis  suas  opes  firmavit.  Liv.  1,41, 6.  Sem¬ 
per  habiti  sunt  fortissimi,  qui  summam  imperii  potirentur.  Nep.  Eum. 
3.  Nam  hoe  mi  hau  sit  labori  laborem  hunc  potiri.  Plaut.  Rud.  I,  3, 

10.  Ille  alter  sine  labore  patria  potitur  commoda.  Ter.  Ad.  V,  4,  17. 
Et  hostibus  eadem  de  causa  spes  potiendi  oppidi  discessit.  Caes.  B.  G. 

11,  7.  Totius  Galliae  sese  potire  posse  sperant.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  3.  Ut 
infirmissinos  suorum  vescerentur.  Tac.  Agr.  28,  ( Accusative  with  vesci 
not  to  be  imitated.)  Qualis ubi  in  lucem  coluber,  malagramina pastus. 
Verg.  Aen.  II,  471.  (The  Accusative  with  pasei  is  poetical.) 

Ablative  of  Price. 

294.  To  the  Ablative  of  Means  may  be  referred  the  Ab¬ 
lative  of  Price.  In  this  office  the  Ablative  presents  that  by 
which  sale,  purchase  or  exchange  is  effected.  This  Abla¬ 
tive  occurs  with  verbs  to  buy,  to  sell,  to  exchange,  to  cost, 
to  estimate,  to  rate,  to  rent,  to  or  from,  to  assign,  to  re¬ 
deem,  to  settle,  and  verbs  of  like  sense.  Emere,  vendere, 
venire,  mutare,  commutare,  permutare,  stare,  constare, 


196 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


aestiinare,  esse,  taxare,  locare,  conducere,  mercari,  metiri, 
(to  rate,  to  estimate)  addicere, redimere,  &c.  The  price  or 
consideration  stated  in  the  Ablative  is  generally  definite, 
including  such  designations  as  nummis,  argento,  auro,au- 
richalco,  Philippis,  pretio,  pecunia.  The  following  desig¬ 
nations  of  indefinite  value  (see  examples,)  are  used  in  the 
Ablative  in  the  classical  Latin,  particularly  with  the  verbs 
to  buy,  to  sed,  to  estimate,  while  in  Comedy  and  early 
Latin  the  Ablatives  nauco  and  flocco  also  occur.  Apart 
from  definite  values  and  the  indefinite  values  stated,  the 
Ablatives  momento,  sanguine,  vulneribus,  frumento,  &c., 
occur  in  all  periods.— e.  g., 

Mullum  sex  milibus  emit.  Juv.  IV,  15.  Tu  Rabocentum,  cum 
te  trecentis  talentis  vendidisses,  securi  percussisti.  Cic.  Pis.  34*, 
84.  Signum  non  maximum  HSXL  milibus  venire  non  vidimus? 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  7,  14.  Neque  hoc  potestis  iudicare,  ternis  dena- 
riis  aestimare  licere,  denis  non  licere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  94,  220. 
Si  denariis  quadringentis  Cupidinem  ilium  putasset.  Cic.  Verr. 
II,  IV,  7, 13.  Doceas  oportet  aliquo  in  loco  Siciliae  ternis  denariis 
tritici  modium  fuisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  83,  193.  Metuisti  ne  aes 
alienum  tibi  cresceret,  si  HS  VI  milibus  13  tibi  constarent  ea, 
quae  tu  facile  posses  vendere  HS  CC  milibus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I, 
55,  144.  Hoc  tu  HSI3  LX  locasti.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  55,  145. 
Cum  Hobonio  tutore,  transigunt  HS  ducentis  milibus.  Cic.Verr. 
II,  I,  54, 140.  Nunc  censere  ut  unam  anum  et  duas  puellas  trigin- 
ta  milibus  talentum  auri  permutet.  Curt.  IV,  44.  Scnbit  cen¬ 
tum  talentis  earn  rem  Achaeis  stetisse.  Liv.  XXXIV,  50,  6.  Sex- 
tante  sal  et  Romae  et  per  totam  Italiam  erat.  Liv.  XXIX,  37, 
3.  Ecquis  est  ex  tanto  populo  qui  bona  Postumi  nummo  sester- 
tio  sibi  addici  velit?  Cic.  Rab.  Post.  17,  45.  Edixerunt  ut,  qui 
milibus  aeris  quinquaginta  census  fuisset.  Liv.  XXIV,  11,  7. 
Huius  suci  ducenis  quadragenis  denariis  amphorae  singulaea  es- 
timabantur.  Curt.  VII,  17.  Operam  meam  tribus  nummis  hodie 
locavi  ad  artes  nugatorias.  Plaut.  Trin.  IV,  2, 2.  Dixit  eum  mille 
talentes  a  Dareo  et  spe  nuptiarum  sororis  eius  corrupturum. 
Curt.  Ill,  14.  Talentum  Atticum  denariis,  XVI,  taxat  M.-Mar- 
ro.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV,  11,  136.  Adolescentulum  quinque  ta- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


197 


lentis  ad  suam  perduxit  voluntatem.  Nep.  Epam.  4.  Vendidit 
hie  a  tiro  patriam.  Verg.  Aen.  VI,  621.  Quia  veneat  auro  rara 
avis.  Hor.  Sat.  II,  2,  26.  Medendi  una  ratio,  si  non  nummo  sed 
partibus  locem.  Plin.  Ep.  IX,  37.  Nummo  sum  conductus.  Plaut. 
Aul.  III.  2,  34.  Quid  fit?  Ducentis  Philippis  pepigi.  Plaut. 
Bacch.  IV,  8,  38.  Fanum  venditum  est  pecunia  grandi  Brogita- 
ro.  Cic.  Sest.  26,  56.  Haec  expendite  atque  aestimate  pecunia. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  9,  23.  Jam  mihi  auro  contra  constat  filius.  Plaut 
True.  II,  G,  57.  Contra  auro  alii  hanc  vendere  potuit  operam. 
Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  2,  86.  Auro  contra  cedo  modestum  amatorem  : 
a  me  aurum  accipe.  Plaut.  Cure.  I,  3, 46.  Cedo  mihi  contra  auri- 
chalco,  quoi  ego  sano  serviam.  Plaut.  Cure.  1,3,  47.  Cedo  tris 
mi  homines  auriehaleo  contra  cum  istis  moribus.  Plaut.  M.  G. 
Ill,  1,  69.  The  use  of  contra  with  Ablative  of  Price  in  colloquial 
language  is  to  be  observed.  Auro  contra  =set  over,  weighed- 
against ,  of  the  value  of,  gold.  Neque  uno  sed  duobus  pretiis  idem 
irumentum  vendidisti.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  77,  179.  Itaque  Zeuxin, 
magno  pretio  conductum  adhibuerunt.  Cic.  Juv.  II,  1,  1.  (Sa¬ 
lem.)  Romae  pretio  eodem  et  alio  alibi  pretio  praebendum  loca- 
verunt.  Li v.  XXIX,  37,  3.  Multo  sanguine  ac  vulneribus  Poenis 
victoria  stetit.  Liv.XXlII,  30,  2.  Agro  locando  (locavit  autem 
omnem  frumento)  tempus  terit.  Liv.  XXVII,  3,  1.  Ut  eum  suo 
sanguine  ab  Acheronte  cuperent  redimere.  Nep.  Dion  10.  Quo¬ 
rum  salutem . neque  civitas  levi  momento  aestimare  posset. 

Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  39.  Donis  cultus  exsilium  patria  sede  rnuta- 
vit.  Curt.  Ill,  18.  Nemo  nisi  victor  pace  bellum  mutavit.  Sail. 
Cat.  58.  Ne  studium  belli  gerendi  agricultura  commutent. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  22.  Haec,  quae  vel  vita  redimi  possunt,  aestimare 
pecunia  non  queo.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  9,  23.  Id  si  fecissent,  magno 
eorum  capitis  periculo  futurum.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  102.  His  co- 
piis  triginta  milia  Graecorum  mercede  conducta  adiecta  sunt. 
Curt.  Ill,  4.  Haec  officia  mercanda  vita  puto  Cic.  Att.  IX,  5, 
3.  Id  se  ab  ipsis  per  eorum  nuntios  compertum  habere,  quorum 
amicitiam  eius  morte  redimere  posset.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  44.  Vereor 
ne  illud  versura  mihi  soluendum  sit.  Cic  Att.  V,  15,  2.  Cum 
eorum  decumas  medimnis  vendidisses.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  39,  89. 
Inde  Bessum  Ecbatana  duci  iussit,  interfecto  Dareo  poenas  cap- 
ite  persoluturum.  Curt.  VII,  40.  Ptolemaeus  et  Menides  equites 


198 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


mille  adduxerunt,  mercede  militaturos.  Curt.  VII,  40.  Vetus 
disciplena  regum  silentium  vitae  periculo  sanxerat.  Curt.  IV,  25. 
Exigua  turis  impeusa  tauta  bcneficia  pensaturi.  Curt.  VIII,  18. 
Illos  regi  suo,  parvo  impendio,  immortalitatem  fainae  daturos. 
Curt  IX,  16.  Triginta  dierum  indutias  pacti  sunt  bimestri  sti- 
pendio  frumentoque,  et  singulis  in  militem  tunicis.  Liv.  IX,  43, 
6.  Ista  gloriosa  sapientia  non  magno  aestimanda  est.  Cic.  Tusc. 
Ill,  4,  8.  Cum  eorum  deeumae  magno  addictae  essent.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  III,  39,  90.  At  permagno  decumas  eius  agri  vendidisti. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  III ,  39, 90.  Summa  vi  data  est  a  me  opera,  ut  quam 
plurimo  decumas  venderem.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  53,  124.  Magno 
vendere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  64,  151.  Magno  venire.  Cic.  Verr. 
II,  III,  63,  147.  Magno  emere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  30,  71.  Mag¬ 
no  redimere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  46,  100.  Plurimo  venire.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  III,  63,  147.  Plurimo  vendere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  17, 
43.  Si,  ut,  quae  dimidias  essent,  deeumae  vocarentur.  parvo  ven¬ 
didisti.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  49,  117.  Rermissum  si  id  erit,  stultis- 
simus  quisque  post  hac  minimo  aestimabit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  111,95, 
221.  Te  multum  amamus,  quod  ea  abstediligenter  parvoquecur- 
ata  sunt.  Cic.  Att.  1, 3,2.  Aemilium  loqui  Verrem  emptos  habere 

indices . alimum  minimo.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  63,  145.  Tantulo 

impendis  ingens  victoria  stetit.  Curt.  Ill,  29.  Nec  quia  bonum 
sit  valere,  sed  quia  sit  non  nihilo  aestimandum.  Cic.  Fin.  IV,  23. 
62.  Quaero  cur  tantulo  venierint.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  45,  130.  Cris- 
pinus  minimo  me  provocat.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  4,  14.  Quid  agas? 
Nisi  ut  te  redimas  captum  quam  queas  minimo :  si  nequeas  pau- 
lulo,  at  quanti  queas.  Ter.  Eun.  I,  1,  30. 

Rkm.  1.  The  rare  use  of  flocco  instead  of  flocci— habebit  flocco  homo 
lumbos  meos.  Plaut.  Fragm.,  and  of  naueo  instead  of  nauci  (Naev.)  is 
not  to  be  imitated. 

295.  Price,  in  a  general  sense,  is  often  expressed  by  the 
adverbs  bene,  male,  care  with  a  verb  “to  buy,”  “to  sell,” 
&c.  The  force  of  the  adverb  is  determined  by  the  verb 
with  which  it  is  associated.  With  the  verb  to  buy  bene  is 
rendered  cheaply ,  low ;  with  the  same  verb  male  is  rend¬ 
ered  dearly ,  high.  With  the  verb  to  sell  male  is  rendered 
cheaply ,  low ,  while  with  the  same  verb  bene  is  rendered 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


199 


high.  The  adverb  care  means  high ,  at  a  high  figure  (cost,) 
dearly . — e.  g., 

Et  nos  bene  eniisse  iudicati  sumus.  Cic.  Att.  I,  13,  6.  Quid 
stulti  ploras?  Ne  time,  bene  hercle  vendidi  ego  te.  Plaut.  Cure. 
IV.  2,  34.  Diogeni  videtur,  venditorem  velle  (oportere)  quam  op¬ 
time  vendere.  Cic.  Off.  Ill,  12,  51.  Mihi  maxime  placet  ea,  quae 
male  empta  sunt,  reddi.  Cic.  Att.  II,  4,  1.  Ut  male  vendendum 
intellegas,  si  bene  processit.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  III,  98,  227.  Yalde 
care  aestimas  tot  annos,  quot  ista  aetas  recipit.  Cic.  ad  Brut.  I, 
16,  6.  Emit  domum  prope  dimidio  carius  quam  aestimabatur. 
Cic.  Dom.  40,  115.  Gratuita  nobis  videntur,  quae  carissime  con¬ 
stant.  Sen.  Ep.  42, 6.  Idem  rex  ille,  poema  qui  tarn  ridiculum  tarn 
care  prodigus  emit.  Hor.  Epist.  II,  1,  238. 

296.  The  adjectives,  the  essential  sense  of  which  is  that 
of  value  or  price,  require  the  Ablative  of  price.  Such  ad¬ 
jectives  are  vilis,  venalis,  carus. — e.  g., 

Hem,  istuc  verbum,  me  voluptas,  vilest  viginti  minis.  Nunc  in- 
tellego  P.  Clodii  insulam  esse  venalem  decern  milibus.  Cic.  Cael. 
7,  17.  Quod  non  opus  est,  asse  carum  est.  Sen.  Ep.  94,  27.  Non 
edepol  minis  trecentis  carast.  Plaut.  Pers.  IV,  4,  116. 

The  Ablative  of  the  Penalty. 

297.  To  the  Ablative  of  means  refer  the  Ablative  of  the 
Penalty,  & c.,  with  judicial  verbs.  With  such  verbs  the 
Penalty,  when  a  specific  fine,  &c.,  is  expressed  in  the  Abla¬ 
tive,  which  furnishes  not  only  that  in  which  the  penalty 
consists,  but  that  by  means  of  which  punishment  is  in¬ 
flicted.  With  the  verbs  to  arraign  and  to  prosecute  the 
charge  or  offence,  when  stated  in  the  Ablative,  may  be  in¬ 
terpreted  as  the  means  by  which  the  arraignment  or  pros¬ 
ecution  is  made,  while  from  a  different  point  of  view  the 
charge  or  offense  may  well  be  conceived  as  that  which  pro¬ 
cures  and  causes  the  arraignment  or  prosecution.  In 
either  case  the  Ablative,  whether  of  means  or  cause,  must 
be  taken  in  the  whence  sense. — e.  g., 


200 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Plebs  denis  milibus  aeris  gravis  reos  condemnat.  Liv.  V,  12,  1. 
piebes  scivit  qui  plebem  sine  tribunis  reliquisset  tergo  ac  capite 
puniretur.  Liv.  Ill,  55,  14.  A  Caesare  tetrarchia  et  regno  pecu- 
niaque  multatus  est.  Cic.  Div.  I,  15,  27.  Qui  Stheninm  indicta 
causa  capite  damnavit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  42,  109.  Agri  parte 
multatis  in  centum  annos  indutiae  datae.  Liv.  1,15,5.  Insingu- 
los  HS  quinquagenis  milibus  damnari  mavultis?  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
III,  28,  69.  Quis  malit  ab  assectis  tuis  quadruplo  condemnari  ? 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  13,  34.  Alterum  pecunia,  alterum  levi  exsilio 
punire  satis  habuit.  Suet.  Aug.  51.  Maiore  multa  multat  quam 
Item  auferunt.  Plaut.  Rud.  Prol.  20.  Suis  eum  certis  propriis- 
que  criminibus  accusabo.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  16,  43.  Hie  etsi  cri- 
mine  Pario  est  accusatus.  tamen  alia  causa  fuit  damnationis. 
Nep.  Milt.  8. 

297.  With  the  verbs  to  accuse,  to  condemn,  to  convict, 
arraign,  to  prosecute— damnare,  condemnare,  accusare, 
postulare,  reum  facere— the  charge  may  be  stated  in  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  e/e,  which  points  to  the  cau¬ 
sal  and  whence  sense  of  the  case.  With  the  verbs  to  ac¬ 
cuse  and  to  convict  the  matter  of  accusation  or  convic¬ 
tion  may  be  stated  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  in 
which  points  to  the  locative  force  of  the  case. — e.  g., 

Non  committam  ut  me  accusare  de  epistolarum  neglegentia  pos- 
sis.  Cic.  Att.  I,  6,  1.  In  M.  Atilio,  qui  de  maiestate  damnatus 
est.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.  prim.  XIII,  39.  A.  D.  IV.  Id.  Feb.  Sertius 
de  ambitu  est  postulatus  et  eodem  die  de  vi.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  II,  3,  5. 
De  ambitu  condemnatos  restituit.  Suet.  Caes.  41.  M.  Luceium  re¬ 
um  lege  Plotia  de  vi  fecit.  Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  8,  1.  Gabinium  de 
ambitu  reum  fecit  P.  Sulla.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  Ill,  3,  2.  Et  primum  me 
tibi  excuso  in  eo  ipso,  in  quo  te  accuso.  Cic.  Q.  fr,  II,  2,  1.  Ad 
te  scripsi  te  accusans  in  eo,  quod  de  me  cito  credidisses.  Cic. 
Fam.  Ill,  11,  5.  Debebit  ostendere,  si  quo  in  pari  ante  peccato 
convictus  sit.  Cic.Juv.  II,  10,  32.  Duos  convictos  in  affectione 
imperii  nihil  amplius  quam  ut  desisterent  monuit,  Suet.  Tib.  9. 

299.  To  the  Ablative  of  Means  refer  the  Ablative  with 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


201 


the  verb  afficere.  The  Ablative  with  this  verb  in  the  Act¬ 
ive  and  Passive  is  extensively  used  in  Latin  in  the  sense  ol 
a  verb  suggested  by  the  substantive  in  the  Ablative. — e.g., 

Magna  me  affeceris  non  modo  laetitia  sed  etiam  gloria.  Cic. 
Fatn.  XIII,  8,  3.  Qui  caerimoniam  macula  affecerit,  qua  is  poena 
afficietur.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  39, 113.  Ineredibile  est  quanta  me  mo- 
lestia  affecerit.  Cic.  Att.  XV,  1,  1.  Magnitudo  periculi  summo 
tiinore  hominetn  afficit.  Cic.  Quinct.  2,  6.  Omnia,  quae  me  cura 
aliqua  afficiunt.  Cic.  Att.  I,  18,  1.  Cum  eives  Romanos  morte, 
cruciatu,  cruce  affecerit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  4,  9.  Affici  beneficio. 
Cie.  leg.  Agr.  I,  4,  13.  Sepultura  afficere.  Cic.  Div.  I,  27,  56. 
Magnis  affici  beneficiis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,61.  Gravi  vulnere  affici. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  64.  Magno  dolorc  affici.  Caes.  B.  G.  1,2.  Dif- 
ficultate  affici.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII.  17.  Supplicio  affici.  Caes.  B.  G. 
I,  27.  Magna  affici  sollicitudine.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  40.  Affici 
calamitate  et  iniuria.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  2,  3.  Ignominia,  inopia  affi¬ 
cere.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  39,  113,  Afficere  poena.  Nep.  Hann.  8. 
Fatigatione  affici.  Curt.  VII,  42.  Verberibus  affici.  Curt.  VII, 
43.  Horrore  afficere.  Curt.  VIII,  35.  Periculo  affici.  Curt.  IX, 
33.  Affici  exsilio.  Nep.  Thras.  3.  Afficere  pretio.  Verg.  Aen. 
XII,  352.  Morbo  gravi  affici.  Cic.  Div.  I,  30,  63. 

300.  To  the  Ablative  of  Means  refer  the  Ablative  with 
verbs  to  provide,  to  equip,  to  instruct,  to  clothe,  to  cover, 
to  accustom  (to  train),  to  be  accustomed,  to  adorn,  to  or¬ 
nament,  to  sow,  to  plant,  to  pave,  to  strew,  to  present, 
&c.,  instruere,  erudire,  assuescere,  assuefacere,  vestire,  oru- 
are.  conserere,  sternere,  tegere,  inducere,  &c. — e.  g., 

Omnibus  rebus  instructa  classis.  Caes.  C.  Civ.  I,  56.  Magno 
numero  pilorum  se  instruxerant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  57.  Judex  no- 
titia  rerum  instruendus  videtur.  Quint.  IV,  2,  24.  Omnibus  eos 
artibus  ad  Graecorum  disciplinam  erudivit.  Cic.  Rep.  II,  19,  34. 
Inde  puerum  liberum  loco  coeptum  haberi  erudirique  artibus,  qui- 
bus,&c.  Liv.1,39,3.  Hie  omnibus  doctrinis  filium  erudivit.  Nep. 
Att.  I.  Lacte  et  carne  vivunt  pellibusque  sunt  vestiti.  Caes.  B. 
G.  V,  14.  Amnis  quicquid  alluit  floribus  vestiens.  Curt.  V,  13. 

K* 


202 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Credidere  regii  genus  pugnae,  quo  assuerant,  fore.  Liv.  XXX  , 
35,  3.  Tria  milia  delectorum  equitum  assueta  corporis  custodia. 
Curt.  Ill,  23.  Creditis  tot  gentes  alterius  imperio  ac  nomine  as- 
suetas  domitas  esse.  Curt.  VI,  7.  Quorum  sermone  assuefacti 
qui  erunt,  ne  cupientes  quidem  poterunt  loqui.  Cic.  Or.  Ill,  10, 
39.  Barbaro  genere  quodam  pugnae  assuefacti.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I, 
44.  Quae  mitiora  sunt  frumento  conseruntur.  Curt.  VII,  18. 
Prospectum  ager  arbustis  consitus  prohibebat.  Sail.  Jug.  53. 
Campi  devictorum  a  nobis  ossibus  strati  sunt.  Curt.  IX,  9.  To- 
tum  iter  floribus  coronisque  constraverat.  Burt.  V,  3.  (Basae) 
quae  stramentis  erant  tectae.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  43.  Quern  Caesar 
donatum  milibus  ducentis,  &c.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  53.  Cobortem 
duplici  stipendio  frumentoque  donavit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  53. 
Vates  Aristander  alba  veste  indutus.  Curt.  IV,  59.  Deposita  ves- 
te,  quam  habebat,  Arabica  induitur.  Curt.  VII,  8.  Attalum 
veste  regia  exornat.  Curt.  VII,  46.  His  tabulis  interiores  tem- 
pli  parietes  vestiebantur.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  IV,  55,  122.  Ornabat 
eum  beneficiis  officiisque  omnibus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  13,  34, 

Rem.  1.  The  verbs  to  accustom,  to  be  accustomed  (assuefaeere,  assues- 
cere)  allow  the  Dative.  In  some  cases  it  cannot  be  determined  with  cer¬ 
tainty  whether  a  given  form  is  the  Dative  or  the  Ablative.— e.  g., 

Et  operi  aliisque  iustis  militaribus  ita  assuelecit  ut,  &c.  Liv.  XXIV, 
48,  12.  Barcinis  nitentibus,  ut  assueseeret  militiae  Hannibal.  Liv. 
XXL  3,  2.  Disciplina  Lycurgi,  cui  per  septingentos  annos  assuever- 
ant,  sublata.  Liv.  XXXVIII,  34,  9.  Spado  erat,  cui  et  Dareus  as- 
suetus  fuerat  et  mox  Alexander  assuevit.  Curt.  VI,  18.  Orbus  i:s  re¬ 
bus,  quibus,  natura  me  assuefecerat.  Cic.  Fam.IV,13,3.  Macedones, 
assueti  regio  imperio.  Curt.  IV,  32. 

Rem.  2.  With  the  verbs  to  accustom,  to  be  accustomed,  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  occurs  with  the  preposition  ad,  less  frequently  in.—e.  g., 

Orant  ne  suo  sanguine  ad  supplicia  patrum  plebemassuefaciant.  Liv. 
Ill,  52,11.  Sed  assuescere  ad  horn  nes  ne  parvuli  qmdem  excepti  pos- 
sunt.  Caes.  B.  G.,  VI,  28.  Coniuratio  indicatin'  per  calonem  quemdam 
a  puero  in  omnia  familiaria  iura  assuetum.  Liv.  XXIV,  5,  9.  In  hoc 
assuescat,  huius  sibi  rei  naturam  taeiat.  Quint.  II,  4,1/. 

301.  Ablative  of  the  military  force  or  material  with 
which  a  military  operation  is  accomplished.  With  this 
Ablative  ot  Means  an  attributive  (adjective,  numeral  &c.) 
is,  as  a  rule,  associated.  In  this  office  the  following  Abla- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


203 


tives,  without  an  attributive,  often  occur,  milite,  militibus, 
navibus,  exercitu,  praesidio,  equitatu — e.  g., 

Fanum,  Anconam,  singulis  cohortibus  occupat.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
I,  11.  Certior  factus  Iguvium  praetorem  cohortibus quinque  ten- 
ere.  Cacs,  B.  Civ.  I,  12.  Id  oppidum  Spinther  decern  cohortibus 
tenebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  15.  Profectus  ad  oceupandam  Massi- 
liam  navibus  actuariis  septem.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  34.  Pluribus 
navibus  adoriri  naves  singulas  contendebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I, 
58.  Magnis  copiis  bellum  gerere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  103.  Ea 
legione,  quam  seeum  habebat,  fossam  perducit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  8. 
Quod  quingentis  equitibus  tantam  multitudinem  equitum  pro- 
pulerant.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  15.  Militibus,  qui  ex  provincia  conven- 
erant,  fossam  perducit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  8.  Iere  obviam  Sabini  tu- 
multuario  milite.  Liv.  I,  37,  6.  Domitius  navibus  Massiliam 
pervenit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  36,  Equitatu  auxiliisque  levium  armo- 
rutn  hostem  cohibere.  Liv.  XXII,  3,  8.  Exercitus  circumdatus 
undique  equitatu.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  71.  Saltus,  qui  ab  Afranio 
praesidiis  tenebantur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  37.  Metellus  cuncta  mo- 
enia  exercitu  circumvenit.  Sail.  Jug.  57.  Salentinos  obsedit  mi¬ 
lite  campos  Lvctius  Idomeneus.  Verg.  Aen.  Ill,  400. 

302.  In  some  eases  the  Ablative  with  an  attributive 
may  be  interpreted  rather  as  an  Ablative  ot  circumstance 
or  manner  discriptive  of  the  predicate  than  as  the  Abla¬ 
tive  of  means.  This  is  the  case  with  verbs  of  motion  in 
military  operations,  as  to  follow ,  to  arrive ,  to  hasten, 
& c. — e.  g., 

Caesar  expeditis  legionibus  subsequitur.  Caes.  15,  Civ.  I,  80. 
Eodem  omnibus  copiis  contendere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  70.  Ipse  in- 
ten  to  atque  infesto  exercitu  in  Numidiam  procedit.  Sail.  Jtig.  46. 

Rem.  1.  In  a  sense  similar  to  the  preceding  occurs  the  Ablative  with 
the  preposition  cum.  When  the  preposition  cum  is  used  it  is  meant  that 
the  subject  in  the  execution  of  the  verb’s  action  is  attended  or  accom¬ 
panied  by  the  substantive  expressed  in  the  Ablative.  The  force  of  the 
preposition  cum  may  be  exactly  expressed  by  attended  by,  accompanied 
by,  taking  with,  having  with. — e.  g., 

Cum  his  quinque  legionibus  ire  contendit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  10.  Cum 


204 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


legionibus  tribus  profectus  ad  earn  partem  pervenit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  12. 
Ipse  cum  omnibus  copiis  eos  sequi  coepit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  26.  Ipse  cum 
reliquis  copi's  subsequitur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  11,40.  Pleraque  loca  hosti- 
liter  cum  equitatu  accedit.  Sail.  Jug.  20.  Noncum  praedatoria  manu 
sed  magno  exercitu  comparato  bellutn  gerere  coepit.  Sail.  Jug.  20. 
Cum  ea  manu  locum  deligit  talem  ut  non  circumiretur  Nep.  Dat.  7. 

303.  The  relation  of  means  is  sometimes  distinctly  pre¬ 
sented  by  the  Ablative  Absolute  and  the  Ablative  of  the 

Gerund. — e.  g., 

Demigraverunt  et  cis  Rhenum  dispositis  praesidiis  Germanos 
transire  prohibebant.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  4,  Unus  homo  nobis  cunc- 
tando  restitnit  rem.  Vid.  Cic.  Sen.  IV,  10. 

Ablative  of  the  Instrument. 

304.  Related  to  the  Ablative  of  means,  and  in  some 
cases  including  it,  is  the  Ablative  of  the  Instrument.  This 
Ablative  in  its  purest  and  simplest  sense  expresses  a  mate¬ 
rial  or  concrete  relation  by  the  use,  application ,  or  effect 
of  which  the  verb’s  action,  as  a  matter  accomplished, 
springs  or  comes.  Hence  the  Ablative  of  the  Instrument 
must  be  explained  as  the  Ablative  in  the  whence  sense. 

e.  g*» 

(Asseres)  maximis  ballistis  missi  in  terra  defigeban tut .  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II,  2.  Humerum  apertum  gladio  appetit.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
II,  35.  Comminus  gladiis  pugnatum  est.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  52.  Gla- 
diis  caespitem  circumcidere,  manibus  sagulisque  exhaurire  coge- 
bantur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V.  42.  Ictus  clava  morte  occubuit.  Liv.  I, 
7,7.  Ille  respondit  se  venabulo  aprum  percussisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
V,  3,  7.  Caedebatur  virgis  in  medio  foro  Messanae  civis  Roman- 
us.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  62,  162.  Securi  percussos  esse  dicunt.  Cic. 

Verr.  II,  V,  59,  154. 

305.  To  the  Ablative  of  the  Instrument  must  be  re¬ 
ferred  the  Ablative  representing  an  implement  in  games 
and  athletic  sports  with  the  verb  ludere,  also  a  musical  in¬ 
strument  with  the  verb  canere,  cantare,  &c.  e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


205 


Licet  dicamuspila  bene  et  duodecim  seriptisludere  proprium  esse 
iuris  civilis.  Cic.  Or.  I,  50,  217.  Si  vellent  inter  se  tabs  ludere. 
Suet.  Aug.  71.  Puer  ludere  doctior,  seu  Graeco  iubeas  troeho. 
Hor.  Od.  Ill,  24,  57.  Cum  relatum  legent  in  eius  virtutibus  com- 
memorari  eum  tibiis  eantasse.  Nep.  Praef.  Doctus  est  cantare 
tibiis  ab  Olympiodoro.  Nep.  Epam.  2.  Epaminondas  fidibus 
praeelare  cecinisse  dieitur.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  2,  4.  Si  velim  seribere 
aut  legere  aut  eanere  fidibus.  Cic.  Div.  II,  59,  121.  Quidam  ex- 
imia  forma  apparuit  harundine  canens.  Suet.  Caes.  32.  Ceeinit 
laudes  prosperiore  lyra.  Ov.  a.  a.  3,  50.  Dat  tuba  signum  suis 
Vercingetorix.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  81.  Cf.  Fabius,  eum  silentium 
classico  fecisset,  Liv.  II,  45,  12. 

Rem.  1.  The  verb  eanere  with  the  preposition  ad  and  the  Accusative  of 
the  Musical  Instrument  means  to  sing  after,  to  sing  to,  to  sing  to  the 
sound  of—  the  Instrument. — e.  g., 

In  originibns  dixit  Cato  morem  apud  maiores  hunc  epularum  fuisse 

ut  qui  accubarent,  canerent  ad  tibiam  clarorum  virorum  laudes.  Cic. 

Tuse.  IV.  2.  3.  Cf.  Est  in  originibus  solitos  esse  in  epulis  eanere  con- 

vivas  ad  tibicinem  ( ■—  ad  cantum  tibicinis).  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  2,  3.  Cf. 

Hostiae  ad  praeconem  et  ad  tibicinem  immolabantur.  Cic.  Leg.  Agr. 

II,  34,  93. 

306.  When  the  relation  in  the  Ablative  is  presented 
neither  as  means  nor  instrument,  but  as  the  mere  accom¬ 
paniment  of  the  subject  or  object  of  the  verb,  it  requires 
the  preposition  cum.  In  this  case  cum  may  be  translated, 
having ,  hearing.  (See  313.) — e.  g., 

Si  ferro  interfectus  est  ille  et  tu  inimicus  eius  cum  gladiocruento 
comprehensus  is,  quid  est  quod  de  facinore  dubitare  possimus? 
Cic.  Or.  II,  40,  170.  Edicta  praetorum  fuerunt  eius  modi  ut  ne 
quis  cum  telo  servus  esset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  3,  7. 

Ablative  of  Manner. 

307.  This  Ablative  may  be  said,  in  general  terms,  to 
express  the  way  and  manner  in  which  the  substantive  ele¬ 
ment  of  the  verb  is  presented,  is  produced  or  occurs.  In 
other  words,  the  relation  in  the  Ablative  presents  a  distinct 
factor  by  which  the  verb’s  action  is  modified.  As  the  gen- 


206 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


eral  sense  of  the  verb  is  modified  by  the  relation  in  the  Ab¬ 
lative,  the  latter  must  furnish  that  in  which  the  modifica¬ 
tion  consists,  and  from  which  it  springs.  Thus  in  the 
phrase  aut  vi  aut  fraude  fit  iniuria  the  general  statement 
is  the  infliction  of  a  wrong  (wrong  is  done);  the  modifica¬ 
tion  or  qualification  of  this  is  found  in  vi  aut  fraude.  We 
may  say  a  wrong  violently  or  fraudulently  done,  but  the 
Ablative  suggests  that  the  perpetration  of  the  wrong  pro¬ 
ceeds  from  violence  and  fraud.  It  seems  then  that  in  the 
Ablative  of  manner  the  Case  must  be  interpreted  as  ex¬ 
pressing  the  whence  relation.  In  some  connections  the 
Ablative  of  manner  cannot  be  readily  distinguished  from 
the  Ablative  of  the  procuring  cause  and  the  Ablative  of 
the  means. 

1,  The  relation  of  manner  is  presented  in  the  simple  Ablative; 
that  is,  in  the  Ablative  without  an  attributive.  The  Ablatives 
thus  occurring  are  ratione,  ordine,  via  et  ratione,  iure,  iniuria, 
clamore,  silentio,  merito,  dolo,  fraude,  vi,  vitio,  ioco,  cursu,  casu, 
more,  arte,  pedibus,  navibus — e.  g., 

Si  hoc  recte  atque  ordine  factum  videtur.  Cic.  Quinet.  7,  28. 
Non  quo  ignorare  vos  arbitrer,  sed  ut  ratione  et  via  proeedat 
oratio.  Cic.  Fin.  I,  9,  29.  L.  Flaccus  et  C.  Pomptinus  merito 
ac  iure  laudantur.  Cic  Cat.  Ill,  6  14.  (In  some  cases  merito 
may  be  interpreted  as  Ablative  of  Cause.)  Respondit  se  non 
eorum  sociis  iniuria  bellum  illaturum.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  36.  Tern- 
plum  clamore  petebant,  Verg.  Aen.  I,  519.  Pueros  Lacedae- 
mone  vidisti  gravissimas  plagas  ferentes  silentio.  Cic.  Tusc. 
Ill,  20,  46.  Ipse  silentio  egressus  eum  locum  petit.  Caes.  B, 
G.  VII,  60.  De  tertia  vigilia  silentio  exercitum  in  oppidum  re- 
ducit.  Caes.  B.  Civ,  III,  35.  Seianum  astu  magis  ac  dolo  quam 
principali  auctoritate  subvertit.  Suet.  Tib.  25.  (Here  astu  and 
dolo  may  be  interpreted  as  Ablative  of  Means.)  Est  hercle  in- 
epta,  ne  dicam  dolo,  atque  absurda.  Ter.  Ad.  Ill,  3,  21.  Pro 
indignissimo  habuerant  se  patrio  regno  tutoris  fraude  pulsos. 
Liv.  I,  40,  20.  (Here  fraude  may  be  interpreted  as  Ablative  of 
of  the  procuring  cause.)  Cum  duobus  modis,  id  est,  aut  vi  aut 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


207 


fraude  fiat  iniuria.  Cic.  Off.  I,  13, 14.  Cum  tu  te  patria  vi  pul- 
sum  esse  dixisses.  Cic.  Div.  I,  28,  59.  Cum  augures  iudicas- 
sent  eos  vitio  creatos  esse.  Cic  Div.  II,  35,  74.  Strictis  gladiis 
cursu  in  hostem  feruntur.  Liv.  IX,  13,  2.  Adeo  veritatis  dili- 
gens,  ut  ne  ioco  quidem  mentiretur.  Nep.  Epam.  3.  Quid  est 
quod  easu  fieri  aut  forte  fortuna  putemus?  Cic.  Div.  II,  7,  18. 
Ut  sciat  quid  casu  et  fortuito  futurum  sit.  Cie.  Div.  II,  7,  18. 
Non  quaero  iure  an  iniuria  sint  inimiei.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  61, 
150.  Statuit  non  proeliis  neque  (in)  acie,  sed  alio  modo  bellum 
gerendum.  Sail.  Jug.  54.  Antea  neminem  solitum  via  nec  arte, 
sed  accurate  tamen  dicere.  Cic.  Brut.  12,  46.  Quae  quoniam 
nec  ratione  nec  inaiorum  nostrorum  dementia  administrastis. 
Cic.  Fam.  V,  1,  2.  Ex  equis  desiliunt  ac  pedibus  proeliantur. 
Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  2.  Pedibus  me  porto  meis.  Juv.  Ill,  2.  (Here 
pedibus  may  be  interpreted  as  means.)  Curio  Marcium  uticam 
navibus  praemittit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  24.  (Navibus  may  often 
be  interpreted  as  means.)  Visus  est  equo  per  Babylonian  vectus 
esse.  Curt.  Ill,  6. 

2.  With  some  of  the  preceding  substantives  the  preposition  cum 
is  sometimes  associated  with  the  Ablative  in  the  statement  of  the 
manner ,  while  with  other  substantives  in  the  simple  Ablative, 
that  is,  the  Ablative  without  an  attributive,  the  use  of  the  prep¬ 
osition  cum  is  the  rule.  It  is  clear  from  the  facts  in  the  Language 
that  the  simple  Ablative,  without  the  preposition  cum,  must 
sometimes  be  interpreted  as  Ablative  of  Manner,  and  that  the 
omission  of  the  preposition  does  not  always  authorize  the  inter¬ 
pretation  of  the  Ablative  as  the  Ablative  of  Means  or  Cause — e.g, 
Fit  ad  domum  eius  cum  clamore  concursus  atque  impetus. 
Cic.  Verr.  II.  V,  36,  93.  Jubet:  armati  cum  silentio  ad  se  con¬ 
venient.  Liv.  VII,  35,  I.  Stipendio  praeterito  cum  fide  exsol- 
vendo  cunctis  sociorum  animis  in  se  firmatis  vere  primo  in  Vac- 
caeos  promotum  bellum.  Liv.  XXI,  5,  5.  Relatis  ad  eum  pub- 
licis  cum  fide  rationibus  quod  penes  eum  est  pecuniae  tradit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  20.  In  conspectu  militum,  cum  cruciatu  neca- 
bantur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  45.  Ne  cum  periculo  ex  castris  egredi 
cogantur.  Caes.  B.G.  VII,  74.  Multa  facere  cum  temeritate  et 
impudentia.  Cic.  Div.  I,  29,  60.  Crasso  putas  utile  fuisse  scire 
sibi  cum  ignominia  et  dedecore  esse  pereundum?  Cic.  Div.  II, 


208 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


9.22.  Ex  quo  intellegitur  id  esse  beate  vivere,  honeste,  id  est, 
cum  virtutc  vivere.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  8,  29.  Alexander,  cum  cura 
sepultis  militibus,  &c.  Curt.  Ill,  31. 

Rem.  1.  The  Accusative  with  the  preposition  per  may  sometimes  be  in¬ 
terpreted  as  expressing  manner.— e.  g., 

Ego  ipse,  quern  tu  per  iocum  divitias  orationis  habere  dicis.  Cic. 
Fam.  IV,  4,  1.  Dicam  paucos  homines  hoc  adiutore  opimium  per  lu- 
dum  ac  iocum  omnibus  fortunis  evertisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  60,  155. 
Quid  potest  esse  in  calamitate  res'dui  quod  non  ad  miseros  oratores 
per  summam  iniuriam,  ignominiamque  pervenerit?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III, 
97. 

308.  When  the  Ablative  of  Manner  has  an  attributive 
associated  with  it,  the  preposition  cum  way  or  way  not 
be  used.  The  essential  sense  of  cum  here,  as  with  the  sim¬ 
ple  Ablative,  is  that  of  accowpaniwent.—e.  g., 

1.  Without  the  preposition  cum.— e.  g., 

Magna  fiducia  ad  nostras  naves  proeedunt,  quibus  praeerat 
Brutus.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  56.  Signum  dari  iubet  et  vasa  mili- 
tari  more  conclamari.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,66.  Magno  fletu  auxili- 
um  a  Caesare  petere  eoeperunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  32.  Alios  enim 
alio  more  videmus  interpretari.  Cic.  Div.  II,  12.  28.  Hortari 
Poeni  eoeperunt  ut  obsidionem  forti  animo  paterentur.  Curt. 
IV,  8.  Multis  arma  deerant,  quae  summa  curacomparabantur. 
Curt.  IV,  35.  Adicit  altissima  quaeque  flumina  minimo  sono 
labi.  Curt.  VII,  16. 

2.  With  the  preposition  cum. — e.  g., 

Magno  cum  strepitu  ac  tumultu  castris  egressi.  Caes.  B.  G. 
II,  11.  Quae  magno  cum  dolore  omnes  ferebant,  Caes.  B.  G. 
VII.  15.  Obsidibus  summa  cum  eontumelia  extortis.  Caes.  B. 
G.  VII,  54.  Quae  scis  summa  cum  religione  esse  servata.  Cic. 
Div.  I,  45,  103.  Aquila  super  carpentum  cum  magno  clangore 
volitans  rursus  pilleum  reponit.  Eiv.  1,34,8.  Quod  relatum 
magna  cum  laude  ante  regis  pedes  posuit.  Curt.  IV,  38.  Multa 
cum  vexatione  processit.  Curt.  V, 15.  Cum  maiore  laude  fama- 
que  redire.  Curt.  VI,  6. 

309.  To  be  observed  is  the  Accusative  woduw  with  an 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


209 


attributive  or  Genitive  and  the  preposition  ad  or  in  in  the 
statement  of  manner. — e.  g., 

Mirandum  in  modum  odorabantur  omnia  et  pervestigabant. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  13,  31.  Mirum  in  modum  conversae  sunt  om¬ 
nium  mentes.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  41.  De  uxoribus  in  servilem  mo¬ 
dum  quaestionem  habent.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  19.  Itaque  mirum  in 
modum  omnes  a  se  bonos  alienavit.  Cic.  Att.  I,  14,  6.  Itaque 
eum  tibi  commendo  in  maiorem  modum.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  II,  13,  (14), 
3.  Crimini  dabant  eos  hostilem  in  modum  praedas  agere.  Liv. 
I,  5,  4.  Servi  eius  ferro  et  igni  crudelem  in  modum  enecti.  Suet. 
Caes.  75.  Dico  me  quern  ad  modum  earn  tibi  traderem  cogitare 
coepisse.  Cie.  Fam.  V,  2,  3.  Legatos  miserunt,  qui  ad  hunc  mo¬ 
dum  locuti.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  31.  Ad  hunc  modum  distributae  leg- 
iones.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  24.  Alexander  in  hunc  modum  rescripsit. 
Curt.  IV,  2. 

Rem.  1.  With  the  Accusative  modum  with  the  prepositions  in,  ad  com¬ 
pare  the  Ablative  modo. — e.  g., 

Itaque,  servorum  modo  repente  manumissorum  licentiam  vocis  ex- 

periri.  Liv.  XXXIX,  26,  8. 

,  + 

310.  To  be  observed  is  the  occurrence  in  the  same  sent¬ 
ence  of  the  double  Ablative,  one  the  Ablative  of  Means  or 
instrument,  the  other  the  Ablative  of  Manner. — e.  g., 

Arma  contra  casus,  quibus  (armis)  eorum  impetus  diuturna 
praemeditatione  frangantur.  Cic.  Tusc.  Ill,  15, 31.  Ad  id  sacra- 
rium  flamines  bigis  curru  arcuato  vehi  iussit.  Liv.  I,  21,  4.  Ver- 
borum  numero  et  vocum  modo  delectatione  vineere  aurum  satie- 
tatem.  Cic,  Or.  Ill,  44,  174. 

The  Descriptive  Ablative  or  Ablative  of  duality. 

311.  There  is  associated  with  this  Ablative  an  attribu¬ 
tive.  It  is  employed  to  express  a  physical,  external,  or 
transient  characteristic,  quality,  or  property.  In  other  re¬ 
spects  it  is  parallel  with  the  descriptive  Genitive  or  Geni¬ 
tive  of  Quality.  The  descriptive  Ablative  does  not  differ 
from  the  descriptive  Genitive  except  that  the  Genitive  can¬ 
not  be  employed  to  state  a  transient,  accidental,  or  inci- 


210 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


dental  mark,  characteristic,  or  quality.  To  express  an  in¬ 
ner,  permanent  quality  either  the  Genitive  or  Ablative  may 
be  used.  From  this  it  follows  that  when  the  descrip¬ 
tion  consists  in  dress  or  parts  of  the  person ,  the  Ablative 
is  used.  The  descriptive  relations  which  must  be  expressed 
by  the  Genitive  will  be  given  under  that  Case.  With  either 
the  Descriptive  Ablative  or  Genitive  an  attributive  is  regu¬ 
larly  associated. — e.  g., 

Sordidati,  maxima  barba  et  Capillo  Romae  biennium  fuerunt. 
Cic.  Yerr.  II,  II,  25,  62.  Yidetis  ilium  subcrispo  capillo,  nigrum, 
qui  eo  vultu  nos  intuetur.  Cic,  Verr.  II,  II,  45,  108.  Erant  ae- 
liea  duo  signa  eximia  venustate,  virginali  habitu  atque  vestitu. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  3,  5.  Hoc  iam  ornatu  ad  nos  confugiunt.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  V,  48,  127.  Credo  te  audisse,  venisse  eo  muliebri  vestitu 
virum.  Cic.  Att.  I,  13,  3.  Jubebat  eos  secum  cogitare  volupta- 
tem  pulcherrimo  vestitu  et  regali  ornatu  sedentem.  Cic.  Fin.  II, 
21,  69.  Rivus  difficilibus  ripis  progressus  nostrorum  impediebat. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  37.  Oppidum  altissimis  moenibus  ante  solis 
occasum  expugnavit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  80.  Pharus  est  in  insula 
turris  magna  altitudine.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  112.  Quae  res  im- 
rnani  corporum  magnitudine  effieit.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  1.  Aristot- 
eles,  vir  summo  ingenio,  scientia,  copia.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  4,  7.  Ex 
Macedonia  ducenti  erant,  quibus  Phascypolis  praeerat,  excellenti 
virtute.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  4.  Is  iracundia  summa  erat  inimiciti- 
asque  habebat  privatas  cum  Caesare.  Caes.  B.  Civ,  III,  16.  Ne- 
que  homines  inimico  animo  temperaturos  ab  iniuria  existimabat. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  7.  Sed  est  memoria  bona.  Me  dicet  esse  meliore 
(memoria).  Cic.  Atti,  VII,  4,  2.  Hominum,  qui  aliquo  sunt  nu- 
mero  atque  honore,  duo  sunt  genera. 

Rem.  1.  The  Attributive  is  sometimes  approximately  represented  by 
the  Genitive  of  a  Substantive. — e.  g., 

Uri  sunt  specie  et  colore  et  figura  tauri.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  28.  Fru- 
stra  confixa  clavis  ferreis  digiti  pollicis  crassitudine.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill 
13,  Rufus  vir  facundus  et  pacis  artibus.  Tac.  Hist.  I,  8. 

Rem.  2.  Parallel  with  the  Ablative  of  Quality  occurs  the  Adjective. — 

e-  g-, 

Vallis  non  ita  magna,  at  difficili  et  arduo  ascensu.  Caes,  B.  Civ.  II, 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


211 


34.  Jugum  praeruptum  atque  asperum  sed  tatnen  paulo  leniore  fasti- 

gio  ab  ea  parte  quae  ad  Uticam  vergit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  24.  Is  et  ni- 

ger  et  capillo  longo  barbaque  erat  promissa.  Nep.  Dat.  3. 

Rem.  3.  Occasionally  the  Descriptive  Ablative  and  Genitive  occur  in  the 
same  sentence. — e.  g., 

Homo  maxime  corporis  terribilique  facie.  Nep.  Dat.  3. 

312.  A  mark  or  characteristic  that  is  abnormal  or  un¬ 
natural  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition 
cum.  Here  cum  may  be  rendered  having ,  with. — e.  g., 

Constabat,  cum  elephanti  capite  puerum  natum.  Liv.  XXVII, 
11,5.  Eculeus  Reate  cum  quinque  pedibus  natus.  Liv.  XXX,  2, 

11.  Sinuessae  porcus  cum  capite  humano  natus.  Liv.  XXXI, 

12,  7.  Frusione  agnus  cum  suillo  capite  natus.  Liv.  XXXI,  12, 
7.  Cf.  Quadrupes  inanima  cum  animali  sono.  Cic.  Div.  II,  64, 
133. 

313.  To  be  particularly  observed  is  the  Ablative  of  an 
article  of  dress,  with  an  attributive  and  the  preposition 

r 

cum.  The  preposition  in  this  office  is  rendered  having  on, 
wearing.  As  this  Ablative  occurs  also  without  cum,  the 
difference  between  the  case  with  and  without  cum  may  be 
stated  as  follows :  The  Ablative  without  the  preposition 
simply  describes  the  person  by  the  dress,  while  with  cum 
attention  is  prominently  called  to  the  dress.  Hence  even 
when  a  part  of  the  person  is  in  such  a  condition  as  to  elicit 
remark,  or  excite  attention,  it  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  cum.  In  the  one  case,  in  which  the 
preposition  is  omitted,  prominence  is  given  to  the  person 
or  personal  relation  described ;  in  the  other,  in  which  the 
preposition  cum  is  used,  prominence  is  given  to  the  de¬ 
scription  in  the  Ablative.  The  same  explanation  applies 
when  the  preposition  cum  is  found  associated,  which  rarely 
occurs,  with  the  Ablative  of  an  abstract  relation  in  de¬ 
scription.  In  this  case  cum  may  be  translated  having ,  en¬ 
dowed  with.  (See  306.) — e.  g., 

Tu  praetor  in  provincia  cum  tunica  pallioque  purpureo  visus  es- 


212 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  52,  137.  Cum  tunica  pulla  sedere  solebat  et  pal- 
lio.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  24,  54.  Stetit  praetor  cum  pallio  purpureo 
tunicaque  talari.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  33,  86.  Sthenius  hie  Thermi- 
tanus  cum  hoc  capillo  atque  veste  mentionem  tuorum  furtorum 
non  facit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  48,  128.  Cum  hac  indole  virtutum 
atque  vitiorum  sub  Hasdrubale  meruit.  Liv.  XXI,  4,  10, 

314.  To  the  Descriptive  Ablative  may,  perhaps,  best  be 
referred  the  simple  Ablative,  or  the  Ablative  without  an 
attributive,  less  frequently  the  Ablative  with  an  attribu¬ 
tive,  always  with  the  preposition  cum ,  translated  having , 
bearing ,  having  on,  clothed  with.  (See  313.  )— e*  g-, 

Vidi  argenteum  cupidinem  cum  lampade.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  47, 
115.  Erat  statua  senilis  incurva  cum  libro.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  35, 
87.  Erat  amplnm  et  excelsum  signum  cum  stola.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
IV,  34,  74.  Praesto  mihi  sacerdotis  Cereris  cum  infulis  ac  verbenis 
fuerunt.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  50,  110.  L.  Scipionis  non  solum  cum 
chlamyde  sed  etiam  cum  crepedis  videtis.  Cic.  Rab.  Post.  10,  27. 
Imbero  invenit  in  provincia  cum  imperio  Varum.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I, 
31.  Quoniam  ipse  ad  urbem  cum  imperio  remaneret.  Caes.  B. 
G.  VI,  1.  Multi  domi  Cn.  Calidii  cum  potestate  atque  imperio 
fuerunt.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  20,  44.  Mercatorem  in  provineiam 
cum  imperio  ac  securibus  misimus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  4,  8.  Nem- 
inem,  qui  cum  potestate  aut  legatione  in  provineiam  esset  profec- 
tus,  tarn  amentem  fore  putaverunt.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  5,  9.  Mes- 
sanam  cum  imperio  venit.  Cic.  Verr,  II,  IV,  4,  7.  Videt  tot  tarn 
graves  legationes  cum  publicis  auctoritatibus  convenisse.  Cic. 
Verr.  Act.  prim.  3,  8,  Tuum  puerum  cum  his  litteris  proficisci 
Cincius  dicit.  Cic.  Att.  I,  1,  1.  Manlius  legatos  ad  Marcium  Re¬ 
gem  mittit  cum  mandatis.  Sail.  Cat.  32.  Cum  epistola  Artaba- 
zum  ad  Pausaniam  mittit.  Nep.  Paus.  2.  Semper  eum  pedisequi 
cum  nummis  sunt  secuti.  Nep.  Cim.  4.  Cum  regiae  vestis  insig- 
nibus  hortum  intrant.  Curt.  IV,  4. 

The  Ablative  of  an  article  of  dress  with  an  attributive, 
and  without  cum,  is  descriptive.  The  addition  of  the  prep¬ 
osition  cum  does  not  affect  the  force  of  the  case,  except 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


213 


that  the  object  in  the  Ablative  is  emphasized  and  promi¬ 
nent  attention  is  called  to  it.  The  description  by  an  arti¬ 
cle  of  dress  without  an  attributive  is  made,  il  the  sub¬ 
stantive  is  retained,  by  the  Ablative  with  cum,  and  not  by 
the  simple  Ablative.  In  the  phrase,  “Cupido  cum  lampa¬ 
de,”  cum  lampade  is  descriptive.  The  ordinary  and  cor¬ 
rect  rendering  of  cum,  namely,  with,  having,  &c.,  does  not 
affect  the  office  of  the  case.  Again  the  descriptive  office  of 
the  Ablative  with  cum  is  equally  clear  when  an  abstract 
relation  is  presented  in  the  Ablative.  Hence  in  the  phrase, 
“\Tarus  cum  imperio,”  cum  imperio  bears  the  same  rela¬ 
tion  to  Varus  that  cum  lampade  does  to  cupido,  in  the 
phrase,  “Cupido  cum  lampade.”  To  the  descriptive  office 
of  the  Ablative  with  cum  must  also  be  referred  the  Abla¬ 
tive  with  cum  signifying  bearing,  as,  “Legatus  cum  man- 
datis.”  If  what  has  been  said  is  correct,  it  follows  that 
the  preposition  cum  with  the  Ablative  is  employed  in  de¬ 
scription  to  a  greater  extent  than  we  have  been  accustom¬ 
ed  to  admit,  and  that  it  is  not  confined  to  the  statement 
of  an  abnormal,  phenomenal,  or  unusual  product  or  char¬ 
acteristic. 

315.  As  the  Descriptive  Ablative  in  its  pure  form  without 
the  preposition  cum,  expresses  that  in  which  character 
consists,  and  from  which  it  springs,  it  is  the  Ablative  in 
the  whence  sense. 

Dative  Case. 

316.  The  Dative  presents  the  object  with  reference  to 
which  the  action  of  the  verb  is,  the  object  to  which  it  tends, 
to  which  it  passes  or  may  pass ,  which  it  affects  or  may 
affect  through  a  second  object  in  the  Accusative.  Com¬ 
pared  with  the  object  in  the  Accusative  the  Dative  repre¬ 
sents  the  remoter  or  indirect  object. 

317.  As  the  nearer  object  expresses  that  which  the  verb’s 
action  next  and  immediately  affects,  so  the  remoter  object 


214 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


expresses  that  to  which  the  verb’s  action  tkus  associated 
with  the  immediate  and  direct  object  refers.  This  relation 
of  reference  must  proceed  originally  from  a  personal,  ra¬ 
tional  and  sentient  subject,  and  consists  in  this,  that  such 
a  subject  in  connection  with  an  action  immediately  affect¬ 
ing  the  nearer ,  immediate ,  or  direct  object  contemplates 
or  has  in  view  a  second  object  which  it  would  have  to 
share  in  or  partake  of  the  action.  Thus  in  the  sentence, 
“Medicus  aegro  medicinam  parat,  =The  physician  is  pre¬ 
paring  medicine  for  the  sick  man,”  the  action,  preparing , 
applies  at  once  and  immediately  to  medicinam,  the  direct 
object  effected.  By  the  addition  of  aegro  it  is  expressed 
that  the  sick  man  is  the  object  contemplated ,  had  in  view , 
by  the  physician  in  the  preparation  of  the  medicine ,  to  the 
end  that  he  may  partake  of  it.  But  whether  the  sick  man 
receives  the  medicine,  whether  he  partakes  of  it,  if  received, 
and  whether,  if  he  does  this,  he  is  benefitted  or  injured  by 
it ;  no  one  of  these  considerations  affects  the  relation  of 
the  object  in  the  Dative  to  the  subject  and  the  verb’s  ac¬ 
tion.  Should  none  or  all  of  them  be  realized,  the  Dative 
would  still  be  employed,  and  the  form  of  the  sentence 
would  remain  the  same — Medicus  aegro  medicinam  parat. 
There  is  thus  presented  one  office  of  the  Dative,  namely, 
that  of  the  Indirect  object,  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
leading  subject  in  connection  with  the  verb's  action. 

318.  If  we  shift  the  conception  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  Subject  and  consider  the  verb’s  action  from  that  of  the 
Indirect  object  in  the  Dative,  this  object  is  clearly  the  ob¬ 
ject  that  has  an  interest  in  the  action  of  the  verb.  There 
is  thus  presented  a  second  office  of  the  Dative,  namely,  the 
presentation  of  the  object  of  interest,  or  of  personal  int¬ 
erest.  In  the  sentence,  “Medicus  aegro  medicinam  parat” 
the  object  in  the  Dative  (aegro),  while  the  object  contem¬ 
plated  by  the  subject  (medicus),  as  the  proposed  recipient 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


215 


of  the  verb’s  action,  is,  from  his  own  standpoint,  the  ob¬ 
ject  interested  in  the  action  associated  with  the  direct  ob¬ 
ject  ( medicinam).  The  two-fold  office  of  the  Dative — the 
presentation  of  the  Indirect  Object,  and  the  object  of  int¬ 
erest,  personal  interest,  is  seen  in  the  construction  of  the 
double  Dative. 

319.  The  preceding  presents  the  relations  of  the  Dative 
in  connection  with  a  personal  subject  which  is  implied  in 
the  object  referred  to  or  proposed  to  be  affected.  The  Da¬ 
tive  may  be  considered  in  connection  with  a  direct  object 
and  an  impersonal  subject.  Thus :  Pax  nobis  utilitates 
affert.  Here  the  general  statement  is  that  peace  brings, 
offers,  advantages;  the  object  with  reference  to  which  and 
with  a  view  to  which ,  from  the  standpoint  of  the  subject, 
conceived  as  a  personal  subject,  it  brings  or  offers  advant¬ 
ages  is  expressed  in  nobis  =for  us.  Whether  the  object 
presented  in  nobis,  as  the  object  with  reference  to  which, 
or  with  a  view  to  which ,  receives  and  enjoys  the  advant¬ 
ages,  or  not,  is  not  determined  by,  nor  involved  in,  the 
case.  Again,  the  object  expressed  in  nobis  is,  of  course, 
the  object  interested  in  the  advantages  offered  by  peace, 
and  this  is  true,  whether  it  receives  them  or  not. 

320.  In  the  absence  of  an  expressed  direct  object  in  the 
Accusative,  the  Dative,  as  in  the  preceding  examples,  pre¬ 
sents  the  object  contemplated ,  had  in  view ,  by  a  personal 
subject  or  by  an  impersonal  subject,  conceived  as  personal. 
It  also  presents  an  object  which  from  its  own  standpoint 
is  interested  in  the  verb’s  action.  This  is  the  relation  of 
an  object  in  the  Dative  in  connection  with  an  Intransitive 
verb.  An  Indirect  object  implies  a  Direct  object.  If  the 
latter  is  not  expressed,  it  must  be  conceived.  Hence  there 
is  involved  in  an  Intransitive  verb  with  the  Dative  the 
presence  of  a  Direct  object  in  the  Accusative,  as  a  relation 
necessarily  antecedent  to  that  of  the  Indirect  object  in  the 


216 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Dative.  Thus :  Omnes  tibi  supplicant=All  bend  the  knee 
to,  humble  themselves  before  you.  Omnes  tibi  succurrunt 
= All  run  to  the  help  of,  take  themselves  to  the  help  of, 
you.  Virgo  ei  nupsit — The  virgin  took  the  veil  for=mar- 
ried  him. 

Rem.  1.  So,  too,  when  the  subject  impersonal  is  conceived  as  personal. 
Thus,  non  vinum  hominibus  moderatur=AVine  does  not  set  (place)  limit 
to,  or  restraint  (modum)  upon,  people. 

321.  As  with  an  Intransitive  verb,  so  the  Dative  may  be 
considered  in  connection  with  an  Adjective.  In  this  case 
the  Dative  presents  the  object  with  reference  to  which  a 
quality  attributed  to  the  Subject,  personal'  or  conceived 
as  such,  is  or  is  exercised.  From  the  standpoint  of  the 
object  in  the  Dative  it  presents  the  object  interested  in  the 
quality.  The  Dative  as  the  Indirect  object  in  connection 
with  an  adjective  implies  the  necessarily  antecedent  rela¬ 
tion  ol  a  Direct  object.  The  logical  Direct  object  may 
be  expressed  by  the  substantive  element  of  the  Adjec 
tive  in  connection  with  a  verb  readily  suggested  by  the 
elements  of  the  sentence.  Thus:  Is  mihi  inimicus  est.  In 
this  sentence  it  is  stated  that  the  quality  of  personal  hos¬ 
tility  is  attributed  to  and  had  by  the  subject  (is)  with  ref¬ 
erence  to  the  object  (mihi.)  From  the  standpoint  of  the 
Dative,  mihi  presents  the  object  interested  in ,  as  the  object 
prepared  to  be  affected  by ,  the  exercise  of  the  quality  in¬ 
volved  in  inimicus  It  is  not  stated  by  the  Dative,  nor 
is  it  material  so  far  as  the  case  is  concerned,  whether  the 
object  mihi  is  or  is  not  the  recipient  of,  and  is  affected  or 
not  by,  the  quality  of  hostility. 

322.  In  the  case  of  a  so-called  impersonal  verb  the  office 
of  the  Dative  is  the  same  as  in  the  case  of  a  verb  with  its 
subject  expressed.  In  the  Impersonal  verb  the  presence  of 
a  subject  and  a  Direct  object  is  implied ;  and  the  Dative  de¬ 
notes  the  object  contemplated  from  the  standpoint  of  the 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


217 


implied  subject.  Thus,  Tibi  invidetur  =You  are  envied. 
The  sentence  is  the  equivalent  of  Homines  tibi  invident  = 
people  envy  you,  or  people  use,  exerc/se,  envy  for  or  against 
you,  in  which  invidiam,  the  involved  Direct  object,  and  a 
verb  exercent  may  be  conceived. 

323.  From  the  preceding  statements  it  will  be  gathered 
that  from  the  standpoint  of  the  subject  the  Dative  pre¬ 
sents  the  Indirect  object — the  object  contemplated ,  had  in 
view ,  as  the  recipient  of  the  verb’s  action  associated  with 
a  direct  object  expressed  or  involved.  Again,  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  Case  the  Dative  presents  the  object  inter¬ 
ested  in  the  verb’s  action  associated  with  a  direct  object 
expressed  or  involved.  In  either  case,  it  is  clear  that  the 
Dative  may  express  the  object  whose  advantage  or  disad¬ 
vantage  is  implied.  There  thus  arises  the  office  of  the 
Dative  as  the  case  of  advantage  or  disadvantage  (corn- 
modi  or  incommodi).  However,  the  sense  of  advantage 
or  disadvantage  does  not  inhere  in  the  Case,  which  ex¬ 
presses  simply  the  indirect  object,  the  object  contemplated, 
or  the  object  of  interest— object  concerned,  but  is  the  re¬ 
sult  of  the  character  of  the  verb’s  action,  or  of  the  quality 
of  the  adjective  with  which  the  Dative  is  associated.  When 
this  is  such  as  to  affect  the  object  in  the  Dative  to  its  ad¬ 
vantage  or  disadvantage,  should  it  affect  it  at  all,  then 
the  object  may  be  termed  the  object  commodi  or  incorn- 
modi. 

Classification  of  the  Specific  Dative  Relations. 

324.  1.  Dative  of  Advantage  (Commodi).  e.  g., 

Quod  auxilia  contra  se  Treviris  miserant.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  9. 
Equum  et  mulum  Brundisii  tibi  reliqui.  Cic.  Fam.  XV ,  9,  3  Huic 
quoque  Epicrati  venerat,  ut  dixi,  hereditas,  Cic.Verr.  II,  11,22, 
53.  Intelleges,  quanto  iustius  sit  te  illi  servari,  quam  mihi  im- 
pendi.  Sen.  Helv.  XVIII,  9. 


218 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


2.  Dative  of  Disadvantage  (incommodi).— e.  g., 

Massilienses  portas  Caesari  clauserant.  Caes  B.  G  I,  34.  S1 

quid  peccat,  Demea,  tnihi  peccat.  Ter.  Ad.  I,  2,  36. 

325.  Dative  with  an  Active  Transitive  verb  and  a  direct 
object,  e.  g., 

Civitatibus  milites  imperat.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  1. 

Rem.  1.  The  Direct  Object  of  an  Active  or  Transitive  verb  in  the  Active 
Voice  becomes  the  Subject  of  the  verb  in  the  Passive. — e.  g., 

Summam  ei  belli  administrandi  permittunt--Summa  ei  belli  adminis- 

trandi  permittitur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  36. 

326.  The  Dative  with  the  direct  object  in  connection 
with  an  Active  verb  compounded  with  a  preposition  ad, 
ante,  con  (cum),  circum,  de,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro, 
sub,  super,  subter.  e.  g., 

Servos,  pastores  armat  atque  iis  equos  attribuit.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
I,  24.  Ego  vos  hortor  ut  amicitiam  omnibus  rebus  humanis  an- 
teponatis.  Cic.  Am.  Y,  17.  Properans  noctem  diei  coniunxerat 
neque  iter  intermiserat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  13.  Quorum  ipse  max- 
imam  partem  iniunxerat  Caesari.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  4,  Armati  a 
portis  inermi  se  contioni  circumfuderunt,  Liv.  VII,  13,  10.  Itin- 
erum  angustiae  multitudini  fugam  intercluserant.  Caes.  B.  G. 
VII.  11.  Singulas  binis  navibus  obiciebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  58. 
Non  semper  Horatios  cousules  fore,  qui  libertati  plebis  suas  opes 
postferrent.  Liv.  Ill,  64,  3.  Turn  iste  hoc  causae  dicit,  quod 
classem  praedonibus  prodidisset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  41,  106.  His 
legionibus  M.  Crassum  et  L.  Plancum  et  F.  Trebonium  legatos 
praefecit.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  24.  Peditum  earn  partem,  cui  maxime 
confidebat,  Saburrae  summisit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  40.  Superpon- 
ere  capiti  decus.  Cf.  Superpositum  capiti  decus.  Liv.  I,  34,  9. 
Ne  tibi  clam  se  subterducat.  Plaut.  M.  G.  II,  3,  72. 

Rem.  1.  When  the  idea  of  motion  prevails  in  the  verb,  then  the  Accu¬ 
sative  of  the  terminus  must  be  used  with  the  preposition  in  composition, 
or  a  different  preposition  may  be  employed,  according  to  the  character 
of  the  terminal  relation  to  be  expressed,  e.  g., 

Nunquam  istam  imaginem  in  contionem  attulisses.  Cic.  Rab,  IX. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


219 


25.  Aciem  posuit  ut  qui  ultimi  stabant  in  frontem  eireumagi  possent. 
Curt.  IV,  50.  In  illam  orationem  Metellinam  addidi  quaedem.  Cic. 
Att.  I,  13,  5. 

327.  The  Dative  occurs  with  the  Accusative  after  verbs 
compounded  with  the  prepositions  ad,  ab,  de,  ex,  prae, 
sub.  In  this  connection  the  Dative  presents  the  relation 
of  advantage  or  disadvantage  (commodi  or  incommodi) 
and  is  liable  to  be  confounded  with  the  Ablative  in  the 
whence  sense,  e.  g., 

Si  neminem  occiderit  nec  cuiquam  quicquam  ademerit.  Cic. 
Att.  VIII,  13,  1,  Sin  autem  vitam  mihi  fors  ademisset.  Cic. 
Plane.  42,  101.  Sic  vitam  adolescentibus  vis  aufert  senibus  ma- 
turitas.  Cic.  Sen.  19,  71.  Cui  non  auferret  fructum  voluptatnm 
omnium  solitudo?  Cic.  Am.  23,  87.  Abstulit  illi  nuper  fortuna 
matrem.  Sen.  Helv.  18,  7.  Aureum  ei  detraxit  amiculum  grandi 
pondere.  Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  34,  83.  Dico  omnino  nummuin  nullum 
cuiquam  esse  deductum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  78,  182.  Deme  ter- 
rorem  Romanis  fugamque  foedam  siste.  Liv.  I,  12,  5.  Bona  sibi 
erepta  dixerunt.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III.  24,  59.  Pupillis  bona  erepta. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  17,  37.  Quod  populi  Romani  beneficium  sibi  ab 
inimicis  extorqueretur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  9.  Neque  dubitare  de- 
beant  quin  Aeduis  libertatem  erepturi  sint.  Caes.  B.G.  1, 17.  Jam 
tibi  maximam  partem  defensionis  praecideris,  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  62, 
151.  Subdue  cibum  unum  diem  athletae:  ferre  se  non  posse 
clamabit.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  17,  40.  Nihil  tibi  subduxi  ex  malis  tuis. 
Sen.  Helv.  Ill,  2.  Ovum  incubanti  gallinae  subductum  sua  manu 
fovit.  Suet.  Tib.  14.  Qui  turn  denique  sibi  evelli  iubet  spiculum. 
Cic.  Fam.  V,  12,  5.  Ilia  sanabunt  vulnus  tuum,  ilia  omnem  tris- 
titiam  tibi  evellent.  Sev.  Helv.  17,  3. 

Rem.  1.  When  the  idea  of  motion  prevails  in  the  verb  the  preposition 
in  composition,  or  a  different  preposition  demanded  by  the  context  must 
be  used  with  the  Ablative.— e.  g., 

Audiebamus  esse  palam  positaea,  quae  ab  sociis  ablata  ereptaque 
essent.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  22,  59.  O  munus  aetatis,  si  quidem  id  aufert  a 
nobis.  Cic.  Sen.  12,  39.  Frumenti  pecuniaeque  nutnerus  ab  aratori- 
bus  ablatus  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  45,  106.  Nolim  mihi  fingere  asotos 
qui  de  conviviis  auferantur.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  8,  23.  Scipionem  hastatos 
primae  legionis  subtrahere  ex  acie  iubet.  Liv.  X,  14, 14.  Hos  ad  sup- 


220 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


plicium  traditos  ex  media  morte  eripere  ausns  es?  Cic.  Verr.  II.  V,  6, 
12.  Hie  cum  fratri  auxilium  ferret,  ilium  ex  periculo  eripuit.  Caes.  B. 
G.  IV,  12. 

328.  The  Dative  in  the  statement  of  a  name,  with  a  sub¬ 
stantive— nomen,  cognomen,  cognomentum,  and  the  verb 
esse,  and  the  Active  and  Passive  of  the  verbs  dare,  addere, 
reddere,  indere,  imponere,  manere,  the  name  is  expressed 
by  attraction  in  the  Dative  as  the  Predicate  apposition  of 
the  person.  It  also  occurs  in  apposition  with  nomen , 
cognomen ,  cognomentum,  or  in  the  appositive  Genitive 
de£ning  nomen,  cognomen,  cognomentum.  Thus :  Tibi 
nomen  est  Balbo  (Balbus,  Balbi). 

1.  The  Name  in  the  Dative. — e.  g., 

Duo  isti  sunt  T.  Roscii,  quorum  alteri  Capitoni  cognomen  est. 
Cic.  Rose.  Am.  6,  17.  Pago  inde  Troiano  nomen  est.  Liv.  1,1, 
3.  Cui  Africano  cognomen  fuit.  Sail.  Jug.  5.  Mansit  silviis 
postea  omnibus  cognomen,  qui  Albae  regnaverunt.  Liv.  I,  3, 
8.  Puero  in  nullam  sortem  bonorum  nato  ab  inopia  Egerio 
inditum  nomen.  Liv.  I,  34,  3.  Carthagine  duo  fratres  missi, 
quibus  nomen  Philaenis  erat.  Sail.  Jug.  79.  Dulcissimae  ma- 
tri  Olvmpiadi  nomen  debitum  tibi  reddo.  Curt.  V,  9.  Eidem 
et  Penno  cognomen  additur.  Liv.  IV,  26,  2.  Illi  tardo  cogno¬ 
men  pingui  damus.  Hor.  Sat,  I,  3,  58. 

2.  The  name  in  apposition  with  nomen,  &c. — e.  g., 

Fons  cui  nomen  Arethusa  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  53,  118.  Al¬ 
tera  est  urbs  Syracusis,  cui  nomen  Achradina  est.  Cic. Verr.  II, 
IV,  53.  119.  Cicero  inclines  to  the  use  of  the  name  in  apposi¬ 
tion  with  nomen,  &c.  But  compare  Animadvertistis  Appollo- 
dorum,  cui  Perirrhagi  cognomen  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  31,  74. 
Filiis  duobus  Philippum  atque  Alexandrum  et  filiae  Apamiam 
nomina  imposuerat.  Liv.  XXV,  47,  5.  Demetrius  cui  cogno¬ 
mentum  Poliorcetes  fuit.  XV,  31,  1. 

3.  The  name  in  the  appositive  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Q.  Metellus,  cui  ex  virtute  Macedonici  nomen  inditum.  Veil. 
I,  11,  2.  Nationes,  quibus  Clitarum  cognomentum  (erat),  saepe 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


221 


et  alias  commotae.  Tac.  Atm.  XII,  55.  Mummius,  cui  cogno¬ 
men  Achaici  victoria  dedit.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXV,  4,  24. 

Rem.  1.  The  name,  in  the  Nominative,  is  sometimes  treated  (not  in  the 
Classical  Latin)  as  an  indeclinable  form  and,  hence,  as  an  apposition 
with  nomen. — e.  g., 

Est  via  sublimis,  caelo  manifesto  sereno.  Lactea  nomen  habet.  Ov. 
Met.  I,  168.  At  vetus  ilia  aetas,  cui  facimus  Aurea  nomen.  Ov.  XV. 
96.  Seinditur  in  geminas  partes  circumfluus  amnis:  Insula  nomen 
habet.  Ov.  XV,  740.  Cf.  Gabinio  secundo,  cognomen  Cauchius 
usurpare  concessit.  Suet.  Claud.  24. 

329.  Dative  by  attraction  of  the  Predicate  attributive. 
With  licet  and  less  frequently  with  necesse  est  followed  by 
the  Infinitive  and  a  Predicate  attributive  the  latter  is  at¬ 
tracted  out  of  the  Accusative,  its  regular  and  proper 
case,  into  the  Dative,  the  case  of  the  Indirect  object  of  the 
leading  verb.  Thus :  Tibi  licet  te  otiosum  esse.  Drop  te 
and  attract  otiosum  into  the  case  of  tibi;  we  have  Tibi 
licet  otioso  esse. — e.  g., 

Quibus  licet  iam  esse  fortunatissimis.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  35.  Qui¬ 
bus  otiosis  ne  in  communi  quidem  otio  liceat  esse.  Cic.  Cael.1, 1. 
Illis  timidis  et  ignavis  esse  licet,  qui  respectum  habent,  &c.  Liv. 
XXI,  44, 8.  Vobis  necesse  est  fortibus  viris  esse  et  aut  vincere  aut 
mortem  oppetere.  Liv.  XXI,  44,  8. 

Rem.  1.  Sometimes  the  Predicate  attributive  with  the  Infinitive  is  not 
attracted  and  remains  in  the  Accusative. — e.  g.. 

Is  erat  annus,  quo  per  leges  ei  consulem  fieri  liceret.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
Ill,  1.  Si  civi  Romano  licet  esse  Gaditanum.  Cic.  Balb.  12,  29.  Pro- 
curatorem  enim  tibi  esse  non  licuit:  Quint.  IV,  4,  6. 

Rem.  2.  When  no  object  is  expressed  after  licet,  or  when  the  object  is 
indefinite,  it  is  not  usual  to  attract  the  Predicate  attributive  into  the 
Dative.  It  remains  in  the  Accusative— e.  g., 

Nam  medios  esse  iam  non  licebit.  Cic.  Att.  X,  8,  4.  Cf.  Quid  statis  ? 
Nolint,  atqui  licet  esse  beatis.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  1.  19. 

Rem.  3.  Other  verbs  construed  with  the  Dative,  as,  contingere,  dare, 
vacare,  prodesse,  concedere,  satius  esse,  allow  the  attraction  of  the  Pred¬ 
icate  attributive  with  the  Infinitive. — e.  g., 

Jovis  esse  nepoti  contigit  haud  uni.  Ov.  Met.  XI,  220.  Da  mihi 
fallere,  da  iusto  sanctoque  videri.  Hor.  Epist.  I,  16,  61.  Vobis  immu- 
nibus  huius  esse  mali  dabitur.  Ov.  Met.  VIII.  690.  An  magis  infir- 


222 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


mo  noil  vacat  esse  mihi  ?  Ov.  Trist.  V,  2,  6.  Nee  fortibus  profuit  ar- 
mentis,  nee  equis  velocibus  esse.  Ov.  Met.  VIII,  554.  Mediocribus 
esse  poetis,  non  homines,  non  Di,  non  concessere  columnae.  Hor.  A. 
P.  372.  Nescio  an  satius  fuerit  populo  Romano  Africa  contento  fuisse. 
Flor.  Ill,  12,  6. 

330.  Dative  with  a  simple  (not  compound)  Intransitive 
verb.  A  simple  Intransitive  verb,  to  favor,  to  hurt,  to  com¬ 
mand,  to  obey,  to  serve,  to  threaten,  to  reproach,  to  be 
angry  at,  to  spare,  to  trust,  to  please,  ;to  persuade  (ad¬ 
vise),  to  heal  (mederi),  to  marry  (nubere),  takes  the  Dative 
—as,  nocere,  favere,  imperare,  parere,  servire,  minari,  mi- 
nitari,  conviciari,  irasci,  parcere,  fidere,  placere,  suadere, 
mederi,  nubere. — e.  g., 

Constitutum  est,  ut  non  liceat  sui  commodi  causa  nocere  alteri. 
Cic.  Off.  Ill,  5,  23.  Nounullos  Gallicis  rebus  favere  natura  coge- 
bat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  7.  Carissimum  virum  amiserat,  cui  virgo 
nupserat.  Sen.  Helv.  19,  4.  Medemini  religioni  sociorum,  iudi- 
ces,  conservate  vestram.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  51,  114,  &c. 

Rem.  1.  The  Passive  of  an  Intransitive  verb  is  Impersonal.  Hence  the 
Dative  is  retained  with  such  a  verb  in  the  Passive  and  does  not  become 
the  subject. 

Mihi  parcitur=I  am  spared.  Nobis  parcitur=we  are  spared.  Tibi 
parcitur=you  are  spared-  Vobis  parcitur=you  (ye)  are  spared.  Ei 
parcitur=he  is  spared.  Iis  parcitur=they  are  spared. — e.  g., 

Relinquebatur  ut  tantum  in  agris  vastandis  hostibus  noceretur. 

Caes.  B.  G.  V.  19.  Remissius  imperanti  melius  paretur.  Sen.  Clem.  I, 

24,  1. 

Rem.  2.  If  one  of  the  preceding  verbs  allows  in  the  Active  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  of  the  Inner  object  and  the  dative  then  the  Accusative  becomes  the 
subject  of  the  verb  in  the  Passive. — e.  g., 

Caesar  equites  imperat  civitatibus.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  4.  A  Caesare 

equites  imperantur  civitatibus.  The  construction  with  the  Passive 

verb. 

Rem.  3.  The  use  of  the  personal  Passive  of  an  Intransitive  verb  is  not 
to  be  imitated. — e.  g., 

Ego  cur,  acquirere  pauca  si  possum,  invideor?  Hor.  A.  P.  56. 

Rem.  4.  The  personal  Passive  of  nubere,  in  the  form  nupta,  is  to  be  ob¬ 
served.  This  form  frequently  occurs  in  the  Classical  Latin. — e.  g. 

Virgo  autem  nupsit,  cui  Caecilia  nupta  fuerat.  Cic.  Div.  I,  46,  104. 

Reminiscere  illam  adolescentibus  primariis  nuptam  fuisse.  Cic.  Fam. 

IV,  5,  5.  Vitelliorum  soror  consuli  nupta  Bruto  erat.  Liv.  II,  4,  I. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


223 


Cui  soror  ex  eisdem  parentibus  nata  rmpta  erat.  Nep.  Timol,  I.  Erat 
nupta  soror  Attici  Q.  Tullio  Ciceroni.  Nep.  Alt.  5. 

331.  The  Dative  occurs  with  Intransitive  verbs  com¬ 
pounded  with  the  prepositions  ad,  ante,  con  (cum),  ex,  in, 
inter,  ob,  prae,  sub,  super,  and  the  inseparable  particle  re. 

Dux  hostium  Camulogenus  suis  aderat.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  62. 
Crotoniatae  multum  omnibus  corporum  viribus  antesteterunt. 
Cic.  Juv.  II,  1,  2.  Hie  si  sibi  consentiat,  neque  amicitiam  colere 
possit  nec  iustitiam.  Cic.  Off.  I,  2,  5. 

Most  verbs  compounded  with  cum  allow  tbe  repetition 
of  the  preposition  with  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 

Itaque  Zexin,  qui  ceteris  excellere  pictoribus  existimabatur, 
adhibuerunt.  Cic.  Juv.  II,  1,1.  (The  verb  cellere  exists  only  in 
form  of  compound  auteccllere,  excellere,  praecellere,)  Cogita- 
res  multis  optimis  viris  tales  casus  incedisse.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  17, 
3.  Qui  dum  veritus  est  ne  Fufius  ei  legi  intercederet,  non  vidit 
illud.  Cic.  Att.1,16,2.  Qui  citius  adolescentiae  senectus  quam 
pueritiae  adolescentia  obrepit?  Cic.  Sen.  2,  4.  Uterqne  voci- 
ferari  et  certatim  alter  alteri  obstrepere.  Liv.  I,  40,  6.  Vobis 
ilium  tanto  minorem  praecurrere  vix  honestum  est.  Cic.  Or. 
Ill,  61,  230.  Quid  iaces  aut  quid  maeres  aut  cur  succumbis  for- 
tunae?  Cic.  Tusc.  Ill,  17,  36.  Dum  superest  Lachesi  quod 
torqueat.  Juv.  Ill,  27.  Cum  ego  omnibus  meis  opibus  repug- 
narim  et  restituerim  crudelitati.  Cic.  Rab.  5,  15. 

Rem.  1.  In  local  or  quasi-local  relations  the  preposition  in  composi¬ 
tion  is  to  be  repeated ;  or  a  different  preposition,  with  the  proper  case, 
may  be  employed. — e.  g., 

Bibulus  ne  cogitabat  quidem  in  provinciam  suam  accedere.  Cic.  Att. 
V,  16,  4.  Ad  Appii  Claudii  senectutem  accedebat.  Cic.  Sen.  6,  16. 

332.  The  verbs  aspergere,  inspergere,  circumicere,  cir- 
cumdare,  circumligare,  circumfundere,  donare,  impertire, 
exuere,  induere,  intercludere  are  construed  with  the  Accu¬ 
sative  and  the  dative  or  the  Dative  relation  may  be  pre¬ 
sented  as  the  direct  object  in  the  Accusative,  and  theAccu- 


224 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


sative  relation  presented  in  the  Ablative  as  means,  or,  as 
with  intercludere,  as  Ablative  in  the  whence  sense.— e.  g., 

Tecto  assuetus  coluber  succedere  et  umbrae  pecorique  aspergere 
virus.  Verg.  Georg.  Ill,  419.  IUe  ne  Apollini  quidem  hostiam 
immolare  voluit,  ne  aram  sanguine  aspergeret.  Cic.  N.  D.  111,36, 
88  Inspergere  aridae  radicis  farinam  potioni=Inspergitur  ari- 
dae  rapicis  farina  potioni.  Plin.  N.  H,  XXVI,  8,  74.  Remedio 
est  aqua  eos  quibus  medearis  inspergere=Remedio  est  aqua  eos 
quibus  medearis  inspergi.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXVIII,  4,  32.  Fossam 
et  alia  munimenta  verticibus  iis  circumiecere.  Liv.  XXXVIII,  19, 

5.  Extremitatem  caeli  rotundo  ambitu  circumicere.  Cic.  Tim.  8, 

23.  Eorum  contioni  satellites armatos  circumdedit.  Liv.  XXXIV, 
27,5.  Omnem  aciem  suam  rhedis  et  carris  circumdederunt.  Caes. 
B.  G.  I,  51.  Locus  qui  praebere  prospectum  ad  circumfusum 
mare  urbi  posset.  Liv.  XXX,  9,  12.  (Ad  circumfusum  mare 
urbi=ad  mare  quod  se  urbi  circumfudit.)  Ibi  eum  amici  cera  cir- 
cumfuderunt.  Nep.  Ages  8.  Munera  ista  vel  civibus  tuis  vel  dis 
immortalibus  dona.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  32,  90.  Q.  Rubrium  corona 
et  phaleris  et  torque  donasti.  Cic. Vcrr.  II,  III,  80,  185.  Te  exor- 
abo  ut  mihi  tuae  suavitatis  aliquid  impertias,  Cic.  Or.  II,  4,  16. 
Neque  adveniens  neque  proficiscens  quemquam  osculo  impcrtiit. 
Suet.  Nero,  37.  Jamdudum  vincula  pugnat  exuere  ipse  sibi.  Ov. 
Met.  VII,  773.  Earn  ilico  non  veste  modo  sed  et  bonis  exuit. 
Suet.  Nero.  32.  Cui  cum  Deianira  sanguine  centauri  tinctam  tun- 
icam  induisset.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  8,  20.  Quo  qui  intraverant  se  ipsi 
acutissimis  vallis  induebant.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  73.  Edoctus  si 
saltum  occupasset  exitum  Romano  interclusurum.  Liv.  XXII, 
13,  5.  Ut  Caesarem  frumento  commeatuque  intercluderet.  Caes. 

B.  G.  I,  50. 

333,  The  following  verbs  allow  either  the  Accusative 
or  the  Dative,  sometimes  with  a  difference  of  meaning — 

e-  g-, 

1.  Cavere  with  the  Accusative=to  avoid.  Caverewith  theDa- 
tive=to  be  on  one’s  guard  for. 

2.  Aemulari  with  the  Accusative=to  emulate.  Aemulari  with 
the  Dative=to  envy. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


225 


3.  Timere  with  the  Accusative=to  apprehend  (fear).  Timere 
with  the  Dative— to  be  apprehensive  for. 

4.  Metuere  with  the  Accusative=to  fear.  Metuere  with  the  Da- 
tive=to  fear  (be  afraid)  for. 

5.  Vereri  with  the  Accusative— to  fear  (to  feel  awe  of.)  Yereri 
with  the  Dative=to  fear  for  (to  feel  awe  before.) 

6.  Praemetuere  with  the  Accusative  =  to  fear  in  advance. 
Praemetuere  with  the  Dative=to  be  anxious  for. 

7.  Prospicere  with  the  Accusative=to  foresee,  to  discern.  Pro- 
spicere  with  the  Dative=to  be  on  the  watch,  to  lookout  for. 

8.  Providere  with  the  Accusative=to  foresee.  Providere  with 
the  Dative=to  provide  for. 

9.  Consulere  with  the  Accusative=to  consult.  Consulere  with 
the  Dative=to  consult  for. 

10.  Cupere  with  the  Accusative=to  desire.  Cupere  with  the 
Dative=to  wish  (well)  for, 

11.  Optare  with  the  Accusative=To  desire.  Optare  with  the 
Dative— to  desire  for. 

12.  Moderari  with  the  Accusative=to  set  limits  to,  to  moder¬ 
ate.  Moderari  with  the  Dative=to  regulate,  direct,  manage. 

13.  Temperare  with  the  Accusative=to  rule.  Temperare  with 
the  Dative=to  restrain. — e.  g., 

Cauere  with  the  Dative.  Cic.  Fam.  Ill,  1,  3.  Cic.  Verr,  II, 
111,10,26.  Aemulari  with  Dative.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  19,  44.  Tim¬ 
ere  with  Dative.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  27.  Metuere  with  Dative. 
Verg.  Georg.  I,  185.  Vereri  with  Dative.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  9. 
Praemetuere  with  Dative.  Caes.  B.G.VII,49.  Consulere  with 
Dative.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1, 67.  Prospicere  with  Dative.  Cic. Verr. 
II,  III,  57,  132.  Providere  with  Dative.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  18. 
Cupere  with  Dative.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  18.  Optare  with  Dative. 
Sail.  Jug.  85.  Moderari  with  Dative.  Cic.  Att.V.  20,  9.  Tem¬ 
perare  with  Dative.  Liv.  XXVIII,  44,  18. 

14.  There  is  no  appreciable  difference  between  comitari  and 
adulari  with  the  Accusative  and  Dative. 

15.  The  verb  desperare  is  construed  with  the  Dative,  with  the 
Accusative,  and  with  the  proposition  de  and  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 

Suis  fortunis  desperare  coeperant.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  12.  Hon- 
ores,  quos  quieta  re  publica  desperant,  consequi  se  posse  arbi- 


226 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


trantur.  Cic.  Cat.  II,  9,  19.  Cur  de  sua  virtute  aut  de  ipsius 
diligentia  desperarent.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  13. 

16.  The  verb  invidere  is  construed  with  the  Dative  of  a  person¬ 
al  relation  and  the  Ablative  of  the  thing  with  the  preposition  in; 
with  the  Dative  of  the  personal  relation  and  the  Ablative  of  the 
thing;  with  the  Dative  of  the  personal  relation  and  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  of  the  thing  (or  impersonal  relation),  and,  rarely,  with  the 
Dative  of  the  personal  relation  and  the  Genitive  of  the  thing  — 

e-  g-, 

Ego  ita  fecissem,  inquit,  nisi  in  hoc  Crasso  paulum  inviderem. 
Cic.  Or.  II,  56,  228.  Non  inviderunt  laude  sua  mulieribus  viri 
Romani.  Liv.  II,  40,  11.  Fama  est  principis  filiam  Etutam 
pacto  fratri  enm  invidisse.  Liv.  XLIV,  30,  4.  Neque  ille  (eum) 
sepositi  ciceris  nee  longae  invidit  avenae.  Hor..  Sat.  II,  6,  84. 

17.  The  verb  ignoscere  is  construed  with  the  Dative  of  the  per¬ 
sonal  relation  and  the  Accusative  of  the  thing.— e.  g., 

Abs  te  peto  ut  mihi  hoc  ignoscas  et  me  existimes  humanitate 
esse  prohibitum.  Cic.  Att.  I,  1,4.  Cf.  Sed  est  quod  abs  te  mihi 
ignosci  pervelim.  Cic.  Att.  I,  1,  3.  (Passive  construction.) 

18.  The  verb  interdicere  is  construed  with  the  Accusative  and 
the  Dative,  with  the  Dative  and  the  Ablative. — e.  g,, 

Feminis  dumtaxat  purpurae  usum  interdicemus  ?  Liv. 
XXXIV,  7, 3.  Qua  arrogantia  Ariovistus  usus  omni  Gallia  Ro¬ 
manis  interdixisset.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  46. 

334.  Dative  after  a  phrase.  The  Dative  as  the  case  of 
reference  obtains  after  a  phrase,  and  presents  the  object 
with  respect  to  which  the  statement  of  the  phrase  is  true. 
Again  the  dative  may  well  be  conceived  as  the  object  in¬ 
terested  in  the  matter  of  the  phrase.  In  such  a  connection 
the  Genitive  would  define  a  single  word  of  the  phrase.— 
e.  g-, 

Sese  oinnes  flentes  Caesari  ad  pedes  proiecerunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
31.  Forte  et  Numitori  teligerat  animum  memoria  nepotum.  Liv. 
I,  5,6.  Ducibus  plebis  accendit  magis  certamine  animos,  quam 
minuit.  Liv.  VI,  38,  9.  Movet  feroci  iuveni  animum  complora- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


227 


tio  sororis.  Liv.  I,  26.  3.  Causam  interserens  se  hostem  esse 
Atheniensibus.  Nep.  Milt.  4. 

.'Jr>  ’  ;r  .  -  s. . 

335.  Of  like  character  with  the  preceding 'is  the  Dative 
after  a  phrase  presenting  distinctly  the  object  of  personal 
interest. — e.  g., 

Fertur  utrique  mox  crura  fregisse.  Suet.  Tib.  44,  (=That  he 
broke  the  legs  of  both  for  them.)  Vellent  tibi  barbam  lascivi 
pueri.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  3,  133.  Cum  varices  secabantur  C.  Mario, 
dolebat.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  15,  35.  Ei  anulus  aureus,  quem  habebat, 
fractus  et  comminutus  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  25,  56.  Mala  sus- 
tinenti  arma  gladium  superna  defigit.  Liv.  25,  12.  Sextius  ocu- 
los  misero  tundere  vehementissime  coepit.  Cic.  Verr.  II.  IV,  54, 
142. 

336.  Dative  of  the  Possessor.  The  verb  esse  with  the 
Dative  denotes  that  the  subject  of  the  verb  is  or  exists  for 
the  object  expressed  in  the  Dative.  The  verb  esse  is  best 
translated  “to  have,”  with  emphasis  on  the  subject  as  the 
thing  had  or  possessed ,  and  not  on  the  possessor  in  the 
Dative.  The  matter  had  or  possessed  may  be  an  abstract 
relation. — e.  g., 

Inveniebat  (eos)  mulieres  in  eum  locum  coniecisse  quo  exercitui 
aditus  non  esset.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  16.  Sermo,qui  turn  multis  erat 
in  ore.  Cic.  Am.  I,  2.  Fatigatis  humus  cubile  est:  cibus,  quem 
occupati  parant,  satiat.  Curt.  Ill,  5. 

337.  By  esse  and  the  Dative  is,  generally,  expressed  that 
which  belongs  to  the  subject,  as  a  possession  or  assigned 
relation.  To  express  that  which  belongs  to  it  as  a  quality 
or  constituent  part  use  esse  or  inesse  with  the  preposition 
in  and  the  Ablative  of  the  possessor.  Inesse  and  the  Da¬ 
tive  may  be  compared  with  esse  and  the  Dative  when  the 
possession  is  an  abstract  relation.  Habere  with  the  Ac¬ 
cusative  may  substitute  either  esse  (inesse)  with  the  Da¬ 
tive,  or  esse  (inesse)  with  in  and  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 


228 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


In  his  (navibus)  tanta  erat  firmitudo.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  13.  Tan- 
tum  fuit  in  militibus  studii.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  64.  In  quibus  ali- 
quid  dignitatis  fuit.  Caes.  B.  G.I,  16.  Est  in  Quinto  fratre  meo 
comitas.  Cic.  *Att.  I,  17,  2.  In  te  sapientia  est.  Cic.  Am.  II,  7. 
Disserentem  inducit  neque  inesse  in  homine  animum  vel  animam. 
Cic.  Tusc.  I,  10,  21.  Quis  mortalium,  cui  virile  ingenium  inest, 
tolerare  potest?  Sail.  Cat.  20,  11.  Quibus  maxima  necessitudo 
et  plurimum  audaciae  inerat.  Sail.  Cat.  17.  Inimicitias  habebat 
privatas  cum  Caesare  ex  aedilitate  conceptas.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
16.  Dion  praeter  maiorum  famam  multa  alia  habuit  bona.  Nep. 
Dion.  I.  (Cf.  In  Dione  alia  fuerunt  (infuerunt)  bona.) 

Rem.  I.  The  difference  between  esse  and  the  Dative  and  esse  (inesse) 
with  the  Ablative  and  the  preposition  was  not  uniformly  observed  by 
the  later  writers.  In  these  we  often  find  esse  with  the  Dative  where  esse 
(inesse)  with  the  Ablative  and  the  preposition  in  is  the  usage  in  Classical 
Latin. — e.  g., 

Erat  Dareo  mite  ac  tractabile  ingenmm,  nisi  suam  naturam  fortuna 

corrumperet.  Curt.  Ill,  5.  Si  quid  tibi  tui  regis  reverentiae  est.  Curt. 

IV,  42,  Idem  militibus  animi  est.  Curt.  IX,  7. 

338.  The  verb  esse  with  the  Dative  and  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  Cum  may  best  be  translated  “  to  have 
to  do  withy — e.  g., 

Si  inihi  tecum  minus  esset  quam  est  cum  tuis  omnibus,  allega- 
rem  ad  te  illos.  Cic.  Fam,  XV,  10,  2.  Quid,  inquit,  homini  Ar- 
pinati  (fuit)  cum  aquis  calidis?  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  10.  Cf.  Negoti- 
um  esse.  Intellegebat  sibi  cum  viro  forti  negotium  esse.  Nep. 
Dat.  7. 

339.  To  this  connection  may  best  be  referred  the  Dative 
with  esse  and  the  Dative  of  a  participle  volenti ,  cupienti, 
in  imitation  of  the  Greek.  This  construction  occurs  chiefly 
in  Sallust  and  Tacitus. — e.  g., 

Militibus  exaequatus  cum  imperatore  labor  volentibus  erat. 
Sail.  Jug.  100.  Grande  pericultim  Lilybaeo  esse  et  quibusdam  vo¬ 
lentibus  novas  res  fore.  Liv.  XXI,  50, 10.  (In  this  example  qui¬ 
busdam  volentibus  may  be  construed  as  the  Ablative.)  Neque 
plebi  militia  volenti  putabatur  et  Marius  studia  vulgi  amissurus. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


229 


Sail.  Jug.  84.  Et  quibus  bellum  volentibus  erat,  probare  exem- 
plum.  Tac.  Agr.  18.  Ut  quibusdam  bellum  invitis  aut  cupienti- 
bus  erat.  Tac.  Aun.  59.  (Observe  invitis.) 

340.  To  the  Dative  of  personal  interest,  and  distinctly 
the  Dative  of  advantage  (commodi)  refer  the  Dativus 
Ethicus.  In  this  Dative  occur  the  personal  pronouns  mihi, 
tibi,  nobis,  vobis.  It  is  indicated  by  the  Dative  that  the 
person  involved  in  the  pronoun  takes,  or  should  take,  in¬ 
terest  in  the  event  expressed  in  the  phrase.  It  is  not 
necessary  that  this  Dative  be  associated  with  an  Interjec¬ 
tion. — e.  g., 

Cum  haec  maxime  scriberem  ecce  tibi  Sebosus.  Cie.  Att.  II, 
15,  3.  Haec  vobis  istorum  per  biduum  militia  fuit.  Liv.  XXII, 
60,  25.  Ad  ilia  mihi  pro  se  quisque  acriter  intendat  auimum.  Liv. 
Praef.  9.  Ne  quae  forte  deum  nobis  immensa  potestas  sit.  Lucr. 
V,  1209.  Sed  Tityos  nobis  hie  est,  in  amore  iacentem  quern  volu- 
cres  lacerant.  Lucr.  Ill,  993.  (Cf.  Lucr.  I,  797,  918;  II,  500, 
1038 ;  III,  197,  279 ;  IV,  511,  875 ;  V,  260,  294,  805.) 

341.  Of  like  character  with  Dativus  Ethicus  is  the  Da¬ 
tive  of  the  Reflexive  pronoun  with  a  tense  of  the  verb 
velle,  expressing  reproach,  surprise ,  or  astonishment. 
Here  velle  with  the  Dative  may  best  be  translated  “to 
want,"  "to  mean." — e.  g., 

Quid  sibi  isti  miseri  volunt?  Cic.  Cat.  II,  10,  23.  De  quibus  tu 
ex  me  requiris  quid  sibi  voluerint.  Cic.  Att.  \  ,  21,  2.  Quid  haec 
sibi  horum  civium  dona  voluerunt?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  80.  186. 
Quid  sibi  vellet  cur  in  suas  possessiones  veniret?  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
43.  Quid  sibi  volunt  in  mediis  barbarorum  regionibus  Graecae 
urbes?  Sen.  Helv.  7,  1. 

342.  To  the  Dative  Commodi  or  Incommodi  must  be  re¬ 
ferred  the  Dative  with  an  Interjection.  Here  the  Dative 
presents  not  only  the  object  with  reference  to  which  the 
emotion  involved  in  the  Interjection  is  expressed,  but  the 
relation  of  the  object  of  personal  interest.— e.  g., 


230 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Vae  illis  virgis  miseris,  quae  in  tergo  morientur  raeo.  Plaut. 
Capt,  III,  4,  117.  Hei  mihi!  Etiam  de  sorte  nunc  venio  in  dubi- 
um  miser?  Ter.  Ad.  ! I,  2,  34. 

343.  Dative  implying  deference,  respect,  or  honor,  or  the 
absence  of  these.  This  Dative  denotes  the  object  in  honor 
of  whom,  from  respect  for  whom,  or  in  contempt  of  whom 
an  action  is  done. — e.  g., 

Sibi  unum  e  collegio  non  assurrexisse  indignatus  est.  Suet. 
Caes.  78.  Eisdem  praetextatis  adhuc  assurrectum  et  a  stantibus 
plausum  questus  est.  Suet.  Aug.  56.  Nee  mirum,  cum  palam 
esset, ipsum  quoque  eisdem  et  assurgere  et  decedere  via.  Suet. Tib. 
31.  Ii  numero  sceleratorum  habentur:  iis  omnes  decedunt.  Caes. 
B.  G.  ¥1,  13.  (Cf.  Ludos,  quos  Caesaris  Victoriae  Caesar  adoles- 
cens  fecit,  curavi.  Cic.  Fam.  XI,  28,  6. 

344.  Dative  of  the  participle.  With  an  intransitive  ex¬ 
pression  the  Dative  of  a  participle  occurs  to  give  the  local 
relations  and  the  general  restrictions  under  which  the  con 
tents  of  the  expression  obtain. — e.  g. 

Euntibus  a  parte  laeva  Arabia,  odorum  fertilitate  nobilis  re- 
gio,  est.  Curt.  V,  2.  Caesar  Gomphos  pervenit,  quod  est  oppi- 
dum  primum  Thessaliae  venientibus  ab  Epiro.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
80.  Locum  qui  nunc  saeptus  descendentibus  inter  duos  lucos  est. 
Liv.  I,  8,  5.  Thaumaci  a  Pylis  per  Lamiam  eunti  loco  alto  siti 
sunt.  Liv.  XXXII,  4,  3,  Admonebat  vere  reputantibus,  Galli- 
am  suismet  viribus  concidisse.  Tac.  II  IV,  17.  Turres  mira 
specie  ac  procul  intuentibus  pares.  Tac.  H,  Y,  11.  Et,  iuste  aes- 
timantibus  regem  liquet,  bona  naturae  eius  fuisse.  Curt.  X,  8. 

t . 

345.  Dative  governed  by  a  Substantive.  It  is  an  irreg¬ 
ularity  rarely  occurring  to  use  the  Dative  dependent  upon 
and  governed  by  a  Substantive.  In  such  cases  the  Sub¬ 
stantive  is  always  derived  from  a  verb  which  governs  the 
Dative,  and  the  Substantive  retains  the  force  of  its  verbal 
origin.  Instead  of  the  Dative  the  rule  is  to  use,  even  with 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


231 


such  substantives,  the  Genitive  (Objective),  or  its  equiva¬ 
lent  a  preposition  with  its  proper  case. — e.  g., 

Cum  bonos  viros  eius  honori  viderem  esse  fautores.  Cic.  Plane, 

I,  1.  Pompeius  intellegit  insidias  suae  vitae  fieri.  Cie.  Q.  frat. 

II, 3,4.  Multae  mihi  a.  C.Verreinsidiae  terra  manque factae  sunt. 
Cic,  Verr.  Act.  pr.  II,  3.  (With  faeere  and  fieri  the  Dative  may 
he  explained  as  Indirect  object  of  the  verb.)  Oui  per  tumultum 
successor  ei  nominatus  Corfinium  praesidio  tenebat.  Suet.  Caes. 
34.  Non  ego  sum  oblocutor  alteri.  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  1,  48. 
Mihi  tibi  erat  auscultatio.  Plaut.  Rud.  II,  6,  18. 

Rem.  1.  The  use  of  the  Objective  Genitive  is  the  Rule.=e.  g., 

Nullius  perpercit  vitae,  quern  eius  insideratorem  putaret.  Nep.  Reg.  2 

346.  As  with  a  Substantive,  so  the  Dative  is  found  with 
*  an  adverb  (particularly  constanter,  convenienter,  congru- 

enter)  derived  from  a  verb  which  governs  the  Dative.— e.  g., 

Quam  enim  sibi  constanter  convenienterque  dicat,  non  laborat. 
Cic.  Tusc.  V,  9,  26.  Quaero  quid  convenienter  possit  rationi  et 
sententiae  suae  dicere.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  26,  84.  Cum  extremum  hoc- 
sit  congruenter  naturae  convenienterque  vivere.  Cic.  Fin.  Ill, 
6,  26'. 

Rem.  1.  To  be  observed  is  the  Dative  with  praesto  esse.— e.  g., 

Ad  quem  diem  magistratus  civitatum  sibi  praesto  esse  vellet.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  II.  19. 

347.  The  Dative  of  the  Terminus.  While  the  use  of  the 
Dative  in  the  relation  of  Terminus  instead  of  the  Accusa¬ 
tive  with  a  preposition  is  chiefly  poetical,  it  is  yet  occa¬ 
sionally  found  in  the  best  prose. — e.  g., 

Victor  per  populos  dat  iura  viamque  affectat  Olympo.  Verg. 
Georg.  IV,  561.  Si  quis  casus  puerum  egerit  Oreo.  Hor.  Sat.  II, 
5,  49.  Multos  Danaum  demittimus  Oreo.  Verg.  Aen.  II,  398. 
Atque  ob  sutelas  tuas  te  morti  misero.  Plaut.  Capt.  Ill,  5,  34. 
Matres  familiae,  quae  Romanis  de  muro  manus  tendebant.  Caes. 
B.  G.  VII,  48.  (Cf.  Egressi  manus  ad  Caesarem  tendere  coeper- 
unt.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  13.) 


232 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


348.  The  Final  Dative:  The  Dative  is  used  to  express 
the-end,  or  object.  This  Dative  occurs  with  the  verbs  esse, 
dare,  dicere,  servare,  habere,  canere,  deligere,  ducere,  ca- 
pere,  &c. — e.  g., 

Quae  ad  oppugnandum  usui  erant,  comparare  coepit.  Caes.  B. 
G.  II,  12,  Argumento  sit  clades  Romana.  Liv.  V,  44,  5.  Verba 
testimonio  sunt.  Cic.  Rose.  Com.  4, 11.  Quicquid  umquam  dono 
dedisset.  Suet.  Tib.  11.  Locum  colloquio  dicere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
34.  Cleopatra,  quam  servatam  triumpho  magnopere  cupiebat. 
Suet.  Aug.  17.  Nee  aliter  universos  quam  membra  partisque  im¬ 
perii  curae  habuit.  Suet.  Aug.  48.  Consecutus  id  quod  animo 
proposuerat,  Caesar  receptui  cani  iussit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  47.  Eo 
consilio  domos  reliquerant  ut  locum  domicilio  deligerent.  Caes. 
B.  G.  I,  30.  Id  vero  periculum  est  ne  sollertius  castris  locum  ca- 
peret.  Liv.  IX.  17,  15.  Si  quis  despicatui  ducitur,  Mysorum  ul- 
timus  esse  dicitur.  Cic.  Flac.  27,  65.  Munitioni  castrorum  tern- 
pus  relinqui  volebat.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  9.  Ubi  omnes  idem  sentire 
intellexit,  posterum  diem  pugnae  constituit.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  23. 
Juventus,  quae  custodiis  in  oppido  remanserat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II, 
5.  Templum  dedico,  sedem  opimis  spoliis.  Liv.  I,  10,  6.  Si  rex 
in  aliqua  Graeciae  parte  sedem  bello  cepisset.  Liv.  XXXV,  18, 
3. 

Rem.  1.  Parallel  with  the  Dative  in  this  connection  is  the  Genitive,  or 
ad  with  the  Accusative,  particularly  with  locus,  sedes,  and  such  words. 
The  Genitive  specifically  defines  the  Substantive. — e.  g., 

Consultare  inde  principes  Veios  an  Fidenos  sedem  belli  caperent. 

Liv.  IV,  31,  8.  Vallo  ita  producto  ut  locum  ad  transgrediendum  hos- 
tes  haberent.  Liv.  XXI,  5,  9. 

349.  To  be  observed  is  the  Dative  of  the  Gerund  with 
esse,  in  the  sense  to  be  adequate  to ,  to  be  competent  to: 
the  Dative  scribendo  with  adesse= to  be  present  at  the 
drawing  up  of  a  document,  as  of  a  decree,  &c.,  also  the 
Dative  of  the  Gerund  with  the  name  of  a  public  official, 
to  express  the  object  or  end  for  which  he  was  appointed. 

— e-  g-» 

Nimim  id  fuit:  solvendo  enim  non  erat.  Cic.  Att.  XIII,  10,3. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


233 


Divitcs,  qui  oneri  ferendo  erant.  Liv.  II,  9,  6.  Experiendam  rem 
esse,  sitne  aliquis  plebeius  ferendo  honori.  Liv.  IV,  35,  9.  Nihil 
illic  imperatoriae  artis  ordinibus  locandis  fuit.  Liv.  IX,  13,  3. 
Fretus  esse  tolerando  certamini  legatum.  Liv.  X,  5,  5.  Ea,  quae 
restinguendo  igni  forent,  portantes,  in  agmen  ruebant.  Liv. 
XXX,  6,  3.  In  aede  Apollinis  scribendo  affuerunt  L.  Domitius, 
Q.  Caelius.  Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  8,  5.  Me  Albani  gerendo  bello  du- 
eem  creavere.  Liv.  I,  23,8.  Decern  viros  sacris  faciendis  plebeios 
videmus.  Liv.  X,8,  2.  Cf.  Comitia  consulibus  rogandis  habuit. 
Cic.  Div.  I.  17,  33.  Cf.  Cum  dies  venisset  rogationi  ex  senatus 
co n suit u  ferendae.  Cic.  Att.  I,  14,  5.  Quod  ius  statues  commu- 
ni  dividendo,  cum  commune  nihil  possit  esse,  &c.?  Cic.  Fam. 
VII,  12,  2.  Cf.  Dies  is  erat  legitimus  comitiis  habendis.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  II,  52,  129. 

350.  Double  Dative.  With  the  verb  esse,  and  the  verbs 
to  give ,  to  impute ,  and  with  verbs  of  motion  in  military 
operations,  to  send ,  to  lead ,  to  come,  to  go,  and  with  the 
verb  to  leave ,  occur  two  Datives,  the  one  the  Dative  of 
the  indirect  object,  the  Dative  of  the  end,  the  other  the 
Dative  of  (personal)  interest,  commodi  or  incommodi.  In 
military  operations  the  Datives  auxilio,  praesidio,  subsidio 
frequently  occur  as  Dative  of  indirect  object  or  end.  The 
Dative  of  the  personal  relation  depends  upon  the  verbal 
idea  resulting  from  the  association  of  the  Dative  of  the 
Indirect  object  or  end  and  thepredicate  expressed.— e.  g., 

Cum  viderent  illos  pecuniam  possidere,  illud  quidem  non  quae- 
rerent,  cui  bono  fuisset.  Cic.  Am.  31,  86.  Turri  tegmento  esse. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  9.  Gallis  esse  impedimento.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  25. 
Sibi  curae  esse.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  33.  Vobis  honori  et  amicis  utili- 
tati.  Cic.  Or.  I,  8,  34.  Mibi  maxime  cordi  esse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I, 
44,  112.  His  odio  esse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  3,  7.  Profecto  te  intel- 
leges  laudem  Sex.  Roscio  vitio  et  culpae  dedisse.  Cic.  Rose,  Am. 
16,  48.  Quod  seiret  sibi  crimini  datum  iri  pecuniam  accepisse, 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  29,  73.  An  censemus,  si  Fabio  laudi  datum  esset 
quod  pingeret,  &c.  Cic.  Tusc.  1,2,4.  Hoc  nostra  laus  erit,  quod 
illi  tribuebatur  ignaviae.  Cic.  Fam.  II,  16,  3.  Ne  sibi  vitio  ver- 


234 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


terent,  quod  abesset  a  patria.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  6,  1.  Curae  sibi 
habebat  certiorem  facere  Atticum.  Nep.  Att.  20.  Tu  nunc  tibi  id 
laudi  ducis,  quod  turn  fecisti  inopia?  Ter.  Ad.  II,  1,  25.  Sed  ita 
dictu  opus  est,  me  mea  omnia  bona  doti  dixisse  illi.  Ter.  Haut. 
V,  1,69.  Praedae  praesidio  esse.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  55.  Sibi  adiu- 
mento  esse.  Cie.  Verr.  Act.  pr.  3,  10.  Equitatui,  quern  auxilio 
Caesari  Aedui  miserant,  Dumnorix  praeerat.  Caes.  B.  G,  I,  18. 
Iis  auxilio  ex  ulterioribus  castellis  deductos  submittebant.  Caes. 
B.  G.  VII,  81.  Legiones  ab  opere  deductas  subsidio  suis  duxit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  69.  Naves  quas  praesidio  onerariis  navibus 
Curio  ex  Sicilia  eduxerat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  23.  Ii,  qui  prasidio 
erant  relicti,  subsidio  suis  ierunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  62.  Interim 
P.  Sulla  auxilio  cohorti  venit  cum  legionibus  duabus.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  Ill,  51.  Galli  sagittarios  interiecerant  qui  suis  auxilio  suc- 
currerent.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  80.  Caesar  praesidio  utrisque  cas- 
tris  quod  satis  esse  visum  est  reliquit.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  51.  Cf. 
Caesar  praesidio  navibus  Q.  Atrium  praefecit.  Caes.  B.  G,  V,  9. 

Rem.  1.  Instead  of  the  Dative  of  the  end  the  Appositive  Nominative 
or  Accusative,  and,  in  some  cases,  the  Accusative  with  ad  or  in  final  may 
be  used. — e.  g., 

Si  scieris  velle  aliquem  imprudentem  super  aspidem  assidere,  cuius 
mors  tibi  emolumentum  ( Cf.  Eniolumento)  futura  sit,  improbe  feceris 
nisi  monueris  ne  assidat.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  18,  59.  Donum  Jovi  Coronam 
auream  in  Capitolium  tulere  parvi  ponderis.  Liv.  Ill,  57,  7.  Eum 
reliquerat  Hannibal  ad  regionis  eius  praesidium.  Eiv.  XXI,  60,  5. 
(Here  ad  praesidium=ut  praesidio  esset).  Attalus  trecentos  tantum 
milites  in  praesidium  miserunt.  Liv.  XXXI,  16,  7. 

Rem.  2.  When  the  Ablative  occurs  with  the  preposition,  as  with  the 
verb  relinquere,  the  Case  expresses  the  locative  relation,  and  is  not  to  be 
compared  with  the  Dative.  In  a  sense  nearly  related  to  the  Dative  of 
end  occurs  the  Genitive  with  causa. — e.  g., 

Addunt  pavorem  signa  eorum  qui  in  praesidio  reJicti  fuerant.  Liv. 
I,  14,  9.  Egerius  Collatiae  in  praesidio  relictus.  Liv.  I.  38,  1.  Co- 
hortes  quae  essent  ibi  in  praesidio.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  20.  Clamorem 
militum  audit,  quos  rex  in  oppido  praesidii  causa  reliquerat.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  HI,  106. 

351.  The  use  of  two  Datives,  dicto  and  the  Dative  of  a 
personal  relation  with  audiens  esse  is  to  be  observed. — e.  g., 

Respondit  dicto  audientem  fuisse  se  praetori,  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV, 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


235 


12,  27.  Istae  imagines  ita  nobis  dieto  audientes  sunt?  Cic.  Div. 
II,  67,  138.  Coniscit  illam,  vocem  Cn.  Pompeius  omnes  oportere 
senatui  dicto  audientes  esse.  Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  4,  4.  Dixit  nihil  in- 
teresse  utrum  Caesar  senatui  dicto  audiens  futurus  non  esset  an 
pareret,  Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  8,  9. 

352.  The  Dative  of  the  Agent.  This  Dative  retains  ev¬ 
erywhere,  more  or  less  distinctly,  the  force  of  the  Dative 
Commodi  in  connection  with  the  Passive.  The  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  ab  denotes  the  author  or  agent  of 
the  action :  the  Dative,  on  the  other  hand  presents  the 
agent  with  special  reference  to  him  as  the  person  to  whom 
the  action  pertains.  In  other  words,  in  the  use  of  the 
Dative  the  relation  of  agent  or  doer  while  involved  is 
subordinated  to  that  of  the  person  interested  in  the  action 
as  one  realized  or  accomplished  or  in  its  development  as 
expressed  by  a  simple  tense.  The  Dative  as  the  case  of 
personal  interest  is  naturally  associated  with  a  completed 
action,  or  state  realized.  Hence  we  find  the  Dative  of  the 
so-called  agent  generally  associated  with  a  compound  tense 
in  the  Passive  rather  than  with  a  simple  tense. — e.  g., 

Disputatio,  quae  mihi  nuper  habita  est  in  Tusculano.  Cic.  Tusc. 

11,  1,  2.  (In  this  sentence  mihi  habita  est  is  almost  the  same  with 
mihi  fait.)  Permagni  aestimo  tibi  factum  nostrum  probari.  Cic. 
Att.  X,  1,  1.  (In  this  sentence  tibi  factum  nostrum  probari  is 
quite  the  same  as  tibi  factum  nostrum  placere.)  Mihi,  ut  urbi 
satis  esset  praesidii,  consultum  atque  pro  visum  est.  Cic.  Cat.  II, 

12,  26.  Mihi  iudicatum,  si  hoc  Caesar  volet,  deponere  illam  per¬ 
sonam.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  33,  2.  Sumatur  nobis  quidam  praestans 
vir  optimis  artibus.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  24,  68.  li  libri  cum  in  Tuscu¬ 
lano  mihi  legerentur  audiente  Sallustio.  Cic.Q.  fr.  Ill,  5,  1.  Hon- 
esta  enim  bonis  viris,  non  occulta  quaeruntur.  Cic.  Off.  Ill,  9.  38. 
Mihi  haec  oratio  suscepta  non  de  te  est,  sed  de  genere  toto.  Cic. 
Off.  II,  13,  8.  Quaerentibus  utrimque  ratio  initur.  Liv  I,  23, 10. 
Contemni  patribus  desierunt.  Liv.  XXII,  34,  8.  Hoc  consilium 
Caesaris  plerisque  non  probabatur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  72. 


236 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


353.  This  Dative  of  the  agent  occurs  in  Cicero  quite 
frequently  with  (aliquid)  cognitum,  auditum,  compertum, 
quaesitum,  susceptum,  institutum,  consideratum,  provi- 
sum,  praecautum,  consultum,  deliberatum,  elaboratum, 
eogitatum,  inventum,  pertractatum,  notatum,  perceptum, 
laudatum  est,  &c.,  more  rarely  with  the  simple  Passive 
tenses — aliquid  probatur,  comprobatur,  quaeritur,  acqui- 
ritur,  reperitur,  legitur,  neglegitur. 

354.  With  the  future  Passive  Participle  the  agent  is  reg¬ 
ularly  expressed  in  the  Dative.  Here  the  relation  of  agent 
or  doer  is  subordinated  to  that  of  the  person  upon  whom 
is  devolved  the  obligation  or  duty  of  doing  the  action. 
In  this  connection  the  Dative  retains  its  office  as  the  case 
commodi. — e.  g., 

Tibi  ipsi  pro  te  erit  maxima  corona  causa  dicenda.  Cic.  Tusc. 
I,  5,  10.  Paucis  post  annis  tamen  ei  moriendum  fuit.  Cic.  Fam. 
IV,  5,  4.  Rem  frustra  temptatam  Caesar  dimittendam  sibi  iudi- 
cat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  26. 

Rem.  1.  When  the  Dative  of  the  agent  and  of  the  (logical)  object  are 
employed  in  the  same  sentence  and  depend  upon  the  same  verb — the  Fu¬ 
ture  Passive  Participle — then  to  prevent  ambiguity  the  former  may  be 
expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  ab. — e.  g., 

Aguntur  bona  multorum  civium,  quibus  est  a  vobis  consulendum. 

Cic.  Imp.  Pomp.  2,  6. 

Rem.  2.  When  the  concurrence  of  two  Datives  as  dependencies  upon 
the  Future  Passive  Participle  can  result  in  no  ambiguity  as  to  the  agent 
and  logical  object,  they  are  allowed. — e.  g., 

Sentio,  iudices,  moderandum  mihi  esse  iam  orationi  meae.  Cic.  Verr. 

II,  III,  43,  103. 

Rem.  2.  To  give  prominence  to  the  relation  of  the  agent,  and  when  there 
is  no  Dative  of  the  logical  object,  the  former  may  be  expressed  in  the 
Ablative,  with  the  preposition  ab.  In  such  cases  the  real  doer  of  the  ac¬ 
tion  is  emphasized,  and  the  person  upon  whom  is  simply  imposed  the  ob¬ 
ligation  to  do  is  subordinated. — e.  g., 

Quae  oratio  non  a  philosopho  aliqtio  sed  a  censore  opprimenda  est. 

Cic.  Fin.  II,  10,  30.  In  this  example  reference  is  had  not  so  much  to 

the  person  whose  duty  it  is,  and  upon  whom  is  imposed  the  obligation 

to  act,  as  to  him  by  whom  the  action  must,  has  to,  be  done. — e.g., 
Crassus  a  consulibus  mearn  causam  suscipiendam  esse  dicebat.  Cic. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


237 


Sest.  18,  41.  Prim  mil  a  prudentibus  et  usu  doctis  monendi  impera- 
tores  sunt.  Liv.  XLIV,  22,  12.  Quod  dicebam  ad  haec  transfer  quae 
ab  homine  facienda  sunt.  Sen.  Ep.  65,  3.  Et  a  grandi  cervix  ferienda 
ministro.  Juv.  XII,  14. 

Rem.  4.  When  the  agene\'  is  presented  in  the  form  of  an  impersonal  re¬ 
lation  it  is  expressed  in  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  ah,  when  it  is 
conceived  as  a  personal  actor  or  doer.  The  Passive  means  or  instrument 
must  be  expressed,  of  course, in  the  Ablative  without  a  preposition—  e.g., 
Neque  is,  qui  optime  potest,  deserendus  est  a  cohortatione  nostra. 
Cic.  Or.  II,  20,  86.  Novo  quidam  amore  veterem  amorem  tanquam 
clavo  clavum  eiciendum  putant.  Cic.  Tusc.  IV,  35,  75.  Modestia  tua 
terrore  vincenda  erat.  Plin.  Paneg.  5. 

The  Dative  with  Adjectives. 

355.  The  Dative  is  used  with  Adjectives  which  signify 
easy,  difficult,  agreeable,  disagreeable,  friendly,  hostile, 
useful,  unprofitable,  consistent,  like,  unlike,  different, 
equal,  unequal,  suitable,  dangerous,  faithful,  unfaithful, 
&c.—e.  g., 

Cui  censemus  cursum  ad  deos  faciliorem  fuisse  quam  Scipioni  ? 
Cic.  Am.  4,  14.  Locus  Marso  (difficilis) ,  sed  Romano  facillimus 
(est.)  Cic.  Div.  II,  33,  70.  Id  militibus  fuit  pergratum  et  iucun- 
dum.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,  86.  Quos  offendit  noster  minime  nobis  in- 
iucundus  labor.  Cic.  Fin.  I,  1,3.  Di  generi  hominum  amici  sunt. 
Cic.  Div.  II,  49,  102.  Tibi  senectus  gravis  est.  Cic.  Sen.  2,  4. 
Sibi  finitimi  sunt  inimici.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  31.  Consilium  tibi  uti- 
lissimum  est.  Cic.  Fam.  IX,  9,  2.  Somnia  minime  consentanea 
maiestate  deorum.  Cic.  Div.  II,  64,  135.  Simile  hello  fuit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  77.  Aedificia  Gallicis  eonsimilia.  Caes.  B.  G. 
V,  12.  Cotta  Sulpicio  dissimilis.  Cic.  Brut.  56,  204.  Non  ab- 
similis  illi  narratur  in  Thebis  delubro  Serapis.  Plin.  N.  H. 
XXXVI,  11,  58.  Sibi  parem  esse.  Cic.  Am.  19,  69.  Sententia 
priori  diversa  est.  Quint.  II,  3,  10.  Impar  tantis  honoribus. 
Suet.  Tib.  67.  His  multum  dispares.  Cic.  Off.  I,  30, 109.  Naves 
ei  loco  proximae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  6.  Nihil  tarn  contrarium  na¬ 
turae.  Cic.  Div.  II,  7,  18.  Locus  peridoneus  castris'  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  24.  Populo  Romano  periculosum.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  33. 
Quern  sibi  fidelem  esse  arbitrabatur.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  21.  Infkle- 
lior  mihi.  Plaut.  Capt.  II,  3,  83,  &c. 


238 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


356,  Adjectives  of  likeness  and  unlikeness ;  similis ,  & c., 
allow  either  the  Dative  or  Genitive.  No  clear  distinction 
can  be  drawn  between  the  Dative  and  Genitive  with  these 
adjectives,  except  that  in  the  Classical  Latin  the  Genitive 
of  the  Personal  Pronouns,  mei,  tui,  sui,  &c.,  is  the  Rule, 
but  in  this  the  Rule  is  not  invariable.  The  statement  that 
with  the  Genitive  resemblance  or  likeness  in  character  (in¬ 
ternal  resemblance)  is  meant  (Est  similis  tui  moribus), 
while  with  the  Dative  resemblance  or  likeness  in  figure  or 
form  (external  resemblance)  is  meant  (Est  similis  tibi 
figura)  is  not  sustained  by  the  facts  in  the  language.  As 
little  do  the  facts  in  the  language  require  as  invariable 
usage  the  employment  of  the  Genitive  of  a  living  creature, 
but  the  Dative  of  an  inanimate  object  or  thing.  While  it 
is  true,  in  Cicero  at  least,  that  the  Genitive  of  a  person  or 
of  a  God  is  more  frequently  found  with  similis  than  the 
Dative,  if  the  facts  in  the  language  be  considered  the  con¬ 
clusion  is  irresistible  that  the  Latin  writers  often  used 
either  the  Dative  or  Genitive  with  adjectives  of  likeness 
and  unlikeness  with  no  conscious  reference  to  any  differ¬ 
ence  between  the  cases. — e.  g., 

Ego  possum  suspicari  bovis  exile  cor  dissimile  cordis  fuisse. 
Cie.  Div.  II,  16,  37.  Democritus  huic  in  hoc  similis,  uberior  in 
ceteris.  Cie.  Acad.  II,  37,  118.  Sed  non  video  cur  non  potuerit 
patri  similis  esse  filius.  Cie.  Fin.  V,  5,  12.  Eum  disciplina  patris 
similem  esse  coegit.  Cie.  Yerr.  II,  V,  12,  30.  Quid  habet  illius 
carminis  simile  haec  oratio  ?  Cic.  Rep.  I,  36,  56.  Causa  posita 
consimilis  earum  causarum.  Cic.  Or.  I,  33,  149.  Res  consimilis 
rebus  iis.  Cic.  Phil.  II,  13,  28.  Et.  L.  Crassi  et  multorum  Cras- 
sorum  inventus  est  dissimillimus.  Cic.  Brut.  81,  282.  Nihil  tarn 
dissimile,  quam  Cotta  Sulpicio.  Cic.  Brut.  56,  204.  Non  eum 
cum  summisviris  comparo,sed  simillimum  deo  iudico.  Cic.  Marc. 
3,  8.  Necesse  est  ignis  ei  similis  sit  igni.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  15,  40. 
Quare  cum  solis  ignis  similis  eorum  ignium  sit.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  15, 
41.  Qui  maesti  inter  sui  dissimiles  et  maerentes  sedebant.  Cic. 
Att.  I,  16,  3.  Optime  considerabitis  vestri  similes  feminae  sintne 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


239 


Romae.  Cic.  Fam.  XIV,  14,  1.  Ne  licet  quidem  tibi  non  tui  simi- 
lem  esse.  Cic.  Fam.  IX,  14,  6.  Antonins  mihi  te  simillimum  dix¬ 
it  sibi  vidcri.  Cic.  Or.  Ill,  12,  47. 

Rem.  1.  The  adjective  similis  takes  the  Genitive  of  verum  rather  than 
the  Dative  vero,  also  the  Dative  of  hoc,  illud,  id,  not  the  Genitive  huius, 
&c.-e.  g., 

Id  eo  facilius  eredebatur,  quia  simile  veri  videbatur.  Cic.  Fam.  XII, 
5,  1.  Quid  veri  simillimum  esset  inveniri  posse  Socrates  arbitrabatur. 
Cic.  Tusc.  I,  4,  8.  Quaeres,  quid  intersit:  si  enim  hoc  illi  simile  sit, 
esse  illud  hie.  Cic.  N.  D.  I,  32,  90. 

357.  With  the  adjectives  par  and  dispar  occur  both  the 

(Dative  and  Genitive  in  all  periods  of  the  language.  The 
form  par  with  the  Genitive  is  perhaps  best  interpreted  as 

I  a  substantive.  The  Ablative  with  the  preposition  cum  in 
connection  with  par  approaches  very  nearly  the  sense  ol 
the  Dative  with  this  adjective. — e.  g., 

Cratippus,  quern  ego  parem  summis  Peripateticis  iudico.  Cic. 
Div.  I,  3,  5.  Sunt  his  alii  multum  dispares,  simplices  et  aperti. 
Cic.  Off.  I,  30,  109.  Facio  iniuriam  viro,  qui  ilium,  cuius  paucos 
pares  haec  civitas  tulit,  cum  hac  belua  conferam.  Cic.  Pis.  4,  8. 
Animi  natura  non  habebat  in  se  quicquam  dispar  sui.  Cic.  Sen. 
21, 78.  Is  quern  tu  parem  cum  liberis  tuis  fecisti.  Sail.  Jug.  14. 

358.  The  adjective  superstes  allows  either  the  Genitive 
or  Dative. — e.  g., 

Utinam  te  non  solum  vitae,  sed  etiam  dignitatis  meae  supersti- 
tem  reliquissem.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  I,  3,  1.  Nam  precabantur  ut  sibi  sui 
liberi  superstites  essent.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  28,  72. 

359.  In  connection  with  adjectives  which  signify  near¬ 
ness  is  to  be  observed,  apart  from  the  Dative,  the  use  of 
the  Accusative  with  propior,  propius ;  proximus,  proxime. 
In  the  employment  of  the  Accusative  is  retained  the  con¬ 
struction  of  the  preposition  prope  in  the  Comparative 
and  Superlative  adverb  and  adjective.  The  conception 
nearer  from  and  nearest  from  is  naturally  and  regularly 
expressed  by  the  preposition  ab  and  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 


! 


240 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Ambitio  animos  hominum  exercebat,  quod  vitium  propius  vir- 
tutem  erat.  Sail.  Cat.  11,  1.  (The  use  of  the  Accusative  with 
the  comparative  adjective  propior  has  not  been  observed  in  Cic¬ 
ero.)  Tanta  tempestas  coorta  est  ut  naves  ad  inferiorem  partem 
insulae,  quae  est  propius  solis  oecasum,  magno  sui  cum  periculo 
deicerentur.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  28.  (Oportet)  nee  propius  urbem 
miliapassuum  ducenta  admoverit.  Cic.  Phil.  VII,  9.  26.  Proximi 
sunt  Germanis,  qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  1. 
Crassus  hie  et  concretus  aer,  qui  est  terrae  proximus.  Cic.  Tusc. 

I,  18,  42.  Publius  Crassus  proximus  mare  Oceanum  in  Andibus 
hiemarat.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  7.  Proxime  Pompeium  sedebam.  In- 
tellexi  hominem  moveri.  Cic.  Att.  I,  14,3.  Cetera  loca  Numidae 
tenent:  proxime  Hispaniam  Mauri  sunt.  Sail.  Jug.  19.  Nam  ut 
illic  quisquis  ab  igne  propior  stetit,  percusso  similis  obstupuit. 
Sen.  Ep.  74,  4.  Aliae  (stellae)  propius  a  terris  eadem  spatia  con- 
ficiunt.  Cic.  N.  D.  I,  31,  87.  Ne  iambus  quidem  aut  dactylus  si 
est  proximus  a  postremo.  Cic.  Or.  64,  217.  A  Sura  autem  prox¬ 
ime  est  Philiscum  oppidum  Parthorum.  Plin.  N.  H.  V,  24,  89. 

360.  To  be  observed  is  the  Dative  along  with  the  preposi¬ 
tion  cum  and  the  Ablative,  associated  with  the  adjective 
communis  and  the  verb  esse — also  the  Accusative  with 
cum  and  the  Ablative  and  the  verb  habere. — e.  g., 

Quam  iste  laudetn  communem  sibi  ait  esse  mecum.  Cic.  Verr. 

II,  I,  7.  18.  Sunt  quaedam  in  te  singularia:  quaedam  tibi  (sunt) 
cum  multis  communia.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  88,  206.  Sed  vetustas 
habet  aliquid  commune  cum  multis,  amor  non  habet.  Cic.  Fam. 
XI,  27,  2. 

361.  The  constructions  with  adjectives  signifying  fitness, 
adaptedness ,  and  tendency  are  to  be  observed.  The  form 
aptus  takes  the  Dative  of  a  personal  relation — the  Dative 
or  the  preposition  ad,  less  frequently  the  preposition  in, 
with  the  Accusative  of  an  impersonal  relation :  the  adjec¬ 
tive  idoneus  in  addition  to  the  Dative  allows  the  preposi¬ 
tion  ad  and  the  Accusative :  the  adjective  habilis  and  the 
form  accommodatus  in  addition  to  the  Dative  allow  the 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


241 


preposition  ad  and  the  Accusative :  the  adjective  opportu¬ 
ne  takes  regularly  the  Dative,  less  frequently  the  preposi¬ 
tion  ad  and  the  Accusative:  the  adjective  utilis  in  addition 
to  the  Dative  allows  the  preposition  ad  and  the  Accusative, 
the  forms  pronus,  intentus,  and  promptus  tend  to  the  Ac¬ 
cusative  with  the  preposition  ad  or  in  in  (classical  Latin. 

— e.  g., 

Haec  genera  dicendi  aptiora  sunt  adolescentibus.  Cic.  Brut. 
95,  326.  Intellectual  est  nostros  minus  aptos  esse  ad  huius  ge¬ 
neris  hostem.  Caes>  B.  G.  V,  16.  Erant  deprehensi  genere  pug- 
nae,  in  quod  minime  anti  sunt.  Liv.  XXXVIII,  21,  7,  Eius  Fal- 
ernum  mihi  idoneum  visum  est  deversorio.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  19,  1. 
Non  essem  ad  ullam  causam  idoneus  si  id  non  viderem.  Cic.  Clu. 
0 ,17.  Aegyptum  ut  habiliorem  annonae  urbicae  ledderet.  Suet. 
Aug.  18.  Nunquam  ingenium  idem  ad  res  diversissimas  habilius 
fuit.  Liv.  XXI,  4,  3.  Hispano  cingitur  gladio  ad  propiorem  ha- 
bili  pugnam.  Liv.  VII,  10,  5.  Si  earn  (legem)  vobis  accommoda- 
tam  intellegerem,  eius  auctor  essem.  Cic.  Leg.  Ag.  11,6,14.  Pup- 
pes  ad  magnitudinem  fluctuum  accommodatae.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill, 
13.  Ceterae  res  opportunae  sunt  singulae  rebus  singulis.  Cic. 
Am.  6,  22.  Ad  omnia  haec  magis  opportunus  nee  magis  ex  usu 
tuo  nemost.  Ter.  Eun.  V,  9,  47.  Nonne  sapiens  abstulerit  cibum 
alteri,  homini  ad  nullam  rem  utili?  Cic.  Off.  Ill,  6,  29.  Soli  huic 
eognitioni  per  totos  dies  intentus.  Suet.  Tib.  62.  Epicurus  do- 
cet  in  eas  imagines  mentem  intentam  nostram  intellegentiam  ca- 
pere.  Cic.  N.  D.  I,  19,  49.  Diseors  exercitus  nee  ad  unum  inten¬ 
tus  imperium  cuncta  turbaverat.  Curt.  Ill,  22.  Romani  sic  ha- 
buere  alia  omnia  virtuti  suae  prona  esse.  Sail.  Jug.  114.  Quar- 
taque  anxitudo  prona  ad  luctum  et  maerens.  Cic.  Rep.  II,  41, 
68.  Pronum  in  libidines  fuisse  constans  opinio  est.  Suet.  Caes. 
50.  Nuntii  incedunt  qui  gnara  Claudio  cuncta  et  venire  promp- 
tum  ultioni  afferrent.  Tac.  Ann.  XI,  32.  Promptiores  debemus 
esse  ad  nostra  pericula  quam  ad  communia.  Cic.  Off.  I,  24,  83. 
Promptior  in  spem,et  firmus  ad versis pedes  ante  vexilla  constitit. 

Tae.  Agr.  35, 

The  Genitive  Case. 

362.  The  Genitive  is  the  case  of  specific  definition.  In 


242 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


other  words,  the  Genitive  defines  by  presenting  the  specific 
limits  within  which  a  generic  term  is  to  be  taken  or  the 
exact  limits  as  to  kind  within  which  a  generic  term  is  re¬ 
stricted.  It  defines  by  assigning  the  limits  as  to  kind. 
This  office  the  Genitive  performs  whether  it  bears  to  the 
generic  idea  the  relation  of  subject  or  object ;  of  the 
whole  to  the  part ,  of  price ,  of  quality ,  of  character ,  or 
whatever  be  the  specific  relation  of  the  Genitive  to  the 
word  defined  by  it.  In  the  phrase  “Flos  horti”  the  gene¬ 
ric  term  flos  is  specifically  defined  by  the  Genitive  horti. 
A  flower  of  the  garden,  or  a  garden-flower  in  contradis¬ 
tinction  to  the  forest-dower ,  the  meadow-dower ,  the  held 
dower.  Again,  in  the  phrase  amor  amici=love  of  (=by) 
a  friend  the  Genitive  amici  specifically  defines  as  subject 
the  generic  term  amor.  Love  by  a  friend  in  contradistinc¬ 
tion  to  love  by  a  father  or  by  a  mother,  by  a  brother ,  by  a 
sister ,  &c.  Again  amor  amici  — love  of  (=for)  a  friend, 
the  Genitive  amici  specifically  limits,  as  the  object ,  the  ge¬ 
neric  term  amor.  Love  lor  a  friend ,  in  contradistinction 
to  love  for  a  father ,  for  a  mother ,  or  for  any  other  object 
of  the  affection.  This  force  of  the  Genitive  is  clearly  pre¬ 
sented  by  Cicero  Off.  1, 10  in  the  phrase  Dierum  indutiae= 
a  truce  for  (of)  days.  The  generic  term  indutiae  is  spe¬ 
cifically  defined  by  dierum.  A  truce  for  days  in  contradis¬ 
tinction  to  a  truce  for  nights.  The  offices  of  the  Genitive 
may  be  conveniently  considered  under  the  following  tech¬ 
nical  designations  of  the  case. 

I.  The  Subjective  Genitive. 

363.  This  Genitive  denotes  source  or  authorship ,  the 
person  or  thing  from  whom  or  from  which  proceeds  that 
which  is  implied  in  the  word  upon  which  it  depends. 

The  Subjective  Genitive  occurs  with  substantives. — e.  g., 

Oratio  consulis.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  4.  In  this  phrase  consulis= 
of  or  hy  the  Consul.  Hence  the  Consul’s  oration  :  the  oration  of 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


243 


the  Consul  or  bv  the  Consul.  Veritus  ne  militum  introitu  et  noc- 
turni  temporis  licentia  oppidum  diriperetur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  21. 
In  this  example  the  phrase  introitu  militum  means  by  the  en- 
tranee  of  or  by  the  soldiers,  and  nocturni  temporis  licentia  means 
by  the  license  of  (^afforded  by)  the  night  season.  Magistratuum 
nostrorum  iniurias  tulerunt.  Cic.  Verr,  II,  II,  3,  8.  Here  the 
phrase  magistratuum  nostrorum  iniurias  means  the  wrongs  of, 
done  by,  our  civil  magistrates. 

334.  This  genitive  frequently  occurs  with  the  name  ol 
an  author  of  a  literary  work,  of  a  work  of  art,  of  a  saying. 
In  this  connection  is  to  be  observed  illud  =  “that  well- 
known  saying.” — e.  g., 

Quod  in  nostri  Fabii  Pictoris  Graecis  annalibus  eius  modi  est. 
Cic.  Div.  I,  21,  43.  Superbi  Tarquinii  Somnium,  de  quo  in  Bruto 
Aceii  loquitur  ipse.  Cic.  Div.  I,  22,  43.  Unum  signuin  Cupidinis 
marmoreum  Praxitelis.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  2,  4.  Is(Cupido)  dice- 
batur  esse  Myronis,  ut  opinor,  et  certa.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  3,  5. 
Haec  signa  Praxitelis,  Myronis,  Polycliti  vendit  a.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
IV,  6,  12.  Est  Eupompi  Victor  palmam  tenens.  Plin.  N.  H. 
XXXV,  10,  75.  Scitum  est  enim  illud  Catonis,  ut  multa.  Cic. 
Am.  24,  90.  Ex  quo  et  illud  est  Callani  et  Homerici  Hectoris. 
Cic.  Div.  I,  30,  65. 

365.  The  translation  of  the  Genitive  by  a  preposition 
with  a  substantive  should  not  mislead  to  the  employment 
in  Latin  of  a  preposition  and  its  proper  case.— e.  g., 

Continens  omnium  dierum  labor.  Caes.  B,  Civ.  Ill,  63.  (Om¬ 
nium  dierum=of  all  the  days,  for  all  the  days,  through  all  the 
days.)  Trium  mensium  molita  eibaria.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  5.  (Tri- 
um  mensium=of  three  months,  for  three  months.) 

366.  Apposition  Genitive.  To  the  Subjective  Genitive 
refer  the  Genitive  which  serves  simply  to  define  the  word 
upon  which  it  depends,  and  to  which  it  stands  in  the  rela¬ 
tion  of  an  apposition,  or  of  an  appositive  definition,  e.  g., 

Testes  excitamus  eos,  qui  voluptatis  nomen  audire  non  possent. 


244 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Cic.  Fin.  II,  21,  67.  Quid  est  amare,  e  quo  nomen  ductum  amici- 
tiae  est?  Cic.  Fin.  11,25,78.  Anile  et  plenum  superstitionis  fati 
nomen  ipsum.  Cie.  Div.  II,  7, 19.  Sex  dies  ad  earn  rem  conficien- 
dam  spatii  postulant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  3.  Magnum  numerum 
supplement  nomine  in  legiones  distribuerat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
4.  Ne  parricidio  macularent  partus  suos,  nepotum  illi,  hi  liberum 
progenietn.  Liv.  I,  13,  2.  (Eos)ad  Asturae  flumen  Maenius,  im- 
proviso  adortus,fudit.  Liv. VIII,  13,  5.  Quid  ad  bellurn  Ronanum 
attineret,  si  Trasimeni  quam  Trebiae,  si  Cannarum  quam  Trasi- 
mani  pugna  nobilior  esset?  Liv.  XXIII,  43,4.  Ad  Hannibalem, 
cum  ad  lacum  Avcrni  esset,  quinque  iuvenes  venerunt.  Liv. 
XXIV,  13,  1. 

367.  To  the  Subjective  Genitive  refer  the  Genitive  Epex- 
egeticus.  Explicative  or  explanatory  Genitive.  There  is 
but  little  difference  between  the  Appositive  Genitive  and 
the  Genitive  Epexegeticus,  which  is  most  clearly  seen  with 
Causa  and  Genus. — e.  g., 

Unum  genus  est  eorum  qui  maiores  possessiones  habent.  Cic. 
Cat.  II,  8,  18.  Ut  incommoda  propter  causam  sceleris  istius  eve- 
nire  videantur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  51,  113.  'Eum  simulacrum  Cer- 
eris  et  Victoriae  reposcebant.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  51,  113. 

368.  Of  like  character  with  the  preceding  is  the  Genitive 
defining  a  substantive  which  stands  to  it  in  the  relation 
of  an  adjective.  In  this  case  the  governing  substantive, 
while  it  is  defined  by  the  Genitive,  is  restricted  to  the  spe¬ 
cific  limits  furnished  by  it. — e.  g., 

Stultitiam  censuerunt  constantia  carentem  posse  tueri  medioc- 
ritatem  officiorum.  Cic.  Tusc.  Ill,  5,  II.  (Mediocritatem  offici- 
orum  may  be  resolved  as  media  officia.)  Admiratum  Leontem 
novitatem  nominis  quaesivisse,  quinam  essent  philosophi.  Cic. 
Tusc.  V,  3,  8.  (Here  novitatem  nominis  may  be  resolved  as  no- 
vhtn  nomen.)  Quorum  imbutae  mentes  pravitatis  erroribus.  Cic. 
Tusc.  V,  27,  78.  (Here  pravitatis  erroribus  may  be  resolved  as 
pravis  erroribus.)  Quaedam  pestes  hominum  te  a  me  alienarunt. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


245 


Cic.  Fam.  V,  8,  2.  Pondera  saxorum  provoluunt  Tac.  H.  Ill,  27. 
Pontes  humido  paludum  imponere.  Tac.  Ann,  I,  61.  Scelus  viri 
Palaestrio  is  me  in  hanc  illexit  fraudem.  Plaut.  M.  G.  V,  41. 
Quatn  ab  lenone  abduxti  tu  hodie,  scelus  viri.  Plaut.  Cure.  V, 
2,  16.  Flagitium  hominis,  da  obsecro  argentum  huie.  Plaut. 
Asin.  II,  4,  47.  Tu  scabie  frueris  mali,  quod  in  aggere  rodit. 
Juv.V,  153. 

369.  Instead  of  the  Genitives  (in  the  relation  of  Subjec¬ 
tive  Genitives)  of  the  personal  pronouns  ego,  tu,  se,  nos, 
vos,  the  Possessives  meus,  tuus,  suus,  noster,  vester  are 
used,  as  a  rule. — e.  g., 

Ilia  augentur  cogitatione  et  memoria  mea.  Cic.  Am.  27,  104. 
Multas  uno  tempore  accepi  epistolas  tuas.  Cic.  Att.  VII,  5,  1. 

(  Pompeius  hortatus  est)  ne  nova  Caesaris  offieia  veterum  suorum 
beneficiorum  in  eos  memoriam  expellerent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  34. 
Clamitabat  magno  esse  Germanisdolori  nostras  victorias.  Caes. 
B.  G.  V,  29,  Senes  in  adolescentium  caritate  acquiescimus,  ut  in 
vestra  (caritate).  Cic.  Am.  27.  101.  Sicilia  vexata  est  nostra 
patrumque  memoria.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  54,  125.  Insidiae,  quae 
tuae  atque  horum  famae  comparantur.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.  pr.  17. 
52.  Halaesini  pro  suis  maiorumque  meritis  leges  petiverunt.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  III,  49,  122.  Portus  et  nostris  classibus  et  Carthagi- 
niensium  clausus  fuisset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  52,  116. 

370.  Sometimes  two  Subjective  Genitives  occur,  one  of 
which  depends  upon  and  is  governed  by  the  other.  Rarely 
do  more  than  two  Genitives  (Subjective)  succeed  one 
another. — e.  g., 

Nisifructus  tuae  suavitatis  praeteriti  temporis  exegero.  Cic. 
Att.  IV,  1,  2.  (In  this  sentence  suavitatis  depends  upon  fructus, 
and  temporis  upon  suavitatis,  rather  than  upon  fructus. )  Cuius 
(Antonii)  ut  omittam  scelera  urbani  consulatus.  Cic.  Phil.  \II, 
5,  15.  (Here  consulatus  depends  upon  scelera,  and  euins  upon 
consulatus,  rather  than  upon  scelera.)  Huius  (Ulixis )  animi  pars 
ilia  mollior  rationi  paruit.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  21,  50.  Res  gestae 


246 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


principis  terrarum  populi.  Liv.Praef.  3.  Uxoris  Quinctii  sororis 
filius  erat.  Liv.  XXXII,  36,  10. 

371.  Sometimes  two  Genitives  govern  each  other ,  one  ol 
which  is  the  Subjective ,  the  other  the  Objective ,  Genitive. 
— e  <r 

Magnus  animorum  motus  est  factus  eorum  quorum  oportuit. 
Cic.  Fam.  I,  9,  8.  (In  this  sentence  animorum,  the  Objective  Gen¬ 
itive  depends  upon  motus,  and  eorum,  the  Subjective  Genitive ,  de¬ 
pends  upon  animorum.)  Rerum  gestarum  memoria  principis  ter¬ 
rarum  populi.  Liv.  Praef.  3. 

372.  Sometimes  two  Genitives,  the  one  Subjective ,  the 
other  Objective ,  depends  upon,  and  are  governed  by  the 
same  word. — e.  g., 

Labor  est  functio  quaedam  vel  animi  vel  corporis  gravioris 
operis.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  15,  35.  (In  this  sentence  both  animi  and 
corporis  Subjunctive  Genitives,  and  operis,  the  Objective  Genitive, 
depend  upon,  and  are  governed  by,  functio.) 

373.  As  the  Possessive  substitutes  the  Subjective  Geni¬ 
tive  of  a  personal  pronoun,  so  does  the  form  alienus  regu¬ 
larly  represent  the  Subjective  Genitive  of  alius,  and,  occa¬ 
sionally,  the  form  cuius— a— um  the  Subjective  Genitive  of 
the  Relative  qui. — e.  g., 

Est  enim  difficilis  cura  rerum  alienariun.  Cic.  Off.  I,  9,30.  Haec 
praecipienda  videntur  lectoribus,  ne  alienos*  mores  ad  suos  refer- 
ant.  Nep.  Ep.  I.  Apronius  certiorem  facit  istum,  cuia  res  erat. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  III.  27,  68. 

374.  The  Subjective  Genitive  of  a  personal  pronoun  oc¬ 
casionally  occurs  instead  of  the  Possessive.  This  is  par¬ 
ticularly  the  case  with  the  Genitive  sui,  nostrum,  vestrum. 
-e.  g., 

Vectigalia  locare  nusquam  licet  nisi  in  hac  urbe,  hac  vestrum 
frequentia.  Cic.  Leg.  Agr.  II,  21,  55.  (In  this  sentence  we  look 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


.  247 


for  hac  vestra  frequentia.)  Earn  autem  unius  tui  studio  me  as- 
sequi  posse  eonfido.  Cic.  Fam.  II,  6,  5.  (In  this  sentence  we  look 
for  unius  tuo  studio.)  Recordamini  quantus  consensus  vest  rum. 
Cic.  Phil.  V,  1,  2.  Qua  re  noli  me  ad  contentionem  vestrum  lo- 
eare.  Cic.  Plane.  6,  16.  Ad  Cyrum  nobilissimum  regem  originem 
sni  (=suam)  referens.  Curt.  IV,  45.  Quamdiu  vobiscum  in  acie 
stabo  nec  mei  nec  hostium  exercitus  numero.  Curt.  IX,  10.  (In 
this  sentence  mei  (=meos)  may  be  justified  by  hostium.)  Saepe 
maiores  nostrum  miseriti  plebis  Romanae  inopiae  eius  opitulati 
sunt.  Sail.  Cat.  33.  Testificatus  non  longam  sui  absentiam  fore. 
Tac.  Ann.  XV,  36.  Cf.  Hunc  «sui  finem  crediderat.  Tac.  Ann. 
XIV,  9.  Is  splendor  est  vestrum,  ut  eadem  postulentur  a  vobis, 
quae,  &c.  Cic.  Att.  VII,  13,  (a),  3. 

375.  The  Subjective  Genitive  involved  in  the  Possessive 
is  referred  to  by  the  Relative  qui. — e.  g., 

Probatio  futura  est  tua  qui  locas.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  54,  142. 
Non  eadem  est  cogitatio  eorum  et  mea  qui  hanc  benevolentiam 
meminisse  me  iudico.  Curt.  IX,*  25.  Vestra  consilia  accusantur, 
qui  mihi  summum  hoiiorem  imposuistis.  Sail.  Jug.  85. 

376.  The  Subjective  Genitive  is  often  represented  by  an 
adjective. — e.  g., 

Is  Tages  puerili  specie  dicitur  visus,  sed  senili  fuisse  prudentia. 
Cic.  Div.  II,  23,  50.  Ilostili  in  terra  turpiter  iacuit  insepultus  a 
feris  vexatus.  Cic.  Juv.  I,  55,  108,  At  Caesar  milites  Attianos 
collaudat,  Pupium  dimittit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  13.  Delectus  Pom- 
peiani.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  15.  Cf.  Ab  Afranianis  militibus.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  I,  54.  Sollicitato  exercitu  regio  ne  Pompeius  Alexandream 
occuparet.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  104. 

377.  The  words  causa ,  gratia,  ergo ,  instar — the  first 
three  usually  postpositive — take  the  Subjective  Genitive. 
Hence,  instead  of  the  Subjective  Genitive  of  a  personal 
pronoun  and  of  alius  we  find  the  Possessive  and  alienus 
with  causa  and  gratia. — e.  g., 

Ne  ea,  quae  reipublicae  causa  egerit,  in  suam  contumeliam  ver- 


248 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


tat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  8.  Quae  a  maioribus  nostris  sociorum  cau¬ 
sa  comparata  sunt.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.  pr.  14,  42.  Si  Verres  HS. 
CCI33  populum  verbi  gratia  Centuripinum  poposcisset.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  II,  58, 143.  Quem  censores  senatu  probri  gratia  mover- 
unt.  Sail.  Cat.  23.  Mulieres  ne  lessum  funeris  ergo  habento. 
Cic.  Leg.  II,  23,  59.  Auger,  cui  deinde  honoris  ergo  publicum  id 
sacerdotium  fuit.  Liv.  I,  18,  6.  Effecerant  ut  instar  muri  hae 
saepes  munimentum  praeberent.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  17.  Te  abesse 
mea  causa  moleste  fero,  tua  gaudeo.  Cic.  Earn.  XV,  18,  2.  Nos¬ 
tra  causa  di  id  facerent  ut  providere  futura  possemus.  Cic.  Div. 
II,  60.  124.  Id  flagitium  sit  mea  te  gratia  et  operam  dare,  &c. 
Plaut.  Bacch.  I,  1,61.  Praeeipue  quod  aliena  potius  causa  quam 
sua  (fecisse  dicetur.)  Quint.  Ill,  7,  16. 

378.  The  occurrence  of  the  forms  of  the  Objective  Geni¬ 
tive  nostri  and  sui,  chiefly  with  causa ,  is  to  be  observed. 
In  this  case  the  forms  nostri  and  sui  are  irregularly  used 
as  Subjective  Genitives,  or  causa  is  irregularly  associated 
with  Objective  Genitives. — e.  g., 

Quod  illi  semper  sui  causa  fecerant.  Cic.  Verr.  Ill,  52,  121. 
Quam  multa  quae  nostri  causa  nunquam  faceremus,  facimus  cau¬ 
sa  amicorum?  Cic.  Am.  16,  57.  Cur  deus,  omnia  nostri  causa 
cum  faceret,  tantam  vim  viperarum  fecerit?  Cic.  Ac.  II,  38,  120. 
Quae  nostri  origine  veneranda.  Tac.  Ann.  II,  54.  Non  initia  nos¬ 
tri  diis  curae.  Tac.  Ann.  VI,  22. 

379.  To  be  observed  is  the  frequent  use  of  the  Demon¬ 
strative  and  Relative  in  agreement  with  causa  and  gratia, 
instead  of  the  Subjective  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Multos  mortales  ea  causa  adversos  habeo.  Sail.  Cat.  52.  Qua 
gratia.  Ter.  Euti.  I,  2,  19. 

380.  The  Genitives  ipsi us,  unius ,  solius,  and,  generally, 
of  words  signifying  number  often  occur  in  agreement  or  in 
apposition  with  the  Genitives  involved  in  the  the  Posses- 
sives. — e.  g., 

Ad  tuam  ipsius  amicitiam  aditum  istius  habet  nequitia.  Cic. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


249 


Verr.  II,  III,  4,  7.  Itaque  contentus  ero  nostra  ipsorum  amicitia. 
Cic.  Fam.  VI,  16.  Juravi  hanc  urbem  mea  unius  opera  esse  sal- 
vain.  Cic.  Pis.  3,  6.  Potest  evadere  qui  vestris  paucorum  re¬ 
spondeat  laudibus.  Cic.  Brut.  I,  7,  2.  Ut  nostro  duorum  eventu 
cernatur,  quantum  eques  Latinus  Romano  praestet.  Liv.  VIII, 
7,  7.  (Cf.  Vestrae  ipsorum  virtuti.  Liv.  I,  28,  4.  Sua  unius 
gratia.  Liv.  II,  8,  3.  Suismet  ipsorum  viribus.  Liv.  10,  16,  4. 
Suum  ipsius  eaput.  Liv.  XXX,  20,  7.  Sua  unius  sententia.  Liv. 
XXXVI,  36,  2.  Sua  ipsorum  turba.  Liv.  XXXVII,  43,  9.  Nos¬ 
tra  ipsorum  libertas.  Liv.  XLI,  23,  8.  Suo  solius  periculo  Cic* 
Cat.  IV,  11,  23.)  Omnes  iudicant  civitatis  salutem  cum  unius 
mea  salute  esse  coniunctam.  Cic.  Vat.  3,  8. 

381.  An  adjective  occurs  in  the  Genitive  agreeing  with 
the  Genitive  involved  in  the  Possessive — also  a  participle 
thus  occurs  in  the  Genitive,  more  frequently  in  poetry — 
also  a  substantive  in  apposition  with  the  Genitive  in¬ 
volved  in  the  Possessive. 

1.  An  adjective  occurs  agreeing  with  the  Genitive  involved  in 
the  Possessive. — e.  g., 

Cui  nomen  meum  absentis  honori  fuisset,  ei  meas  praesentis 
preces  non  putas  profuisse?  Cic.  Plane.  10,  106. 

2.  A  participle  occurs  agreeing  with  the  Genitive  of  the  Personal 
Pronoun  involved  in  the  Possessive. — e.  g., 

Facio  ut  tuam  virtutem  domi  togati,  armati  foris  pari  indus- 
tria  administrare  gaudeam.  Cic.  Fam.  XV,  5,  1.  Cum  mea 
nemo  scripta  legat  recitare  timentis.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  4,  23.  Obi- 
ciebatur  animo  meo  metus  cogitantis  fore  finem  huius  lucis. 
Cic.  Tusc.  II,  4,  10. 

3.  A  Substantive  occurs  in  the  Genitive  in  apposition  with 
the  Genitive  of  the  Personal  Pronoun  involved  in  the  Possessive 
e-  g., 

Tuum  hominis  simplicis  pectus  vidimus.  Cic.  Phil.  II,  43,  111. 
Quod  meum  factum  dictumve  consulis  gravius  quam  tri- 
buni  audistis.  Liv.  VII,  40,  9.  Ne  tua  quidem  recentia  prox- 
imi  praetoris  vestigia  persequi  poterat.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  17, 
43. 


250 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


382.  In  case  of  contrast  or  of  special  emphasis  on  the 
subject  or  object,  the  form  ipse ,  in  connection  with  the 
possessive  suus ,  is  retained  in  the  Nominative  or  Accusa¬ 
tive,  according  as  prominence  is  to  be  given  to  the  subject 
or  object,  instead  of  being  expressed  in  the  Genitive 
(ipsius  &c.) — e.  g., 

Sunt  qui  dicant  fraude  visam  agere  sua  ipsam  peremptam  mer- 
cede.  Liv.  I,  11,  9.  In  this  sentence  ipsam  indicates  a  contrast 
between  Tarpeia  who  wished  to  destroy  the  Sabines,  but  who 
was  destroyed  by  her  own  act.  With  sua  ipsam  compare  the  less 
emphatic  but  more  frequent  expression  sua  ipsius.  Alios  sua  ip- 
sos  invidia  opportunos  interemit.  Liv.  I,  54,  8.  In  this  .sentence 
compare  sua  ipsos  with  the  less  emphatic  sua  ipsorum.  Adeo 
tribunos  obstupefecit  ut  diem  ipsi  suavoluntate  prodicerent.  Liv. 
II,  61,  7.  Cf.  Jura  sancta  fore  ratus,  si  se  ipse  venerabilem  insig- 
nibus  imperii  fecisset.  Liv.  I,  8.  2. 

383.  With  the  Genitive  omnium  instead  of  the  Posses¬ 
sive  of  nos  and  vos,  namely  noster  and  vester,  the  Geni¬ 
tive  nostrum  and  vestrum  are  retained.  These  Genitives 
may  be  explained  as  depending  upon  and  defining,  as  ap- 
positives,  the  Genitive  omnium,  or  as  Genitives  of  quan¬ 
tity  restricting  omnium. — e.  g., 

Illos,  qui  contra  salutem  omnium  vestrum  relicti  sunt,  monitos 
volo.  Cic.  Cat.  II,  12,  27.  Illud,  quod  familiaris  omnium  nos¬ 
trum  Posidonius  disseruit.  Cic.  N.  D.  I,  44,  123.  Risus  populi 
atque  admiratio  omnium  vestrum  facta  est.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  IV,  12, 
27.  Constitutum  est  omnium  vestrum  bona  praedam  esse  illius 
victoriae.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  6,  2.  Si  omnia  ad  omnium  vestrum 
studium . adhaerescerent.  Cic.  Or.  Ill,  10,  37. 

384.  The  demonstrative  this  or  that  of  is  as  a  rule  not 
expressed  with  the  Genitive,  unless  for  the  purpose  of  call¬ 
ing  attention  to  a  thing  which  has  been  already  men¬ 
tioned,  or  of  special  emphasis.  If  this  special  demonstra¬ 
tive  force  does  not  inhere  in  the  word,  the  Genitive  occurs 
alone,  or  without  the  statement  of  the  demonstrative. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


251 


The  repetition  of  the  leading  substantive  with  the  Geni¬ 
tive  is  allowable  and  regular. — e.  g., 

Quod  si  qui  satis  sibi  contra  hominum  conscientiam  muniti  esse 
videntur,  deorum  tamen  horrent.  Cic.  Fin.  1, 16, 51.  (The  phrase 
deoruin  tamen  horrent  is  translated,  “  They  yet  dread  that  of  the 
Gods,”  but  illam  must  not  be  expressed.)  Nostrae  classes  etCar- 
thaginiensium.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  52,  116.  (Translate,  “Our 
fleets  and  those  of  the  Carthaginians,”  but  illae  must  not  be  writ¬ 
ten.)  Senes  in  adolescentium  caritate  acquiescimus,  ut  in  vestra, 
ut  in  Tuberonis.  Cic.  Am.  27,  10,  1.  (The  phrase  in  Tuberonis 
is  translated,  “In  that  of  Tubero,”  but  ilia  must  not  be  written.) 
Ac  de  malorum  opinione  hactenus  :  videamus  nunc  de  bonorum. 
Cic.  Tusc.  IV,  31,  65.  Multi  aut  propter  victoriae  cupiditatem 
aut  propter  gloriae  vulnera  exceperunt.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  27,  65. 
Ignorare  te  non  arbitror  quae  contra  Philonis  Antiochus  scrip- 
serit.  Cic.  Acad.  I,  4,  13.  Cf.  Cum  omnis  arrogantia  odiosa  est 
turn  ilia  ingenii  multo  molestissima.  Cic.  Caec.  II,  35.  (But  Ar- 
mati  stilum  persequitur:  victi  quid  faciet?  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  7,  4.) 
Nulla  est  celeritas  quae  possit  cum  animi  celeritate  contendere. 
Cic.  Tusc.  I,  19.  43. 

Genitive  of  the  Possessor. 

385.  To  the  Subjective  Genitive  must  be  referred  the 
Genitive  of  the  Possessor.  This  relation  of  the  Possessor 
may  be  considered  under  the  following  restrictions : 

386.  The  Genitive  of  the  possessor  with  the  verb  esse 
expresses  possession  or  ownership,  as  of  property.  Here 
prominence  is  given  to  the  possessor  or  owner  in  the  Geni¬ 
tive,  and  esse  may  be  translated  to  belong  to.  Compare 
the  Genitive  with  £eri=to  become  the  property  of. — e.  g., 

In  qua  (urbe)  domus  est  quae  Hieronis  fuit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV, 
53,  118.  Phaleras,  quae  regis  Hieronis  fuisse  dicuntur,  utrum  ab- 
stulisti  an  emisti?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  12,  29.  Kgo  fortunas  omnes 
aratorum  istius  fuisse  dico.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  20,  50.  Neque  se 
iudicare  Galliam  potius  esse  Ariovisti,  quam  populi  Romani.  Caes. 


252 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


B.  G.  I,  45.  Omnia,  quae  mulieris  fuerunt,  viri  fiunt  dotis  nomi¬ 
ne.  Cic.  Top,  4,  23.  Praedam  captae  urbis  edixit  militum  fore. 
Liv.  XXI,  11,  4. 

387.  With  esse=to  belong  to  the  possessives  meus,tuus, 
suus,  &c.,  must  of  course,  be  used  as  substitutes  of  the 
Genitives  of  the  personal  pronouns. — e.  g., 

(Dixit)  provinciam  suam  hanc  esse  Galliam,  sicut  illam  nost- 
ram.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  44.  Aequum  videtur  tibi  ut  ego  alienum 
quod  est  meum  esse  dicam  ?  Plaut.  Rud.  IV,  7,  4. 

388.  The  Genitive  with  esse  expresses  source ,  or  author¬ 
ship.  In  other  words,  esse  with  the  Genitive=£o  belong 
to  as  source  or  author.  In  this  connection  the  Possessives 
must  be  used  instead  of  the  Genitives  of  the  personal  pro¬ 
nouns. — e.  g., 

Mollis  est  oratio  philosophorum  et  umbratilis.  Cic.  Or.  19, 
64.  Mei  sunt  ordines,  mea  descriptio,  multae  istarnm  arborum 
mea  manu  sunt  satae.  Cic.  Sen.  17,  59. 

389.  The  verb  esse  with  the  Genitive  signifies  to  belong 
to,  as  of  a  party,  state,  faction,  or  in  the  interest  of. — e.  g., 

Cassius  visis  equitibus,  quos  Scipionis  esse  arbitrabatur,  ad 
montes  se  convertit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  3G.  Saepe  clamitabat  li¬ 
berum  se  liberaeque  civitatis  esse.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  7.  Adeo  prope 
omnis  senatus  Hannibalis  erat.  Liv.  XXI,  11,  1.  Qui  Romanae 
partis  erant  sub  adventum  regis  urbe  excesserunt.  Liv.  XXXV, 
51,  7.  Se  illius  fore  proprium  fide  confirmarat.  Nep.  Lvs.  1. 
(The  relation  is  strengthened  by  the  addition  of  proprium.)  Cf. 
eorum  magis  sententiae  sum  qui  ferunt  (earn)  partum  Romae 
edidisse.  Liv.  I,  39,  5.  Cassium  partis  adversae  obvium  sibi  non 
refugit.  Suet.  Caes.  63.  In  this  connection  the  Genitive  without 
esse  and  with  an  attributive  may  be  interpreted  as  the  Genitive 
of  quality,  the  descriptive  Genitive. 

390.  To  the  general  Subjective  Genitive  must  be  referred 
the  Genitive  to  be  explained  by  the  ellipsis  of  a  substantive 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


253 


upon  which  it  depends.  The  substantives  omitted  are 
templum,  filius,  filia,  uxor,  liber,  or  opus.  Which  of  these 
substantives  is,  in  a  given  case,  to  be  supplied  must  be  de¬ 
termined  by  the  context. — e.  g., 

Ad  me  Valerius  scripsit  quem  ad  modum  a  Vestae  ducta  esset. 
Cic.  Fam.  XIV,  2,  2.  (Here  a  Vestae=a  templo  Vestae.)  Jam 
Meropis  dici  cupiens.  Ov.  Met.  II,  184.  (Meropis=Meropis  fili¬ 
us.)  Flaccum  audivi  cum  dieeret  Caeciliam  Metelli  exisse  in  Sa- 
cellum.  Cic.  Div.  I,  46,  104.  (Here  Caecilian  Metelli=Caeciliam 
Metelli  filiam.)  Caesonius  ad  me  litteras  misit  Postumiam  Sul- 
picii  venisse.  Cic,  Att.  XII,  11.  (Here  Postumiam  Sulpicii= 
Postumiam  Sulpicii  uxorem.)  Oviae  C.  Lolliicuranda  sunt  HSC. 
Cic.  Att.  XII,  21.  4.  (Oviae  C.  Lollii  uxori.)  Quae  te  ex  Apollo- 
dori  puto  posse  invenire.  Cic.  Att.  XII,  23,  21.  Here  ex  Apollo- 
dori=ex  Apollodori  opere  (annalibus.) 

Esse=To  be  the  Mark,  &c.  (391—398.) 

391.  To  the  Subjective  Genitive  must  be  referred  tht 
Genitive  with  esse=“  to  be  the  mark,  part,  duty,  office, 
sphere,  characteristic ,”  & c. — e.  g., 

Temeritas  est  florentis  aetatis,  prudentia  senescentis.  Cic.  Sen. 
6,20.  Esto:  fuerit  hoc  censoris,  si  iudicabat  ementitum.  Cic. 
Div.  I,  16,  29.  In  navigando  tempestati  obsequi  artis  est.  Cic. 
Fam.  I,  9,  21.  Erit  tuae  fidei  et  humanitatis  curare,  ut,  &c.  Cic. 
Fam.  IX,  9,  3.  Sint  ista  Graecorum,  quamquam  ab  iis  ingenuas 
disciplinas  habemus.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  21,  68.  Sunt  enim  ea  mathe- 
maticorum,  non  hariolorum.  Cic.  Div.  II,  3,  10. 

392.  The  subject  of  esse = to  be  the  mark  &c.,  is  fre¬ 
quently  the  Infinitive  or  a  phrase — e.  g., 

Hoc  intellegere  perfecti  auguris  est.  Cic.  Div.  II,  34,  72.  Viro- 
rum  est  fortium  et  magnanimorum  toleranter  dolorem  pati.  Cic. 
Tusc.  II,  18,  43.  Mandare  quemquam  litteris  cogitationes  suas, 
qui  eas  nee  disponere  nee  illustrare  possit,  hominis  est  intemper- 
anter  abutentis  et  otio  et  litteris.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  3,  6.  Cuiusvis 
hominis  est  errare:  nullius  nisi  insipientis  in  errore  perseverare. 
Cic.  Phil.  XII,  2,  5. 

393.  With  esse=to  be  the  mark,  &c.  the  Possessive  must 


254 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


be  used  instead  of  the  Genitive  of  a  personal  pronoun. 
When  an  Infinitive  or  phrase  is  the  subject  of  esse ,  which 
is  quite  uniformly  the  case,  the  neuter  (meum,  &c.,)  of  the 
Possessive  must  be  used. — e.  g., 

Homines  clarissitnos  prudentia  vicisti?  Est  tuum,  est  ingenii 
tui.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  III,  7,  16.  Est  tuum  i!las  res  gestas  maiores 
esse  putare.  Cic.  Fam.  XV,  4,  15.  Est  tuum,  M.  Cato,  videre 
quid  agatur,  retinere  adiutorem.  Cic.  Muren.  38,83.  Nulla  mora 
est  operae.  Vestrum  dare,  vincere  nostrum  est.  Ov.  Fast.  IV, 
889. 

394.  With  ess e=to  be  the  mark ,  &c.,  the  Genitive  may 
represent  either  an  abstract  or  concrete  relation,  and,  in 
either  case,  the  neuter  adjective  suggested  by  the  Genitive, 
if  the  adjective  be  of  the  second  declension,  or  of  two  end¬ 
ings  of  the  third  declension,  may  substitute  the  Genitive. 

— e-  g-, 

Secundas  res  immoderate  ferre  levitatis  est.  Cic.  Off.  I,  26,  90. 
(Cf.  leve  est.)  Quod  apud  omnes  leve  et  infirmum  est,  id  apud 
iudicem  grave  et  sanctum  esse  ducetur  ?  Cic.  Rose.  Com.  2,  6. 
(Cf.  Levitatis  et  infirmitatis,  gravitatis  et  sanctitatis  est.)  Et 
facere  et  pati  fortia  Romanum  est.  Liv.  II,  12,  9.  (Cf.  Et  facere 
et  pati  fortia  Romanorum  est.)  Metelli  sperat  sibi  quisque  for- 
tunam  quasi  sperare  sit  prudentius  quam  timere.  Cic.  Tusc.  I, 
36,  86.  Hoc  patrium  est,  potius  consuefacere  filium  sua  sponte 
reete  facere.  Ter.  Ad.  I,  1,  49. 

395.  With  esse  to  be  the  mark ,  &c.,  instead  of  the  neu¬ 
ter  adjective  or  the  Genitive  of  a  substantive  the  Nomina¬ 
tive  of  the  substantive  or  the  Genitive  of  the  adjective 
may  be  used.  If  the  adjective  be  one  of  two  endings  of 
the  third  Declension,  the  use  of  the  Genitive  is  rare  and  not 
to  be  imitated. — e.  g., 

Magna  stultitia  est  earum  rerum  deos  facere  effectores.  Cic. 
Div.  II,  26,  55.  Stultitia  atque  insipientia  haec  sit  me  ire  in  opus 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


255 


alienum.  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  3,  5,  Quod  non  liberalis  sed  levis  ar- 
bitrabatur  polliceri  quod  praestare  non  posset.  Nep.  Att.  15. 

396.  With  esse  to  he  the  mark ,  &c.,  if  the  adjective  sub¬ 
stituting  the  Genitive  be  of  one  ending  of  the  third  Declen¬ 
sion,  instead  of  the  neuter  the  Genitive  of  adjective  is  used. 
But  the  neuter  of  such  an  adjective  is  allowable  when  as¬ 
sociated  with  an  adjective  of  the  second  Declension ;  yet 
in  this  case  the  Genitive  of  both  adjectives  is  more  usual. 

— e-  g-» 

Quas  (offensiones)  turn  evitare,  turn  ferre  sapientis  (not  sapiens ) 
est.  Cic.  Am.  24,  89.  Carere  enim  sentientis  est,  nec  sensus  in 
mortuo.  Cic.  Tusc.  1, 36,  88.  Est  prudentis  sustinere  ut  currum, 
sic  impetum  benevolentiae.  Cic.  Am.  17,63.  Pigrum  et  iners  vi- 
detur  sudore  acquirere,  quod  possis  sanguine  parare.  Tac.Germ. 
14.  Negligere,  quid  de  se  quisque  sentiat  non  solum  arrogantis 
est  sed  dissoluti.  Cic.  Off.  I.  28,  99. 

397.  With  esse  to  be  the  mark ,  &c .,  if  the  adjective  be 
of  one  ending  of  the  third  Declension,  then  instead  of  the 
Genitive  of  the  adjective  the  substantive  derived  from  the 
adjective  maybe  used  in  the  Nominative  or  Accusative  (as 
subject  or  object),  or  in  the  Genitive — e.  g. 

Suum  codicem  testis  loco  recitare  arrogantia  est.  Cic.  Rose. 
Com.  2,  5.  (Cf.  arrogantiae  est.)  Suarum  liturarum  adversaria 
proferre  non  amentia  est?  Cic.  Rose.  Com.  2,  5.  (Cf.  amentiae 
est.) 

398.  With  the  Genitive  after  esse=£o  be  the  mark ,  &c ., 
there  is  often  associated  officium,  munus,  proprius,  some¬ 
times  pars ,  by  which  the  sense  of  esse  is  more  emphati¬ 
cally  presented,  or  the  relation  of  the  Genitive  more  dis¬ 
tinctly  expressed. — e.  g., 

Chrysippus  (dicit)  officium  esse  eius  (=divinationis)  praenos- 
cere,  dei  erga  homines  mente  qua  sint.  Cic.  Div.  II,  63,  130. 
(With  officium  esse  eius  cf.  esse  eius.)  Principum  munus  esse  du- 


256 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


cebat  resistere  levitati  multi tudinis.  Cic.  Mil.  8,  22.  Cum  pro_ 
prium  sit  Academiae  iudicium  nullum  interponere.  Cic.  Div.  II, 
72,  150.  (Cf.  Ita  propria  est  ea  praeceptio  Stoicorum,  Academi- 
corum.  Cic.  Off.  1,2,  6.  Ad  id  quidem  non  proprium  senectutis 
vitium  est.  Cic.  Sen.  11,  35.  Viri  autem  propria  maxime  est  for- 
titudo.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  18,  43.)  Plura  de  extremis  loqui,  pars  ig- 
naviae  est.  Tac.  Hist.  II,  47. 

399.  To  the  Subjective  Genitive  must  be  referred  the 
Genitives,  usually  ditionis  and  potestatis ,  with  facere  and 
fieri,  to  reduce  to,  make  belong  to,  to  become.  When,  in 
in  this  connection,  the  relation  of  the  Genitive  of  a  per¬ 
sonal  pronoun  is  to  be  expressed,  the  Possessive  must  be 
used. — e.  g., 

Omnem  oram  usque  ad  Iberum  Romanae  ditionis  fecit.  Liv. 
XXI,  60,  3.  (Dixit)  Poenum  quod  inter  Alp  es  Apenninumque 
agri  sit  suae  ditionis  fecisse.  Liv.  XXI,  53,  5.  (Urbs)  condita  ab 
Agenore  mare  ditionis  suae  fecit.  Curt.  IV,  20.  Imperio  alteri 
aucti,  alteri  ditionis  alienae  facti.  Liv.  I,  25,  13.  Pleraque  trac- 
tus  eius  suae  facta  ditionis.  Curt.  Ill,  17.  Custodiam  murorum 
suae  extemplo  potestatis  fecit.  Liv.  XLIII,  22,  6.  (Cf.  Quinctius 
dicebat  Tbebas  populi  Romani  iure  belli  factas  esse.  Liv.  XXXIII 
13,  8.  Quae  ille  universa  fecit  lucri.  Nep.  Thras.  I.  (Not  neces¬ 
sarily  lucrefecit  by  tmesis.)  Neque  gloriam  meam,  laborem  illo- 
rum  faciam.  Sail.  Jug.  85.  Ut  magnam  partem  beneficio  eorum 
suam  fecerit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  32. 

300.  With  esse = to  belong  to  the  party  of,  to  be  in  the 
interest  of,  to  favor,  must  be  observed  the  use  of  totus 
agreeing  with  the  subject  of  esse,  and  emphasizing  its 
meaning. — e.  g., 

Jam  me  Pompeii  totum  esse  scis :  Brutum  a  me  amari  intellegis. 
Cic.  Fam.  II,  13,  2.  Plebs  novarum  rerum  atque  Hannibalis  tota 
esse.  Liv.  XXIII,  14,  7.  Conclamatum  ab  universo  senatu  est, 
totos  Antiochi  Aetolos  esse.  Liv.  XXXVII,  49,  5. 

Rem.  1.  With  esse  in  this  connection  to  express  the  relation  of  the 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


257 


Genitive  of  a  personal  pronoun  the  Possessive  must  be  used,  which,  as 
totus,  agrees  with  the  subject  of  esse. — e.  g., 

Et  sum  totus  vester  et  esse  debeo.  Cic.  Fam.  XV,  7,  2.  Videtur 

Antistius  amicus  nobis  fore:  nam  Plancius  totus  noster  est.  Cic.Q.  fr. 

11,1,3. 

401.  To  the  Subjective  Genitive  refer  the  Genitive  with 
videri,  ducere,  habere,  putare,  dicere.  The  last  four  verbs 
usually  occur  in  the  Passive.  As  esse  occasionally  occurs 
with  these  verbs,  the  Genitive  may,  perhaps,  be  explained 
by  the  ellipsis  of  esse  (Cf.  492.) 

Quod  summae  sapientiae  Pythagorae  visum  est.  Cic.  Tusc.  I, 
26,  62.  Tenuis  atque  infirmi  haec  animi  videri.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I, 
32.  Ut  omnia  subterfugere  non  modo  sapientiae  sedetiam  felicita- 
tis  dieeret  sibi  videri.  Cic.  Am.  10,  35.  Necessitati  parere  sem¬ 
per  sapientis  est  habitum.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  9,2.  Pacem  cum  victis 
fecimus:  tutelae  deinde  nostrae  duximus.  Liv.  XXI,  41,  12. 
Quamquam  laetus  nuntio,  tamen  officii  duxit,  quantum  in  se 
esset.  Suet.  Tib.  11.  Hie  summo  ortus  loco  et  magnae  habitus 
auctoritatis.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  77.  Quaeeumque  sunt  in  mundo, 
deorum  atque  hominum  putanda  sunt.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  62,  154. 
Uti  ex  libris  Punicis,  qui  regis  Hiempsalis  dicebantur,  interpreta- 
tum  est.  Sail.  Jug.  17.  (Cf.  Fidei  iam  suae,  non  solum  virtutis 
ducebant  esse.  Liv.  VII,  18,  3.  Omnia,  quae  sint  in  his  urbibus. 
eorum  populorum  esse  dicuntur.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  62,  154.)  In  the 
last  two  examples  virtutis  maybe  explained  as  Genitive  with  esse 
=to  be  the  mark ,  &c.  and  populorum  as  the  Genitive  of  the  Pos¬ 
sessor.  > 

Genitive  with  Interest  and  Refert  (402—407.) 

402.  To  the  Subjective  Genitive  must  be  referred  the 
Genitive  with  refert  and  interest,  it  is  of  interest ,  concern , 
importance.  The  person  or  thing  whose  interest  is  in¬ 
volved  is  expressed  in  the  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Existimant  nihil  interesse  hominum  scire,  quid  sit  futurum.  Cic. 
Div.  II,  49,  101.  (Dixit)  interesse  reipublicae  et  communis  salu- 
tis,  se  cum  Pompeio  colloqui.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  24. 


258 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


403.  If  the  person  interested  or  concerned  is  expressed 
by  a  personal  pronoun,  the  Ablative  singular  Feminine  of 
the  Possessive  must  be  used,  mea,  tua,  sua,  nostra,  ves- 
tra.  The  form  of  the  Possessive  may  be  explained  in  two 
ways. 

1.  The  Possessive  agrees  with  re  of  the  compound  refert  (re 
fert) ;  with  interest,  however,  the  form  re  is  omitted,  its  separate 
form  being  lost  in  the  compound  refert. 

2.  The  Possessives  mea,  &c.,  may  be  explained,  with  no  refer¬ 
ence  to  re,  as  adverbial  Ablatives,  parallel  with  qua,  hac,  and 
rendered  in  my  case,  in  my  matter :  tua,  in  thy  case,  in  thy  mat¬ 
ter.— e.  g., 

Cum  tua  et  mea  maxime  interest  te  valere,  turn  multis  est  cu- 
rae.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  4, 4.  Non  ascripsi  id,  quod  tua  nihil  refere- 
bat.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  20,  5.  Dicebat  non  tarn  sua  quam  reipubli- 
cae  interesse  uti  salvus  esset.  Suet.  Caes.  86.  Vestra  hoc 
maxime  interest,  non  ex  libidine  causas  ponderari.  Cic.  Sull. 
28,  79.  Neque  nostra  nihil  interest  scire  ea,  quae  eventurasunt. 
Cic.  Div.  I,  38,  82. 

404.  With  refert  and  interest  the  matter  of  concern,  of 
interest,  of  importance  is  rarely  expressed  by  a  substan¬ 
tive  in  the  Nominative.  It  is  generally  and  regularly  ex¬ 
pressed  by  the  Infinitive,  by  the  Accusative  with  the  Infin- 
tive,  by  the  indirect  question,  by  a  sentence  with  quod 
(=that),  by  si,  by  a  sentence  with  ut  (negative  ne),  by 
hoc,  id,  illud,  quod.  With  these  neuters  the  verbs  are  per¬ 
sonal,  as  also  when  the  matter  of  concern  or  interest  is 
expressed  by  a  substantive. 

405.  The  measure  or  degree  of  interest  or  concern  is  ex¬ 
pressed  : 

1.  By  the  Accusatives  of  extent  or  amount:  multum,  plus, 
plurimum,  paulum,  nihil,  alquid,  tantum,  quantum,  tarn,  quam, 
quid. 

2.  By  the  Genitives  of  Value  (pretii) :  inagni,  permagni,  parvi, 
pluris,  tanti,  quanti. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


259 


3.  By  the  adverbial  forms:  valde,  magis,  maxime,  magnopere, 
jarum,  minime,  quantoperc. — e.  g., 

Longitudo  in  his  refert,  non  crassitudo.  Plin.  N.  H.  XVIII, 
31,  74.  Usque  adeo  magni  refert  stadium  atque  voluptas. 
Lucr.  IV,  984.  Magni  interesse  arbitrabatur  eius  auctoritatem 
inter  suos  valere.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  4.  Quid  enim  refert  qua  me 
ratione  cogatis?  Cic.  Am.  8,  26.  (Dicit)  neque  interesse  ipsos- 
ne  interheiant,  impedimentisne  exuant.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  14.  At 
nostra  interest  scire  ea  quae  eventura  sunt.  Cic.  Div.  II,  51, 

105.  Quid  interest  Cornelius  tribunus . reus  sit  an  quaera- 

mus.  Quint.  X,  5,  13.  Nihil  interest  valeam  ipse  necne,  si  tu 
non  valebis.  Suet.  Tib.  21.  Ulud  mea  magni  interest  te  ut  vi- 
deam.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  22,  2.  Quanti  id  refert,  si  fato  nescio  quo 
accidit?  Cic.  Fam.  V,  9,  1 .  Quid  refert,  si  hoc  ipsum  salsum 
illi  et  venustum  videbatur?  Cic.  N.  D.  I,  28,  79.  Non  tarn  sua 
quam  reipublicae  interesse  uti  salvus  esset.  Suet.  Caes.  86. 
Vestra,  commilitones,  interest,  ne  imperatorem  pessimi  faciant. 
Tac.  H.  I,  30.  Neque  enim  multum  interest  quod  nondum  per 
numeros  distributi  sunt.  Plin.  Ep.  X,  30.  Permagni  interest 
quo  tibi  haec  tempore  epistola  reddita  sit.  Cic.  Fam.  XI,  16,  1. 
Nec  plus  refert  quid  dicas,  qtiam  quo  loco.  Quint.  XI,  17.  Loco 
publico  privatone  dicas,  plurimum  interest.  Quint.  XI,  1, 47. 
Permagni  nostra  interest,  te  esse  Romae.  Cic.  Att.  II,  23,  3.. 
Hoc  dicis  eum  mihi  amicum  fuisse  sua  causa,  quod  interest  om¬ 
nium  recte  facere.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  22,  72.  Ne  minimum  refert,  in 

i 

tacta  rosaria  primus,  an  sera  carpas  manu.  Ov.Ex.  Pont.  Ill, 

4.  61.  Docet  quantopere  reipublicae  intersit  manus  hostium 
distinere.  Caes.  B.  G.  II,  5.  Accusasse  naturam  dicitur,  quod 
hominibus,  quorum  maxime  interfuisset,  tarn  exiguam  vitam 
dedisset.  Cic.  Tusc.  Ill,  28,  69.  Faciendum  aliquid,  quod  illo- 
rum  magis  quam  sua  retulisse  videretur.  Sail.  Jug.  111.  Ves¬ 
tra  hoc  maxime  interest.  Cic.  Sull.  28,79.  Quorum  id  nihil  in- 
teresset.  Cic.  Tusc.  III.  28,  69.  Illud  mea  magni  interest.  Cic. 
Att.  XI,  22.  2.  Id,  quod  tua  nihil  referebat.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  20, 

5.  Quod  enim  permagni  interest,  pro  neeessario  saepe  habetur. 
Cic.  Part.  Or.  24,  84 

406.  The  object  with  reference  to  which  a  matter  is  of 


260 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


interest  or  importance  is  expressed  by  the  preposition  ad 
with  the  Accusative,  in  some  cases  approximating  the 
sense  of  the  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Existimans  magni  interesse  ad  decus  et  ad  laudem  civitatis  res 
tarn  graves  Latinis  litteris  contineri.  Cic.  N.  D.  I,  4,  7.  Magni 
ad  honorem  nostrum  interest,  quam  primum  ad  urban  me  venire. 
Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  1,1.  Ad  properationem  mcam  quiddam  interest, 
non  te  exspectare.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  12,  2.  Ad  disciplinam  militiae 
plurimum  intererat  insuescere  militem  nostrum  victoria  frui. 
Liv.  V,  6,  1. 

407.  (Caution.)  With  refert  and  interest  a  Genitive  in  ap¬ 
position  with  the  Genitive  involved  in  the  Possessive  (mea, 
tua,  &c.,)  does  not  occur.  Instead  of  such  a  Genitive  the 
relative  with  a  finite  verb  must  be  used. — e.  g., 

Vehementer  intererat  vestra,  qui  patres  estis  (not  patrum,) 
Plin.  Fp.  IV,  13,  4.  Vestra  enim,  qui  cum  summa  integritate 
vixistis,  hoc  maxime  interest.  Cic.  Suit  28,  79.  Id  mea  minime 
refert,  qui  sum  natu  maximus  (not  natu  maximi.)  Ter.  Ad.  \ ,  4, 
27. 

Rem.  1.  The  verb  refert  does  not  differ  from  interest  in  signification. 
Refert  rarely  occurs  with  the  Genitive,  but  quite  frequently  with  the 
Possessive.  It  usually  occurs  absolutely,  that  is,  the  person  or  thing 
concerned  is  not  expressed :  but  in  this  form  of  expression  interest  is  also 
used. — e.  g., 

Quod  illorum  magis  quam  sua  retulisse  videretur.  Sail.  Jug.  III.  Id 

quod  tua  nihil  referebat.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  20,  5.  Ipsi  animi  magni  re¬ 
fert  quali  in  corpore  locati  sint.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  33,  80.  Neque  refert  vi- 

dere  quid  dicendum  sit.  Cic.  Brut.  29,  110. 

Rem.  2.  The  use  of  the  Dative  instead  of  the  Genitive  of  the  person  in¬ 
terested  or  concerned  is  a  rare  irregularity :  the  relation  expressed  by 
the  preposition  in  and  the  Ablative  (=in  the  case  or  matter  ol)  is  not  to 
be  confounded  with  that  of  the  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Die  quid  referat  intra  naturae  fines  viventi  &c.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  1,  49. 

(The  Dative  is  to  be  explained  as  the  Dative  of  advantage)  (Commodi). 

Fac  in  puero  referre  ex  qua  affectione  caeli  spiritum  duxerit.  Civ.  Div. 

II,  47.  99. 

II.  Objective  Genitive. 

408.  The  Objective  Genitive  presents  a  substantive  in 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


261 


the  relation  of  an  object  to  the  governing  substantive. 
Here  too  the  Genitive  expresses  the  object  as  the  specific 
definition  or  restriction  of  a  generic  word.  In  the  phrase 
amor patris  the  generic  term  love  (amor)  is  restricted  or 
limited  in  its  operation  to  the  father  (patris  =for  the  fa¬ 
ther),  in  contradistinction  to  love  for  a  mother  or  any 
other  object  of  the  affection.  The  Objective  Genitive  oc¬ 
curs  : 

1.  OBJECTIVE  GENITIVE  WITH  SUBSTANTIVE.  (409-420.) 

409.  With  a  substantive:  usually  of  a  verbal  origin. — 
e-  g., 

Non  oblivione  amicitiae  nostrae  ad  te  nullas  litteras  misi.  Cic. 
Fam.  V,  17,  1.  Res  eas  gessi  quarum  aliquam  in  tuis  litteris 
gratulationem  exspectavi.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  7,  3.  Milites  inter  se 
colloquuntur,  ducem  suum,  cuius  spe  atque  fiducia  permanserint, 
fugae  consilium  capcre.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  20.  Movebatur  miseri- 
cordia  civium,  quos  interficiendos  videbat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  72. 
Incensus  Tarquinius  dolore  tantae  ad  irritum  cadentis  spei  cir- 
cumire  urbes.  Liv.  II,  6,  1. 

410.  Very  frequently  the  Subjective  and  Objective  Geni¬ 
tive  occur  defining  the  same  word :  not  to  be  confounded 
with  the  occurrence  of  two  Genitives  defining  and  govern¬ 
ing  each  other.  (Cf.  371.) — e.  g., 

Quid  de  Crassi  civilis  iuris  studio  loquar?  Cic.  Sen.  14,  50. 
Studia  familiae  vestrae  virtutis  et  doctrinae  mihi  nota  sunt.  Cic. 
Lig.  5,  12.  Necesse  est  me  totum  superioris  anni  reipublicae  nau- 
fragium  exponere.  Cic.  Sest.  5,14.  Laus  habetur  propter  animi 
multarum  rerum  brevi  tempore  percursionem.  Cic.  Tusc.  IV,  13, 
31.  Veteres  iniuriae  Helvetiorum  populi  Romani.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
30. 

411.  The  Objective  Genitives  of  the  personal  pronouns 
frequently  occur.  They  are  mei,  tui,  sui,  nostri,  vestri. 
e-  g-, 

Dolabellam,  quern  iudico  amantissimum  mei  cohortare.  Cic. 


262 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Fam.  VII,  22,  3.  Nondum  in  auxilium  mei  validus  in  aliena  cas- 
tra  confugi.  Sen.  Helv.  5,  2.  Ut  quam  exspectationem  tui  conci- 
tasti,  hanc  sustinere  ac  tueri  possis.  Cic.  Fam.  II.  1,  2.  Citius 
amore  tui  fratrem  tuum  odisse  desinam  quam  illius  odio  quic- 
quam  de  nostra  benevolentia  detraham.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  2,  10. 
Accedit  desiderium  tui.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  Ill,  5,  4.  Ne  permoti  milites 
defectionis  odio  et  contemptione  sui  omnes  puberes  interficerent. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  13.  Mazaeus,  qui  cum  sex  milibus  equitum  oc- 
currerat,  non  ausus  periculum  sui  facere.  Curt.  IV,  37.  Fiber 
tibi  mittetur,  quoniam  te  amor  nostri  Philorhetora  reddidit. 
Cic.  Att.  I,  13,  5.  Clamitabat  nequc  Eburones  tanta  cum  con¬ 
temptione  nostri  venturos  esse.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  29.  Conspectus 
vestri  coegit  ut  vehementius  parricidis  irascerer.  Curt.  VI.  32. 

412.  The  Genitive  of  a  personal  pronoun  sometimes  oc¬ 
curs  when  the  Possessive  which  represents  the  subjective 
Genitive  is  required  as  the  regular  form,  and  again,  the 
Possessive  sometimes  occurs  where  the  objective  Genitive 
is  looked  for.  These  are  irregularities  and  need  not  be  im¬ 
itated.  (Cf.  374,) — e.  g., 

Venerati  ilium  eustodem  huius  urbis  ac  vestrum.  Cic.  Cat.  Ill, 
12,  29.  (In  this  example  vestrum  whether  it  be  interpreted  as 
the  Genitive  in  conformity  with  urbis,  or  as  the  Possessive  (eus¬ 
todem  vestrum)  is  in  either  case  irregular.  The  form  vestri,  is 
looked  for  as  the  regular  form).  Impedis  et  ais  habe  meam 
rationem.  Habe  nostrum.  Cic.  Att.  VII,  9,  4.  (Here  instead 
of  meam  and  the  Genitive  nostrum  we  look  for  mei  and  nostri. 
If,  as  is  possible,  nostrum  represents  the  relation  of  the  Subjective 
Genitive=bj  us,  then  the  form  should  be— Habe  nostram  (ratio¬ 
nem).  (Cf.  ut  in  ceteris  habenda  ratio  non  sua  solum,  sed  etiam 
aliorum.  Cic.  Off.  I,  39,  139.  Et  mei  documenta  vobis  dedi  et 
vestra  habeo.  Curt.  VII,  41.  In  this  example  we  look  for  vestri.) 

413.  From  the  preceding  it  is  seen  that  the  Possessive 
sometimes  represents  either  the  subjective  or  objective 
Genitive,  to  be  determined  by  the  context.  This  seems  to 
be  the  case  particularly  and  regularly  with  the  word 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


263 


iniuria.  With  this  word  the  Genitive  of  a  substantive  also 
regularly  occurs  either  as  subjective  or  objective  Genitive. 

1.  The  Possessive  representing  Subjective  Genitive  with  iniu¬ 
ria — also  Subjective  Genitive  of  a  substantive  with  iniuria.  Iniu¬ 
ria  with  Subjective  Genitive  is  rendered  wrong  [clone)  by.—e.  g., 

Illud  vestra  iniuria  adductus  feci.  Cic.  Ver.  II,  I,  11,  29.  Si 
indignitas  iniuriae  tuae  non  commovebat.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  I,  59, 
154.  Quis  templum  illud  aspexit,  quin  iniuriae  tuae  testis 
esset?  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  I,  59,  154.  Haec  parva  civitas,  cumulata 
aliis  tuis  maioribus  iniuriis  praedae  tibi  fuit?  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  III, 
37,  85  ?  Regna  denique  omnia  de  nostris  iniuriis  expostulavit. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  89,  207.  Nemo  est  qui  istorum  iniuriae  potu- 
isse  obsisti  arbitretur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  11,  31.  Tanta  vis  is- 
tius  iniuriae,  tanta  in  isto  improbitas  putabatur.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 

1,  29,  74.  Si  Rubrius  inuriam  fecisset,  de  tui  comitis  inuria  in¬ 
iuria  questum  ad  te  venirent.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  31.  80.  Ut  etiam 
iniurias  nostrorum  hominum  perferendas  putarent.  Cic.  Yerr. 
II,  II.,  3,  8.  Antonium  in  mediis  eius  iniuriis  mors  oppressit. 
Cie.  Verr.  II,  III,  213. 

2.  The  Possessive  representing  the  Objective  Genitive  with  the 
word  ininria.  The  Objective  Genitive  of  a  substantive  regularly 
occurs  with  iniuria.  Iniuria  with  the  Objective  Genitive  is  ren¬ 
dered  wrong  to  (done  to).  With  iniuria  the  Objective  Genitive  is 
very  rarely  expressed  by  a  preposition  (in)  with  the  Accusative. 
— e-  g.. 

Si  alienam  vicem  pro  nostra  iniuria  doleremus,  vestigium  is- 
tius  in  foro  nullum  esset  relictum.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  I,  44,  113. 
Civitas  suas  iniurias  persecuta  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  4,  11. 
Neque  cuiquam  mortalium  iniuriae  suae  parvae  videntur.  Sail. 
Cat.  51,  II.  Feci  gratum  Siculis  quod  eorum  iniurias  meo  la- 
bore  sum  persecutus.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  6,  16.  Alio  loco  de  ara- 
torum  iniuriis  videro.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  61,  150.  Aratorum  in¬ 
iuria.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  III,  88,  182.  Parentis  iniuriis  commotus 
sum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  25,  63.  Cognoscetis  Entellinorum  iniu¬ 
rias.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  43,  103.  Omnium  temporum  iniu-> 
rias  inimicorum  in  se  commemorat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  12.  [So. 
Cic.  Sest.  30,  64.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  34,  84.  In.  44,  138.] 


264 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


414.  The  objective  relation  expressed  by  the  Genitive  is 
sometimes  peculiar  and  obscure. — e.  g., 

Sed  procul  gravitas  morum  aut  voluptatum  parsimonia.  Tac. 
Ann.  XV,  48.  ( In  this  sentence  voluptatum  parsimonia  must 

be  interpreted  as  frugality  in  pleasures  =\n  the  enjoyment 
of  pleasures.)  Otho  ne  vulgi  largitione  centurionum  animos 
averteret . promisit.  Tac.  Hist.  I,  40.  (The  phrase  vulgi  lar¬ 

gitione— largitione  in  vulgus  facta.) 

415.  It  is  often  the  case  that  the  context  would  not  show 
whether  a  Genitive  were  subjective  or  objective.  In  such 
cases  the  office  of  the  Genitive  would  be  ambiguous.  To 
remove  the  ambiguity  a  preposition  with  its  proper  case 
is  employed  to  substitute  the  Objective  Genitive.  In  this 
office  the  following  prepositions  are  used : 

1.  The  preposition  in  with  the  Accusative. 

(a.)  In  a  friendly  relation. — e.  g.. 

Natura  ingenerat  amorem  in  eos  qui  procreati  sunt.  Cic. 
Off.  I.  4,  12.  (In  this  sentence  eorum  would  be  ambiguous.) 
Veterein  amicitiam  commemorat  Caeserisque  in  se  beneficia 
exponit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  22. 

(b.)  In  an  unfriendly  or  hostile  relation. — e.  g., 

Ita  ad  impietatem  in  deos,  in  homines  adiunxit  iniuriam. 
Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  34,  84.  (Here  in  homines  with  iniuriam  is  em¬ 
ployed  to  express  clearly  the  relation  of  the  Objective  Geni¬ 
tive.) 

2.  The  preposition  erga  with  the  Accusative. 

(a.)  Usually  in  a  friendly  relation. — e.  g., 

Amicitia,  voluntas  erga  aliquem  rerum  bonarum  illius  ip- 
sius  causa.  Cic.  Inv.  Ill,  55,  166. 

( b .)  Less  frequently  in  an  unfriendly  or  hostile  relation. — e.g., 

Huius  odium  erga  Romanos  concitasse  videtur  helium. 
Nep.  Hamilc.  4. 

3.  The  preposition  adversus  with  the  Accusative. 

(a.)  In  a  friendly  relation. — e.  g., 

Adhibenda  est  quaedam  reverentia  adversus  homines  et 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


265 


•  • 

optimi  cuiusque  et  reliquorum.  Cic.  Off.  I,  28,  99. 

(6.)  In  an  unfriendly  or  hostile  relation.— e.  g., 

Odium  adversus  neeessitudines  in  Druso  detexit.  Suet. 

Tib.  50. 

4.  The  Objective  Genitive  is  substituted  by  the  preposition  de , 
with  the  Ablative.— e.  g., 

De  cuius  meritis  tanta  senatus  iudicia  fecisset.  Cic.  Or.  41, 
140.  (Cf.  In  quo  iuratusiudicium  dignitatis  meae  fecerat.  Cic. 
Brut.  I,  1).  Neque  quid  nunc  consilii  capiam,  scio  de  virgine 
istae.  Ter.  Eun.  V,  2,  27.  (Cf.  Exponam  breviter  consilium 
profectionis  meae.  Cic.  Phil.  I.  1,  1.  Neque,  mearum  rerum 
quid  consilii  capiam,  reperio.  Cic.  Fam.  14,  2). 

416.  As  implied  in  the  statement  touching  de  and  the 
Ablative  as  the  substitute  of  the  Objective  Genitive,  the 
use  of  a  preposition  with  its  proper  case  to  express  the 
general  relation  of  the  Objective  Genitive  obtains  not  only 
where  the  Genitive  would  be  ambiguous ,  but  is  extensively 
employed  in  Latin  where  no  ambiguity  would  arise  from 
the  use  of  the  Genitive.  The  use  of  a  preposition  with  the 
proper  case  of  a  personal  pronoun  is  much  more  frequent 
than  the  Objective  Genitive.— e.  g., 

Visi  sumus  senatum  commemoratione  tuae  voluntatis  erga  or- 
dinem  permovere.  Cic.  Fam.  I,  2,  1.  Pompeius  erat  adhortatus 
ne  nova  Caesaris  officia  veterum  suorum  beneficiorum  in  eos  me- 
moriam  expellerent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  34.  Meum  studium  erga 
te.  Cic.  Fam.  Ill,  12,  3.  Illius  summus  in  te  amor  magnae  tibi 
consolationi  debet  esse.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  17,  5.  Intellexi  te  ad  eum 
venisse  ut  eius  animum  erga  me  perspiceres.  Cic.  Att.  VII,  2,  5. 
Intellexit  se  pro  tua  erga  me  benevolentia  gratum  tibi  fecisse. 
Cic.  Fam.  XIII,  60,  2.  Qui  illius  in  te  amor  fuit  pietasque  in  om- 
nes  suos.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  5,  6. 

With  many  substantives  the  use  of  the  Objective  Geni¬ 
tive  instead  of  a  preposition  with  its  proper  case  would 
be  unusual  and  not  in  comformity  with  Latin  usage.  In 
many  cases  the  relation  of  the  Objective  Genitive  is  ex- 


266 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


pressed  by  a  preposition  with  its  proper  case  as  the  only 
construction. 

417.  To  the  office  of  a  preposition  with  its  case  to  ex¬ 
press  the  relation  of  the  Objective  Genitive  may  be  re¬ 
ferred  the  use  of  the  preposition  in  with  the  Accusatives 
imperium,  potestatem,  & c. — e.  g., 

Vitae  necisque  in  suos  habebat  potestatem.  Caes.  B.  G.,  I,  16. 
Cui  non  apparere,  affectare  eum  imperium  in  Latinos  ?  Liv.  I, 
50,  4. 

418.  The  Objective  Genitive  may  be  represented  by  an 
adjective. — e.  g., 

Ut  muliebres  amores  omittam,  quibus  licentiam  natura  conces¬ 
sit.  Cic.  Tusc.  IV,  33,  71.  Mederi  fraternae  invidiae  animo  ar- 
debat.  Sail.  Jug.  39.  Quid  futurum  fuit,  si  plebs  soluta  regis 
inetu,  agitari  coepta  esset?  &c.  Liv.  II,  1,  4. 

419.  The  Objective  Genitive  may  be  represented  by  a  De¬ 
monstrative  Pronoun. — e.  g., 

Scaevola,  cum  in  earn  ipsam  mentionem  incidisset.  Cic.  Am. 
2,  3.  (In  this  sentence  in  earn  ipsam  mentionem=in  mentionem 
eius  rei  ipsius).  Ita  propria  est  ea  praeceptio  Stoicorum,  Acade- 
micorum.  Cic.  Off.  I,  2,  6.  Ad  id  sacrarium  flamines  bigis  curru 
arcuato  vehi  iussit.  Liv.  I,  21,  4.  Hoc  fiducia  virium  (=harum 
virium)  Tullus  Sabinis  bellum  indicit.  Liv.  I,  30,  4.  Hac  arte  in 
patria  steti,  et  invictus  bello,  in  pace  pulsus  sum.  Liv.  V,  44,  2. 

420.  The  Objective  Genitive  may  be  represented  by  the 
relative. — e.  g., 

Quam  similitudinem  videmus  in  bestiis.  Cic.  Fin.  V,  15.  42. 
(In  this  sentence  quam  similitudinem— cuius  rei  simile  aliquid). 
Quae  si  vos  cepit  oblivio  aut  si  in  me  aliquid  offendisti.  Cic.  Mil. 
36,  99.  Quo  terrore  cum  vicisset  pudicitiam  velut  victrix  libido. 
Liv.  I,  58,  5.  Qua  dolore  incensus  iniit  consilia  reges  Lacedae- 
moniorum  tollere.  Nep.  Lys.  3. 

2.  OBJECTIVE  GENITIVE  WITH  AN  ADJECTIVE.  (421-431). 

421.  To  the  Objective  Genitive  must  be  referred  the  Gen- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


267 


itive  with  adjectives  ending  in  ax,  ans,  ens.  These  adjec¬ 
tives  are  generally  derived  from  verbs  and  those  in— ans 
and— ens,  of  verbal  origin,  are  present  participles  used  ad 
jectively. 

1.  The  Genitive  (Objective)  with  adjectives  in  ax,  as  capax,  fallax- 

edax,  fugax,  ferax,  pervicax ,  rapax ,  procax,  tenax,  mendax ,  &c. 
From  the  following  examples  it  will  be  seen  that  the  employment 
of  the  Genitive  with  these  adjectives  is  not  Ciceronian  usage, 
e.  g.,  ,  '* 

Insula  magnae  sedis  capax.  Curt.  IV,  33.  Homines  amici- 
tiae  fall  aces.  Tac.  Ann.  XVI.  32.  (Is)  cibi  vinique  eapacissi- 
mus.  Liv.  IX,  16,  13.  Tempus  edax  rerum.  Ov.  Met,.  XV,  234, 
Ille  gloriae  fugacissimus.  Sen.  Benf.  IV,  32,4.  Terra  arborum 
ferax.  Plin.  Ep.  II,  17,  15.  (Is)  recti  pervicax.  Tac.  Hist.  IV, 
5.  Nihil  est  appetentius  similium  sui  nec  rapacius  quam  natura. 
Cic.  Am.  14,  50.  (Rapacius=rapacius  similium  sui,  but  ob¬ 
serve  its  association  with  appetentius).  Procax  lixarum  inge- 
nium.  Tac.  Hist.  II,  87.  Tenaces  armorum.  Suet.  Caes.  67. 
Pecuniae  parcus  ac  tenax  (pecuniae).  Suet.  Tib.  46.  Huius  rei 
mendax.  Plaut.  Asin.  V.  2,  5. 

2.  The  Objective  Genitive  with  adjectives  in  ans,  ens ,  as  amans, 
abstinens,  abundans,  appetens,  colens,  conficiens,  conservans,  cu- 
piens,  diligens,  efficiens,  egens,  fidens,  fugiens,  gerens,  impatiens, 
insolens,  intellegens,  intolerans,  metuens,  neglegens,  observans, 
patiens,  perferens,  persequens,  retinens,  sciens,  sitiens,  tolerans, 
&c. — e.  g., 

Amantes  patriae,  Cic.  Att.  IX,  19,  3.  Amantes  tui.  Cic. 
Fam.  IX,  6,  I.  (Observe  Genitive  tui).  Nihil  nostri  amantius. 
Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  5,  2.  (Observe  Genitive  nostri.)  Homo  alieni 
abstinens.  Plin.  Ep.  VI,  8,  5.  Omnium  rerum  abundans.  Nep. 
Eum.  8.  Appetentes gloriae.  Cic.  Imp.  Pomp. 3,  7.  Homoappe- 
tens  tui.  Plin.  Ep.  VII,  31.  7.  Religionum  colentes.  Cic. 
Plane.  33,  80.  Eorum  (bonorum)  conficientia.  Cic.  Fin. 
V,  27,  81.  Conservans  eius  status.  Cic.  Fin.  Ill,  5,  16.  Lib- 
erorum  cupiens.  Tac.  Ann.  XVI,  6.  Cupiens  tui.  Plaut.  M. 
G.  IV,  2,  58.  Diligens  officii.  Cic.  Cael.  30,  73.  Efficiens  utili 
tatis.  Cic.  Off.  Ill,  3,  12.  Ipse  auxilii  egens.  Sail.  Jug.  14. 


268 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Fidens  armorum.  Lucan.  9,  373.  Fugiens  laboris.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  69.  Negotii  bene  gerens.  Cic.  Quinct.  19,  62.  Impatiens 
pulveris.  Tac.  Hist.  II,  99.  Insolens  belli.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  36. 
(Cf.  Insolita  rerum  bellicarum.  Sail.  Jug.  39).  Cuiusvis  generis 
eius  intellegens.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  20,  63.  Corpus  intolerans  laboris. 
Liv.  X,  28,  4.  Homines  indiciorum  metuentes.  Cic.  Dom.  Sua 
26,  70.  Amicorum  negligens.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  62,  143.  Mei 
observans.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  I,  2,  11.  Officiorum  observans.  Plin.  Ep. 
VII,  30,  1.  Amnis  navium  patiens.  Liv.  XXI,  31,  10.  Perfe- 
rens  iniuriarum.  Cic.  Or.  II,  83, 1 83.  Inimicitiarum  persequens. 
Cic.  Heren.  II,  19,  29.  Retinens  libertatis.  Cic.  Plane.  23,  55. 
Regendae  rei  publicae  sciens.  Cic.  Or.  1, 49, 214.  Locorum  sciens. 
Sail.  Jug.  85.  Deinde  sitientem  me  virtutis  tuae  deseruisti  ac  re- 
liquisti.  Cic.  Plane.  5,  13.  Cognoscens  sui.  Cic.  Heren.  IV,  18, 
25.  Africanus  indigens  mei?  Cic.  Am.  9,  30.  Corpus  laborum 
tolerans,  animus  audax,  sui  obtegens.  Tac.  Ann.  IV.  1.  Cetera- 
rum  rerum  prudens.  Cic.  Quinct.  3,  11.  Imprudens  legis.  Cic. 
Inv.  II,  31,  95.  Tibi  servio  atque  audiens  sum  imperii.  Plaut. 
True.  I,  2,  25,  &c. 

422.  To  the  Objective  Genitive  must  be  referred  the  Gen¬ 
itives  with  adjectives  which  express  desire ,  knowledge , 
experience,  skill,  memory,  as,  avidus,  cupidus,  studiosus, 
perstudiosus,  conscius,  gnarus,  ignarus,  peritus,  imperi- 
tus,  prudens,  imprudens,  providus,  consultus,  memor,  im- 
memor,  rudis,  insuetus,  and  other  adjectives  of  like  sense, 
but  which  do  not  take  the  Genitive  in  the  best  Latin. — e.g., 

Festinatio  victoriae  avida.  Cic.  Phil.  Ill,  1, 2.  Cupidus  rerum 
novarum.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  18.  Pilae  studiosus.  Cic.  Am.  20,  74. 
Litterarum  Graecarum  perstudiosus'  Cic.  Sen.  1,  3.  Conscius 
maleficii.  Cic.  Clu.  22,  59.  Gnarus  rei  publicae.  Cic.  Brut.  64, 
228.  Ignarus  physicae  rationis.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  21,  54.  Peritus 
regionum.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  17.  Imperitus  rerum.  Caes.  B.  G.  I, 
44.  Mens  provida  rerum  futurarum.  Cic.  Div.  II,  57,  117.  Jus- 
titiae  consultus.  Cic.  Phil.  IX,  5,  10.  Facti  memor.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  I,  13.  Immemor  mandati  tui.  Cic.  Att.  IV,  6,  3.  Omnium 
rerum  rudis.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  24,  57.  Haec  ratio  nostros  perturba- 
vit  insuetos  huius  generis  pugnae  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  44.  (Cf.  Im- 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


269 


providus  futuri  certaminis  Romanus  veniebat.  Liv.  XXVI,  39, 
7,  &c.) 

Rem.  1.  With  peritus  and  consultus  occur  both  the  Genitive  (iuris) 
and  the  Ablative  (iure). — e.  g., 

Juris  peritus.  Cic.  Brut.  21,  81.  Jure  peritior.  Cic.  Cluent.  38, 1  07. 
Juris  consultus.  Cic.  Phil.  IX,  5,  10.  Jure  consultus.  Gell.  XI,  18, 
16. 

Rem.  2.  The  phrases  centiorem  facere,  certior  fieri  are  construed  with 
the  Objective  Genitive,  or  with  the  preposition  deand  the  Ablative. — e.g., 

Me  de  tuis  rebus  velim  certiorem  facias.  Cic.  Fam.  1,9,  24.  Tu  me 
velim  de  ratione  Gallici  belli  certiorem  facias.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  18.  1. 
Juba  certior  factus  de  nocturno  proelio  duo  milia  Gallorum  Saburrae 
summisit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  40.  Amisso  Corfinio  denique  certiorem  me 
sui  consilii  fecit.  Cic.  Att.  IX,  2,  a.  2. 

The  form  of  the  phrase  in  prose  is  certiorem  facere,  cer¬ 
tior  fieri,  rather  than  certum  facere,  certus  fieri. 

423.  Some  of  the  adjectives  referred  to  in  421  and  422 
allow  other  case-constructions  than  the  Genitive.  These 
must  be  interpreted  according  to  the  case,  or  preposition 
and  case  employed.  Hence  the  Ablative,  the  Ablative  with 
the  preposition  in,  and  the  Accusative  with  the  preposition 
ad,  according  to  the  case-relation  to  be  expressed. — e.  g., 

Usu  periti.  Caes.  B,  Civ.  Ill,  93.  In  doctrinis  imperitus. 
Quint.  I,  4.  27.  Ad  disciplinam  peritus,  ad  consilia  prudens.  Cic. 
Font.  19,  43,  (33).  L.  Torquatus  elegans  in  dicendo,  in  existi- 
mando  prudens.  Cic.  Brut.  68,  239. 

424.  Among  the  adjectives  to  be  referred  to  422  accord¬ 
ing  to  their  signification,  but  with  which  the  Objective 
Genitive  is  rare  or  not  found  in  the  Classical  Latin,  are 
the  following :  avarus,  assuetus,  callidus,  curiosus,  doctus, 
docilis,  expertus,  fastidiosus,  improvidus,  incuriosus,  in- 
doctus,  inscius,  insolitus,  nescius,  praesagus,  praescius, 

suetus,  prudens,  &c.  (See  Lexicon). 

/ 

425.  To  the  Objective  Genitive  must  be  referred  the  ad¬ 
jectives  which  signify  control,  power ,  possession,  and 
their  opposites,  as  compos,  impos ;  potens,  impotens.  Of 


270 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


these  adjectives  compos  occurs  with  the  Objective  Genitive 
in  Cicero.— e.  g., 

Omnes  virtutis  compotes  beati  sunt.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  13,  39. 
Memoria  ex  annalibus  repetita,  aliguatos  mentes  hominum  com¬ 
potes  sui  fecisse.  Liv.  VIII,  18,  12.  Gens  suarum  impotens  re¬ 
rum  prae  domesticis  seditionibus.  Liv.  IX,  14,  5.  Ut,  potentes 
rerum  suarum  Poenum  pro  Romano  acciperent.,  Div.  XXIII,  16, 
6.  Imposne  mentis,  an  simulata  dementia,  incertum.  Suet.  Aug. 

19.  ' 

R k m .  1.  With  some  of  the  preceding  adjectives  the  Ablative  occurs 
with  a  modification  of  case-relation  demanded  by  the  Ablative  and  with 
a  somewhat  different  meaning  of  the  adjective,  e.  g., 

Praeda  ingenti  compotem  exercitem  reducunt.  Liv.  Ill,  7.  13. 

Inde  ingenti  praeda  potens  Roman  redit.  Liv.  I,  33,  5. 

;  426.  To  the  Objective  Genitive  must  be  referred  the  ad¬ 
jectives  which  signify  participation,  innocence ,  suspicion , 
and  their  opposites,  as  affinis,  consors,  expers,  exsors, 
insons,  innocens,  innoxius,  manifestus,  particeps,  suspica- 
tus  and  the  word  reus.  Of  these  affinis,  consors,  expers, 
particeps,  and  reus  occur  in  the  best  prose. — e.  g., 

Neque  homines  fuisse  putantur  hums  affines  suspicions.  Cic. 
Sull.  V,  17.  Quid  (respondebo)  tibi  consorti  mecum  temporum 
illorum  ?  Cic.  Mil.  36,  99. ,  Mirum  hoc  vobis  videatur  Leontinos 
expertes  iniuriarum  fuisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  46,  109.  Nulla  eius 
vitae  pars  summae  turpitudinis  erat  expers.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II, 
78,  191.  Ut  parta  victoria  praedae  ac  praemiorum  velint  esse 
participes.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  82.  Is  est  reus  avaritia  qui  male- 
dictum  omne,  non  modo  crimen  effugit?  Cic.  Flac.  3,  7. 

In  standard  prose  the  adjective  affinis  occurs  also  with 
the  Dative ;  the  adjective  consors  with  the  preposition  in 
and  the  Ablative;  the  adjective  expers  with  the  Ablative, 
but  not  in  the  best  prose;  reus  with  the  preposition  de 
and  the  Ablative.— e.  g., 

Huic  (facinori)  sipaucos  putatis  affines  esse,  vehementer  erratis. 
Cic.  Cat.  IV.  3,  6.  Consors  quidem  in  lucris  atque  in  furtis.  Cic. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


271 


Verr.  II,  III,  66,  155.  Sed  omnes  fama  atque  fortunis  expertes 
sumus.  Sail.  Cat.  33.  Gabinium  de  ambitu  rerum  fecit  P.  Sulla. 
Cic.  Q.  fr.  Ill,  3,  2.  (Cf.  Ille,  si  quid  accideret,  se  omnis  culpae  ex- 
sortem  fore  diceret.  Liv.  XXII,  44,  7.  Quem  insontem  culpae 
dei  respicere  debent,  cape  hunc  equum,  Liv.  XXII,  49,  7.  Tem- 
pus  faciebat  ne  quis  suspectum  cupiditatis  imperii  consulem  habe- 
ret.  Liv.  XXIV,  9,  10,  &c.) 

427.  The  Genitive  (Objective)  occurs  with  the  adjectives 
which  express  plenty ,  fullness ,  liberality ,  and  their  oppo¬ 
sites,  as  dives,  egenus,  fecundus,  fertilis,  immodicus,  inanis, 
indigus,  inops,  locuples,  liberalis,  onustus,  opulentus,  par¬ 
ens,  plenus,  profusus,  prodigus,  refertus,  validus,  &c.  Of 
these  adjectives  perhaps  only  inanis,  inops,  fertilis,  plenus 
and  refertus  occur  in  Cicero. — e.  g., 

Proponit  inania  mihi  nobilitatis,  hoc  est,  hominum  arrogan- 
tium  nomina.  Cic  Verr.  Act.  pr.  6,  15.  0  verborum  inops,  qui- 
bus  abundare  te  putas,  Graecia.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  15,  35.  Proferre 
possum  multos  fertiles  agros  alios  aliorum  fructuum.  Cic.  N.  D. 
II,  52,  131.  Qui  mons  erat  hostium  plenus  sempiternorum.  Cic. 
Att.  V,  20,  3.  Velim  existimes  fraternam  plenam  humanitatis 
voluntatem.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  2,  6.  Pleni  libri  sunt  contra  ista  ipsa 
disserentium  philosophorum.  Cic.  Tusc.  I.  6,  11.  Plenus  spei 
bonae  atque  animi  adversus  eos  proficiscitur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  5. 
Cognovi  refertam  esse  Graeciam  hominum  nefariorum.  Cic. 
Plane.  41,  98.  Refertus  takes  the  Genitive  particularly  of  per¬ 
sonal  designations. 

Rem.  Most  of  the  preceding  adjectives  take  also  the  Ablative,  or  the 
Ablative  with  ah. — e.  g., 

Nulla  abs  te  epistola  inanis  aliqua  re  utili  venerat.  Cic.  Att.  II,  8, 1. 

Verres  habeat  ornamentis  fanorum  plenam  domum  ?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV, 

57,  126.  Qui  sic  inopes  et  ab  amicis  et  existimatione  sunt,  ut,  &c.  Cie. 

Att.  1, 1,  2.  Nam  Xerxes  refertus  omnibus  praemiis  donisque  fortunae, 

&c.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  7,  20. 

428.  The  Genitive  (Objective)  occurs  with  adjectives 
which  express  freedom  from,  exemption  from,  destitution, 
as  immunis,  liber,  nudus,  purus,  vacuus.  None  of  these 
adjectives  take  the  Genitive  in  the  best  prose. — e.  g.. 


272 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Epistolae  (scribebantur)  eos  retineri  sub  vexillo  ceterorum  im- 
munes.  Tac.  Ann.  I,  36.  Indoctus  quid  enim  saperet  liberque 
laborum  rusticus.  Hor.  A.  P.  212.  Ubi  per  loca  aequalia  et 
nuda  gignentium  ventus  arenam  excitavit.  Sail.  Jug.  79.  Inte¬ 
ger  vitae  scelerisque  purus,  non  eget  Mauris  iaculis.  Hor.  Od.  I, 
22,1.  Ager  ariduset  frugum  vacuus eatempestate.  Sail.  Jug.  90. 

Rem.  1.  Most  of  the  preceding  adjectives,  in  standard  prose,  are  used 
with  the  Ablative,  or  the  preposition  ab  with  the  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 

Id  ipsum  cernitur,  si  ab  omni  animi  perturbatione  liber  sis.  Cic. 
Off.  I,  20,  67.  Huic  tradita  urbs  est,  nuda  praesidio,  referta  copiis. 
Cic.  Att.  VII,  13,  a.  1.  Ipsa  Messana  ab  iis  rebus  sane  vacua  atque 
nuda  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  2,  3. 

429.  The  Genitive  occurs  with  adjectives  which  express 
feeling  and  mental  state ,  asanxius,  ambiguus,  aeger,  acer, 
dubius,  certus,  exspes,  formidolosus,  incertus,  ignavus, 
laetus,  praescius,  providus,  improvidus,  segnis,  pavidus, 
securus,  trepidus,  timidus,  & c.  The  Genitive  is  not  usual 
with  these  adjectives  in  standard  prose,  but  instead  of 
the  Genitive  occurs  the  Ablative,  or  the  Ablative  with  a 
preposition  {ab,  de ),  and  this  too  in  all  periods. — e.  g., 

Incerta  ultionis,  anxia  sui.  Tac.  Ann.  II,  75.  Ambiguus  pu- 
doris  ac  metus.  Tac.  Ann.  II,  40.  Animi  aeger.  Curt.  IV,  13. 
Acer  militiae.  Tac.  Hist.  II.  5.  Agrippina  sceleris  certa.  Tac. 
Ann.  XII,  66.  Exspes  vitae.  Tac.  Ann.  VI,  24.  Formidolosus 
hostium.  Tac.  Ann.  I,  62.  Dubius  sententiae.  Liv.  XXXIII, 
25,  5.  Incertus  sententiae.  Liv.  IV,  57,  3.  Ignava  laboris. 
Tac.  Ann.  XI,  18.  Laeta  laborum.  Verg.  Aen.  XI,  73.  Praescia 
venturi.  Verg.  Aen.  VI,  66.  Providus  futurorum.  Tac.  Ann. 
VI,  46.  Improvidus  eonsilii.  Tac.  Hist.  Ill,  56.  Occasionum 
segnis.  Tac.  Ann.  XVI,  14.  Trepidus  admirationis.  Tac.  Ann. 
VI,  21.  Offensionum  pavidus.  Tac.  Ann.  IV,  38.  Secura  repul- 
sae.  Ov.  Met.  XII,  199.  Aequi  cultor,  timidusque  deorum.  Ov. 
Met.  V,  100,  &c.  (Cf.  Hanno  iam  ante  anxius  gloria  eius.  Liv. 
XXV,  41,  12,  Thrasylus  anxio  de  successore  Tiberio  affirmavit. 
Suet  Calig.  19,  &c.) 

Rem.  1.  The  form  animi  quite  frequently  occurs,  but  not  in  Cicero  nor 
Caesar,  with  adjectives  and  participles,  generally  expressing  feeling  and 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


273 


degree,  as  aeger,  caecus,  confusus,  captus,  exterminatus,  immodicus,  in- 
gens,  lassus,  miser,  praestans,  promptus,  sanus,  stupens,  turbidus.  The 
fact  that  the  Genitive  animorum  (plural)  does  not  occur  in  this  connec¬ 
tion,  while  the  Ablative  animis  is  occasionally  found  hardly  authorizes 
the  Locative  as  the  explanation  of  the  form  atiimi. — e.  g., 

Dux  segnis  et  captus  animi.  Tac.  Hist.  Ill,  73.  Caecus  animi  forem. 
Gell.  XII,  13,  4.  0  praestans  animi  iuvenis.  Verg.  Aen.  XII,  19. 

Confusus  atque  incertus  animi.  Liv.  I,  7,  6.  Femina  ingens  animi, 
munia  ducis  pereos  dies  induit.  Tac.  Ann.  I,  69.  Promptus  animi  Mar- 
tius  gladiatores  in  Padi  ripam  repente  effudit.  Tac.  Hist.  II,  2,  3.  C. 
Caesar  turbidus  animi  legionem  legato  tradidit.  Tac.  Hist.  IV,  48,  & c. 

Rem.  2.  While  the  Genitive  animi  does  not  occur  in  standard  prose 
with  adjectives  expressing  feeling,  it  does  occur  with  verbs  of  like  signifi¬ 
cation,  as  pendere,  and  angi. — e.  g., 

Angebatur  animi,  quod  domum  eius  exornatam  iste  reddiderat. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  34,  84.  (Cf.  Audio  te  animo  angi  et  medicum  dicere 
ex  eo  te  laborare.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  14,  2.)  Ostendis  te  pendere  animi 
quamnam  rationem  sim  Caesari  allaturus.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  12,  1.  Pen- 
deo  animi  exspectatione  Corfiniensi,  in  qua  de  salute  decernitur.  Cic. 
Att.  VIII.  5,  2.  (Cf.  exspectando  pendemus  animis,  cruciamur,  angi- 
mur.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  40,  96.  Continuo  excruciarer  animi:  sin  forte  ei 
fuisset  febris.  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  1,  124.)  Quid  illam  miseram  animi 
excrucias,  quae  nunquam  male  de  te  meritast?  Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  2, 
78.  Discrucior  animi :  hoecine  de  improviso  mali  mihi  obicitantum? 
Ter.  Ad.  IV,  4,  1.  Nee  me  animi  fallit  Graiorum  obscura  difficile  illus- 
trare  Latinis  versibus  esse.  Lucr.  I,  137 . 

430.  The  adjectives  dignus  and  indignus  occur  with  the 
Genitive — the  former  in  Cicero. — e.  g., 

Obsecro  te,  suscipe  curam  et  cogitationem  dignissiman  tuae 
virtutis.  Cic.  Att.  VIII,  15,  A,  1.  Magnorum  hand  unquam  in- 
digntts  avorum.  Verg.  Aen.  XII,  649. 

431.  Other  Adjectives  occur  with  the  Genitive,  but  they 
may  readily  be  referred  to  one  of  the  classes  above  given. 

3.  OBJECTIVE  GENITIVE  WITH  VERBS  (432 — 453.) 

432.  With  the  verbs  to  admonish,  to  remind,  admonere, 
commonere,  commonefacere,  monere. — e.  g., 

Admonitus  huius  aeris  alieni  nolui  deesse  ne  tacitae  quidem 
flagitationi  tuae.  Cic.  Top.  1,  5.  Legatos  miserunt  qui  admon- 
erent  foederis  eum  Romani.  Liv.  XXXV,  13,  2> 


274 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


The  verb  admonere  allows  the  Accusative  neuter  of  a.  pro¬ 
noun  and  adjective  denoting  degree,  and  in  Cicero  is  con¬ 
strued  with  the  Ablative  and  the  preposition  de  more  fre- 
quently  than  with  the  Genitive,  e.  g., 

Multa  ostendis,  tmdta  extis  admonemur  multisque  rebus  alns. 
Cic.  N.  D.  II,  66,  166.  Saepiusteadmoneodesyngrapha  Sittiana. 
Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  4,  5.  Illud  me  praeclare  admones  ne  nimis  indul- 
genter  loquar.’  Cic.  Att.  IX,  9,  2.  De  quo  (proelio)  vos  paulo 
ante  invitus  admonui.  Cic.  Imp.  Pomp.  15,  45.  Non  iltae  te 
nuptiales  tibiae  eius  matrimonii  commonebant?  Cic.  (auct.) 
Heren.  IV,  33,  44. 

The  verb  cotnmonere  allows  the  Accusative  neuter  of  a 
pronoun  and  adjective,  and,  in  Cicero,  is  construed  with 
the  Ablative  and  the  preposition  de  more  frequently  than 
with  the  Genitive— e.  g., 

Cum  amice  aliquid  commonemus  et  ad  concordiam  hortamur. 
Quint.  VI,  1,  50.  Quis  venit  quin  is  de  avaritia  tua  commonere- 
tur?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  59,  154.  Te  neque  filius  de  liberum  cari- 
tate  neque  pater  de  indulgentia  patria  commonebat  ?  Cic.  Verr. 
II  V  42,  109.  Cum  ipse  te  veteris  amicitiae  commonefaceret, 
commotuses?  Cic.  (auct.)  Heren.  IV,  24,  33.  (Irrisio)  quae 
commonefaceret  istius  praeturam.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  64,  144. 
(In  this  example  the  Accusative  praeturam  is  to  be  observed.) 
Jussos  dicta  cum  silentio  accipere,  temporis  ac  necessitatis  monet. 
Tac.  Ann.  I,  67. 

The  verb  monere  does  not  take  the  Genitive  in  good 
prose :  it  allows  the  Accusative  neuter  of  a  pronoun  and 
adjective.  In  Cicero  it  is  construed  with  the  preposition 
de  and  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 

Id  ipsum  quod  me  mones.  Cic.  Att.  XIV,  19,  1.  Extremum 
est  quod  te  orem,  cum  Camillo  communices,  ut  Terentiam  mone- 
atis  de  testamento.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  16,  5  (de  testamento  not  testa- 

men  ti.) 

433.  With  the  verbs  to  remember ,  to  forget ,  to  call  to 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


B0Z0N  t0L^GE  u 
CHEst*ut  <-< 


275 


mind ;  meminisse,  commeminisse,  oblivisci,  recordari,  rem- 
inisci. — e.  g., 

Num  potui  rrmgis  oblivisci  temporum  meorum,  meminisse  ac- 
tionnm?  Cic.  Fam.  I,  9  8.  Animus  meminit  praeteritorum, 
praesentia  eernit,  futura  providet.  Cic.  Div.  I,  30,  63.  Cum  da- 
bis  aliquid  domum  litterarum  meimemineris.  Cic.  Fam.  XV,  17,  4. 

The  verb  memininisse  allows  the  Accusative,  also  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  de. — e.  g.. 

Illud  quale  tandem  est,  sapientem  mala  meminisse  non  oportere? 
Cic.  Fin.  II,  32.  104.  Quern  quidem  probe  meminisse  potestis. 
Cic.  Sen.  5,  14.  Odiosum  genus  hominum  officia  exprobrantium, 
quae  meminisse  debetis.  Cic.  Am.  20,  71.  De  Planco  memini. 
Attica  iure  queritur.  Cic.  Att.  XV.  27,  3.  Et  de  Herode  et  Met- 
tio  meminero  et  de  omnibus  quae  te  velle  suspicabor.  Cic.  Att. 
XV,  27,  3.  Non  fugitivost  hie  homo  :  commeminit  domi.  Plant. 
Trin.  IV,  3,  28  (1027). 

The  verb  commeminisse  occurs  in  Cicero,  as  elsewhere, 
with  the  Accusative. — e.  g., 

Galbam,  quern  commeminisse  se  aiebat,  reprehendere  solebat. 
Cic.  Or.  I,  53,  227.  Hoc  adeo  hoc  commemini  magis  quia  illo  die 
impransus  fui.  Plaut.  Amph.  I,  1,  98.  Auctoritates,  quae  te  ob¬ 
livisci  laudis  domesticae  non  sinant.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.  prim.  17,  52. 
Si  nostri  oblitus  es,  dabo  operam  ut  istuc  veniam.  Cic.  Fam. 
VII,  14,  1.  Oblitusne  es  igitur  fungorum  illorum,  quos  apud 
Niciam  ?  Cic.  Fam.  IX,  10,  2.  Tibi  assentantur  et  tarn  diu,  dum 
tu  ades,  sunt  oblitae  sui.  Cic.  Fam.  IX,  12,  1. 

The  verb  oblivisci  takes  also  the  Accusative  of  an  im¬ 
personal  relation. — e.  g., 

Et  artificium  obliviscatur  et  studium  deponat  licebit.  Cic.  Rose. 
Am.  17,  49.  Obliviscor  iam  iniurias  tuas,  Clodia :  depono  memo- 
riam  doloris  mei.  Cic.  Cael.  20,  50.  Ipse  cum  aliquo  dolore  flag- 
itiorum  suorum  recordabitur.  Cic.  Pis.  6,  12. 

The  verb  recordari  occurs  very  rarely  with  the  Genitive  in 
Cicero.  Instead  of  the  Genitive  the  Accusative  is  used, 
and,  less  frequently,  the  preposition  de  with  the  Ablative, 
-e-  g., 


276 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Recordare  tuas  litteras,  quibus  magnum  animum  mihi  osten- 
disti.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  12,  4.  Recordare  cetera:  quam  cito  se- 
natum  illo  die  coegerim.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  2,  3,  Cum  tuam  virtutem 
essem  mecum  recordatus,  non  putavi  esse  alienum  &c.  Cic.  Fam. 
V,  17,  1.  Tu  si  meliore  memoria  es,  velim  scire  ecquid  de  te  re¬ 
corder.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  6,  13.  Istis  vestris  lacrimis  de  illis  recor- 
dor,  quas  pro  me  saepe  profudistis.  Cic.  Plane.  42,  104. 

The  verb  recordari  takes  the  Ablative  of  a  personal  rela¬ 
tion  with  de.  The  Ablative  of  an  impersonal  relation 
with  de  is  also  quite  usual. 

Reminisceretur  veteris  incommodi  populi  Romani.  Caes.  B.  G. 

I,  13. 

The  verb  reminisci  allows  the  Accusative ;  also  the  Abla¬ 
tive  with  the  preposition  de—  e.  g., 

Ka  potius  reminiscere,  quae  digna  tua  persona  sunt.  Cic.  Fam. 
IV,  5,  5.  Sed  parum  est  me  hoc  meminisse :  spero  te,  qui  oblivisci 
nihil  soles  nisi  iniurias,  de  huius  illo  quaestorio  officio,  etiam  de 
aliis  quaestoribus  reminiscentem,  recordari.  Cic.  Lig.  12,  35. 

434,  The  phrase  venire  in  men  tern,  with  its  logical  sub 
ject  in  the  Dative,  takes  the  Objective  Genitive.  In  Cicero 
the  predicate  (venit)  is  personal,  when  a  neuter  pronoun 
is  subject.  In  the  poets  and  later  writers  it  occurs  as  a 
personal  predicate  with  a  substantive  as  subject.  The 
tendency  however  is  everywhere  to  the  impersonal  use  of 
the  predicate,  except  when  a  neuter  pronoun  is  subject. 

e-  g., 

Tibi  tuarum  virtutum  veniet  in  men  tern.  Cic.  Or.  II,  61,  249. 
Mihi  solet  in  mentem  venire  illius  temporis,  quo  proxime  fuimus 
una.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  31.  Yenit  enim  mihi  fani,  loci,  religionis  il¬ 
lius  in  mentem.  Cic.  Yer.  II,  IY,  50,  110.  Cum  mihi  Tyndaritani 
illius  venit  in  mentem,  turn  iura  civitatum  considero.  Cic.  Yerr. 

II,  V,  47,  124.  Nunquam  tibi  huius  tantae  frequentiae  venit  in 
mentem.  Cic.  Verr,  II,  V,  55.  Fac  tibi  paternae  legis  Aciliae  ve- 
niat  in  mentem.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.  Prim.  17, 51.  Cum  mihi  patria, 
cum  vestrorum  periculorum  veniebat  in  mentem,  turn,  &c.  Cic. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


277 


Sull.  6,  19.  Si  id  egissemus,  quod  ne  in  mentem  quidem  nobis  ve- 
niebat.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  15,  5.  Mirari  amentiam  alii,  cui  comper- 
endinato  quicquam  illorum  veniret  in  mentem.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV 
15,  34.  Haec  mihi  fere  in  mentem  veniebant,  quae  dieenda  puta- 
rem  de  natura  deorum.  Cic.  N.  D.  II,  67,  168.  Si  quid  in  men¬ 
tem  veniet,  quo  modo  earn  effugere  possimus,  utemur.  Cic.  Att. 
XII,  36, 1.  Dicebam  ea,  quae  tibi  in  mentem  veniunt,  cur  non  es 
set  tuto  futurus.  Cic.  Att.  XV,  11,  1.  Non  venit  in  mentem 
pugnaapud  Regillum  lacum?  Liv.  VIII.  5,  10.  Ouotiescumque 
patria  in  mentem  veniret,  haec  omnia  occurrebant.  Liv.  V,  54, 
3.  Miserae  cum  venit  in  mentem  mihi  mortis,  metus  membra  oc- 
eupat.  Plaut.  Rud.  Ill,  3,  25.  Adeon  rem  redisse  ut  patrem  ex- 
timescam,  ubi  in  mentem  eius  adventi  veniat?  Ter.  Phorm.  I,  1, 
2.  Quidrisisti?  Servi  venere  in  mentem  Syri  calliditates.  Ter. 
Haut.  V.  1,  13. 

Rem.  1.  An  Infinitive  or  phrase  may  be  the  subject.— e.  g., 

Quid  in  mentum  venit  Callistheni  dicere  deos  Gallis  signum  dedisse 
cantandi  ?  Cic.  Div.  II,  26,  56.  Mihi  omnino  non  venit  in  mentem^ 
quae  possit  actio  esse  de  pace.  Cic.  Att.  X,  1,  3. 

Rem.  The  verb  venire  occurs  with  the  Dative  and  the  preposition  in 
with  the  Accusative  of  other  substantives  then  mentem .  The  phrase  is 
to  be  interpreted  according  to  the  elements  which  compose  it— e.  g., 

Hostibus  in  contemptionem  Sabinus  venit.  Caes.  B.  G.,  Ill,  17. 
Utrisque  venit  in  opinionem  signum  a  classariis  regis  datum.  Nep. 
Milt.  7.  Delectatus  est  in  primis  quod  nobilis  rex  in  potestatem  inopi- 
nanti  venerat.  Nep.  Dat.  3.  (Cf.  Quid  gravius  de  nobis  sentire  pos- 
sunt  quam  ut  in  eoram  potestatum  veniatis  ?  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  32.) 

435.  To  be  observed  is  the  phrase  mentionem  facere , 
with  the  Objective  Genitive  or  the  preposition  de  and  the 
Ablative.  The  usage  tends  to  the  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Cuius  quoniam  mentio  facta  est,  Tironem  patris  aegrum  reli- 
qui.  Cic.  Att.  VII.  2,  3.  Regem  appellas,  cum  Rex  tui  mentionem 
nullam  fecerit.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  10.  Neque,  dum  auxilia  a  Ro¬ 
manis  sperastis,  pacis  umquam  apud  vos  mentionem  feci.  Liv. 
XXI,  13,  3.  Phalereus  ille  Demetrius,  de  quo  feci  supra  mentio¬ 
nem.  Cic.  Leg.  Ill,  6, 14. 

436.  With  the  verbs  to  fill,  to  lack,  as  complere,  explere, 


278 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA, 


implere,  egere,  indigere,  carere.  (For  the  Ablative  with  this 
class  of  verbs  see  265.— -e.  g.,) 

Convivium  vicinorum  cotidie  compleo,quod  ad  multam  noctem 
producimus.  Cic.  Sen.  14,  46.  His  institutis  cum  completus 
iam  mercatorum  career  esset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  57,  147.  (The 
Ablative  is  decidedly  the  usage  with  complere).  Animum  explere 
iuvabit  ultricis  flammae  et  cineres  satiasse  meorum.  Verg.  Aen. 
II,  587.  (The  Ablative  is  the  construction  with  explere  in  prose, 
and  the  regular  construction  everywhere).  Si  ollam  denariorum 
implere  non  potes,  Romam  tibi  remigrandum  est.  Cic.  Fam. 
IX,  18,  4.  (The  Ablative  is  the  prevailing  construction  with  im¬ 
plere).  Id  institutum  videtur  ne  quis  ex  plebe  contra  potentiorem 
auxilii  egeret.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  11.  (With  egere  the  Ablative  is 
the  more  usual  construction.  The  Genitive,  in  Cicero,  not  fully 
established).  Haec  (virtus)  plurimae  commentationis  et  exerci- 
tationis  indiget.  Cic.  Fin.  Ill,  15,  50.  (With  the  verb  indigere 
the  Ablative  is  regular,  while  in  Cicero  the  Genitive  often  occurs). 
Dum  abs  te  absum,  omnes  mihi  labores  fuere  quos  cepi  leves, 
praeter  quam  tui  carendum  quod  erat.  Ter.  Haut.  II,  4,  20, 
(400).  (The  Genitive  with  carere  is  not  to  be  imitated.) 

MISERET,  PAENITET,  PUDET,  TAEDET,  PIGET,  &C.  (437—446.) 

437.  With  verbs  which  express  feeling,  as  “it  excites 
one’s  pity  for,”  “it  repents  one  for,”  “it  makes  one 
ashamed  for,”  “it  disgusts  one  for  or  at,”  miseret,  paeni- 
tet,  pudet,  suppudet,  taedet  pertaedet,  piget.  These  im¬ 
personal  verbs  are  construed  with  the  Accusative  of  the 
person  affected  and  the  Genitive  (Objective)  at  which  the 
feeling  is  excited,  or  towards  which  it  is  directed,  e.  g., 

Eorum  nos  magis  miseret,  qui  nostram  misericordiam  non  re- 
quirunt.  Cic.  Mil.  34,  92.  (Cf.  Neque  te  mei  miseret:  Surge  et 
sepeli  natum  tuum.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  44,  106.  Mea  mater,  tui  me 
miseret,  mei  piget.  Cic.  Div.  I,  31,  66.)  Tibi  amplectimur  genua, 
miseriarum  te  ambarum  uti  misereat.  Plaut.  Rud.  I,  5,  20.  Ef- 
ficis  ut  me  non  nostri  consilii  vitaeque  paeniteat.  Cic.  Att.  Ill, 
7,  2.  Consilia  ineunt,  quorum  eos  in  vestigio  paenitere  necesse 
est.  Caes.  B.  G.IV,  5.  Eosque  peccatorum  suorum  turn  maxime 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


279 


paenitet.  Cic.  Div.  I,  30,  63.  Negat  se  auspiciorum,  quae  sibi 
secunda  evenerint,  paenitere.  Cic.  Div.  I,  15,  27.  Pudebit  te  il- 
lius  tabulae,  quam  Cleanthes  sane  commode  verbis  depingere  sol- 
ebat.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  21,  69.  Pudet  me  non  tui,  cuius  memoriam 
admiror,  sed  Chrysippi,  Antipatri.  Cic.  Div.  11.15,  35.  Site 
municipiorum  non  pu debat,  ne  veterani  quidem  exercitus?  Cic. 
Phil.  II,  25,  61.  Sunt  homines  quos  libidinis  imfamiaeque  suae 
neque  pudeat  neque  taedeat.  Cic.  Verr.  Act  prim.  12,  35.  Non 
idcireo  eorum  usum  dimiseram,  quod  iis  succenserem,  sed  quod 
eorum  me  suppudebat.  Cic.  Fam,  IX,  1,  1.  Sunt  homines  quos 
libidinis  infamiaeque  suae  non  taedeat.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.  prim.  12, 
35.  Verum  ego  altius  processi,  dum  me  civitatis  morum  piget 
taedetque.  Sail.  Jug.  4.  Pertaesum  est  (me)  levitatis,  assenta- 
tionis,  animoruin  temporibus  servientium.  Cic.  Q.  fr,  I,  2,  4. 
Nunquam  suscepti  negotii  eum  pertaesum  est.  Nep.  Att.  15.  (Cf. 
Mea  mater,  tui  me  miseret.  mei piget.  Cic.  Div.  I,  31.  66.)  Piget 
(me)  actorum  sine  fine  mihi,  sine  honore,  laborum.  Ov.  Met.  II, 
386.  Fratris  me  quidem  pudet  pigetque.  Ter.  Ad.  Ill,  3,  37. 

438.  The  phrase  “it  is  a  shame  before  ”  a  person  is  ex¬ 
pressed  by  pudet  with  the  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Pudet  Deorum  hominumque.  Liv.  Ill,  19,  7.  Pudet  huius  le- 
gionis  :  pudet  exercitus.  Cic.  Phil.  XII,  3,  8.  Ut  me  hoc  delictum 
in  me  admisisse,  id  mihi  dolet,  et  me  tui  pudet.  Ter.  Ad.  IV, 
5,  49. 

439.  The  verb  pudet  rarely  occurs  with  two  Genitives. 

— e- 

Patris  mei  meum  factum  pudet.  Cic.  Div.  I,  31,  66.  (Vid.  Pa- 
tris  mei  meum  factum,  pudet.  Cic.  Or.  46,  155.) 

440.  The  matter  to  which  the  feeling  is  directed  may  be 
expressed  by  the  Infinitive,  by  quod  (quia),  si,  cum,  and 
the  indirect  question. — e.  g., 

Plura  me  ad  te  de  hac  re  scribere  pudet,  ne  videar  prudentiae 
tuae  diffidere.  Cic.  Fam.  IV,  5,  6.  Effice  ne  quem  paeniteat  rem 
publieam  quam  spem  praedae  sequi  maluisse.  Cic  Fam.  XII,  12, 
3.  Me  haud  poenitet  eorum  sententiae  esse,  quibus  numerum  ab 


280 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Etruscis  ductum  placet.  Liv.  I,  8,  3.  Neque  me  vixisse  paenitet, 
quoniam  ita  vixi  ut  non  frustra  me  natum  existimem.  Cic.  Sen. 
23,  84.  Subinvitaras  ut  aliquid  eius  modi  scriberen,  quominus  te 
pratermisisse  ludos  paeniteret.  Cic.  Fam.  VII,  G,  1.  Nec  me 
pudet,  ut  istos,  fateri  nescire  quod  nesciam.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  25,  60. 
Paenitet  iurasse  patrem.  Ov.  Met.  II,  49.  Agnosse  genus  piget. 
Ov.  Met.  II,  183.  Ait  se  paenitere  quod  animum  tuum  offende- 
rit,  sed  se  iure  fecisse.  Cit.  Att.  XI,  13,  2.  An  paenitet  vos  quod 
salvum  atque  incolumem  exercitum  traduxerim?  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
11,32.  Non  dedisse  istunc  pudet:  me  quia  non  aecepi  piget. 
piaut.  Pseud.  I,  3,  49.  Dlsces  quamdiu  voles:  velle  debebis, 
quoad  te,  quantum  proficias,  non  paenitebit.  Cic.  Off.  I,  1,  2. 
Is  probust,  quern  paenitet,  quam  probus  sit.  Piaut.  Trin.  II,  2, 
39.  Puto  te  suppudere  cum  bacc  tertia  epistola  ante  te  oppres- 
serit  quam  tu  litteram.  Cic.  Fam.  XV,  16, 1.  Etsi  solet  eum, 
cum  aliquid  furiose  fecit  paenitere.  Cic.  Att.  VIII,  5,  1. 
Magis  esset  pudendum,  si  in  sententia  permaneres.  Cic.  Tusc.  II, 
5,  14.  Ceteros  pudeat,  si  qui  se  ita  litteris . .abdiderunt,  ut  &c. 

Cic.  Arch.  6,  12. 

441.  The  verb  (vereri  in  the  form)  veritum  est  rarely  oc¬ 
curs  in  a  sense  similar  to  (pudet)  puditum  est.  e.  g., 

Ouos  non  est  veritum  in  ea  voluptate  summum  bonum  ponere. 
Cic-  Verr.  II,  13,  39. 

442.  The  verbs  paenitet  and  pudet  occur  with  the  Accu¬ 
sative  and  the  Infinitive.— e.  g., 

Quod  si  mihi  per  me  efficiendum  fuisset,  non  me  paeniteret  ita 
esse  molitum.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  12,  2.  Me  pudet  tarn  cito  de  sen¬ 
tentia  esse  deiectum.  Cic.  Tusc.  II,  5,  14.  Pudebat  Macedones 
tarn  praeclaram  nrbem  acommissabundo  rege  deletam  esse.  Curt. 
V,  23.  Pudebat  libertatis  maius  esse  apud  feminas  quam  apud 
viros  pretium.  Curt.  VIII,  9.  Pudebat  atnicos  super  vinum  et 
epulas  socerum  ex  deditis  esse  deiectum.  Curt.  VIII,  16. 

443.  The  verbs  paenitet,  piget,  and  pudet  occasionally 
occur  as  personal  verbs,  particularly  with  a  neuter  Demon¬ 
strative  or  Relative  pronoun  as  subject.— e.  g,, 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


281 


Sequitnr  ut  nihil  paeniteat,  nihil  desit,  nihil  obsit.  Cic.  Tusc. 
V,  18,53.  Et  me  quidem  haec  conditio  nunc  non  paenitet.  Plaut. 
Stich.  I,  1,  50.  Nimio  id  quod  pudet  facilius  fertur  quam  illud 
quod  piget.  Plaut.  Pseud.  I,  3,  48.  Hei  mihi!  Non  te  haec  pu- 
dent?  Ter.  Ad.  IV,  7,  36. 

444.  The  same  constructions  are  found  with  miseretur, 
commiseretur  and  miserescit,  commiserescit,  as  with  mis- 
eret. — e.  g., 

Neque  me  tui  neque  tuorum  liberum  misereri  potest.  Cic.  Verr. 
II,  I,  30,  77.  Cave  te  fratrum  fratris  salute  obsecrantium  miser- 
eatur  (misereat?).  Cic.  Lig.  5,  14.  Obsecro  ut  inopis  nunc  te 
miserescat  mei.  Ter.  Haut.  V,  4,  3.  Ita  aegre,  tulit  ut  ipsam  Bac- 
chidem,  si  adesset,  credo,  eius  commiseresceret.  Ter.  Hec.  I,  2, 
54.  Scripsit  Herodotus:  navitas  precum  eius  harum  commiseri- 
tum  esse  illactenus  ut,  & c.  Gell.  XVI,  19,  11. 

445.  The  verbs  miseretur  and  miserescit  occur  quite  fre¬ 
quently  as  personal  verbs  with  the  Objective  Genitive,  and 
without  an  object  in  the  Accusative. — e.  g., 

Audite,  iudices,  et  aliquando  miseremini  sociorum.  Cic.  Verr. 
II,  I,  28,  71.  At  vos,  O  Superi,  Arcadii  quaeso  miserescite  regis. 
Verg.  Aen.  VIII,  573. 

446.  The  verb  commiserari,  when  not  used  absolutely, 
governs  the  Accusative:  the  verb  miserari  in  Classical 
Latin  governs  the  Accusative :  the  Genitive  with  miserari 
is  poetic. — e.  g., 

Haec  exornatio  plurimum  prodest  in  commiseranda  re  huins 
modi  enarrationibus.  Cic.  Her.  IV,  55,  69.  Tantum  afuit  ab  in- 
solentia  gloriae,  ut  commiseratus  sit  fortunam  Graeciae.  Nep. 
Ages.  5.  Ita  sum  animo  affectns  ut  non  queam  satis  communem 
omnium  nostrum  conditionem  miserari.  Cic.  Mur.  27,  55. 

447.  With  the  judicial  verbs  to  accuse ,  to  arraign,  to 
condemn,  to  convict,  to  acquit.  The  verbs  construed  with 
the  Genitive,  in  the  best  prose,  are :  accusare,  damnare, 


282 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


condemnare,  arguere,  coarguere,  insimulare,  arce^sere, 
convincere,  reum  facere,  reus  esse,  absoluere.  The  Objec¬ 
tive  Genitives  stating  the  charge  or  offense,  and  most  fre¬ 
quently  occurring,  are:  capitis,  sceleris,  facinoris,  avari- 
tiae,  audaciae,  cupiditatis,  maiestatis,  amentiae,  levitatis, 
negligentiae,  maleficii,  improbitatis,  caedis,  furti,  &c. — e.  g., 

Nunquam  tarn  Caelius  atnens  fuisset  ut  ambitus  alteium  accus- 
aret.  Cic.  Gael.  7,  16.  Cupiditatis  nomen  servet  alio,  ut  earn 
tamquam  capitis  accuset.  Cic.  Fin.  II.  9,  27. 

The  verb  accusare  takes  also  the  Ablative  of  the  charge, 
or  the  Ablative  with  the  preposition  de,  also  in  with  the 
Ablative. — e.  g., 

Suis  eum  certis  propriisque  criminibus  accusabo.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
I,  16,  43.  Qui  diem  dixit  et  accusavit  de  vi  Milonem.  Cic.  Sest. 
44,  95,  Jam  quos  nemo  propter  ignobilitatem  nominat  sescenti 
sunt  qui  de  veneficiis  aecusabant.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  32,  90.  Illud, 
in  quo  te  gravissime  accusavi.  Cic,  Verr.  II,  III,  88, 206.  Homo 
improbus,  qui  iniuriarum  sacerdote  praetore  damnatus  est.  Cic. 
Verr.  II,  III,  39,  90.  Senatores  qui  ambo  peculatus  damnati  sunt. 
Cic.  Verr.  Act.  prim.  13,  39. 

The  verb  damnare  takes  also  the  Ablative  of  the  general 
charge  or  offense,  the  Ablative  of  the  charge  or  offense 
with  the  preposition  de,  also  the  Genitive,  rarely  the  Abla¬ 
tive,  of  the  penalty  or  punishment,  and  when  this  consists 
in  a  fine,  money  or  land  (territory),  it  is  uniformly  ex¬ 
pressed  in  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 

Qui  Clodio  interfecto  eo  nomine  erat  damnatus.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
Ill,  21.  In  M.  Atilio,  qui  de  maiestate  damnatus  est,  hoc  planum 
factum  est.  Cic.  Verr.  Act.  prim.  13,  39.  Promulgata  lex  est  ut 
de  vi  damnati  ad  populum  provocent.  Cic.  Phil.  I,  9,  21.  Cedo 
mihi  unum  ex  triennio  praeturae  tuae  qui  octup  i  damnatus  sit. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  HI,  12,  29.  Multi  praeterea  capitis  damnati  exsul- 
esque  convenerant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  110.  Sed  plurimi  animos 
quasi  capite  damnotos  morte  multant.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  22,  50.  In 
singulos  HS  quingenis  milibus  damnari  mavultis?  Cic.  Verr.  II, 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


283 


III,  28,  69.  Frusinates  tertia  parte  agri  damnati.  Liv.  X,  1,  3. 
Absens  quindeeim  milibus  gravis  aeris  damnatur.  Liv.  V,  32,  9. 
Homo  deterrimus  C.  Sacerdote  praetore  condemnatus  iniuriarum. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  8,  22.  Non  licebat  Romae  quemquam  esse  qui 
rei  capitalis  condemnatus  esset.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  4,  100.  Caesar 
milites  edocet  summae  se  iniquitatis  condemnari  debere,  Caes.  B. 
G.  VII,  19. 

The  verb  condemnare  takes  also  the  Ablative  of  the  ge¬ 
neral  charge  or  offense,  the  Ablative  of  the  charge  or  of¬ 
fense  with  the  preposition  de ,  also  the  Genitive,  less  fre¬ 
quently  the  Ablative,  of  the  penalty  or  punishment,  and 
when  this  consists  in  a  fine  of  money  or  land  (territory), 
it  is  uniformly  expressed  in  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 

Si  iniquus  es  in  meiudexcondemnabo  eodem  ego  te  crimine.  Cic. 
Fam.  VIII,  1,  1.  Licinium  Denticulum  de  alea  condemnatum, 
collusorem  suum,  restituit.  Cic.  Phil.  11,23,56.  Quern  hominem 
absentem  de  litteris  corruptis  condemnasti  ?  Cie.  Verr.  II,  II,  45, 

110.  Cuius  responso  iudices  sic  exarserunt  ut  capitis  hominem 
condemnarent.  Cic.  Or.  I,  54,  233.  Epaproditum  a  libellis  capi- 
tali  poena  condemnavit.  Suet.  Dom.  14,  Quis  erit  quin  malit 
deeumanis  tuis  dare  quam  quadruplo  condemnari?  Cic.  Verr.  II, 

111,  13,  34.  Denis  milibus  aeris  gravis  reos  condemnavit.  Liv. 
V,  12,  1.  An  non  intellegis  quos  homines  et  quales  viros  summi 
sceleris  argnas?  Cic,  Rab.  9,  26. 

With  arguere  the  charge  or  offense  may  be  stated  in  the 
Ablative  or  in  the  Ablative  with  de. — e.  g., 

Nullum  erat  apertum  crimen,  quo  argui  posset.  Nep.  Paus.  3. 
De  quibus  quonam  verbo  arguit,  verbo  satis  est  negare.  Cic. 
Rose.  Am.  29,  82.  Meum  enim  crimen  avaritiae  te  nimiae  coar- 
guit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  59,  153.  C.  Verrem  insimulat  avaritiae  et 
audaciae.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  49,  128.  Mirari  alii  quod  eius  ipsius 
cupiditatis,  cuius  insimularetur,  suspicionem  augeret.  Cic.  Verr. 
II,  IV,  15,  33.  Poteratis  non  expetere  vitam,  non  capitis  arces- 
sere.  Cic.  Deiot.  11,  30.  Quo  facilius  reliquorum,  quos  pecuniae 
captae  arcessebat,  delicta  patefierent.  Sail.  Jug.  32.  Supplicia, 


284 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


quae  in  convictos  maleficii  servos  constituta  sunt.  Cic.  \err.  II, 
V,  53,  139. 

With  convincere  the  charge  is  generally  stated  in  the 
Genitive,  less  frequently  in  the  Ablative  in  the  Ablative 
with  the  prepositions  in  and  c/e.— e.  g., 

M.  Aquilium  patres  nostri  multis  avaritiae  criminibus  convic- 
tum  liberaverunt.  Cic.  Flac.  39,  98,  Quae  est  tanta  facultas  di- 
cendi  quae  istius  vitam  tot  vitiis  flagitiisque  convictam  aliqua  ex 
parte  possit  defendere?  Cic.  Ver.  Act.  prim.  4,  11.  Cum  quoties 
quisquam  est  in  hoc  scelere  convictus,  toties  renovetur  memo- 
ria?  Cic.  Snll.  30,  83.  Et  mille  memorari  potest,  qui  et  convicti 
ct  condemnati  falsis  de  pugnis  sient,  Plaut.  True.  II,  6,  5.  Si 
quis  Sthenium  rei  capitalis  reum  facere  vellet,  sese  eius  nomen  re- 
ceptnrum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  38,  94.  Et  is  est  reus  avaritiae,  qui 
in  uberrima  re  turpe  compendium  effugit?  Cic  Flac,  3,  7. 

With  the  predicate  reum  facere  the  offense  or  charge  may 

be  stated  in  the  Ablative  with  de—  e.  g., 

M.  Tuccium  post  ludos  Romanos  reum  de  vi  fecit.  Cic.  Fam. 
VIII.  8,  1.  Gabinium  de  ambitu  reum  fecit  P.  Sulla.  Cic.  Q.  fr. 
Ill,  3,  2.  Video  non  te  absolutum  esse  improbitatis,  sed  illos 
damnatos  esse  caedis.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  28,  72. 

The  verb  absolvere  allows  the  charge  or  offense  in  the 
Ablative  with  the  preposition  c/e,  also  in  the  simple  Abla¬ 
tive.— e.  g., 

Drusus  erat  de  praevaricatione  a  tribunis  aerariis  absolutus. 
Cic.  Q.  fr.  II,  15,  3,  Latae  leges,  quae  regni  suspicione  consulem 
absolverent.  Liv.  II,  8,  1. 

Rem.  1.  With  the  verb  multare  the  punishment  or  penalty  is  uniformly 
expressed  in  the  Ablative. — e.  g., 

Si  Hispanis  agris  stipendioque  multatis  virtute  adipisci  licet  civita- 
tem.  Cic.  Balb.  18,  41.  Domitius  dixit  tertiam  fore  tabellam  qui  pe- 
cunia  multarent.  Caes.B.  Civ.  Ill,  83.  Agri  parte  multatis  in  centum 
annos  indutiae  datae.  Liv.  I,  15,  5. 

448.  With  the  verbs  damnare  and  condemnare,  when 
the  punishment  consists  in  a  sentence  to  a  given  state, 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


285 


condition  or  end,  it  is  expressed  in  the  Accusative  with  the 
preposition  in  or  ad.  This  form  of  statement,  while  it 
finds  no  parallel  in  Cicero  or  Caesar,  is  entirely  regular 
and  correct  according  to  the  elements  which  compose  it. 
The  Accusative  is  terminal  with  ad  or  in  final.  The  con¬ 
ception  is  to  sentence ,  and  send  to — to  sentence  and  as¬ 
sign  or  give  over  to. — e.  g., 

Quidam  vel  in  opus  damnati  vel  in  ludum  similiaque  his  genera 
poenarum  publicorum  servorum  officio  funguntur.  Plin.  Ep.  X, 
31  (40),  2.  Erat  fustibus  caesus,  damnatus  in  metallum,  stran- 
gulatus  in  carcere.  Plin.  Ep.  II,  11,  8.  Omnes  familiaritates  in- 
tra  breve  tempus  afflixit,  uno  ex  iis  et  in  antliam  condemnato. 
Suet.  Tib.  51,  Multos  honesti  ordinis  ad  metalla  et  munitiones 
viarum  et  ad  bestias  condemnavit.  Suet.  Calig.  27. ■  (Cf.  Die,  quo 
Antistius  ad  mortem  damnabatur,  mitiora  censuit.  Tac.  Ann. 
XVI,  21.  Tatius  Gratianus  lege  eadem  extremum  ad  supplicium 
damnatus.  Tac.  Ann.  VI,  38.  Scelere  convictos  nonnisi  ad  opus 
damnari  praeceperat,  Suet.  Nero.  31.  To  this  connection  must 
he  referred  such  expressions  as  ad  (in)  poenam.in  solidum,in  par¬ 
tem  pretii,  & c.,  with  damnare  or  condemnare. 

449.  With  the  verbs  to  arraign,  to  convict,  arguere,  in- 
simulare,  convincere,  the  charge  or  offense  may  be  stated 
in  the  Infinitive.  The  form  of  the  Infinitive  is  to  be  deter¬ 
mined  by  the  context.  It  is  generally  the  form  of  the  Per¬ 
fect  Infinitive. — e.  g., 

Insimulant  hominem  fraudandi  causa  discessisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
II,  24,  59.  Queruntur,  quod  eos  insimulemus  omnia  incerta  dicere. 
Cic.  Acad.  II,  10,  32.  Insimulare  coeperunt  Epicratein  litteras 
publicas  corrupisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II.  25,  60.  Occidisse  patrem 
Sex.  Roscius  arguitur.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  13,  37.  Decretum,  ut. 
qui  pro  Perseo  adversus  Romanos  dixisse  quid,  aut  fecisse  con- 
vincerentur,  capitis  condemnarentur.  Liv.  XLV,  10,  14.  Multa 
avare  fecisse  convictum  interfici  iusissit.  Curt.  IX,  31. 

The  Infinitive  defines  the  verb  as  the  Accusative  of  the 
Inner  Object. 


286 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


450.  To  be  observed  is  the  Genitive  voti  with  damnari= 
to  be  committed  to  (the  performance  of)  a  vow— e.  g.t 

Camillus  ait  furere  civitatem  quae  damnatavoti  omnium  rerum 
potiorem  curam  quam  religione  se  exsolvendi  habeat.  Liv.  V, 
25,  4.  Cuius  damnatus  voti  cum  victor  Romam  revertisset,  dic- 
tatura  se  abdicavit.  Liv.  VII,  28,  4.  Bis  eiusdem  voti  damnata 
respublica  in  religionem  venit.  Liv.  X,  36,  16. 

451.  In  addition  to  the  verbs  above  named  (447),  others 
occur  with  the  Objective  Genitive  of  the  charge,  penalty, 
or  fine,  but  not,  perhaps,  in  Cicero  nor  in  Caesar,  as  an- 
quirere,  compertus  esse,  iudicare,  increpare,  interrogare, 
liberare,  deferre,  purgare,  postulare.  The  last  two  verbs 
(purgare,  postulare)  take,  in  Cicero,  the  Ablative  of  the 
charge,  offense,  &c.,  with  the  preposition  de  — e.  g., 

Cum  capitis  anquisissent  duo  milia  aeris  damnato  multam  dix- 
erunt.  Liv.  II,  52.  5.  Capite  anquisitum  ob  rem  bello  male  ges- 
tam  de  imperatore  nullo  esse.  Liv.  VIII,  33,  17.  Bis  est  accusa- 
tus,  pecuniaque  anquisitum.  Liv.  XXVI,  3,  5.  Duae  vestales  eo 
anno,  Opimia  atque  Floronia  stupri  compertae.  Liv.  XXII,  57, 
2.  Edixit,  qui  pecuniae  iudicati  in  vinculis  essent,  eos  pecunia 
sese  exsol vi  iussurum.  Liv.  XXIII,  14,  3.  Avaritiae  singulos  in- 
crepans  et  quod  non  puderet  eos  locupletiores  esse  quam  se.  Suet. 
Calig.  39.  Pepigerat  Pallas,  ne  cuius  facti  in  praeteritum  inter- 
rogaretur.  Tac.  Ann.  XIII,  14.  Taciti  eius  verecundiam  non 
tulit  Senatus,  quin  sine  mora  liberaretur.  Liv.  V,  28,  2.  Sena- 
tus  nec  liberavit  eius  culpae  regem,  neque  arguit.  Liv.  XLI,  19. 
6.  Multorum  amoribus  famosa  Albiculla  defertur  impietatis  in 
principem.  Tac.  Ann.  VI,  47.  Quibus  purgantibus  civitatem  om- 
nis  facti  dictique  hostilis  adversus  Romanos,  iuvisse  eos  commea- 
tu  classem  hostium  arguit.  Liv.  XXXVII,  28,  1.  Per  litteras 
purgat  Caesarem  de  interitu  Marcelli.  Cic.  Att.  XIII,  10, 3.  Lae- 
lius  Balbus  Acutiam,  P.  Vitellii  quondam  uxorem,  rnaiestatis 
postulaverat.  Tac.  Ann.  VI,  47.  L.  Lentulus  flaminis  filius,  qui 
(eum)  iam  de  maiestate  postulavit.  Cic.  Q.  fr.  Ill,  1,  15. 

452.  To  be  observed  is  the  predicate  formed  by  nomen 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


287 


deferre=to  indict,  to  impeach,  uniformly  and  quite  fre¬ 
quently  occurring  in  Cicero  with  the  preposition  de  and 
the  Ablative  of  the  charge. — e.  g., 

i  . 

Nomen  amici  mei  de  ambitu  detulit.  Cic.  Cael.  31,  76.  Nomi¬ 
na  filiorum  de  parricidio  delata  sunt.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  23.  The 
Genitive  of  the  person  defining  nomen  must  be  translated  as  sub¬ 
ject  or  object. 

453.  To  be  observed  is  the  quite  frequent  association  of 
the  Ablatives  crimine  and  nomine  with  the  Genitive  of  the 
charge  or  offense.  This  Genitive  is  the  Genitive  Epexeget- 
icus  defining  nomine  or  crimine,  or,  more  accurately,  the 
Genitive  in  apposition  with  nomine  or  crimine.  The  fact 
that  the  Genitives  nominis  and  criminis  do  not  occur  has 
suggested  the  explanation  of  the  Genitive  of  the  charge  or 
offense  with  judicial  verbs  by  ellipsis  of  crimine  or  nomine. 
— €•  g*» 

Nee  si  sibi  periculum  ambitus  subeundutn  putaret,  ipse  alter um 
ambitus  crimine  arcesseret.  Cic.  Cael.  7,  16.  Cf.  Quamquam  me 
nomine  negligentiae  suspectum  tibi  esse  doleo.  Cic.  Fam.  II.  1,1. 

III.  The  Partitive  Genitive. 

454.  The  Partitive  Genitive  expresses  the  whole  of 
which  a  part  is  considered.  It  occurs  with  words  which 
denote  part,  number,  &c. 

455.  The  Partitive  Genitive  occurs  with  substantives. — 
e-  g., 

i  t 

Quorum  ipse  maximam  partem  illo  affinitatis  tempore  iniunxer- 
at  Caesari.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  4.  Nihil  horum  quaero.  Fortasse 
Sthenius  familiaritatem  hominis  secutus  est.  Cic.  Verr.  11,11,43, 
107.  Omnium  mortalium  nemo  Sthenio  inimicior  quam  hie  C. 
Claudius  fuit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  43,  107. 

Rem.  The  word  nemo  is  often  associated  with  a  substantive  designating 
a  male,  approximating  the  force  of  nullus,  and  in  the  sense  of  nemo  with 


288 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


the  Genitive  With  nemo  is  to  be  compared  quisquam  and  a  substantive 
in  a  negative  sentance. — e.  g., 

Namque  illo  Perses  nemo  (Cf.  nullus)  manu  fuit  fortior.  Nep.  Reg.  1. 
Nemo  Numida  regem  sequitur.  Sail.  Jug.  54.  Fuit  etiam  disertus 
ut  nemo  ei  Thebanus  par  esset.  Nep.Epam.  5.  Neque  quisquam  iudex 
ausus  est  de  eo  ferre  suffragium.  Nep.  Epam.  8. 

456.  To  be  observed  is  the  old  Accusative  form ,  partim 
with  the  Genitive  (partitive).— e.  g., 

Cum  partim  eius  praedae  libidines  devorassent,  partim  nova 
luxuries.  Cic.  Pis.  21,48.  Necesse  est  fateri  partim  horum  errore 
susceptum  esse.  Cic.  Div.  II,  39,  83.  Eorum  ipsorum  partim  eius 
modi  sunt,  ut  ad  universos  cives  pertineant.  Cic.  Off.  II,  21,  72. 
Partim  copiarum  ad  tumulum  expugnandum  mittit,  partim  ipse 
ad  arcein  ducit.  Liv.  XXVI,  46. 

From  the  examples  it  will  be  seen  that  the  form  partim 
was  used  as  an  indeclinable  substantive,  and  with  no  uni¬ 
form  reference  to  gender. 

457.  The  Partitive  Genitive  occurs  with  numerals  ex¬ 
pressing  a  part. — e.  g., 

Quarum  (navium)  erant  XI  tectae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  56.  In 
quarta  quaque  earum  turres  binorum  tabulatorum  excitabat. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  25. 

458.  The  Partitive  Genitive  occurs  with  pronouns  and 
adjectives,  quis,  quisquam,  quispiam,  quisque,  aliquis, 
quivis,  quilibet,  quidam,  alius,  alter,  uter,  neuter,  solus 
ullus,  nonulli,  pauci,  multi,  &c. — e.  g., 

Si  quid  erit  commissum  a  quoquam  vestrum,  quod  reprehenda- 
tur.  Cic.  Verr.  II.  V,  69,  178.  Si,  cum  haec  a  quopiam  vestrum 
petita  sint,  praetor  det  quern  velit  iudicem.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  12, 
30.  Quarum  (Hispaniarum)  erat  altera  beneficiis  Pompeio  de- 
vincta.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  29.  Eius  est  istorum  quidque,  qui  vicit 
viribus.  Cic.  Am.  15,  55.  Dixerunt  se  neutrum  eorum  contra  al- 
terum  iuvare  debere.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  35.  Dixerunt  principes 
esse  patronos  civitatis,  quorum  alter  agros  Volcarum  iis  conces- 


LATIN  case-relations. 


289 


serit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  35.  Utrtim  igitur  eorum  accidisset,  verum 
oraculum  fuisset.  Cic.  Div.  II,  56,  116.  Domus  est  quae  nulli 
mearum  villarum  cedat.  Cic.  Fam.  VI,  18,  5,  &c. 

459.  The  word  uterque  is,  as  a  rule,  used  adjectively 
with  a  substantive,  but  with  the  Partitive  Genitive  of  a 
pronoun,  or  pronoun  with  a  substantive. — e.  g., 

Imperator  uterque  hinc  et  illinc  Jovi  vota  suseipere.  Plaut. 
Amph.  I,  1,  74.  Cf.  Uterque  legatorum  et  quisquis  cuiusque  ordi- 
nis  sequi  eos  voluerat,  remissi  ad  Pompeium.  Veil.  II,  50,  3. 
(The  use  of  the  Genitive  instead  of  legatus  (uterque  legatus)  is  not 
to  be  imitated.)  Eodem  die  uterque  eorum  exercitum  educunt. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  30.  Oui  utraque  in  re  gravem  praestiterit,  hunc 
ex  raro  genere  hominum  iudicare  debemus.  Cic.  Am.  18,64.  Tan- 
ta  molestia,  quantam  mihi  meus  amor  erga  utrumque  vestrum 
afferre  debuit.  Cic.  Att.  I,  17,  1.  Utrique  uostrum  honestum  ex- 
istimo,  turn  mihi  erit  pergratum.  Cic.  Att.  V,  20,  10.  Utriusque 
harum  rerum  animus  est  expers.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  26,  65.  Quarum 
civitatum  utraque  foederata  est.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  22. 

460.  The  Partitive  Genitive  occurs  with  the  Compara¬ 
tive  and  Superlative  adjective. — e.  g., 

Sed  curae  fuit  consulibus  et  senioribus  patrum.  Liv.  II,  30,  4. 
Plus  hostium  fuga  quam  proelium  absumpsit.  Liv.  II,  42,  4.  Ille 
taurus,  quern  crudelissimus  omnium  tyrannorum  Phalaris  habu- 
isse  dicitur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  33,  73.  Suevorum  gens  est  maxi¬ 
ma  et  bellicosissima  Germanorum.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  1. 

461.  The  Superlative  adjective  sometimes  irregularly 
and  illogically  allows  the  Genitive  when  this  does  not 
represent  the  whole  of  which  the  Superlative  and  its  sub¬ 
stantive  form  a  part ;  in  a  similar  relation  the  Genitive  oc¬ 
curs  associated  with  a  Superlative  adverb. — e.  g., 

« 

Plurima  mala  hominum  Graecorum  indomum  tuam  intuli.  Nep. 
Them.  9.  (The  comparison  cannot  be  between  mala  ond  Grae¬ 
corum.  The  sentence  must  be  resolved  as  follows:  Intuli  in  do- 


290 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


mum  tuamplurima  malorum,quae  omnesGraeci  intulerunt).  Sul- 
picius,  qui  maxime  omnium  nobilium  Graecis  litteris  studuit.  Cic. 

Brut.  20,  78. 

462.  The  Superlatives  extremus,  (imus)infimus,intimus, 
novissimus,  postremus,  primus,  summus,  ultimus,  and  the 
adjectives  reliquus  and  medius  are  often  used  in  agreement 
with  a  substantive  to  indicate  the  part  of  the  substantive 
suggested  by  the  adjective.  Thus  summa  arbor—summa 
pars  arboris,  & c.— e.  g., 

In  codicis  extrema  cera  nomen  infimnm  in  flagitiosa  litura  fecit. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  36,  92.  In  extremo  ponte  turrim  tabulatorum 
quattuor  constituit.  Caes.  B.  G.  YI,  29.  Ab  infimo  colle  pro- 
gressi  copias  in  castra  reducunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  1, 42.  Est  in  aure 
ima  memoriae  locus,  quern  tangentes  testamur.  Plin.  N.  H.  XIr 
45,  251.  Abdidit  se  in  intimam  Macedoniam  quo  potuit  longis- 
sime  a  castris.  Cic.  Fam.  XIII,  19,  4.  Afranius,  cum  novissi- 
mum  agmen  premeretur,  collem  nactus  ibi  constituit.  Caes  B. 
Civ.  I,  70.  Bacchus  cum  peditibus  postremam  Romanorum  aciem 
invadunt.  Sail.  Jug.  101.  Equitatum  omnem  prima  nocte  ad 
castra  hostium  mittit  ad  flumen  Bagradam.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  38. 
Nec  dubitat  Deiotarus  quin  ipse  prima  aestate  Euphraten  transi- 
turus  sit.  Cic.  Att.  Y.  21,  2.  Ille  dixit  te  in  prima  provincia  velle 
esse,  ut  quam  priinum  decederes.  Cic.  Fam.  Ill,  6,  2,  Cum  sum¬ 
mus  mons  a  Labieno  teneretur,  Considius  equo  admisso  accurrit. 
Caes.  B.  G.  I,  22.  Appius,  ut  audivit  nos  venire,  in  ultimam  pro- 
vinciam  se  coniecit  Tarsum  usque.  Cic.  Att,  V,  16,  4.  Jam  pri- 
dem  cupio  Alexandream  reliquamque  Aegyptum  visere.  Cic.  Att. 
II,  5,  1.  Qui  locus,  quod  in  media  est  insula  situs,  umbilicus  Sici- 
liae  nominatur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  48,  106.  Copias  educit  et  in 
medio  colle  sub  castris  constituit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  41.  Career 
media  urbe  imminens  foro  aedificatur.  Liv.  I,  33,  8. 

Anyone  of  the  preceding  Superlatives  is  used  in  the  reg¬ 
ular  sense  of  the  Superlative  to  distinguish  an  individual 
of  a  class  :  the  adjectives  medius  and  reliquus  are  also  used 
in  their  regular  attributive  sense,  as  primae  litterae— the 
first  letter.  Medius  locus=the  middle  point  =the  centre. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


291 


463.  The  word  unus,  when  it  is  followed  by  alter,  alius, 
generally  takes  the  Partitive  Genitive.  When  it  is  not 
followed  by  alter,  alius,  it  takes,  as  a  rule,  the  Ablative 
with  the  preposition  ex,  less  frequently  de. — e.  g., 

Legati  quorum  unus  Hispaniam  citeriorem,  alter  ulteriorem, 
tertius  Lusitaniam  obtinebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  38.  Quarum  (le- 
gionum)  una  prima,  altera  tertia  appellabatur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill, 
88.  Partes,  quarum  imam  incolunt  Belgae,  aliam  Aquitani,  ter- 
tiam  qui,  &c.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  1.  Requirebat  uti  unus  esse  ex  eius 
militibus  et  monere  velle  aliquid  ac  dicere  videretur.  Caes.  B.Civ. 
II,  35.  (Dixit)  se  gladio  percussum  esse  ab  uno  de  illis.  Cic. 
Mil.  24,  65.  (Cf.  Ex  quibus  (legionibus)  unam  Fabio  dedit,  al¬ 
teram  Q.  Ciceroni,  tertiam  Roscio.  Caes.  B.  G.  Y.  24.  In  such  a 
sentence  quarum  more  usual  than  ex  quibus.  Sum  paulo  infir- 
mior,  unus  multorum.  Hor.  Sat.  I,  9,  71.  (Observe  multorum 
=ex  (de)  multis.)). 

Rem.  1.  With  unus  ex  (de)  and  the  Ablative  compare  Unus  inter  and 
the  Accusative. — e.  g., 

Inter  quas  unam  rex  conspexit  maestiorem  quam  ceteras.  Curt.  VI. 

5. 

464.  The  Partitive  Genitive  occurs  with  an  adjective 
plural  masculine  used  substantively.  In  such  a  case  the 
Genitive  approximates  in  sense  the  Appositive  Genitive. 
This  use  of  the  Genitive  does  not  occur  in  the  best  prose. 

— e-  g 

Praedatorias  manus  delecti  Maurorum  duxere.  Tac.  Ann.  IV, 
24.  Alarios  equites  ac  leves  cohortium  mittit  in  eos  qui  vaga- 
bantur.  Tac.  Ann.  III.  39. 

465.  The  Partitive  Genitive  occurs  associated  with  a 
proper  name.  In  this  case  the  Genitive  is  the  equivalent, 
in  some  cases,  of  unus  (alter)  with  the  preposition  ex  (de) 
and  the  Ablative,  or  alter  with  the  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Consulum  Sulpieius,  Poetelius  in  laevo  cornu  constituunt.  Liv. 
IX,  27,  8.  Consulum  anni  prioris  M.  Atilium  aetatem  excusan- 
tem  Romam  miserunt.  Liv.  XXII,  40,  5.  Decern  legatorum  P. 


292 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Lentulus,  P.  Villius  et  L.  Terentins  Lysimachiam  petierunt.  Liv, 
XXX,  39,  2. 

466.  The  Partitive  Genitive  occurs  depending  upon  the 
Relative,  also  upon  a  participle —e.  g., 

Qui  capitivorum  ex  itinere  regressi,  quod  iuraverant  redituros, 
rebantur.  Liv.  XXXIV,  18,  5.  Coniuges  restituerunt  quae  ea- 
rum  viros  sequi  voluissent,  Liv.  XXIV, 35,  7.  (Dixit)  delectos 
patrum  ad  eum  missos,  ut,  & c.  Liv.  II,  15,  2. 

467.  To  the  Partitive  Genitive  must  be  referred  the  Gen¬ 
itive  with  the  neuter  singular  and  plural  of  an  adjective. 
This  Genitive  relation  is  not  to  be  confounded  with  that 
stated  above  (368)  which  in  some  cases  it  resembles, 
particularly  with  the  plural  adjective,  nor  with  the  Geni¬ 
tive  of  quantity— e.  g., 

Acies  inter  bina  castra  in  medium  campi  procedunt.  Liv.  IV, 
18,  3.  Sed  cum  haud  multum  dici  superesset,  unus  ab  statione 
hostium  exclamat.  Liv.  Ill,  2,  8.  Studio  legendi  (cochleas) 
prope  ad  summum  montis  egressus  est.  Sail.  Jng.  93.  Rex  adiun- 
etis  Achaeorum  navibus  maritima  Aetoliae  vastabat.  Liv, 
XXXVIII,  7,  2.  Ut  dura  atque  aspera  belli  Aetoli  exhausierint, 
pacis  fructum  Romanusin  severtat.  Liv.  XXXIII,  11,  6.  Summa 
rerum,  ubi  aves  non  admiserant,  dirimebantur.  Liv.  I,  36,  6, 
(Cf.  XXVI,  1,  6.) 

Rem.  In  some  cases  the  Genitive  in  connection  with  the  Singular  Neu¬ 
ter  Adjective  cannot  be  interpreted  as  the  Parti ve  Genitive,  but  must  be 
accepted  as  the  Genitive  of  the  Specific  Limitation,  defining  a  relation  of 
quantity  (Genitive  of  Quantity)  as  will  be  seen  below:  In  other  cases 
with  the  Plural  Neuter  Adjective  the  Genitive  must  be  interpreted  ac¬ 
cording  to  368. — e.  g., 

Neque  multum  ad  solis  occasum  supererat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  51, 
In  this  example  mnltum  temporis—  multum  tempus,  and  is  the  Geni¬ 
tive  of  Quantity.  Miratur  portas,  strepitumque,  et  strata  viarum, 
Yerg.  Aen.  I,  422.  In  this  example  strata  viarum  approaches  very 
nearly  stratas  vias.  Navigia,  quae  sub  constratis  pontium  per  inter¬ 
valla  excurrebant.  Liv.  XXX,  10,14.  In  this  example  sub  constiatis' 
pontium  may  be  compared  with  sub  constratis  pontibus. 

468.  The  Partitive  Genitive  may  be  substituted  by  the 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


293 


preposition  ex  or  de  with  the  Ablative.  The  preposition 
ex  occurs  more  frequently  in  this  office  than  de . 

1.  In  connection  with  the  Noun  Substantive. — e.  g., 

Duaeres  me  conturbant  ex  quibus  in  altera  mihi  velim  obtem- 
peres.  Cic.  Fam.  V,  14,  3.  Ex  ea  pecunia,  quae  fuit  in  Asia, 
partem  dimidiam  fere  exegi.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  2,3.  Ex  quibus  mor- 
tifera  quaedam  pars  est,  ut  Ampsancti  in  Hirpinis.  Cic.  Div.  I, 
36,  79.  Magnum  ex  iis  numerum  occidit  atque  omnes  armis 
exuit.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  51.  Vos,  quaeso,  date  hoc  ut  aliquam 
partem  de  istius  impudentia  reticere  possim.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  1, 12, 
32. 

2.  In  connection  with  an  adjective,  numeral,  and  pronoun. — e.g., 
Multi  ex  nostris  vulnerabantur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  44. 

Paucos  ex  suis  deperdiderunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  28.  Nonnullos 
ex  suis  amiserunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  15.  Complures  ex  iis  occi- 
derunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  35.  Plerique  ex  his  se  in  fossas  prae- 
eipitabant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  69.  Aliqui  ex  nostris.  Caes.  B. 
G.  V,26.  Cladiumfregialtercationeeiusmodi  ex  qua  licet  pauca 
degustes.  Cic.  Att.  I,  16,  8.  Quisque  miles circtimspiciebat  quid 
ex  instrumento  hibernorum relinquere cogeretur.  Caes.  B.G.  V, 
31.  Quis  ex  principibus?  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  23.  Qui  ex  iis  secuti 
non  sunt.  Caes.  B.  G.  VI,  23.  Dicit  ei  quidam  ex  illis  canibus. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  51,  133.  Nec  ex  reliquis  fuit  quisquam.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  87.  Ex  equitibus  nostris  interficiuntur  quattuor  et 
septuaginta.  Caes.  B.  G.  IV,  12.  E  quibus  (navibus)  erant 
viginti  constratae.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  101.  Quam  multi  essent 
de  victoribus,  qui  te  crudelem  esse  vellent!  Cic.  Lig.  5,  15. 
Aut  nulli  supersunt  de  inimicis  aut  quisuperfuerunt  suntamicis- 
simi.  Cic.  Marc.  7,  21.  Erat  iniquum  homini  proscripto  de 
fraternis  bonis  quicquam  dari.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  47,  123.  Ap- 
ponit  de  suis  canibus  quemdam,  qui  dicat,  &c.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV, 
19,  40.  Existimavi  si  qui  de  nostris  philosophiae  studio  tener- 
entur,  Graeca  lecturos.  Cic.  Acad.  I,  2,  4.  (Cf.  Oratores  lau- 
dari  video,  si  qui  e  nostris  sint  Demosthenem  imitati.  Cic. 

Acad.  I,  3,  10).  Unum  Clitarchum  neque  praeterea  quemquam 
de  Graecis  legisse  videtur.  Cic.  Leg.  I,  2,  7.  Senatus  decrevit 
ut  de  principum  filiis  decern  in  disciplinam  traderentur.  Cic. 
I)iv.  I,  41,  92. 


294 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


3.  In  connection  with  the  Comparative  and  Superlative. — e.  g., 
Heredes  erant  seripti  ex  duobus  filiis  maior  et  ex  duabus  filia- 

bus  ea,  quae,  &c.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  III.  108.  Qui  plurimos  ex  his 
interfecerunt,  magnam  ferunt  famam.  Caes,  B.  G.  VI,  38.  Sed 
haec  minima  est  ex  iis  iniuriis,  quas  accepi.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  2.  2. 
Antonium  iuvenem  maiorem  de  duobus  Fulvia  genitisinteremit. 
Suet.  Aug.  17.  De  tribunis  longe  optimum  Racilium  habemus. 
Cic.  Q.  fr.  II,  1,  3.  Tollatur  igitur  hoc:  de  reliquis  quid  est  de- 
terrimum?  Cic.  Att.  VII,  9,  4.  De  tuis  innumerabilibus  in  me 
officiis  erit  hoc  gratissimum.  Cic.  Fam.  XVI,  1,  3. 

4.  Instead  of  the  Partitive  Genitive  with  a  proper  name  and  the 
Relative  the  Ablative  may  be  used  with  the  preposition  ex.  e.  g., 

Fx  iis  Eporedirix  media  fere  nocte  rem  ad  Caesarem  defert. 
Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  39.  Ex  his  Bellovaci  suum  numerum  non  con- 
tulerunt,  quod  se  suo  nomine  bellum  gesturos  dicerent.  Caes. 
B.  G.  VII,  75.  Ex  his  Calvisiusomni  Aetoliapotitusest.  Caes. 
B.  Civ.  Ill,  35.  Scribit  Heraclides  ex  iis  Mercurium  e  patera 
sanguinem  visum  esse  fundere.  Cic.  Div.  I,  23, 46.  Regem  hor- 
tatus  est  ut  ex  suis  necessariis,  quos  haberet  maximae  auctor- 
itatis,  legatos  mitteret.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  109. 

469.  The  Ablative  with  a  preposition  ex  or  de  as  the 
substitute  of  the  Partitive  Genitive  relation  is  in  some 
cases  not  readily  distinguished  from  the  same  prepositions 
with  the  Ablative  giving  the  source,  number,  class,  rank, 
or  order  from  which  the  subject  or  object  springs.— e.  g., 

En  vobis  iuvenem  imaginem  eius  quern  vos  tribunum  militum 
ex  plebe  primum  fecistis.  Liv.  V,  18,  5.  P.  Junii  erat  hominis 
de  plebe  Romana  filius.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  58,  151.  Nonne  homo 
ex  [numero  disertorum  postulabat,  ut  illi  usitata  exccptio  dare- 
tur?  Cic.  Or.  I,  37,  168.  Eodem  tempore  accusator  de  plebe 
L.  Caesulenus  fuit,  quem  ego  audivi  iam  senem.  Cic.  Brut,  34, 
131. 

470.  The  Partitive  Genitive  of  nos  is  nostrum,  of  vos  is 
vestrum,  of  se  (plural)  is  ex  suo  numero  or  ipsorum.  e.g., 

Observant  quem  ad  modum  sese  unus  quisque  gerat.  Cic. 
Verr.  Act.  prim.  16,  46.  Signa,  quae  quemvis  nostrum  quos  iste 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


295 


idiotas  appellat,  declarare  possent.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  2,  4. 
Omnium  oculi  coniecti  sunt  hoc  ipso  tempore  in  unum  quemque 
nostrum.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  68,  175.  Nemo  me  vestrum,  cum 
hinc  excessero,  consequetur.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  43,  103.  Neminem 
vestrum  ignorare  arbitror  hunc  per  hosce  dies  sermonem  vulgi 
fuisse.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  1,  1.  Si  quid  erit  commissum  a  quoquam 
vestrum  quod  reprehendatur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  V,  69,  178.  Lega- 
tos  ex  suo  numero  ad  Caesarem  mittunt.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  20. 

Rem.  1.  The  Genitives  mei,  tui, sui, nostri,  vestri  in  a  partitive  senseare 
Genitives  of  the  neuters  meum,  tuum,  suum,  nostrum,  vestrum;  and  not 
of  ego,  tu,  se,  &c.— e,  g., 

Critoni  non  persuasi  me  hinc  avolaturum  neque  mei  quicquam  relic* 
turum.  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  43,  103.  Coniuges  liberosque  devehendos  Car. 
thaginem  tradiderunt  fortius  quicquid  accideret  laturi,  si  carissimam 
sui  partem  extra  sortem  communis  periculi  habuissent.  Curt.  IV,  15. 
Et  quota  pars  nostri  tot  obire  terras  potest  ?  Curt.  V,  18.  In  this 
example  the  Genitive  nostri  approaches  very  nearly  nostrum. 

Rem.  2.  The  same  forms  mei,  tui,  sui,  &c.,  must  be  used  when  the  refer¬ 
ence  is  distinctly  to  possession  or  property.  In  this  case  mei,  sui,  &c.,  are 
the  Genitives  of  meum,  suum.  &c.,  in  the  sense  of  my  possession  or  prop - 
erty,  that  which  belongs  to  and  not  that  which  pertains  to  me. — e.  g., 
Militibus  suis  commendavit  ne  qui  eorum  violarentur  neu  quid  sui 
desiderarent.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  98.  Here  quid  sui=a.nything  of 
cheirs=that  belonged  to  them.  Tetigin’  tui  quicquam  ?  Si  attigisses, 
ferres  infortuniam.  Ter.  Ad.  II,  1,  24. 

471.  The  Partitive  Genitive  is  sometimes  represented  by 
the  preposition  inter  and  the  Accusative  and  the  preposi¬ 
tion  in  and  the  Ablative  after  the  Superlative. — e.  g., 

Rectum  putabat  pro  eorum  honestate  se  pugnare  propter  quos 
ipse  honestissimus  inter  suos  numerabatur.  Cic.  Rose.  Am.  6, 
16.  Silanion  Apollodorum  fudit  inter  cunctos  diligentissimum 
artis.  Plin.  N.  H.  XXXIV,  8,  81.  Acerrimus  inter  recusantes 
Callisthenes  fuit.  Just.  XII,  7,  2.  Thales  qui  sapientissimus  in 
septem  fuit.  Cic.  Leg.  II,  11,  26. 

472.  When  the  relation  of  the  Partitive  Genitive  of  an 
indeclinable  word,  as  a  numeral,  is  to  be  expressed,  this 
must  be  done  by  a  preposition. — e.  g., 


296 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Thales  qui  sapicntissimus  in  septem  fuit.  CIc.  Leg.  II,  11,  26. 
Solon,  qui  et  sapientissimus  fuit  ex  septem  et  legum  scriptor solus 
ex  septem.  Cic.  Brut.  I,  15,  3. 

473.  To  the  Partitive  Genitive  must  be  referred  the  Gen¬ 
itives,  particularly  terrarum,  gentium,  loci  (locorum),  in 
connection  with  the  forms  ibi,  ubi,  ubicumque,  longe,  us- 
quam,  nusquam,  quo,  minime — the  Genitive  eius  with  quo¬ 
ad  (quod)  &c. — e.  g., 

Ibi  loci  terrarum  orbe  portis  discluso.  Plin.  N.  Hr  VI,  11,  30. 
Di  immortales,  ubi  loci  sunt  spes  meae?  Plaut.  Rud.  II,  5,  12. 
Ubi  ubist  gentium,  investigabo  (eum) :  operae  non  parcam  meae. 
Plaut.  M.  G.  IV,  9,  3  (1379).  Quid  ageres,  ubi  terrarum  esses  ne 
suspicabar  quidem.  Cic.  Att.  V,  10,  4.  Ubicumque  terrarum 
et  gentium  violatumius  Civium  Romanorum  est,  &c.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
V,  55, 143.  Ubi cumqueerit  gentium,  a  nobis diligetur.  Cic.N.D.I, 
44,  121.  Nee  habent  ducem  boni,  nostrique  tyrannoctoni  longe 
gentium  absunt.  Cie.  Fam.  XII,  22,  2.  Quis  homo  te  exsupera- 
vit  usquam  gentium  impudentia?  Vid.  Cic.  Tusc.  IV.  36,  77. 
Nombona  uxor,  si  qua  educta  sic  sit  usquam  gentium,  ubi  ea  pos- 
sit  inveniri?  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  1,  88.  Perfugium  sibi  nusquam 
gentium  esse  ait.  Liv.  XL,  12,  5.  Primum  fratrem  nusquam 
invenio  gentium.  Ter.  Ad.  IV,  2,  1.  Non  hercle  quo  hinc  nunc 
gentium  aufugiam  scio.  Piaut.  Rud.  Ill,  5,  44.  Nihil  est  quod 
se  moveant,  quoad  perspiciamus  quo  loci  sit  res.  Cic.  Att.  VII, 
16,  3.  (Cf.  Quapropter  quoquo  pacto  tacito  est.  opus.  Ah! 
minime  gentium:  Non  faciam.  Ter.  Ad.  Ill,  2,  43.  Si  provinc- 
iam,quod  (quoad)  eius  facere  potueris, expeditam  mihi  tradideris. 
Cic.  Fam.  Ill,  2, 2.  Ut,  quod  (quoad)  eius  fieri  possit,  praesentiae 
tuae  desiderium  minuatur.  Cic.  Fam.  V.  8.  5.  Velim  ne  inter- 
mittas,  quoad  (quod)  eius  facere  potueris,  scribere  ad  me.  Cic. 
Att.  XI,  12,  4. 

The  form  quod  is  more  usual  than  quoad  in  this  connec¬ 
tion. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


297 


The  Genitive  of  Quantity. 

474.  The  Genitive  of  Quantity  clearly  presents  the  office 
of  the  Genitive  as  the  case  of  specific  limitation  or  restric¬ 
tion.  It  furnishes  specifically  the  limits  within  which  a 
given  measure  or  quantity  is  to  be  taken.  As  in  this  use 
of  the  Genitive  the  material  or  general  relation  stated  in 
the  Genitive  is  taken  in  a  given  quantity  or  amount  ex¬ 
pressed  by  the  word  upon  which  the  Genitive  depends,  and 
as  this  word  of  quantity  or  amount  embraces,  in  a  given 
ease,  the  whole  of  the  material  considered,  there  is  no  par¬ 
tition,  and  hence  the  Genitive  cannot  be  the  Genitive  of 
the  Part.  (Partitive  Genitive).  If  it  is  intended  by  the 
word  of  quantity  to  express  a  part  of  the  material  in  the 
Genitive,  the  same  form  of  expression  is  employed.  Hence 
with  a  different,  but  essentially  different  conception,  and 
meaning  the  same  expression  may  be  interpreted  as  stat¬ 
ing  all  of  a  given  material,  or  only  a  part  of  it.  The  con¬ 
text  alone  can  determine  whether  the  whole  or  a  part  of 

t 

the  material  is  meant.  The  difference,  however,  between 
the  Genitive  of  quantity  and  the  Genitive  of  the  part  may 
be  clearly  presented  in  the  translation.  Medimnum  tritici 
=A  bushel  of  wheat.  Here  the  Genitive  is  the  Genitive  of 
quantity.  Medimnum  tritici=A  bushel  of  the  wheat. 
Here  the  Genitive  is  Partitive,  or,  more  exactly,  states 
that  of  which  a  part  (medimnum)  is  taken. 

As  may  be  gathered  from  the  preceding  examples,  the 
two  relations  (Partitive  and  Quantitive)  of  the  Genitive 
are  liable  to  be  confounded  only  when  the  Genitive  must 
be  used  to  express  both  ;  but  in  this  case  the  context  re¬ 
moves  all  ambiguity. 

475.  The  Genitive  of  quantity  occurs  associated  with  a 
substantive  expressing  quantity  or  measure  both  definite 
and  indefinite,  and  presents  the  material  which  is  taken  in 
the  quantity  or  measure  indicated  by  the  substantive,  as 


298 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


amphora,  congius,  libra,  medimnum,  modius,  pondo,  un- 
cia,  iugerutn,  copia,  acervus,  numerus,  multitudo,  vis,  &c. 
— e-  g-t 

In  iugero  Leontini  agri  medimnum  fere  tritici  seritur.  Cie. 
Verr.  II,  III,  47,  112.  Cives  Romanos  sibi  HS  CLXXX  et  ar- 
genti  pondo  XX  milia,  tritici  modios  CXX  milia  polliceri  coegit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  18.  (In  this  sentence  milia  is  in  apposition 
with  modios).  Magna  vis  missa  telorum  multa  nostris  imped- 
itis  vulnera  inferebant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  6.  Captivorum  XX 
milia  Aeduis  Arvernisque  reddit.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  90.  Dico  te 
maximum  pondus  auri,  magnum  numerum  frumenti,  vim  mellis 
exportasse.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  II,  72,  177.  Vix  videtur  locus  esse  qui 
tantos  acervos  pecuniae  capiat.  Cie.  Leg.  Agr.  II,  22,  59.  Aut 
libris  me  delecto,  quorum habeocopiam,  aut  fluctus  numero.  Cie. 
Att.  II,  6,  1.  Ludi  diem  unum  instaurati  et  congii  olei  in  vicos 
singulos  dati.  Liv.  XXV,  2,  8,  & c. 

GENITIVE  OF  QUANTITY  WITH  NEUTER  ADJECTIVE  (476-482.) 

476.  As  the  Genitive  of  Quantity  is  often  to  be  explained 
the  Genitive  with  the  neuter  singular  of  an  adjective  of  the 
Second  Declension,  and  pronoun  expressing  quantity,  as 
aliquantum,  paulum,  minus,  minimum,  nimium,  multum, 
plus,  plurimum,  nihil,  tantum,  quantum,  aliquid,  aliud, 
hoc,  id,  idem,  illud,  quiequid,  quid,  quod,nescio  quid,  quic- 
quam. — e.  g.. 

Jam  aliquantum  altitudinis  opus  creverat,  cum  barbari  suam 
gentem  dedidere.  Curt.  VI,  17.  Explicitius  videbatur  Ilerdam 
reverti,  quod  ibi  paulum  frumenti  reliquerant.  Caes.  B.  Civ. 
I,  78.  (Dixit)  sua  esse  eiusmodi  imperia  ut  non  minus  ha- 
beret  iuris  in  se  multitudo,  quam,  &c.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  27.  Hue 
contenderunt  ut  quam  minimum  spatii  ad  se  armandos  Romanis 

daretur.  Caes.  B.  G.  Ill,  19.  Nimium  boni  est,  cui  nihil  est . 

mali.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  13,  41.  Neque  multum  ad  solis  occasum  tem- 
poris  supererat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  51.  (Dixit)  nec  quemquam 
ex  eo  plus  quam  se  doloris  capere.  Caes.  B.  G.  I,  20.  Cupio  nos¬ 
trum  in  tribunatu  quam  plurimum  habere,  gravitatis.  Cic.  Fam. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


299 


VII,  32,  3.  (Dicit),  qui  prior  has  angustias  occupaverit,  ab  hoc 
hostem  prohiberi  nihil  esse  negotii.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  66.  Abs  te 
tam  diu  nihil  litterarum  ?  Cic.  Att.  I,  2,  1.  Nostri  casus  plus 
honoris  habuerunt  quam  laboris,  neque  tantum  molestiae,  quan¬ 
tum  gloriae.  Cic.  Rep.  4,  7.  Potest  exercitatio  in  senectute  con- 
servare  aliquid  pfistini  roboris.  Cic.  Sen.  10,  34.  Ad  quern  quas 
litteras  miseram,  quantum  honoris  significantes,  quantum  amo- 
ris!  Cie.  Att.  VIII,  4,  1.  Sed  aliud  esse  causae  suspicamur  ne 
isti  parum  versuti  esse  videantur.  Cic.  Flac.  18,  39.  Neque 
aliud  periclitantihus  auxilii,  quam  in  fratrum  constantia  fuit,  qui 
vades  exstitere.  Tac.  Ann.  V,  8.  Sicilia,  quae  mihi  hoc  oneris  ne- 
gotiique  imposuit.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  24,  62.  Responsum  est, 
nunc  quando  verba  vana  ad  id  locorum  fuerint,  rebus  standum 
■esse.  Liv.  IX,  45,  2.  Caesar  ei  classi  attribuerat  (eos),  qui  sibi 
id  muneris  depoposcerant.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  57.  Tibi  idem  consi- 
lii  do  quod  mihimet  ipsi  ut  vitemus  oculos  hominum.  Cic.  IX,  2, 
2.  Nunquam  postea  publico  se  illud  horae  sine  tribunis  commisit 
occulte  subsequentibus.  Suet.  Nero.  26.  Dent  operam  consules 
ne  quid  respublica  detrimenti  capiat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I.  5.  Velim 
videas  quid  viatici,  quid  instrumenti  satis  sit.  Cic.  Att.  XII,  32, 
2.  Nam  quod  est  molestiae,  non  sane  multo  levius  est,  cum  te 
non  video:  quod  esse  potuit  voluptatis,  certe,  si  vidissem  te,  plus 
fuisset.  Cic.  Fam.  XIII,  1,  1.  A  tuis  et  nummorum  accepi  HS 
LXX  et  vestimentorum  quod  opus  fuit.  Cic.  Att.  XI,  2,  4.  Rom- 
anus  exercitus,  quod  inter  Palatinum  Capitolinumque  collern 
campi  est,  compleverat.  Liv.  I,  12,  1.  Mihi  persuadeo  me,  quic 
quid  habuerim  iudicii,  in  ilium  librum  contulisse.  Cic.  Fam.  VI, 
18,  4.  Quasi  quicquam  redivivi  ex  opere  illo  tolleretur  ac  non 
totum  opus  ex  redivivis  constitueretur.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  I,  56,  148. 
Dicunt  eos  errare,  si  quicquam  ab  his  praesidii  sperent.  Caes.  B. 
G.  V,  41.  Bibulus  in  Amano  nescio  quid  cohorticularum  amisit. 
Cic.  Fam.  VIII,  6,  4.  Novi  tibi  quidnam  scribam  ?  quid?  etiam. 
Cic.  Att.  I,  13,  6.  Quid  potest  esse  in  calamitate  residui,  quod 
non  ad  aratores  pervenerit?  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  97. 

477.  The  neuter  singular  of  a  quantitative  adjective  of 
the  Second  Declension,  or  pronoun,  is  retained,  with  the 
Genitive,  only  in  the  Nominative  and  Accusative.  In  any 


300 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


other  case  the  adjective  or  pronoun  agrees,  as  a  rule,  with 
the  substantive,  the  case  of  which  is  determined  by  the 
context.  The  relation  of  the  Genitive  is  rare  and  irregu¬ 
lar.  Thus,  tantumprudentiae  (Nominative  or  Accusative), 
but  tantae  prudentiae,  tanta  prudentia  (Ablative),  not 
tanti  prudentiae,  tanto  prudentiae. — e.  g., 

(Dixit)  testibus  se  militibus  uti  posse,  quanto  studio  pacam  pe- 
tisset.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  90.  Neque  tanto  spatio,  certi  quid 
esset,  explorare  posset.  Caes.  B.  G.  VII,  45.  M.  Cethegum 
quanto  studio  exerceri  in  dicendo  videbamus  etiam  senem  !  Cic. 
Sen.  14,  50.  But.  Cf.  Res  eodem  est  loci  quo  reliquisti.  Cic.  Att. 
I,  13,  5.  (Eodem  loco,  the  regular  form.) 

478.  When  associated  with  a  preposition,  the  adjective 
or  a  pronoun  in  the  Accusative  must  agree,  as  an  attribu¬ 
tive,  with  the  substantive.  In  such  a  case  the  employ¬ 
ment  of  the  Genitive  of  quantity  with  the  neuter  adjective 
or  pronoun  is  irregular,  as,  Ad  tantam  spem  (not  ad 
tantum  spei).  In  tantum  studium  (not  in  tantum  studii). 
In  aliquam  spem  (not  in  aliquid  spei).  Cf.  oppidanos  ad 
ultimum  inopiae  adduxerat.  Liv.  XXIII.  19.  2.  (Cf  in 
ultimam  inopiam). 

479.  For  the  Genitive,  Dative,  and  Ablative  of  plus  and 
nihil,  which,  in  the  Nominative  and  Accusative,  allow  the 
Genitive  of  quantity,  the  attributives  maioris,  nullius,  &c., 
are  regularly  employed,  and  not  pluris  and  nihili.  Hence 
not  pluris  virtutis,  but  maioris  virtutis,  notnihilo  virtute, 
but  nulla  virtute. — e.  g., 

Trebonius  ea,  quae  sunt  amissa,  maiore  militum  studio  reficere 
instituit.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  II,  15. 

480.  The  neuter  adjective  or  pronoun  in  the  Nominative 
and  Accusative  does  not  require  the  substantive  to  be  ex¬ 
pressed  in  the  Genitive.  It  may  be  employed  as  an  attribu¬ 
tive  agreeing  with  the  substantive.— e.  g., 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


301 


Multum  erat  frumentum  provisum  superioribus  temporibus. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  49.  Exercitui  incessit  tantum  studium  infamiae 
s’arciendae,  tit,  & c.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  111,74.  Ariovistus  tantarn  ar- 
rogantiam  stimpserat  ut  ferendns  non  videretur.  Caes  B.  G.  I, 
33.  Hoc  anno  mnltum  futurum  sirpe  et  laserpieium.  Plaut.  Rud. 
Ill,  2,  16.  Nnm  aliquis  dolor  aut  omnino  post  mortem  sensus  in 
eorpore  est?  Cic.  Tusc.  I,  34,  82. 

« 

481.  The  neuter  of  an  adjective  of  the  Second  Declensive 
often  occurs  in  the  Genitive  associated  as  a  Genitive  of 
Quantity  with  the  word  of  quantity,  as  nihil  and  the 
neuter  of  a  pronoun,  as  quid,  aliquid,  &c.,  in  the  Nomina¬ 
tive  and  Accusative.  Instead  of  the  Genitive  the  Nomina¬ 
tive  or  Accusative  of  the  neuter  adjective  may  be  used  in 
the  relation  of  a  predicate  attributive  to  nihil,  quid,  &c. 
Hence  nihil  no vi,  nihil  novum  :  aliquid  mali,  aliquid  malum. 
The  neuter  of  an  adjective  of  the  third  Declension  is  not 
thus  associated  in  the  Genitive  of  quantity  with  nihil,  quid, 
&c.,  but  agrees  regularly  as  predicate  attributive  with  the 
word  of  quantity  nihil,  &c.,  as,  nihil  grave,  &c. — e.  g., 

Ego  laborabam  ne,  si  improbi  essent,  falsi  aliquid  dicerent.  Cic. 
Caecin.  1,  3.  (Hie  (quaesivi)  ecquid  forte  Roma  novi  (attulisset.) 
Cic.  Acad.  I,  1,  2.  Nihil  cognovi  ingratius,in  quo  vitio  nihil  mali 
non  inest.  Cic.  Att.  VIII,  4,  2.  De  omnibus  quaeritur,  nihil  certi 
dicitur.  Cic.  Acad.  I,  12,  46.  Mihi  ne  diuturnum  quidem  quic- 
quam  videtur,  in  quo  est  aliquid  extremum.  Cic.  Sen.  19,  69. 
Non  solum  audire  sed  etiam  referre  domum  aliquid  illustre  vo- 
lunt.  Tac,  De  Or.  20  (not  illustris.) 

482.  When  an  adjective  of  the  Third  Declension  is  asso¬ 
ciated  with  an  adjective  of  the  Second  Declension,  the  ad¬ 
jective  of  the  Second  conforms  to  that  of  the  Third  and 
agrees,  regularly,  as  a  predicate  attributive,  with  the  word 
of  quantity,  nihil,  quicquam,  &c. — e.  g., 

Nihil  iratum  habet,  nihil  inuidum,  nihil  atrox,  nihil  miserabile, 
nihil  astutum.  Cic.  Or.  19,  64. 


302 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Rem.  1.  It  rarely  occurs  that  the  adjective  of  the  Third  Declension  con¬ 
forms  to  the  construction  of  the  adjective  of  the  Second,  and  is  written 
in  the  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Si  quicquam  in  vobis  non  dico  civilis  sed  humani  esset.  Liv.  V,  3,  9. 

Rem.  2.  The  Genitive  of  an  Adjective  of  the  Second  Declension  is 
rarely  found  associated  with  the  Neuter  Nominative  or  Accusative  of  an 
adjective  of  the  Third. — e.  g., 

Nihil  novi  nihilque  difficile.  Apul.  m.  X,  21.  (In  this  example  the 

repetition  of  nihil  is  to  be  observed.  ) 

483.  (Caution.)  In  English,  to  express  the  whole ,  we 
often  use  an  adjective  of  quantity,  or  a  numeral  followed 
by  of,  and  a  Substantive  or  Relative.  In  Latin,  however, 
the  relation  is  expressed  by  the  adjective  agreeing  with  the 
Substantive  or  Relative,  the  Case  of  which  is  determined 
by  the  Context.  In  such  a  sentence  there  is  no  division  of 
the  relation  implied  in  the  Substantive  or  Relative  —  and 
no  relation  of  Part. — e.  g., 

Trecenti  coniuravimus  principes  inventutes  Romani,  ut,  &c. 
Liv.  II,  12,  15.  In  this  sentence  trecenti  comiuravimus=Three 
hundred  of  us  have  conspired,  &c.  As  three  hundred  represent 
nil  of  us  who  have  conspired ,  there  can  be  no  partition,  and 
hence  not  nostrum.  Amici,  quos  multos  habebat,  aderant.  In 
this  sentence  the  phrase,  Quos  multos  habebat  is  translated,  “  Of 
whom  he  had  many,”  “  Many  of  whom  he  had.”  But  aderant  is 
predicated  of  all  his  friends,  who  are  many — there  is  no  partition. 
Veniamus  ad  vivos,  qui  duo  de  consularium  numero  reliqui  sunt. 
Cic.  Phil.  II,  6,  13.  Qui  duo  represent  all  of  whom  reliqui  sunt  is 
predicated.  There  is  no  partition,  while  the  phrase  is  translated 
two  of  whom.  Nee  Tarquinios  spe  auxilii,  quod  nullum  in  me  est, 
frustrabor.  Liv.  II,  15,  5.  (Cf.  Hominibus  opus  est,  qui  adhuc 
in  hoc  genere  nostri  nulli  fuerunt.  Cic.  Or.  Ill,  24,  95.) 

484.  In  conflict  with  the  preceding  statement  the  Geni¬ 
tive  of  a  Substantive  rarely  and  irregularly  occurs  with 
adjectives  expressing  quantity,  particularly  omnes  and 
cuncti,  where  we  look  for  the  adjective  (omnes,  cuncti)  in 
agreement  with  the  Substantive  in  the  Case  required  by 
the  Context.  This  use  of  the  Genitive  is  not  to  bernm.^^ 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


303 


The  Case  may  be  explained  as  the  Genitive  of  Quantity  or 
better,  perhaps,  as  presenting  a  relation  in  apposition  with 
omnes,  cuncti,  and,  hence,  as  the  Appositive  Genitive.— e.  g., 

Attalus  Macedonian  fere  omnibus  ut  manerent  persuasit.  Liv. 
XXXI,  45,  7.  Praetorum,  nisi  qui  inter  tumultum  effugerent, 
omnes  interficiuntur.  Liv.  XXIV,  32,  8.  Baetica  cunctas  pro- 
vinciarum  diviti  cultu  praecedit.  Plin.  N.  H.  Ill,  1.  7. 

485,  This  Genitive  representing  the  whole  is  not  to  be 
confounded  with  the  Genitive  representing  the  part  with 
similar  adjectives  expressing  quantity.  When  the  Genitive 
with  an  attributive  depends  upon  omnes  and  such  adjec¬ 
tives,  the  Genitive  is  neither  quantitative  nor  partitive 
Genitive,  but  the  Genitive  of  the  specific  restriction,  or  the 
Subjective  Genitive,  furnishing  the  exact  explanation  or 
definition  (Cf.  367).  The  explanation  of  such  a  Genitive 
as  the  Genitive  of  Description  would  perhaps  be  unobjec¬ 
tionable. — e.  g., 

Id  ubi  accepit  Marcellus,  cum  paucis  tribunorum  militum  collo- 
cutus,  ceteris  signum  dari  iubet.  Liv.  XXV,  23,  15.  In  this  ex¬ 
ample,  Cum  paucis  tribunorum  militum,  must  be  rendered  “With 
a  few  of  the  military  tribunes,’’  &c.,  and  not  “With  a  few  mili¬ 
tary  tribunes.’’  The  Genitive  is  clearly  Partitive.  Brutus  ad  po- 
pulum  tulit  ut  omnes  Tarquiniae  gentis  exsules  essent,  Liv.  II, 
2,  11.  In  this  example,  “Omnes  Tarquiniae  gentis,’’  may  be  trans¬ 
lated,  “All  belonging  to  the  family  of  the  Tarquins,’’  or,  “All, 
namely,  the  family  of  the  Tarquins.’’ 

486.  To  the  Genitive  of  Quantity  refer  the  Genitive  of  a 
Substantive,  generally  expressing  an  abstract  relation, 
with  the  adverbial  forms  hue,  eo,  quo,  turn  with  temporis  = 
id  temporis=eo  temporis — postea  with  loci.  The  employ¬ 
ment  of  hue,  eo,  quo  with  the  Genitive  of  a  Substantive 
expressing  an  abstract  relation  is  not  Ciceronian.— e.  g., 

Postremo  eo  furoris  venere,  ut  tres  legiones  miscere  in  unam 
agitaverint.  Tac.  Ann.  I,  18.  With  eo  furoris  compare  in  tan- 


304 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA, 


turn  (eum)  furorem.  Hue  malorum  vertum  est,  ut  verba  mea  eo- 
dem  tempore  et  Alexandro  excusem  et  Antiphani.  Curt.  VII,  5, 
Qui  mihi  ne  hodie  quidem  scire  videmini,  quo  amentiae  progress! 
sitis.  Liv.  XXVIII,  27,  12.  Turn  temporis  eonsulem  in  foro  ex- 
spectabant.  Just.  XXXI,  2,  6.  Auctor  est  ut  hominem  id  actatis; 
minime  litigiosum  adoriantur.  Cie.  Verr.  II,  II,  14,  37.  Postea 
(Postea  loci)  Consuli  iam  victor  pervenit  in  oppidum  Cirtam. 
Sail.  Jug.  102.  (Cf.  Me  tibi  istuc  aetatis  homini  facinora  puerilia 
obicere.  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  1,  23.  At  quidem  illuc  aetatis  qui  sitr 
non  invenies  alteruin  lepidiorem.  Plaut.  M.  G.  Ill,  1,  64.) 

487.  To  the  Genitive  of  Quantity  refer  the  Genitive  with 
abunde,  satis,  affatim,  nimis,  parum. — e.  g., 

(Dixit)  se  iam  pridem  potentiae  gioriaeque  abunde  adeptum. 
Suet.  Caes.  86.  Si  praesidii  ad  beate  vivendum  in  virtute  satis 
est.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  1,  2.  Agri  affatim  materiae  praebebant  ad 
nova  molienda  opera.  Liv.  XXXII,  16,  10.  Turn  te  hoc  facere 
oportet.  Tibi  divitiarum  affatimst.  Plaut.  M.  G.  V,  1,  34.  Nimis 
insidiarum  ad  capiendas  aures  adhiberi  videtur.  Cic.  Or.  51,170. 
In  hac  (actione)  satis  erat  copiae,  in  ilia  autem  leporis  parum. 
Cic.  Brut.  68,  240.  Ardens  in  cupiditatibus :  satis  eloquentiae, 
sapientiae  parum.  Sail.  Cat.  5.  (  Cf.  Credo  edepol  ego  illicinesse 

argenti  et  auri  largiter.  Plaut.  Rud.  IV,  4,  143.) 

V.  The  Genitive  of  Quality  or  Description. 

488.  To  express  this  relation  the  Genitive  of  a  Substan¬ 
tive  is  employed  with  an  attributive  (adjective,  participle 
or  pronoun).  The  addition  of  an  attributive  is  necessary 
to  the  regular  and  proper  expression  of  the  Descriptive 
relation.  The  Genitive  in  its  office  of  describing  states  a 
property,  quality,  or  characteristic  modified  by  the  attribu¬ 
tive.  In  other  words,  it  classifies  by  presenting  a  quality, 
&c.,  modified.  This  office  is  consistent  with  the  funda¬ 
mental  sense  of  the  case,  which  furnishes  the  specific  limits 
within  which  a  general  term  is  to  be  taken.  The  relation 
in  the  Genitive  presents  the  limits  to  which  the  word  defined 
is  restricted.  In  this  office  the  Genativemay  very  properly 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


305 


be  regarded  as  referable  to  the  general  Subjective  Genitive. 

Parallel  with  the  Descriptive  Genitive  is  the  Descriptive 
Ablative,  presented  also  by  a  substantive  with  anattribu 
tive  (Cf.  311).  The  general  character  of  description  ex¬ 
pressed  by  the  Genitive  and  Ablative  is  the  same.  The 
Descriptive  Genitive  differs  from  the  Descriptive  Ablative 
in  the  following  respects :  The  Genitive  is  the  rule  to  ex¬ 
press  description  by  number ,  time,  space ,  measure ,  or  the 
class  to  which  a  thing  belongs.  Hence,  in  the  phrase  “a 
boy  of  ten  years,”  the  Genitive  (decern  annorum)  must  be 
employed;  the  Ablative  is  used  to  express  an  external, 
transient,  accidental  characteristic  :  Hence,  in  the  phrase, 
“the  Sabine  women  with  dishevelled  hair,”  the  Ablative 
(crinibus  passis)  must  be  employed.  Apart  from  the  re¬ 
strictions  stated,  or  to  express  a  permanent,  internal,  in¬ 
herent  or  essential  quality,  or  characteristic  either  the  De¬ 
scriptive  Genitive  or  Ablative  may  be  employed.  The  Gen¬ 
itive  of  Description  is  employed  in  the  following  rela¬ 
tions  : 

1.  To  express  a  permanent,  internal  or  essential  quality  or  pro¬ 
perty.— e.  g., 

Neque  tanti  sum  animi,  ut — neque  tanti  timoris,  ut — Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  31.  Hegesaretos,  veteris  homo  potentiae,  Pompeianis 
rebus  studebat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  35.  Petraeus  summae  no- 
bilitatis  adolescens  Caesarem  iuvabat.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  35. 

2.  To  express  description  by  measure  in  space  and  time,  and 

hence  description  by  age. — e.  g., 

A  fronte  contra  hostem  pedum  quindecim  fossam  hen  iussit. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  1,41.  Pueri  annorum  senum  septenumque  denum 
senatorium  nomen  nundinati  sunt"  Cic.  Verr.  II,  II,  49,  122. 
Ab  instituta  nostra  paucorum  dierum  consuetudine  longe  refu- 
git.  Cic.  Att.  I,  1,  4.  Eumenes  annorum  quinque  et  quadra- 
ginta  talem  habuit  exitum  vitae.  Nep.  Bum.  13.  Fama  est 
Hannibalem  annorum  ferme  novem  altaribus  admotum.  Liv. 
XXI,  1,  4. 

3.  To  describe  by  reference  to  a  given  time  or  period.— e.  g., 


306 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


Ab  hominibus  sui  temporis  parutn  intellegebatur.  Quint.  XI. 

1,  10.  (Cf.  Publicanis,  ut  in  Syria  fecerant,  insequcntis  anni 

vectigal  promutuum.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  32.) 

4.  To  describe  by  giving  the  Party,  Faction,  Class,  or  Order,  to 
which  the  subject  is  referred.  This  Genitive  may  very  properly 
be  referred  to  the  Subjective  (Possessive)  Genitive.— e.  g., 

L.  Cassium  partis  adversae  obvium  sibi  non  refugit.  Suet. 

Caes.  63.  Nunquam  se  Philo  inferioris  ordinis  amicis  antepos- 

suit,  Cic.  Am.  19,  69.  Una  cum  iis  L.  Pupius,  primi  pili  cen- 

turio,  adducitur.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  13. 

489.  The  Genitive  after  a  numeral  must  sometimes  be 
explained  as  Descriptive  and  not  as  the  Partitive  Genitive. 
— e-  g-, 

Brant  quinque  ordinis  senatorii  L.  Domitius,  P.  Lentulus  Spin- 
ther,  &c.  Caes.  B.  Civ.  I,  23. 

490.  The  words  bidui,  tridui,  quadridui,  biennii,  &c. 
furnish  no  exceptions  to  the  statement  that  an  attribu¬ 
tive  is  necessary  to  the  construction  of  the  Descriptive 
Genitive.  The  word  bidui=duorum  dierum. — e.  g., 

Bidui  iter  progressus  ad  flumen  Bagradam  pervenit.  Caes.  B. 
Civ.  II,  24.  In  this  example  bidui  iter=duorum  dierum  iter.  A 
publicanis  suae  provinciae  debitam  biennii  pecuniam  exegerat. 
Caes.  B.  Civ.  Ill,  31.  In  this  example  biennii  pecuniam=duorum 
annorum  pecuniam. 

491.  (Caution.)  The  Descriptive  relation  in  English, 
when  not  associated  with  an  attributive,  must  not  be  ex¬ 
pressed  in  Latin  by  the  Genitive  of  the  Substantive,  but 
by  the  adjective  suggested  by  the  Substantive.  Hence,  “A 
man  of  courage,”  is  not  to  be  expressed  in  Latin  by  Vir 
fortitudinis,  but  by  Vir  fortis.  It  follows,  then,  that  an 
adjective  in  this  descriptive  sense  is  often  associated  with 
the  Descriptive  Genitive. — e.  g., 

Caesar  reperiebat  esse  homines  feros  magnaeque  virtutis.  Caes. 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


307 


B.  G.  II,  15.  In  this  example  if  feros  be  translated  of  fierceness, 
it  must  not  in  Latin  be  rendered  by  the  Substantive  (feritatis.) 
T.  Balventio  viro  forti  et  magnae  auctoritatis  utrumque  femur 
traicitur.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  35.  In  this  example  viro  forti  may  be 
translated  “  a  man  of  courage,"  but  must  not  in  Latin  be  render¬ 
ed  by  viro  fortitudinis.  Senones  quae  est  civitas  firma  et  mag¬ 
nae  inter  Gallos  auctoritatis.  Caes.  B.  G.  V,  54. 

492.  The  Descriptive  Genitive  with  esse,  videri  and  oth¬ 
er  verbs  is  to  be  observed.  This  Genitive  relation  is  par¬ 
allel  with  Subjective  Genitive.  (Cf.  401.) — e.g., 

Multum  ei  detraxit  inter  eos  viventi,quod  alienae  erat  civitatis. 
Nep.  Eum.  1.  Turn  rex:  Qualis,  inquit,  ergo,  animi  vobis  videtur? 
Curt.  VI,  33.  (Cf.  Juvenis  evasit  vere  indolis  regiae.  Liv.  I, 
39,  4.) 

493.  The  so-called  Genitive  of  the  Material  is  properly 
the  Genitive  of  Quantity,  and  is  not  to  be  interpreted  as 
Descriptive. — e.  g., 

Turn  argenti  montes  non  massas  habet.  Plaut.  M.  G.  V,  3,  75, 
(1065.)  In  this  sentence  the  quantity  (montes)  of  silver,  and  not 
the  character  of  the  montes  is  intended  to  be  expressed.  (Cf.  Ter. 
Phorm.  68.  montes  auri.)  Talentum  argenti  inerat  in  crumina. 
Plaut.  Rud.  V,  2,  31. 

494.  The  Descriptive  Genitive  is  sometimes  found  asso¬ 
ciated  with  the  Descriptive  Ablative  in  the  same  sentence. 
*— e-  go 

Thuyn  hominem  maximi  corporis  terribilique  facie  optima  veste 
texit.  Nep.  Dat.  3. 

495.  (Caution.)  The  use  of  the  Simple  Genitive,  that  is, 
the  Genitive  without  an  Attributive,  in  Description,  is  not 
to  be  imitated.— e.  g., 

Homo  iustus  et  morum.  Homo  litterarum. 


308 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


VI.  The  Genitive  of  Price. 

496.  The  Genitive  of  Price  defines  by  stating  value,  cost, 
or  price.  The  designations  of  value  or  price  are  indefinite. 
When  definite  and  appreciable  they  are  of  the  least  consid¬ 
eration.  The  Genitive  of  Price  or  Value  occurs — 

1.  With  verbs,  as  esse,  ducere,  existimare,  aestimare,  emere,  ha¬ 
bere,  facere,locare,  pendere,  putare,  referre,  interesse,  &c.,  and  gen¬ 
erally  with  verbs  to  buy,  to  sell,  to  estimate,  to  rent,  or  with  any 
verb  the  sense  of  which  allows  definition  by  price  or  value. 

2.  The  terms  of  indefinite  value,  cost,  or  price  are :  Dispendi, 
huius,  magni  (multi),  permagni,  pluris,  maximi,  plurimi,  parvi, 
minoris,  nihili,  tanti,  tantidem,  quanti,  quantivis,  quanticumque, 
pensi,  pretii  with  an  attributive.  The  Genitive  pretii  with  an  at¬ 
tributive  may  well  be  explained  as  the  Descriptive  Genitive,  when 
defining  Subject  or  Object. 

3.  The  terms  of  definite  and  appreciable  value,  but  of  least 
worth,  are:  Flocci,  pili,  terunci,  trioboli,  nauci,  assis.  These  with 
pensi  and  huius  occur,  as  a  rule,  in  a  negative  sentence— e.  g., 

Neque  dispendi  facit.  Enn.  Tu  quod  te  posterius  purges . 

huius  non  faciam.  Ter.  Ad.  II,  1,  8.  Hoc  ipsum  magni  aesti- 
mo,  quod  pollicetur.  Cic.  Tusc.  V,  7,  20.  Me  magni  pendi 
postulo.  Ter.  Ad.  V,  4,  25.  Verum  ecastor  ut  multi  facit,  ita 
probe  curavit  Plesidippus.  Plaut.  Rud.  II,  3,  50.  In  this  ex¬ 
ample  multi  is  the  equivalent  of  magni  the  regular  and  proper 
form.  Permagni  interesse.  Cic.  De  Part.  24,  84.  Pluris  ven- 
dere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  63,  147.  Pluris  emere.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
III,  64,  151.  Respondit  senatus  auctoritatem  sibi  maximi  vi- 
deri.  Cic.  Att.  I,  14,  2.  Terentia,  quae  te  facit  plurimi.  Cic. 
Fam.  XVI,  9,  2.  Parvi  sunt  foris  arma.  Cic.  Fam.  I,  22,  76. 
Parvi  id  ducere.  Cic.  Fin.  II,  8,  24.  Parvi  alios  facere.  Plaut. 
M.  G.  IV,  8,  41.  Parvi  aestimare.  Plaut.  Capt.  111,5,24.  Pluris 
vendere  et  minoris  tradere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  111,63,148.  Minoris 
vendere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  64,  151.  Non  minoris  aut  etiam 
pluris  emere.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  IV,  7,  14.  Minoris  existimare.  Cic. 
Fam.  IV,  5,2.  Pater  nihili  pendit.  Ter.  Ad.  Ill,  4,  6.  (Cf- 
Loquere,  dum  non  nihili  factu’s.  Plaut.  M.  G.  V,  9,  16.)  Tanti 
venire.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III.  49,  117.  Tanti  emere.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


309 


III,  83,  192.  Tanti  esse.  Cic.  Ycrr.  II,  III,  84,  194.  Et  aiebat 
se  tantidem  aestimasse,  quanti  saeerdotem,  neque  mentiebatur. 
Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  92,  215.  Audistis  quanti  decumas  acceperit 
civitas.  Cic.  Verr.  II,  III,  36,  83.  Quanti  esse.  Cic.  Verr.  II, 
III,  82,  189.  Cum  faciem  videas,  videtur  esse  quantivis  pretii. 
Ter.  And.  V,  2,  15.  Tu  non  concupisces  quanticumque  ad 
libertatem  pervenire  qui  te  in  ilia  putas  natum  ?  Sen.  Ep.  80, 
4.  Neque  fas  neque  fidem  pensi  habere.  Tac.  Ann.  XIII,  15. 
Aveo  scire  nec  tamen  flocci  facio.  Cic.  Att.  XIII,  50,  3.  Non 
facere  pili  cohortem.  Catul.  X,  13.  Rumores  senum  unius  aes- 
timemus  assis.  Catul.  V,  3.  Moecha  putida,  redde  codicillos. 
Non  assis  facis?  Catul.  XLII,  13.  Neque  ridiculos  iam  terunci 
faciunt.  Plaut.  Capt.  Ill,  1,  17.  Non  ego  homo  trioboli  sum, 
nisi  ego  illi  mastigiae  exturbo  oculos.  Plaut.  Poen.  I,  2,  171. 
Non  habeo  denique  nauci  Marsum  angurem.  Cic.  Div.  I,  58, 
132.  Cave  tu  ullam  flocci  faxis  mulierem.  Plaut.  Most.  Ill,  2, 
121.  (Observe  use  of  flocci  in  quasi-negative  sentence.)  Cave 
quisquam,  quod  illic  minitetur,  vostrum  flocci  fecerit.  Plaut. 
Men.  V,  7,  5.  (Observe  use  of  flocci  in  quasi-negative  sentence.) 
Dum  tibi  ego  placeam,meum  flocci  facio  tergum.  Plaut.  Epid. 
Ill,  2,  12.  In  this  sentence  flocci  occurs  with  no  negative  ex¬ 
pressed  or  implied. 

497.  For  the  Ablative  of  the  indefinite  values  see  294. 
With  the  Genitive  nihili  compare  the  Ablative  nihilo  with 
the  preposition  pro  with  putare.  The  phrase  “To  be  of 
great  or  small  value,”  may  be  expressed  by  magni,  parvi 
pretii  esse :  “  To  be  of  some  value,”  by  in  pretio  esse ;  “  To 
consider  of  some  value,”  in  pretio  habere, — e.  g., 

Cetera,  permulti  sunt  qui  pro  nihilo  putent.  Cic.  Am.  23,  86. 
Cum  id  visum  pro  nihilo  habendum  esse  duxisset.  Cic.  Div.  1,27, 
57.  Nec  in  pretio  fertilis  hortuserat.  Ov.  Fast.  V,  316.  (In  pre- 
tio—of  value,  in  repute.)  Proximi,  ob  usum  comtnercioruin,  au- 
rum  et  argentum  in  pretio  habent.  Tac.  Germ.  5. 

498.  The  Genitive  pretii  with  an  attributive  in  effect  de- 
finii  t  the  subject  or  object  is  to  be  distinguished  from  the 


310 


LATIN  CASE-RELATIONS. 


Ablative  pretio,  with  and  without  an  attributive,  present¬ 
ing  the  price  at  which,  or  for  which,  in  fact,  the  means  by 
which  the  verb's  action  is  accomplished.— e.  g., 

Nam  turpitudinem  summam  esse  arbitrantur,  referri  in  tabulas 
publicas, pretio  adductam  civitatem,  et  ea,  quae  accepisset  a  mai- 
oribus,  vendidisse.  Cic.  Yerr.  II,  IV,  60,  134. 

499.  Instead  of  the  Genitive  or  Ablative  of  Price  (see 
295)  the  adverbs  bene,  male ,  care ,  may  be  used  and  rend¬ 
ered  cheaply  or  dearly ,  or  at  a  low  or  high  figure  (price), 
according  to  the  sense  of  the  verb  with  which  they  are  as¬ 
sociated. — e.  g., 

Bene  vendere=to  sell  at  a  high  figure  (price).  Bene  emere=to 
buy  at  a  low  figure  (price).  Male  vendere=to  sell  at  a  low  fig¬ 
ure  (price).  Male  emere=to  buy  at  a  high  figure  (price).  Care 
emere=to  buy  at  a  high  figure  (price).  Care  vendere=to  sell  at 
a  high  figure  (price). 

500.  To  the  Genitive  of  Price  must  be  referred  the  Geni¬ 
tives  aequi,  aequi  boni,  aequi  bonique. — e.  g., 

Aequi  istuc  faciam,  dum  modo  earn  des  quae  sit  quaestuosa, 
Plaut.  M.G.III,1,  189.  Tranquilissimus  animus  meus,  qui  totum 
istuc  aequi  boni  facit.  Cic.  Att.  VII,  7,  4.  Si  tu  aliquam  partem 
aequi  bonique  dixeris.  Ter.  Phorm.  IV,  3,  32. 

VII.  The  Genitive  in  imitation  of  the  Greek. 

501.  The  Exclamatory  Genitive  not  found  in  the  Classi¬ 
cal  prose. — e.  g., 

Foederis  heu  taciti !  Cuius  fallacia  verba  non  audituri  diripuere 
Noti.  Prop.  V,  7,  21.  Venisti,  O  mihi  nuntii  beati !  Visam  te  in- 
columem.  Catul.  IX,  5. 

502.  The  Genitive  occurs  (but  rarely  in  the  Classical 
Latin)  with  verbs,  contrary  to  the  regular  case-construc¬ 
tion.  With  such  verbs  as  studere,  cupere,  vereri,  fastidire, 
mirari,  desinere,  regnare,  Arc. — e.  g., 


UNIVERSITY  OF  VIRGINIA. 


311 


Parentem  habere  avarum,  difficilem,  qni  tc  necamet  nee  studeat 
tui.  Vid.  Cic.  N.  D.  Ill,  29,  72.  Te,  qui  ingenius  satis  responsare 
nequeas,  quae  cupiunt  tui.  Plaut,  M.  G.  IV,  1,  17.  Dionysius  ne 
tui  quidem  testimonii  veritus  superbum  se  praebuit  in  fortuna. 
Cic.  Att.  VIII,  4,  1.  Abiit  neque  me  certiorem  fecit:  fastidit  mei. 
Plaut.  Aul.  11,2,68.  [ustitiaene  prius  mirer  belline  laborum  ? 
Verg.  Aen.  XI,  126,  Desine  querelarum.  Hor.  Od.  II,  9,  17- 
Daunus  regnavit  populorum.  Hor.  Od.  Ill,  30,  12. 

503.  The  Genitive  with  the  Comparative.  Not  found  in 
Classical  Latin. — e.  g., 

Digniores  meique  maiores.  Apnl.  Met.  Maior  Asiae  et  Africae 
terra.  Tertul. 


Index. 


The  figures  refer  to  the  sections. 


A,  Ab,  w.  abl.  of  place  from  which 
distance  is  measured,  78,  81,209 
(3);  off. ,  81;  whence  relation  in 
space,  299  foil.;  in  time,  221 
foil.  ;  ffom  the  country  of, 
201;  -from  the  house  of,  201, 
R.  1 ;  from  the  vicinity,  port  of 
209  (1)  ;  point  of  view  from 
which,  218  foil.;  a  manu,  a  pedi- 
bus,  etc.,  219;  w.  participles  of 
birth,  231  foil.;  w.  procul,  longe, 
246;  w.  abl.  of  cause,  249  (1); 
of  agent,  267  foil.;  w.  adjs.,266, 
R.  1,  427  foil. 

Abesse,  76,  79. 

Abhinc,  167-8. 

Ablative,  99-315;  general  offices, 
99;  of  general  at  relation  (100- 
197)  in  space,  100-150,  in  time, 
151-189  in  abstract  relations, 
190-197;  of  accompaniment, 
118;  with  names  of  towns,  and 
small  islands,  (locative),  121-130v 
(place  whence),  208-217;  cases 
of  omission  of  in,  119,  131-150; 
citations  from  books,  etc.,  names 
of  authors,  140-143 ;  qualifica¬ 
tions  of  place  where ,  149  ;  sum¬ 
mary  of  temporal  relations,  173  ; 
calendar,  178-189;  of  excess  or 
difference,  196-197;  ol  whence 
relation  (198-315)  in  space  199- 
220,  in  time,  221-223,  in  abstract 
relations,  224-315;  of  point  of 
view  from  which,  218-220;  with 
verbs  of  removing,  freeing,  ab¬ 
staining,  differing,  etc.,  228-9; 
of  origin  and  descent,  230-235; 
of  material,  236-243  ;  with  adjs. 
and  ad  vs.  of  separation,  245-6  , 
of  cause,  247-290;  of  restriction; 
256-257;  with  vbs.  of  mental 
action,  258  ;  w.  vbs.  and  adjs.  ol 


plenty  and  want,  265-6 ;  ol 
personal  agent,  267-273;  with 
the  comparative,  274-283 ;  w. 
opus  ( usus )  est,  284-287 ;  with 
niti  and  stare,  288-9 ;  absolute, 
290,303  ;  of  means,  291-306  ; 
with  sundry  verbs,  292  ;  of  price, 
294-296 ;  of  penalty  and  charge, 
297-8;  of  gerund,  303;  of  in¬ 
strument,  304-5 ;  of  manner, 
307-310 ;  of  quality  or  descrip¬ 
tion,  311-315  ;  with  ex,  de,  in  for 
partitive  gen.,  468-9,  471-2. 

Abnormal  characteristics,  w.  cum, 
312. 

Absolute  ablative,  177,  290. 

Abundare,  w.abl.,  265. 

Abunde,  w.  gen.,  487. 

Abutor,  292. 

Accusare,  constr.,  297-8,  447  loll. 

Accusative,  6-98;  general  offices, 
6  ;  direct  object,  inner,  outer  ob¬ 
ject,  7-46 ;  cognate,  17 ;  with 
compound  verbs,  18;  Greek  ac- 
cus.,  19;  adverbial,  20-1 ;  in  ex¬ 
clamation,  22;  of  infinitive  as 
obj.  of  verb  or  adj.,  23  ;  of  infini¬ 
tive  in  questions  and  exclama¬ 
tions,  24;  accus.  and  infill,  in 
questions  and  exclamations,  25  ; 
of  supine, 26  ;  accus.andinfin.with 
verbs  of  saying,  etc.,  27, 46  ;  with 
verbal  adjs.  in  —  bundus,  28  ; 
double,  29-46;  of  terminus  01- 
end  (47-73)  in  space,  48-60,  in 
time,  61-65,  in  abstract  relations, 
66-73  ;  with  names  of  towns  and 
small  islands,  53-56 ;  of  extent 
(74-98)  in  space,  74-84,  in  time. 
85-96,  in  abstract  relations,  97  ; 
differs  from  dat.,  333. 

Accusing,  acquitting,  vbs.  ol,  w. 
abl.,  297-8,  w.  gen.  447  foil. 


INDEX. 


9 


/X 


Actum  esse  de,  244. 

Ad,  iu  terminal  relations,  47  toll., 
w.  names  of  towns,  etc.,  54;  to 
the  vicinity  of,  54(2) ;  to  the 
house  of,  58,  R. ,  59,  R.  1  ; 
in  temporal  relations,  61  foil.; 
hence,  62,172-3;  by,  against 
a  given  time,  63;  about,  approx¬ 
imate  time,  65,  174  R.  1  ;  in 
abstract  relations,  66  foil. ;  ad 
final,  67;  ad  causal,  68,  253; 
at,  near  (local),  120,  145;  in 
military  operations,  145;  in  cau¬ 
sal  sense,  253  ;  w.  opus  est,  286  ; 
w.  musical  instrument  +  canere, 
305  R.  1;  w.  interest,  406;  ad 
modum,  309;  w.  vbs.  of  con¬ 
demning,  448. 

Adaeque,  w.  abl.,  279. 

Adduci,  39(2). 

Addesse  scribendo,  349. 

Adigere  insiurandum,  42(5). 

Adjectives,  of  dimension,  83;  for 
abl.  of  material,  240;  in  military 
operations,  146 ;  for  name  of  city 
as  birth-place,  etc.,  216;  w.  abl. 
245,  259,  261  foil.;  w.  dat.  355 
foil.;  w.  gen.  421-431. 

Adiutare  40(1). 

Adiuvare,  40(2). 

Admonere,  37(2),  432. 

Admonishing,  vbs.  of,  37,  432. 

Adolescentia,  w.  in,  156. 

Adulari,w.  accus.  and  dat.,  333(14) 

Advantage,  dat.  of,  324  loll. 

Adverbial  accus.,  20;  abl.,  307(1). 

Adverbs,  2(2);  derivative,  w.  dat., 
346. 

Adversus,  w.  accus.  for  obj.  gen., 
415(3). 

Advertere  animum,  42(1). 

Aeger,  w.  abl.,  257;  w.  gen.,  429 
foil.  N 

Aemulari,  w.  accus.  and  dat., 
333(2). 

Aequare,  w.  abl.,  263. 

Aeque,  w.  compar.  abl.,  279. 

Aequi  boni,  etc.,  500. 

Aequo,  w.  comparatives,  281. 

Aestimare,  w.  abl.,  294;  w.  gen., 
496. 

Aetate,  w.  in,  156. 

Affatim,  w.  gen.,  487. 

Afficere,  w.  abl.,  299. 


Afhnis,  w.  dat.,  355;  w.  gen.,  426. 

After  (temporal),  162,  169-173. 

Against,  a  given  time,  63. 

Age,  how  to  express,  90-96. 

Agent,  abl  of,  w.  a  ( ab ),  267  foil.; 
dat.  of,  352-4. 

Ago,  161,  167,  173. 

Alienus,  w.  abl.,  245;  w.  dat., 355, 
for  gen.  of  alius,  373,  377. 

Aliquatenus,  w.  comparatives,  1 96, 
R.  1. 

Aliquid,  w.  gen.,  476. 

Alius,  w.  compar.  abl.,  279. 

Altus,  83. 

Amans,  w.  gen.,  421. 

Amicus,  w.  dat.  355. 

Amplius,  80,  93-4,  283. 

Angi,  w.  abl.  260  foil.;  w.  animi, 
429,  R.  2. 

Animi,  constr.,  429  R.  1-2. 

Annus,  w. ordinal  cum  (ex  quo), 
222,  R.  4. 

— Ans,  verbals  in,  w.  gen.,  421. 

Ante,  161,  R.  3,  167-171. 

Antecedere,  antecellere,  etc.,  w. 
abl.,  263,  of  excess,  197. 

Apage,  22  (end). 

Apposition,  w.  nomen  328,  2  and 
R.;  ipsius,  etc.,  in  apposit,w.  in¬ 
volved  gen.,  380-1. 

Appositive  gen.,  366  foil, 

Approximate  time,  about,  65,174, 
R.  1. 

Aptus,  355,  361. 

Apud,  w.  names  of  persons,  au¬ 
thors,  etc.,  141-2 ;  at  the  house 
of,  125,  R.  2,144:  in  military 
operations,  145. 

Arbitratu,  256. 

Arbitrio,  256. 

Arguere,  41(1),  447  foil. 

Arte,  307. 

Asking,  verbs  of,  30,  43-4. 

Aspergere,  constr.,  332. 

Assis,  496,  (3). 

Assuefacere,  assuescerc,  300,  R 

Attraction,  of  names  of  persons, 
328;  of  pred.  attrib.  w.  licet, 
etc.,  329. 

Audiens,  esse,  w.  dicto,  351. 

Authors,  names  of,  141-2;  gen.  of, 
364. 

Auxilio, in  military  operations, 350 

— Ax,  verbals  in,  w.  gen.,  421. 


INDEX. 


•> 
\  > 


B 

Before,  of  place,  110;  of  time, 
161,  16S,  178. 

Belli,  128. 

Bene,  w.,  aceus.,  22,  R.  1 ,  w.  vbs. 

of  buying,  etc.,  295.  499. 
Beseeching,  vbs.  of  w.  two  aceus., 
36  foil.  ' 

Bidui,  tridui,  etc.,  82,  (3),  430. 
Birth,  parts,  of,  231  foil.;  place  of, 
in  abl.,  214. 

Bis,  etc.,  w.  in  and  abb,  166. 

— Bundus,  verbal  adjs.  in,  w.  aceus. 
28. 

Buying,  vbs.  of,  w.  abb  294;  w. 
gen.,  496. 

By,  a  given  time,  63;  of  place, 120; 
by  way  of,  148. 

C 

Calendar,  178-189. 

Calenns,  179  loll. 

Canere,  w.  abb,  305;  w  ad  -j-  ac- 
cus.,  305,  R.  1 ;  w.  final  dat.,348. 
Cantare,  w.  abl,  305. 

Capax.  w.  gen.,  421. 

Capitis,  447. 

Captus  animi,  429,  R.  1. 

Care,  w.  vbs.  of  buving,  etc.,  295, 
499. 

Carere,  w.  abb,  265;  w.  gen.,  436. 
Case,  3  foil.;  in  the  case  of,  103, 
195,  407,  R.  2. 

Casu,  307. 

Causa,  gratia,  w.  gen.,  248,377-9. 
Cause,  abl.  of,  247-290. 

Cavere,  w.  aceus.  and  dat.,  333(1  ) 
Cedere,  preposit.  omitted  with, 206 
Celare,  31. 

Certiorem  faeere,  422,  R  1. 
Changing,  vbs.  of,  69,  R.  1,  241. 
Circiter,  174,  R.  1-2. 

Circum,  74  (5). 

Circumdare,  constr.,  332. 
Citations,  in  abb,  140  foil. 

Citra,  to  a  point  this  side  of,  4S,R.l 
Clam,  116. 

Claudus,  w.  abb,  257. 

Coelo,  in  heaven,  132. 

Cogere,  w.  two  aceus.,  39. 
Cognate,  aceus.,  17. 

Comitari,  w.  aec.  and  dat.,  333, 
(14). 

Commonefaeere,  37  (5),  432. 
Commonere,  37(4),  432. 


Communis,  constr.,  360. 

Coniparare,  w.  abb,  263. 

Comparative  degree,  w.  abb,  and 
quatn,  274-283;  w,  gen.  503. 

Compelling,  vbs.  of,  39. 

Complere,  w.  abl,  265;  w.  gen., 
436. 

Compos,  w.  gen.,  425. 

Compounds  of  preposit,  w.  ace., 
18;  w.  dat.,  326-7,  331. 

Concretum,confeetum  esse,  w.  abb, 
236. 

Condemning,  vbs.  of,  w.  abb,  297- 
8 ;  w.  gen.,  447. 

Condonare,  w.  two  aceus., 41(2). 

Conducere,  w.  abb,  294;  v\  gen., 
496. 

Confidere,  260,  R.  4. 

Confusus  animi,  429,  R.  1. 

Conscius,  w.  gen.,  422. 

Consensu,  256. 

Consors,  w.  gen'.,  426. 

Constanter,  w.  dat.,  346. 

Constare,  w.  abb  of  material,  236; 
to  depend  upon,  etc.,  237  ;  w.abl. 
of  price,  294,  w.  gen.,  496. 

Consuetudine,  256. 

Consulere,  w.  ace.  and  dat.,  333(9); 
w.  two  accus.,  35(1). 

Consultus,  422  and  R. 

Contentus,  w.  abb,  261. 

Contingere,  constr..  329,  R.  3. 

Convenienter,  w.  dat.,  346. 

Convicting,  vbs.  of,  w.  abb,  297-8; 
w.  gen., 447  foil. 

Coram,  114. 

Crimine,  w.  gen.  of  charge,  453. 

Cuius-a-um,  for  gen.  of  qui,  373. 

Cum,  in  company  with,  118;  in 
temporal  relations,  176 ;  havimg, 
hearing,  306,  314;  attended  by 
etc.,  302,  R.  1;  weariug,  etc., 
313-4;  w.  abnormal  character¬ 
istic,  312;  w.  abb  of  manner,  308. 

Cupere,  w.  gen.,  502. 

Cupidus,  w.  gen.,  422. 

Cupiens,  w.gen.,  421;  eupienti,  w. 
esse,  339. 

D 

Damnare,  297-8,  447. 

Dare,  w.  operam  and  id,  42(3) ;  w. 
final  dat.,  348;  w.  double  dat., 
350. 

Dates,  178-189. 

Dative,  31 6-361 ;  general  offices  (in- 


0 


4 


INDEX. 


direct  object,  dat.  of  interest), 
316-323  ;  of  advantage  and  dis¬ 
advantage,  321;  with  transitive 
verbs,  simple  and  compound,  325- 
327;  in  statement  of  name,  328; 

•  by  attraction  w.  licet ,  etc.,  329; 
w.  intrans.  vbs.,  simple  and  com¬ 
pound,  330,  331;  w.  vbs.  of  giv¬ 
ing  and  putting,  donare ,  circum- 
dare,  aspergere ,  etc.,  332;  differs 
from  accus.,  333;  after  a  phrase, 
334,  335;  of  possessor,  336-7; 
esse,  with  dat.  and  abl.  -j-  cum 
=  to  have  to  do  with  338;  of 
participle  ( nolenti ,  etc.),  w.  esse, 
339;  ethical  dat.,  340,341;  w. 
interjection,  342;  dat.  implying 
deference,  respect,  etc.,  343;  of 
participle  with  intrans.  expres¬ 
sion  in  local  relations,  344;  w. 
derivative  nouns  and  ad  vs.,  345; 
of  terminus,  347 ;  final  dat.  with 
esse,  dare,  etc.,  348  ;  of  gerund, 
349;  double  dat.,  350-1;  ot  agent, 
352-4;  with  adjs.,  355-361. 

Day,  divisions  of,  186. 

De,  while  yet,  175;  w.  abl.  ol 
whence  relation  in  space, 204  foil.; 
of  material,  236  foil.;  of  cause, 
249  foil.;  w.  judicial  vbs.,  298, 
447  foil.;  for  obj.  gen.,  415  (4); 
for  part,  gen.,  468-9,  472. 
Dedocere,  30  (3). 

Definite  price,  294. 

Demanding,  vbs.  of,  30,  38. 
Demonstrative  and  relative,  for 
subj.  gen.,  379;  for  obj. gen. ,419, 
420. 

Depriving,  desisting,  vbs.  of,  228. 
Derivative  nouns  and  adverbs.,  w. 
dat.,  345-6. 

Descriptive  abl.  311—315;  gen., 
488-495. 

Desire,  adjs.  of,  w.  gen.,  422. 
Dextra,  133. 

Dicere,  w.  gen.,  401. 

Dicto,  w.  comparatives,  281. 
Difference,  abl.  of,  196-7,  w.  corn- 
par.  abl.,  280. 

Differing,  vbs.  of,  229. 

Dignus,  259.  R.  1,  430. 

Diligens,  221  (2). 

Direct  object,  7  foil. 

Disadvantage,  dat.  of,  324  (2)  foil, 
Dispar,  357. 

Disproportion,  282. 

Distance,  measure  of,  76-81. 


Distare,  76-81. 

Ditionis  w.  facere,  399. 

Dives,  w.  abl.,  266;  w.  gen.,  427. 
Docere,  30  (1).  | 

Dodrans  horae,  186. 

Dolere,  w.  acc.,  16;  w.  abl.,  260. 
Dolo,  307. 

Domi,  in  domo,  etc.,  123-5. 

Domo,  212. 

Domos,  domum,  57-60. 

Donare,  eonstr.,  332;  w.  two  ac¬ 
cus.,  41  (2). 

Double  acc.,  29-46;  abl.,  310;  dat. 

350;  gen.,  370—2,  110 
Ducere,  w.  gen.,  401,  492;  w.  abl. 
and  gen.  of  price.  294,496;  w. 
double  dat.,  350. 

E. 

E  (ex),  w.  abl.,  in  measure  of  dist¬ 
ance,  78;  in  whence  relation,  202 
foil.;  ex  parte,  partibus,  220 ;  ex 
parte,  adverbially,  20,  R.  1-2 ;  of 
time,  221  (2);  ex  quo,  222;  of 
origin,  230-5 ;  of  material,  236 
foil.;  of  cause,  249  foil.;  w.  vbs. 
of  motion,  260,  R.  1 ;  for  part, 
gen.,  468-472. 

Ecce,  edepol,  22. 

Edocere,  30  (2). 

Efllagitare,  38(7). 

Egenus,  266,427. 

Egere,  w.  abl.  265;  w.  gen.,  436. 
Eius  w.  quoad,  473. 

Ellipsis,  gen.  by,  390. 

Emere,  w.  abl.,  294;  w.  gen.,  496. 
Emotion,  vbs.  of,  w.  acc.,  16;  w. 
gen.,  437-446;  vbs.  and  adjs.  of, 
w.  abl.,  260-1. 

En,  22(2). 

— Ens,  verbals  in,  w.  gen.,  421. 
Epistola,  w.  and  without  in,  140. 
Equality,  vbs.  and  adjs.  of,  w.  abl. 

263-4;  adjs.  of,  w.  dat.,  355-7. 
Erga,  w.  acc.  for  obj.  gen.,  415(2.) 
Ergo,  with  gen.,  248,  377. 

Erudire,  30  (4). 

Esse,  w.  abl.,  to  become  of,  243;  w. 
abl.  and  gen.  of  price,  294,496 ; 
w.  dat.  and  gen.  of  possessor, 
336-7,  386  foil.;  w.  cum,  to  have 
to  do  with,  338;  w.  final  dat., 
348;  w.  dat.  of  gerund,  349;  to 
be  the  mark,  etc.,  391-8 ;  to  be¬ 
long  to  the  party,  e tc.,  400;  w. 
descriptive  gen.,  492, 


INDEX. 


O 


Ethical  dat.,  340-1. 

Excess,  abl.  of,  196-7,  w.  compar. 
abl.,  280. 

Exclamations,  acc.  in,  22;  gen.  in, 
501. 

Exigere  38,  (8). 

Exorare,  36  (2). 

Expers,  w.  abl.,  266;  w.  gen., 426. 
Expetere,  43  (2). 

Exposcere,  38  (3). 

Expostnlare,  38  (5). 

Exquirere,  44  (2). 

Exsequias  ire,  72. 

Expectatione,  exspectato,  \v.  com¬ 
paratives,  281. 

Extent,  accus.  of,  74-98. 

External  qualities.  311-315. 
Extorris,  w.  abl.,  245. 

Extra,  to  a  point  without,  48,  R.l 

F5 

Facere,  w.  abl.  of  material,  238; 
to  do  with,  to  become  of,  242  ;  w. 
gen.  of  price,  496. 

Farcire,  w.  abl.  265. 

Favere,  w.  dat.  330. 

Fecundus,  w,  gen.,  427. 

Ferox,  w.  abl.,  261. 

Fertilis,  w.  gen.,  427. 

Fidere,  260,  R.  4,  330. 

Filius,  ellipsis  of,  390. 

Filling,  vbs.  of,  265,  436. 

Final,  dat.  348  ;  ad  and  in,  67,  69, 
R.  2. 

Fingere.  w.  abl.  of  material,  238. 
Fitness,  adjs.  of,  355,  361. 
Flagitare,  38  (6). 

Flocci,  496  (3) ;  Bocco,  294. 
Forgetting,  vbs.  of,  433  foil. 
Fraude,  307. 

Freeing,  vbs.  of,  228. 

Fretus,  w.  abl.,  261. 

Friendliness,  adjs.  of,  355. 

From,  the  country  of,  vicinity  of, 
port  of,  etc.,  200-9. 

Fruor,  292. 

Fuat,  constr.,  243. 

Fulness,  adjs.  of,  266. 

Fungor,  292. 

G 

Gaudere,  w.  abl.,  260. 

Genitive,  362-503  ;  general  offices, 
362;  subjective  gen.,  363-407; 
appositive  gen.  and  gen.  epexige- 
tieus,  366-7,  (21,  453);  with 


noun  as  attributive,  368 ;  pos¬ 
sessive  for  gen.  of  pers.  pronoun, 
369,  374-5,  387-8,399,413;  two 
gen.,  370-2,  410 ;  alienus  for  gen. 
of  alius,  373  ;  adjs.  for  subj.  gen. 
376;  with  causa,  gratia,  etc., 
377-9  ;  ipsius,  etc.,  in  apposit,  w. 
gen.  involved  in  possessive, 380-3; 
this  or  that  of,  how  to  express, 
384;  gen.  of  possessor,  385-390; 
with  esse  to  express  source,  au 
thorship, affiliation  to  party, etc., 
383-9,  400 ;  with  ellipsis  of  sub¬ 
stantive,  390;  w.  esse=to  be  the 
mark  of,  etc.,  391-8  ;  ditionis  and 
potestatis  with  facere,  399  ;  with 
verbs  videri,  ducere, etc.,  401 ,492; 
with  interest  and  refert,  402-7 ; 
objective  gen.  (408  —  453)  with 
nouns,  409-420;  of  pers.  pro¬ 
nouns,  411-2;  inuria  with  pos- 
sessives,413  ;  substitutes  for  obj. 
gen.,  415-417;  adjs.,  demonst. 
and  rel.  pronouns  representing 
obj.  gen.,  418-420;  obj. gen.  with 
adjs.,  421-431;  with  verbs  of 
memory,  432-435,  of  filling,  lack¬ 
ing,  etc.,  436,  of  emotion,  437- 
446,  judicial,  447-453  ;  partitive 
gen.,  454-473;  substitutes  (ex, 
e/e-fi abl.,  etc.), 468-9, 471-2; part, 
gen.  of  nos,  vos,  se,  470;  gen.  w. 
ibi,  ubi,  etc.,  473  ;  gen.  of  quan¬ 
tity,  474-487;  with  neuter  adjs., 
476-482,  21;  of  quality  or  de¬ 
scription,  488-495;  of  price,  496- 
500;  in  imitation  of  the  Greek, 
501-3. 

Genitus,  231  foil. 

Gentium,  w.  ibi,  ubi,  etc.,  473. 

Genus,  w.  particip.  of  birth,  234. 

Gerund,  abl.  of,  303;  dat.  of,  w. 
esse,  adesse,  349. 

Giving,  vbs.  of,  332. 

Glorior,  w.  abl.,  260. 

Gnarus,  w.  abl.,  259;  w.  gen. ,422. 

Gratia,  w.  gen.,  248,  377-9. 

Gravis,  w.  abl.,  266. 

Greek  accus.,  19;  gen.,  501-3. 

H 

Habere,  to  denote  possession,  337. 

Habilis,  361,  365. 

Having,  bearing,  306,  314. 

Hence,  62.  172-3. 

Heri,  152,  R.  2. 


0  INDEX. 


Hen,  22. 

Hie,  of  time,  161,  R.  1. 

Horrere,  w.  ace.,  16. 

Humi,  123. 

Humo,  212. 

I 

Ibi,  w.  part,  gen.,  473. 

Id  temporis,  etc.,  21,  486. 

Ides,  179  foil. 

Idoneus,  355,  361. 

Ignarus,  w.  gen.,  422. 

Ignorance,  adj.  of,  w.  gen,  422. 

Ignoscere,  constr.,  333  (17). 

Ille,  of  time,  161,  R.  2. 

Illud,  that  well-known  saying ,  w. 
gen.,  364, 

Immemor,  with  gen.,  422. 

Immunis,  w.  abl.,  266;  w.  gen., 
428. 

Imperare,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Imperium,  w.  in  and  acc.,  417. 

Impersonal  vbs.,  w.  dat.,  322,330, 
R.  1;  w.  gen.,  437-446. 

Implere,  w.  abl.,  265;  w.  gen., 
436. 

Implorare,  36  (5). 

In,  w.  terminal  acc.,  47-73;  final, 
69,  R.  2;  in  altitudinem,  etc.,  84; 
w.  abl.  of  at  relation,  100-197; 
in  the  country  of,  102,  130;  in 
the  case  or  matter  of,  103,  195, 
407,  R.  2;  on  the  occasion  of, 
104;  omitted,  119,  131-150,  w. 

abl.  of  time  when,  154  foil.;  w. 
tempore,  temporibus,  155,  158  ; 
w .pueritia,  etc.,  156;  time  with¬ 
in  which,  164-6;  in  causal,  con¬ 
cessive,  and  conditional  relations, 
255  foil.;  w.  vbs.  of  emotion, 260, 
R.  3;  w.  vbs.  to  be  equal,  etc., 
263,  R.  2;  in  modum,  309;  w. 

acc.  for  obj.  gen.,  415  (1). 

Inanis,  w.  abl.,  266;  w.  gen.,  427. 

Indefinite  price,  496. 

Indigere,  w.  abl.,  265;  w.  gen., 
436. 

Indignus,  259,  R.  1,  430. 

Indigus,w.  abl.,  266;  w.  gen. ,427. 

Indirect  object,  316  foil. 

Inducere  animum,  42  (4). 

Induere,  constr.,  332;  indui,  with 
Gr.  acc.,  19,  R.  2. 

Inesse,  w.  dat.  and  abl.  of  posses¬ 
sor,  337. 

Inferior,  w.  abl.,  264. 


Infinitive,  as  obj.  of  vbs.  and  adjs., 
23 ;  acc.  and  inf.  in  questions  and 
exclamations,  24-5 ;  w.  vbs  of 
saying,  arraigning,  etc.,  27,  46, 
449. 

Infitias  ire,  42  (2),  72. 

Infra,  to  a  point  below,  48,  R  1. 
Ingens  animi,  429,  R.  2. 

Iniuria,  w.  possessive  adjs.,  413. 
Inner  object,  12  foil. 

Inops,  w.  abl.,  266;  w.  gen.,  427. 
Inquiry,  vbs.  of,  30  foil. 

Insignis,  w.  abl.,  259. 

Instar,  w.  gen.,  377. 

Instrument,  abl.  of  304-5. 

Insuetus,  w.  gen.  422. 

Inter,  74  (6),  inter  se  with  distare 
76,  R.  1 ;  of  time  within  which, 
87,  165,  R.  1;  w.  acc.  for  part, 
gen., 471. 

Interdicere,  constr.,  333  (18). 
Interest,  constr.,  402-7. 

Interiectus, intermissus,  in  measure 
of  distance,  82  (4). 

Interjections,  w.  acc.  22;  w.  dat. 
342. 

Interrogare,  34. 

Intervallo,  82  (2). 

Intra,  w.  acc.,  of  extent  in  time, 
within,  less  than,  etc.,  88,  165, 
R.  2. 

Intransitive  vbs.,  w.  dat.,  330. 
Invidere,  constr.,  333  (16). 

Ipse,  w.  suus,  382. 

Ipsius,  in  apposit.w.  involved  gen. 
380. 

Irasci,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Islands,  names  of  smaller,  in  acc. 

53  foil.;  in  abl.,  208  foil. 

Inter  -(-  gen.,  in  measure  of  dist¬ 
ance,  82. 

Itinere,  147. 

jr 

Joco,  307. 

Jubere,  38  (9). 

Judicio,  256. 

Jure  (juris),  w .  peritus  and  consul- 
tus,  422,  R.  1 ;  abl.  of  manner, 
307. 

Jussu,  256. 

Justo,  w.  comparative,  281. 
Juventute,  w.  in,  156.  . 

K. 

Knowledge,  adjs.  of,  422  foil. 


INDEX. 


i 


L. 

Labi,  preposit  omitted  with,  206. 
Lacking,  vbs.  of,  265,  436. 

Laetns,  w.  abb,  261 ;  w.  gen.,  429. 
Lamentor,  w.  ace.,  16. 

Latus,  constr.,  83. 

Leap  year,  188. 

Liber,  w.  abl.,  266  ;  w.  gen-,  428. 
Liberare,  228. 

Libro,  with  and  without  in,  140. 
Licere,  constr.,  294,  496. 

Licet,  constr.,  329. 

Likeness,  adjs.  of,  355-6. 

Literary  work,  reference  to,  140-1, 
143. 

Litteris,  w.  and  without  in,  140. 
Locare,  constr.,  294,  496. 
Locative,  121-130. 

Loco,  w.  and  without  in,  134-5; 
in  the  right  place,  136;  in  place  of, 
137 ;  w.  particip.  of  birth,  234. 
Longe,  w.  comparative,  196,  R.  1 ; 

w.  abb,  246. 

Longius,  80. 

Longus,  w.  accus..  83. 

Ludere,  w.  abb,  305. 


Macte,  262. 

Maestus,  w.  abb,  261. 

Magni,  496;  magno,  294. 

Maior  natu,  92,  264. 

Making,  vbs.  of,  w.  two  accus., 45. 
Male,  w.vbs.  of  buying,  etc.,  295, 
499. 

Malle,  w.  abb  of  excess,  197. 
Manner,  abb  of,  307-310. 

Manu,  w.  a ,  219. 

Material,  abb  of,  236  foil. 

Means,  abb  of,  291-306. 

Measure  of  distance,  76-83. 
Mederi,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Medius,  131,  462. 

Meminisse,  w.  gen.,  433  foil. 
Memor,  w.  gen.,  422. 

Memory,  vbs.  of,  432  foil. 

Mental  action  or  state,  verbs  and 
adjs.  of,  w.  abb,  258-9;  w.  gen., 
429. 

Mentionem  facere,  435. 

Military  operations,  place  of,  145- 
146. 

Military  force  or  material,  abb  of, 
301-2*. 

Milite,  abb  of  means,  301. 


Militiae,  123. 

Minari,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Minor  natu,  92,  264. 

Minoris,  496  (2). 

Minus,  80,  93-4,  283. 

Mirari,  w.  acc.,  16;  w.  gen.,  502. 

Miseret,  437  foil.;  miseretur,  444-5 

Mittere,  w.  two  dat.,  350. 

Moderari,  w.  acc.  and  dat.,  333, 

(12). 

Modo,  309,  R.  1 ;  modum,  w.  ad 
and  in,  309. 

Monere,  37  (1),  432. 

Movere,  prep,  omitted  with,  206. 

More,  307,  256. 

Multare,  constr.,  297. 

Munus,  w.  esse  and  gen.,  398. 

N 

Name,  statement  of,  328 ;  of  city, 
etc.,  as  place  of  birth  or  resi¬ 
dence,  214-6. 

Names  of  cities  and  small  islands, 
constr.,  53-6,  121-130,  208-217. 

Naming,  vbs.  of,  w.  two  accus., 
45. 

Natus,  w.  acc.,  90  foil.;  w.  abb, 
231  foil. 

Nauci,  496  (3) ;  nauco,  294. 

Navibus,  means,  301 ;  manner, 
307. 

— Ne,  24-5. 

Nearness,  adjs.,  of,  355,  359. 

Necessario,  w.  comparatives,  381. 

Necesse  est.,  constr.,  329. 

Nemo,  for  nullus,  455.  R. 

Neuter  adjs.  and  pronouns,  w. gen. 
476,  481-2. 

Nihil,  w.  comparatives,  277;  w. 
gen.,  476,  479  foil.;  nihili,  496, 
(2). 

Nimis,  w.  gen.,  487. 

Niti,  w.  abb,  288. 

Nobilis,  w.  abb,  259. 

Nocere,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Nomen,  in  statement  of  a  name, 
328;  w.  appos.  gen.,  366;  no¬ 
mine,  w.  gen.  of  charge,  453. 

Nominative,  4. 

Nones,  179  foil. 

Nostri,  nostrum,  374,  378,  383, 
470. 

Noun,  as  attributive,  368. 

Nubere,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Nudare,  w.  abb,  228. 

Numero,  138,  256. 


8 


INDEX. 


O 

0,  w.  voc.,  5;  w.  acc.,  22. 

Ob,  in  causal  sense,  251. 

Object,  direct,  7  foil.;  indirect,  316 
foil. 

Objective  gen.,  408  foil.;  substi¬ 
tutes  for,  415-420. 

Oblivisci,  433  foil. 

Obsecrare,  36  (2). 

Off,  81. 

Officium,  w.  esse  and  gen.,  398. 
Omission  of  preposition,  in  at  re¬ 
lation,  119,  131-150:  in  whence 
relation,  206. 

Omnium,  w.  nostrum  and  vestrum , 
383. 

Operam  dare,  42  (3). 

Opinione,  w.  comparatives,  281. 
Oppidum,  w.name  of  town,  in  acc., 
55-6;  in  loc.,  129;  in  abl.,  128, 
211. 

Opus  (usus)  est.,  constr.,  284. 
Orare,  36  (1). 

Orbus,  w.  abl.,  245. 

Ordine,  307. 

Origin,  abl.  of,  230  foil.  • 

Ortus,  w.  abl.,  231  loll. 

Outer  object,  10  foil. 

F> 

Paenitet,  437  foil. 

Palam,  115. 

Par,  w.  abl.,  264;  w.  dat,  357. 
Parcere,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Parere,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Part  affected,  acc.  of,  19. 

Parte,  w.  ex  and  in,  220  ;  ex  parte, 
adverbially,  20,  R.  1-2 ;  without 
in,  139. 

Particeps,  w.  gen.,  426. 
Participation,  adjs.  of,  426. 
Participles,  of  birth,  231  foil;  dat. 

of,  339,  344;  w.  animi,  429,  R.l. 
Particles,  2. 

Partim,  w.  gen.,  456 
Partitive  gen..  454-473;  substi¬ 
tutes  for,  468-9,  471-2 ;  of  nos, 
vos,  se,  470. 

Parum,  w.  gen.,  487. 

Parvi,  496  (2);  parvo,  294. 
Pascor,  w.  abl.,  292. 

Pedibus,  abl.  of  manner,  307. 
Pellere,  preposit.  omitted  with, 
206. 

Pendere,  w.  atiiini,  429  foil. ;  w. 
gen.  of  price,  496  (2). 


Per,  w.  acc.,  of  extent,  74,  86,  97 ; 
by  way  of,  148  ;  of  time  within, 
during  which,  165,  166,  R.  2;  in 
causal  sense,  under  the  guise  of, 
with  no  hindrance  from,  250;  of 
agent,  273. 

Percontari,  34  (3). 

Peregri,  123. 

Peritus,  w.  abl.,  259;  w.  gen.,  422 
Perrogare,  34  (2). 

Personal  pronouns,  gen.  of,  374 
foil.,  411-2. 

Pessum  dare,  abire,  72. 

Petere,  43  (1). 

Phrase,  dat.  after,  334. 

Piget,  437  foil. 

Place,  whither,  47-73;  where ,  100- 
197 ;  as  cause,  manner,  or  means, 
150,  207 ;  whence,  198-315  ;  at 
which  a  letter  is  written,  213. 
Placere,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Plenty,  vbs.  and  adjs.  of,  w.  abl., 
265-6;  w.  gen.,  427,  436. 

Plenus,  266,  427. 

Plurimi,  pluris,  496  (2). 

Plus,  93-4,  283;  w.  gen.,  476,479. 
Point  of  view  from  which,  218  foil. 
Poscere,  38  (1). 

Possessive  adjs.  for  gen.  of  pers. 
pronouns,  375,  377,  387-8,  403, 
413. 

Possessor,  dat.  of,  336-7 ;  gen.  of, 
385  foil. 

Post,  to  a  point  behind,  48,  R.  1 ; 

of  time,  162,  R.  1,  169-172. 
Postulare,  38  (4). 

Potens,  w.  abl.,  264  ;  w.  gen.,  425. 
Potestatem,  w.  in  and  acc.,  417. 
Potestatis,  w.  facere,  399. 

Potior,  292. 

Power,  adjs.  of,  425. 

Prae,  112-3  ;  preventing  cause, 252 
Praeditus,  w.  abl.,  259,  R.  1. 
Praesens,  praesentia,  w.  in,  156. 
Praesidio,  abl.  of  means,  301 ;  dat. 

in  military  operations,  350. 
Praesto  esse,  w.  dat.,  346,  R  1. 
Praeter.  74  (4). 

Precari,  36  (6). 

Prepositions,  w.  abl.  of  excess, 196; 
compds.  of,  w.  acc.,  18;  w.  dat., 
326-7,  331. 

Pretii,  497-8;  pretio,  294. 
Preventing  cause,  252. 

Price,  abl.  of,  294-6;  gen.  of.,  496- 
500.  , 

Pro,  interjection.  22. 


INDEX. 


9 


Pro,\v.  abl.  (place),  110-1 ;  instead 
of,  192;  pro  nihilo  w.  vbs.  of 
rating,  497. 

Procul,  w.  abl.,  246. 

Promptus,  w.  animi ,  429,  R.  1. 
Prope,  w.  abl.,  246;  w.  acc.,  359. 
Propior,  propius,  359. 

Proprius,  w.  esse  and  gen.,  398. 
Propter,  in  causal  sense,  251. 
Prospicere,  w.  acc.  and  dat.,  333 

(7) . 

Providere,  w.  acc.  and  dat.,  333 

(8) . 

Providus,  w.  gen.,  422. 

Proximus,  proxime,  359. 

Pudet,  437,  foil. 

Putare,  w.  gen.,  401,  492;  w.  abl. 

and  gen.  of  price,  294,  496. 
Pueritia,  w.  in,  156. 

Putting,  vbs.  of,  332. 

© 

Qua,  quacumque,  133. 

Ouadrans  horae,  186. 

Quaerere,  41  (1). 

Qualifications,  of  place  whither , 
51 ;  where,  149 ;  whence,  217. 
Quality,  abl.  of,  311-315;  gen.  of, 
488-495. 

Quam  pro,  282. 

Quanti,  496  (2). 

Quantitative  gen.,  474-487. 
Quoad,  w.  gen.,  473. 

Quod,  w.  gen.,  476. 

R 

Rating,  vbs.  of,  w.  abl.,  294;  w. 

gen.,  496. 

Ratione,  307. 

Recordari  433  foil. 

Refert,  constr.,  402-7. 

Refertus,  constr.,  265,  R.  2,  427. 
Regione,  without  in,  139. 

Regnare,  w.  gen.,  502. 

Relative,  w.  comparatives,  275. 
Relinquere,  w.  two  dat.,  350. 
Reliquus,  462. 

Remembering,  vbs.  of,  433,  foil. 
Reminding,  vbs.  of,  37,  432. 
Reminiscor,  433  (end). 

Removing,  vbs.  of,  228. 

Repetere,  43  (3). 

Reposcere,  38  (2). 

Requirere,  44  (3). 

Restrictive  abl.,  256-7. 

Reum  facere,  297-8,  447  foil. 


Reus,  w.  gen.,  426. 

Rogare,  32-3. 

Rogatu,  256. 

Rudis,  w.  gen.,  422. 

Rure,  212 ;  rus,  57. 

Ruri,  123. 

s 

Satis,  w.  gen.,  487. 

Secundum,  74  (3). 

Semihora,  186. 

Sententia,  256. 

Separation,  abl.  of,  228  ;  adjs.  and 
advs.  of,  245-6. 

Servire,  w.  dat..  330. 

Servus  a  manu,  etc.,  219. 

Silentio,  307. 

Similis,  355-6. 

Sinistra,  133. 

Skill,  adjs.  of,  422  foil. 

Solito,  w.  comparatives,  281. 
Space,  extent  in,  74-84. 

Spatio,  82  (2). 

Spe,  w.  comparatives,  281. 
Spoliare,  w.  abl.,  228. 

Sponte,  256. 

Stare,  w.  abl.,  288-9 ;  w.  abl.  and 
gen.  of  price.  294,  496. 

Stirps,  w.  particip.  of  birth,  234. 
Studere,  w.  gen,,  502. 

Studiosus,  w.  gen.,  422. 

Suadere,  w.  dat.,  330. 

Sub.,  w.  acc.,  48,  R.  1 ;  of  time,  64; 
figurative,  70;  w.  abl.,  105-7 ;  of 
time,  174;  in  abstract  relations, 
193. 

Subjective  gen.,  363  foil. 

Subsidio,  350. 

Subter,  108. 

Super,  w.  acc.,  48,  R.  1;  w.  abl., 
109,  254. 

Superior,  w.  abl.,  264. 
Superlatives,  w.  abl.  of  excess, 196, 
R.  2;  summus,  etc.,  462. 
Superstes,  358. 

Supine,  acc.  of,  26. 

Suppetias  advenire,  72. 

Supra,  w.  acc.,  48,  R.  1. 
Surpassing,  vbs.  of,  w.  abl.,  263; 
w.  dat.,  331. 

T 

Taedet,  437,  foil. 

Tanti,  496  (2). 

Teaching,  vbs.  of,  30. 


10 


INDEX. 


Temperare,  w.  acc.  and  dat.,  333 
(13). 

Templum,  ellipsis  of.  390. 

Temporal  relations,  summary  ot, 
173. 

Tempore,  at  the  right  time ,  158 ; 

w.  in,  155. 

Tenus,  117. 

Ter,  w.  in  and  abl.,  166. 

Terminus,  acc.  of,  47-73 ;  dat.  ot, 
347. 

Tarra  marique,  132. 

Terrae,  123. 

Terrarum,  w.  ibi,  ubi,  etc.,  473. 
That  of,  this  of,  384. 

Time,  how  long,  85-96,  159 ;  when 
151-189;  implied  in  word  in  abl., 
153,  194,  223. 

Timere,  w.  acc.  and  dat.,  333  (3). 
Totus,  in  omitted  with,  131,  160. 
Trans,  74  (2). 

Transactum  esse  de,  244. 

Triens  horae,  186. 

Tristis,  w.  abl.,  261. 

Turbidus  animi,  429,  R.  1. 

Tutus,  w.  abl.,  245. 

U 

Ubi,  w.  gen.,  473. 

Ultra,  w.  acc.,  48,  R.  1. 

Uncia  horae,  186. 

Unius,  in  apposit.  w.  involved 
gen.,  380. 

Unus,  constr.,  463. 

Urbs,  w.  name  of  city,  in  acc.,  55, 
56,  in  loc.,  129,  in  abl.,  128, 
211. 

Usque,  w.  ad,  61 ;  w.  a,  221. 

Usus  est,  constr.,  287. 

Uterque,  459. 


Utilis,  w.  abl.,  257 ;  w.  dat.,  355, 
361. 

Utor,  292. 

V 

Vacare,  w.  abl.,  265. 

Vacuus,  266,  428. 

Vae,  342. 

Validus,  w.  abl.,  264. 

Value,  gen.  of,  496. 

Velle,  35  (2). 

Venalis,  296. 

Vendo, 294,  496. 

Veneo,  294,  496. 

Venerari,  36  (5). 

Venire  in  mentem,  434. 

Venum  dare,  ire,  72. 

Veritum  est,  441. 

Verum,  w.  similis,  356  R.  1. 

Vescor,  292. 

Vestri,  vestrum,  374,  378,  470. 

Vi,  307. 

Via,  gen.  in  measure  of  distance, 
82;  abl.  of,  147. 

Via  et  ratione,  307 . 

Vicem,  meam,  etc.,  20. 

Viciniae,  123. 

Videri,  w\  gen.,  401,  492. 

Vilis,  296. 

Vita,  w.  in,  156. 

Vivo,  w.  abl.,  292. 

Vocative,  5. 

Voti  damnari,  450. 

W 

Want,  vbs.  and  adjs.  of,  w.  abl., 
265-6;  w.  gen.,  427,  436. 
Warning,  vbs.  of,  37  foil,  432  foil. 
Wearing,  313-4. 

While  yet,  175. 


ft*- 

J 

■  TS* 

Rrha-s.  I 

jJliI 

] 

Lc. 

1  '1.  1  O  O  ^ 

L  0?  J[  Cl  v)  c, 

AUTHOR 

( 

TITLE 

1A* 

■irn.  <  i 

v) 


BOSTON  COLLEGE  LIBRARY 

UNIVEPSITY  HEIGHTS 
CHESTNUT  HILL,  MASS. 


'  *> 


Books  may  be  kept  for  two  weeks  and  may 
be  renewed  for  the  same  period,  unless  re¬ 
served. 


Two  ce  ts  a  day  is  charged  for  each  book 
kept  overtime.  , 


If  you  cannot  find  what  you  want,  ask  the 
Librarian  who  will  be  glad  to  help  you. 

The  borrower  is  responsible  for  books  drawn 
on  his  card  and  for  all  fines  accruing  on  the 
sfime. 


